


Class_ TT S % cL 

Book_oil 

Copyright N°_ 


COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT'. 













-_ 






































































































































































































































































Standard Lumber 
Reference Book 
and Code 


c A Complete Compendium of the 
Rules of Classification and Inspec¬ 
tion of Lumber, as adopted and in 
use by the principal Lumber Asso¬ 
ciations and Railroad Companies in 
the United States, together with 
a comprehensive Telegraphic Cy¬ 
pher Code and other information 
of interest and value to the 
Lumber Trade 




FIRST EDITION 


Per Copy, $3.00; 3 Copies $8.00 
6 Copies, $14.00; 12 Copies $25 00 


> > 

J ) > 

X 


Sold Exclusively by 

SOUTHERN STATES PUBLISHING CO. 

65-71 Ivy Street, Atlanta, Ga. 



























LIBRARY sf CONGRESS 
Two Copies Received 

FEB 4 190? 

Copyright Entry 

. 3 /, 'f «7 

/CLASS A XXc„ Hd. 

j / (oj 3 ^^ 

COPY B. 




Copyright, 1907, by 

THE FRANKLIN-TURNER CO., AND BENJ. F. ULMER. 




Published by 

SOUTHERN STATES PUBLISHING CO., 

Atlanta, Ga. 

Press of 

THE FRANKLIN-TURNER CO., 

Atlanta, Gg, 




PREFACE. 


After the publication of five annual issues of the Lumbermen’s Yellow 
Pine and Cypress Reference Book, the undersigned has arrived at the con¬ 
clusion that the Lumbermen of the United States were in need of a more 
complete compilation of the rules governing the classification and inspection 
of all woods, and hence, offers to the trade this First Edition of THE 
STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK AND CODE. 

The Code section has been added as a further convenience to those 
engaged in the lumber business, and its use is commended on account of the 
fact that it covers all ordinary phrases, and its dimensions, lengths and 
numeral divisions are more comprehensive than the majority of cypher 
codes, and its scope of usefulness may be considerably enlarged by holders 
printing on their stationery the wording: “We use Standard Lumber 
Reference Book Code.” 

The advertisers using space in this volume are all representative con¬ 
cerns in their respective lines, and are well worthy of general patronage. 

Respectfully, 

BENJAMIN F. ULMER, 

Compiler. 


Atlanta, Ga., January i, 1907. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 


ASSOCIATIONS PAGE 

Atlantic Coast Cypress Co. 9 

Beer Stock Manufacturers’ Association. io 

Dressed Gum Lumber Manufacturers’ Association. n 

Georgia Interstate Saw Mill Association. 12 

Georgia Interstate Saw Mill Association (Illustrated Chart) .Between 14 and 15 

Gulf Coast Classification. 15 

Hardwood Manufacturers’ Association of the United States, The. 21 

Lumber Exchange of Baltimore, The. 12 

Lumbermen’s Exchange of Philadelphia, The. 12 

Lumbermen’s Exchange of St. Louis, The. 36 

Mississippi Valley Lumbermen’s Association. 53 

Mobile Timber Classification. 7 

National Slack Cooperage Manufacturers’ Association. 77 

New York Lumber Trade Association. 12 

North Carolina Pine Association. 78 

Northern Pine Manufacturers’ Association. 82 

Northwestern Cedarmen’s Association. 101 

Northwestern Hardwood Lumbermen’s Association, same as on page.. 21 

Northwestern Hemlock Manufacturers’ Association. 82 

Oregon Lumber Manufacturers’ Association, The. 111 

Pacific Coast Lumber Mfrs. Assn., Fir and Cedar Lumber Rules. 119 

Pacific Coast Lumber Mfrs. Assn., Export Rules Douglas Fir. 126 

Pacific Coast Lumber Mfrs. Assn., Domestic Rules Douglas Fir. 128 

Retail Lumbermen’s Association of Philadelphia. 12 

South Carolina Lumber Association. 12 

Southwestern Washington Lumber Mfrs. Assn. ill 

Southern Cypress Mfrs. Assn., Cypress Lumber and Shingles. 136 

Southern Cypress Mfrs. Assn., Bay Poplar Lumber. 142 

Southern Lumber and Timber Assn., “Rules of 1883.”.'.... 144 

Southern Kansas and Northern Oklahoma Retail Lumber Dealers’ Assn. 147 

Southern Yellow Pine Sash, Door and Blinds Mfrs. Assn..,. 146 

Western Pine Mfrs. Assn.161 

Wisconsin Valley Lumbermen’s Association. 53 

Yellow Pine Exchange of New York City. . 12 

Yellow Pine Manufacturers’ Association. 147 

RAILROADS 

Atlanta, Birmingham & Atlantic Railway Co. 166 

Atlantic Coast Line Railroad Co. 166 

Central of Georgia Railway Co. 16S 

Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific Co.-. !6g 

Cincinnati, Hamilton & Dayton Railway Co., The.;. 169 

Cincinnati, New Orleans and Texas Pacific. 170 

Cumberland Valley Railroad Co., The. ^4 

Delaware and Hudson Company. !7o 

Gulf & Ship Island Railroad Co. !72 

Illinois Central Railroad. I7x 

Interborough Rapid Transit Co. 170 


















































TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


7 


Iowa Central Railway Co., same as M. & St. L. R. R. on page . 174 

Kansas City Southern Railway Co., The. x 77 

Lake Shore and Michigan Southern Railway Co. I 7 1 

Lehigh Valley Railroad.i. x 7 2 

Long Island Railroad Co.... x 7 2 

Louisville and Nashville Railroad. 176 

Minneapolis & St. Louis Railroad Co., The. x 74 

Nashville, Chattanooga and St. Louis Railway. x 77 

New York Central & Hudson River R. R. Co. 178 

New York, Chicago & St. Louis, The. 183 

New York, Philadelphia & Norfolk Railroad Co. 184 

Pere Marquette Railroad Co., same as C., H. & D., page. 169 

Philadelphia & Reading Railway Co. x 9 2 

Pennsylvania Railroad Co., The. 184 

Pittsburg & Lake Erie Railroad Co., The. x 93 

St. Louis & San Francisco Railroad Co. x 95 

Toledo, St. Louis & Western Railroad Co... 204 

POSTAL RATES AND REGULATIONS. 162 

UNIVERSAL STANDARD LOG SCALE .. 135 

WEIGHTS 

Lumbermen’s Exchange of St. Louis. 52 

Southern Cypress Lumber Assn., (Cypress). 137 

Southern Cypress Lumber Assn., (Poplar). 144 

Yellow Pine Manufacturers Assn. 174 



























INDEX TO ADVERTISEMENTS, 


PAGE 


Broderick & Bascom Rope Co. 60 

Champion Saw Co., Knives. 40 

Champion Saw Co., Saws.. 60 

Champion Saw Co., Saw Mill Supplies. ... 80 

Delph-McMillan Co. 200 

Dixie Wood-Worker. 160 

Dixon Lumber Co., The . 205 

Eureka Packing Co. 80 

Foster Co., R. C. 40 

Georgia Pine Co., The. 13 

Granger & Lewis. 205 

Koretke Brass & Manufacturing Co. (Ltd.) 180 
Lunkenheimer Co., The. 140 


PAGE 


MacKinnon Manufacturing Co., The ..... 120 

Mallary Mill Supply Co. 200 

Reppard Iron Co... 200 

Savannah Locomotive Works & Supply Co. 20 
Savannah Locomotive Works & Supply Co. 100 

Southern Pine Co. of Georgia. 205 

Tegge Lumber Co., The. 200 

Union Malleable Iron Co., The. 200 

Union-Binopolis Saw Mills. 180 

Vandervilt, E. W. 204 

Walsh Lumber Co. 200 

Woodward & Son. 81 























Standard Lumber Reference Book 

and Code. 


ATLANTIC COAST CYPRESS ASSOCIATION. 


Grades and Specifications of Cypress Lumber and Shingles, Adopted 

January 23, 1896. 


GRADES. 


LUMBER. 

All lumber shall be io, 12, 14, 16, 18 and 20 feet in length (except Tank Stock, 1, i 1 /^, 
1V2, 2, 2.y 2 , 3, 3^2 and 4 inches thick, and be classed as Tank Stock, First and Second 
Clear, Select, Shop and Merchantable. 

Tank Stock shall be 5 inches and over in width, 1% to 3 inches thick, and 8 feet and 
ever long. It may have sap 1 inch wide on 1 side, to extend not over one-half the length 
and one-half thickness of the piece, and sound knots that do not impair its usefulness 
for tank purposes. 

First and Second Clear shall be 8 inches and over in width, and clear up to 9 inches. 
Pieces 10 to 12 inches wide may have two sound standard knots of 1^4 inches in diameter 
and three inches of sound bright sap; and for every three inches in width over twelve 
inches an additional standard knot and an additional inch of sound bright sap. Pieces 
wider than 10 inches may be half sound bright sap, if free from other defects. 

Select shall have one face side and be 7 inches and over in width, will admit two 
standard knots of ij4 inches in diameter in pieces 10 inches and under in width, and an 
additional standard knot for every two inches in width above ten inches. Sap not to be 
considered a defect. Unsound knots that do not go more than one-half way through 
the board to be allowed. Boards free from other defects on face side to admit a limited 
number of pin worm holes on edge one-tenth of width of board. Season checks no 
defect and splits not more than 12 inches on one end to be allowed. 

Above grades must be free of shake and peck. 

Shop to be 7 inches or over in width, and includes all lumber that will not go into 
the above grades, but that will cut for shop use so as to work Y without waste. 

BEVEL SIDING. 

Merchantable or Common may be any width, admitting sap, knots and shakes, or 
peck, when the strength is not impaired. 

“Clear Heart” must be clear of sap, knots, and without blemish. 

“A” —Must have heart face, but may have one inch of bright sap on thin edge and 
may contain one small, sound knot, and may have bright sap one-fourth its width for 
C inches from one end, or a check in one end not exceeding 6 inches in length. 

“B” —Must have one-third of face bright sap, if otherwise clear, or, in lieu of one- 
third sap, can contain two small sound knots, and may have checks at one end not over 
9 inches long. 

“C” —May be all bright sap, or may have one to five knots, the whole not aggre¬ 
gating over three inches, or knots, or other defects, that can be removed in two cuts, 
with waste not exceeding twelve inches in length, or three pin worm holes, and may 
have checks or splits at one end, not exceeding twelve inches in length. 

“D” —May have stain sap, also pin worm holes, unsound knots, shakes, splits or 
other defects that will not impair its usefulness to exceed one-third. 

( 9 ) 


2 sir 






10 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


FLOORING AND CEILING. 

“A and Clear”—May have one inch of bright sap on edge and may contain one small 
sound knot, and may have bright sap one-fourth its width for six inches from one end, 
or a check in one end not exceeding six inches in length. 

“B” —May have one-third of face bright sap, if otherwise clear, or in lieu of one- 
third sap can contain two small sound knots, and may have checks at one end not over 
nine inches long. 

“C” —May be all bright sap, or may have one to five knots, the whole not aggre¬ 
gating over three inches, or knots, or other defects, that can be removed in two cuts, 
with waste not exceeding twelve inches in length, or three pin worm holes and may 
have check or split at one end not exceeding twelve inches in length. 

“D”—May have stain sap, also pin worm holes, unsound knots, shake, split or other 
defects that will not impair its usefulness to exceed one-third. 

SHINGLES. 

There shall be four grades of shingles, four inches, five and six inches wide, and 
eighteen and twenty inches long, each width separately bunched, 5 butts 18-inch shingles 
to measure 2j4 inches, 5 butts 20-inch shingles to measure 2 y 2 inches. 

The First grade shall be branded “No. 1 Clear Heart”; must be all heart, and free 
from all defects. 

The Second grade shall be branded “Clear Butts”; must be a dimension shingle, 
clear of sap and other defects for 7 inches from the butt; tight knots, feather edges 
and sap allowed above 7 inches from butt. 

The Third grade shall be branded “Extra A”; must be clear of all defects, except 

sap. 

The Fourth grade shall be branded “Star”; must be a dimension shingle, tight for 
7 inches from the butt—all defects allowed above 7 inches and pieces 16 inches long. 

Difference in price between 1 inch and 1% inches shall be $1.00 per M; 1 inch and 
\]/ 2 inches shall be $1.00 per M; the difference between iy 2 inches and 2 inches shall be 
$1.00 per M; the difference between 2 and 3 inches shall be $1.00 per M; the difference 
between 3 and 4 inches shall be $1.00 per M; and the difference between first and second 
Clear and Selects shall be $5.00 per M. 

GRADES AND SPECIFICATIONS OF FINISHING STOCK. 

Adopted January 18, 1896. 

• 

“A” Finishing—7 and 8-inch will admit of an inch of bright sap on one edge or one 
or two small sound knots in lieu of sap. 

“A” Finishing—10-inch will admit of two inches of bright sap the full length of the 
piece, or its equivalent. In lieu of sap may have one or two sound knots. 


RULES FOR INSPECTION AND SPECIFICATIONS 


Adopted by the Beer Stock Manufacturers’ Association, August 12, 1903. 


RULES. 

For Inspection of Hollowed, Equalized and Listed Beer Staves and Sawed Heading: 

Beer Staves 

must be made from sound white oak timber, free from short crooks and seed holes; 
two sound worm holes in a stave may be allowed, but 90 per cent, of each lot must be 
free from such defects. 

Grain. 

They must be straight grain, or nearly so as possible, and will be classed as culls 
if the gram has an angle of over 45 degrees. 

Checks. 

They must be free from heart checks, of a such nature as to make them unfit for 
the purpose for which they were intended. 






STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


11 


Streaks. 

Staves may have black or red streaks on the inside, if they do not show through 
at any point between chines, nor more than a quarter of an inch deep at end; on 
outside if they do not show through at any point between chines, nor more than a 
quarter of an inch deep at end. 

Minimum width of barrel staves is to be 2>Y 2 inches; }4 and barrel, 3 inches; % 
and y& staves, 2^ inches, measurement taken on back of stave at bilge, including y± 
inch of sap. 

DIMENSIONS. 


Thickness 

Size Tenth Average Width End Bilge Shoulder 

/4 . i 6 y> inches x 4 inches x 1% inches x 1 inches x 2^4 inches 

54 .20 y 2 “ x 4^4 “ x i l / 2 “ xi 3-16 “ x 3 “ 

V* .25 “ X 4 j A " X 15/s “ x 1 s-16 “ X 2 > l / 2 “ 

T-T -3T “ AT A IZ “ T -?/ “ ^ T -T “ 


Ale bbls.. 34 “ X 454 0 x i }4 “ x “ x “ 

Ale hhds. 40 “ x 4^4 “ x 1 Ji “ x “ x 

Beer Heading—Sawed or Chipped. 

Specifications as to grain and quality to be the same as in staves, except that 
streaks shall be allowed on one side only, if same do not pass through the heads or 
through over one-third of the thickness of the heads at the ends of same. 


DIMENSIONS. 
Heading—Sawed or Chipped. 


% . ioj 4 inches x inches x inches 

54 . 13 " x 6*4 “ x i ^4 “ 

*4 . 16 “ x 8 “ x i 5/ 8 " 

1-1 . i 8'/ 2 “ x 6 % “ x 1# 


The above widths mean clear of sap, and apply to 2-piece heading, except 1-1 heads, 
which apply to 3-piece heads. 

All of the above dimensions are for green stock, and a variation of 1-16 of an inch 
to be allowed on all thicknesses. 


DESCRIPTION OF GRADES 


cAs Revised and Adopted by the Dressed Gum Lumber Manufacturers’ 
Association, at Cairo, December 1, 1903. 


BEVELED SIDING OR WEATHERBOARDING. 

No. 1 Grade will allow sound sap without limit, but is otherwise clear except small 
defects which the lap will cover. 

No. 2 Grade may contain imperfection in working and unsound defects which can 
be removed in two cuts without waste of more than 10% of the length of any one piece. 

No. 3 Grade permits all classes of defects, but must work without waste of more 
than one-third of the contents of any one piece. 

PATENT OR DROP SIDING, FLOORING, MATCHED SHEATHING, CEILING 

AND PARTITION. 

No. 1 Grade will allow sound sap without limit, but is otherwise without defects. 

No. 2 Grade may contain imperfections in working and unsound defects which can 
be removed in two cuts without waste of more than 10% of the length of any one piece. 

No. 3 Grade permits all classes of defects, but must work without waste of more 
than one-third of the contents of any one piece. 

Patent or Drop Siding may be worked any standard pattern desired, and is regu¬ 
larly made tongued and grooved, though may be ship-lapped if so ordered. State 
whether single or double cut is wanted, and when possible mail pattern with order to 
avoid misunderstanding. 














12 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Flooring and Matched Sheathing are dressed, both sides and center matched, a 
decided advantage allowing it to be used for a variety of purposes. 

Ceiling is all double beaded one side only, unless otherwise ordered. In ordering 
special patterns of Ceiling and Drop Siding any small amount produced of different 
grade than specified must be taken at corresponding difference in price. 

Beaded Partition worked two sides, add $3.00. 

1st and 2d Saps in pieces 6 to 7 inches wide are clear; pieces 8 to 10 inches may 
have one standard defect; pieces from 10 to 12 inches two defects; pieces 13 inches or 
over may have three standard defects or their equivalent in larger defects. (Sound sap 
is not considered a defect in this grade.) 

Select Commons are calculated to work 75% clear in not over three pieces. Dis¬ 
colored sap, unless of an unsound nature and small pin worm holes, are not considered 
defects in this grade. 

Is recommended more especially for shop or cutting up purposes. Also makes good • 
Cornice Lumber. 

Sheathing Boards for lining under weatherboarding, etc. Roofing Strips and 
Bridging Strips are practically a No. 2 common grade, but are sorted with a view to the 
purpose for which they are to be used. The principal defects are deep stain, worm 
holes, knots and occasional shake. It is good value for the money. 


INTERSTATE RULES OF 1905. 


Classification and Inspection of Yellow Pine Lumber adopted by the Georgia- 
Florida Sawmill Association, South Carolina Lumber Association, New 
York Lumber Trade Association of New York City, Yellow Pine Exchange 
of New York City, The Lumbermen’s Exchange of Philadelphia, Pa., The 
Lumber Exchange of Baltimore, Md. Also used by Retail Lumbermen’s 
Association of Philadelphia. 

Effective on and After February 1, 1905. 


GENERAL RULES. 

All lumber must be sound, commercial long-ueaf yellow pine (pine combining large 
coarse knots, with coarse grain, is excluded under these rules), well manufactured, full 
to size and saw butted, and shall be free from the following defects: Unsound, loose and 
hollow knots, worm holes and knot holes, through shakes or round shakes that show 
on the surface, and shall be square edge, unless otherwise specified. 

A through shake is hereby defined to be through or connected from side to side, or 
edge to edge, or side to edge. 

In the measurement of dressed lumber the width and thickness of the lumber before 
dressing must be taken—less than one inch thick shall be measured as one inch. 

The measurement of wane shall always apply to the lumber in the rough. 

Where terms one-half and two-thirds heart are used they shall be construed as 
referring to the area of the face on which measured. 

In the dressing of lumber, when not otherwise specified, one-eighth inch shall be 
taken off by each planer cut. 

All lumber grading higher than the grade for which it is sold shall be accepted as 
of the grade sold. 


CLASSIFICATION. 


FLOORING. 

Flooring shall embrace four, five and six quarter inches in thickness by three to 
six inches in width, excluding 1 ) 4 x 6 . For example, 1x3, 4, 5 and 6; 1^x3, 4, 5 and 61 
1 14x3, 4 and 5. 

BOARDS. 

Boards shall embrace all thicknesses under one and a half inches by over six inches 
wide. For example, y A , 1, 1% and ift inches thick by over 6 inches wide. 








The Georgia Pine Go. 

Wholesale Lumber Dealers 


Officers 

P. M. WOMBEE, President 
Baltimore, Md. 

T. S. WYELY, Jr., Vice-President 
Savannah, Ga. 

Wm. TEGEEER, Sec’y & Treas. 
Baltimore, Md. 


Offices 

Baltimore, Md., 1500 Continental Bldg. 

Savannah, Ga., No. 8 Bay St., East 
Jacksonville, Fla., Dyal-Upchurch Bldg. 


Shipping Ports 

Charleston, S. C. Savannah, Ga. 

Brunswick, Ga. Fernandina, Fla. 

Jacksonville, Fla. 


cAll kinds of Long Leaf Yellow Pine Lumber and 
Short Leaf Lumber. Sailing vessels and steamer 
shipments, both coastwise and foreign. Cargo lots 
a specialty. Always in the market and your busi¬ 
ness will be given prompt attention at all times. 




















It 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


PLANK. 

Plank shall embrace all sizes from one and one-half to under six inches in thickness 
by six inches and over in width. For example, 1^2, 2, 2^2, 3, 3^2, 4, M/2, 5 > 5 %, 5 H by 
6 and over in width. 

SCANTLING. 

Scantling shall embrace all sizes exceeding one and one-half inches and under six 
inches in thickness, and from two to under six inches in width. For example, 2x2, 2x3, 
2x4, 2x5, 3x3, 3x4, 3x5, 4x4, 4x5 and 5x5- 

DIMENSION. 

Dimension sizes shall embrace all sizes six inches and up in thickness by six 
inches and up in width. For example, 6x6, 6x7, 7x7, 7x8, 8x9 and up. 

: STEPPING. 

Stepping shall embrace one to two and a half inches in thickness by seven inches 
and up in width. For example, 1, 1%, ij-2, 2 and 2J 4 x 7 and up in width. 

ROUGH EDGE OR FLITCH. 

Rough Edge or Flitch shall embrace all sizes one inch and up in thickness by eight 
inches and up in width, sawed on two sides only. For example, I, 1/, 2, 3, 4 and up 
thick by eight inches and up wide, sawed on two sides only. 


INSPECTION. 


STANDARD. 

All lumber shall be sound, sap no objection. Wane may be allowed one-eighth of 
the width of the piece measured across face of wane, extending one-fourth of the length 
on one corner, or its equivalent on two or more corners, provided that not over 10 per 
cent, of the pieces of any one size shall show such wane. 

MERCHANTABLE. 

All sizes under nine inches shall show some heart entire length on one side; sizes 
nine inches and over shall show some heart the entire length on two opposite sides. 
Wane may be allowed one-eighth of the width of the piece measured across face of 
wane, and extending one-fourth of the length of the piece on one corner or its equivalent 
on two or more corners; provided that not over 10 per cent, of the pieces of any one 
size shall show such wane. 

PRIME. 

Flooring shall show one heart face, free from through or round shakes or knots ex¬ 
ceeding one inch in diameter, or more than four in a board on the face side. 

Boards seven inches and under wide shall show one heart face; over seven inches 
wide shall show two-thirds heart on both sides, all free from round or through shakes, 
large or unsound knots. 

Plank seven inches and under wide shall show one heart face; over seven inches 
wide shall show two-thirds heart on both sides, all free from round or through shakes, 
large or unsound knots. 

Scantling shall show three corners heart, free from through or round shakes or un¬ 
sound knots. 

Dimension Sizes. —All square lumber shall show two-thirds heart on two sides, 
and not less than one-half heart on two other sides. Other sizes shall show two-thirds 
heart on face and show heart two-thirds of length on edges, excepting when the width 
exceeds the thickness by three inches or over, then it shall show heart on the edges for 
one-half the length. 

Stepping shall show three corners heart, free from shakes and all knots exceeding 
half inch in diameter, and not more than six in a board. 

Rough Edge or Flitch shall be sawed from good heart timber, and shall be meas¬ 
ured in the middle, on the narrow face, free from injurious shakes or unsound knots. 

Wane not over 5 per cent, of the pieces in any one size shall be allowed as on 
merchantable quality. 





1906 MERCHANTABLE INSPECTION. 1905 MERCHANTABLE INSPECTION. 

All Sizes Under 9". All Sizes 9" and Over. 



1905 PRIME INSPECTION. 1905 PRIME INSPECTION. 

Plank— 1% to under 6" by 6” and over wide. Plank—1% to under 6" by 6'' and over wide. 

Where width is 7" and under. “Where width exceeds 7". 

































































































































































































































































1905 PRIME INSPECTION. 
Scantling— 1%" to under 6” thick by 
2 " to under 0" wide. 


K W i, 

®flo 

WOO 


WOO 




1905 PRIME INSPECTION. 
Dimension Sizes—6x6 and up. All 
Square Lumber. 


i* N * 

J, 1 O 

®r-t 

W ^ 


5 • ® 

W <1 


3 » © 

®H *■< 

W <! 


2C0 <* 
* • ® 
®eo ^ 

W <1 


1905 PRIME INSPECTION. 
Dimension Sizes, where width Exceeds 
thicknesslby less than 3". 


1905 PRIME INSPECTION. 
Dimension Sizes where width exceeds 
thickness by 3" or over. 


A 

'S 

dCOpi 

®N® 

w w 


W <1 


JS 

«_S 

w w 


*-< at 
® 

w N ^ 


xi 

t s 

©_l © 

W W 


W <1 


fc- „ M 

ogN d 

®rH © 

W W 


Electros used by permission of Heard Lumber Co., Savannah. Oa. 


Heart 

2-3 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


1& 


GULF COAST CLASSIFICATION. 


Of Pitch Pine Resawn Lumber, Revised January 7 , 1897 . Superseding Classification of 
February 13 and July 2 , 1896 , W. T. Kilduff, Secretary, Mobile, Ala. 


GENERAL RULES. 

1. The term “resawn lumber” shall include all of the sizes referred to in this classi¬ 
fication. 

2. All resawn lumber must be sound, well manufactured, evenly sawn, square- 
butted with saw, square edge, unless otherwise specified, free from unsound, loose and 
hollow knots, worm and knot holes, through splits and through shakes. 

3. Unless otherwise specified lumber shall be twelve feet and up long. All frac- 
tional sizes not herein otherwise provided for shall be classed and inspected as the next 
lower size if the fraction is less than half the difference between the two sizes given in 
the classification, but if it is half the difference, or more, it shall be classed as the next 
size above. All sizes one inch or less in thickness shall be counted as one inch thick. 

4. In the measurement of dressed lumber the width and thickness of the lumber 
before dressing must be taken, less than one inch thick being considered one inch. 

5. When the term "per cent.” is used, reference is made to pieces; for example: 
“80 per cent, free from knots” means that 80 of every 100 pieces shall be free from 
knots. 

6. The limitation as to size and number of knots refers to the heart face. In the 
measurement of knots the average diameter must be taken. The distribution of knots 
reed not be proportionate, i. e., one knot to each six feet or fraction thereof, means that 
a piece 24 feet long may have four knots anywhere in the piece and not one knot in each 
separate six feet. The allowance of one knot i )4 inches in diameter to six feet means 
that the piece may have one knot i 1 / inches or a greater number of less than i)4 
inches, but not exceeding the equivalent. In the limitations as to size, number and per¬ 
centage free from knots, no acount shall be taken of knots one-half (or less) of the diam¬ 
eter of the maximum knot allowed in the grade, or if, no knots are allowed, of the maxi¬ 
mum knot in the next grade below; provided, that knots by this exception shall not 
exceed three-fourths inch in diameter. 

7. In dimension where wane is allowed it shall not exceed one inch wide on the 
smallest size, allowing one-half an inch increase to every inch increase in the dimension. 
Wane allowed may be anywhere on the corner and need not be continuous, but the 
aggregate must not exceed the total allowance. The larger calculation of the piece must 
be taken in the calculation of wane. Wane shall be measured across its face. 

8. When there is a percentage free from knots or centers reference is made to the 
least thickness, the percentage to be decreased xo for each inch increase in the thickness, 
and proportionately for fractions of inches. 


FLOORING. 

SIZES. 

1x3, 1 x 3 ) 4 , 1x4, 1 X 4 ) 4 , 1x5, 1x6, 1x7. 

1 J 4 x 3 , i 14 x 3 ) 4 , i) 4 x 4 > I/ 4 x 4 / 4 » I/ 4 x 5 , 1 ) 4 x 6 , 1 / 4 x 7 . 

1)4x3, 1)4x4, 1)4x5, i) 4 x 6 . 

124 x 3 , 1 24 x 4 , 124 x 5 , 124x6. 

GRADES. 

Rift, Special, Extra, Prime, Heart, Standard, Merchantable and Square Edge. 

RIFT. • - 

No. 1—Must be all heartwith exception of one inch sap on one corner, rift grain 
the entire length, free from splits, shakes and knots, and the heart face free from pitch 
pockets and resin streaks. 

No. 2— Must be one heart face, rift grain the entire length, free from splits, shakes 
and knots exceeding one half inch; provided, that 50 per cent, shall be free from knots, 
pitch pockets and resin streaks on the heart face. 

SPECIAL. 

Must be bright, one heart face, free from splits, shakes and centers. Not to have 
more than one knot in one inch on the 3, 3 ) 4 , 4 an <2 4/4 inches, or one knot 1)4 inc “ e ^ 
on the 5, 6 and 7 inch to each 6 feet or fraction thereof; provided, that 90 per cent, shall 

be free from knots. 






16 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


EXTRA. 

Must be one heart face, free from pith on the faces, splits and shakes, and Prime 
as to knots, except that 80 per cent, shall be free from knots 

PRIME. 

Must be one heart face, and show heart the entire length on other face, free from 
pith on the faces, splits and shakes. Not to have more than one knot one inch on the 
3 , 3^2, 4 and 4 y 2 inch, or one knot l% inch on the 5, 6 and 7 inch to each 6 feet or frac¬ 
tion thereof; -provided, that 70 per cent, shall be free from knots. 

HEART. 

Must be all heart. 

STANDARD. 

Must be one heart face. 

. MERCHANTABLE. 

Must be one heart face with exception of one-half inch sap on the 3 and 4 inch or 
one inch on the 5, 6 and 7 inch. Not to have more than one knot one inch on the 3, 
ZV2, 4 and 4Y2. inch, or one knot inch on the 5, 6 and 7 inch to each 6 feet or fraction 
thereof. 

Note. —Merchantable corresponds to New York Merchantable Siding. 

SQUARE EDGE. 

General Rules, 2 paragraph. 

BOARDS AND PLANKS. 

SIZE OF BOARDS. 

1x8 and up, i%xS and up, 1^2x7 and up, 1^x7 and up. 

SIZE OF PLANK. 

2x7 and up, 2^x7 and up, 2>4x7 and up, 2^x7 and up. 

GRADES. 

Stepping, Special, Extra, Prime, Heart, Standard, Merchantable and Square Edge. 

STEPPING. 

Must be three corners heart, free from pith on the faces, splits and shakes. Not to 
have more than one knot one-half inch on the 7 to xo inch, or one knot three-fourths 
inch on the 11 inch and up to each 6 fet or fraction thereof; provided, that 50 per cent, 
shall be free from knots. 

SPECIAL. 

Boards. —Must be bright, one heart face, except sap one inch wide, free from splits, 
shakes and centers. Not to have more than one knot one inch on the 7 to 10 inch, or 
one knot 1%. inch on the 11 inch and up to each 6 feet or fraction thereof; provided, 
that 90 per cent, shall be free from knots. 

Planks. —Must be bright, one heart face, except sap one inch wide, free from splits, 
shakes and centers. Not to have more than one knot 1%. inch on the 7 to 10 inch, or 
one knot 1^2 inch on the 11 inch and up to each 6 feet or fraction thereof; provided, 
that 80 per cent, shall be free from knots. 

EXTRA. 

Must be Prime; provided, that 70 per cent, be free from knots. 

PRIME. 

Boards. —Must be one heart face and two-thirds heart surface on other face, to show 
heart the entire length, free from pith on the faces, splits and injurious open shakes. 
Not to have more than one knot 1^4 inches on the 7 to 10 inch, or one knot 1 Y\ inch 
on the 11 inch and up to each 6 feet or fraction thereof. 

Planks. —Must be one heart face and two-thirds heart surface on other face, to show 
heart the entire length, free from pith on the faces, splits and injurious open shakes. 
Not to have more than one knot i]/ 2 inch on the 7 to 10 inch, or one knot 1 Y\ inch on 
the 11 inch and up to each 6 feet or fraction thereof. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


17 


HEART. 

Must be all heart. 

STANDARD. 

Must be one heart face and two-thirds Wart surface on the other face, except that 
the twelve-inch may have one-inch sap on each edge of the heart face, and twelve 
inches and up one and a half inches. 

MERCHANTABLE. 

The seven to nine-inch must be one heart face and show heart on other face, and 
the ten-inch and up must be two-thirds heart surface on both faces. 

NOTE. —Standard seven to nine-inch and Merchantable ten-inch and up correspond 
to Savannah Merchantable. 

SQUARE EDGE. 

General Rules, 2 paragraph. 

DEALS. 

Sizes. 

3x9 and up, 4x9 and up, 5x9 and up, 6x9, 6x10, 6x11, 6x12, 6x13. 

GRADES. 

Choice, Special, Extra, Prime, Heart, Standard, Merchantable and Square Edge or 
Stowage. 

CHOICE. 

Must be one heart face and two-thirds heart surface on other face, to show heart 
the entire length, free from splits and injurious open shakes, and 80 per cent, from cen¬ 
ters. Not to have more than 1 knot ij 4 inch on the 3 and 4-inch, or 1 knot i $4 inch 
on the 5 and 6-inch to each 6 feet or fraction thereof. 

SPECIAL. 

Must be bright one heart face, free from splits, shakes and centers. Not to have 
more than 1 knot 0/2 inch on the 3 and 4-inch or 1 knot 1 24 inch on the 5 and 6-inch to 
each 6 feet or fraction thereof; provided that 70 per cent, shall be free from knots. 


EXTRA. 


Must be Prime; provided that 60 per cent, shall be free from knots and 80 per cent. 
Iree from centers. 


PRIME. 


Must be one heart face and two-thirds heart surface on other face, to show heart 
the entire length, free from injurious open shakes and knots exceeding 2 inches on the 3 
and 4-inch or 2% on the 5 and 6-inch. 


HEART. 

Must be all heart. 

STANDARD. 

Must be one heart face and two-thirds heart surface on the other face, except that 
the 12-inch may have 1 inch sap on each edge of the heart face, and 13-inch and up to 
iy 2 inches. 


MERCHANTABLE. 

The 9-inch must be one heart face and show heart on the other face, and the 
10-inch up must be two-thirds heart surface on both faces. 

NOTE. —Standard 9-inch or Merchantable 10-inch and up correspond to Savannah 
Merchantable. 

SQUARE EDGE OR STOWAGE. 

General Rule, 2 paragraph. 



18 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


SCANTLING—SIZES. 

2x2, 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6; 3x3, 3x4, 3x5,. 3x6, 3x7, 3x8; 4x4, 4x5, 4x6, 

4x7, 4x8; 5x5, 5x6, 5x7, 5x8. 

GRADES. 

Decking, Special, Extra, Prime, Heart, Standard, Merchantable and Square Edge. 

DECKING. 

Must be all heart, free from splits, shakes, centers and corner knots. The 2x2, 2x3. 
and 2x4 to have no knots exceeding three quarters of an inch, the 2x5, 2x6, 3x3, 3x4, 
3x5 and 3x6 exceeding one inch and other sizes exceeding one and a half inches. 

SPECIAL. 

Must be bright three corners heart, free from splits, shakes and centers. The 2x2, 
2x3 and 2x4 to have no knots exceeding one inch, the 2x5, 2x6, 3x3, 3x4, 3x5 and 3x6 
exceeding one and a quarter inches, and other sizes exceeding one and three-quarter 
inches, provided that 80 per cent, shall be free from knots. 

EXTRA. 

>4 

Must be three corners heart and have not more than one inch sap on the other 
corner, free from splits and injurious open shakes. The 2x2, 2x3 and 2x4 to have no 
knots exceeding one and one-qu»rter inches and the other size exceeding two inches. 

NOTE —Extra corresponds to Savannah prime and prime to Savannah merchant¬ 
able. 

PRIME. 

Must be three corners heart. 

HEART. 

Must be all heart. 

STANDARD. 

Must be one heart face, and one edge two-thirds heart surface, showing heart entire 
length. 

MERCHANTABLE. 

Must show heart on two sides the entire length. 

SQUARE EDGE. 

General Rules, 2 paragraph. 


DIMENSION—SIZES. 


A 


B 


C 


6x6 

6x7 

6x8 

6x14 

and 

up 

7x7 

7x8 

7x8 

7x10 

and 

up 

8x8 

8x9 

8x10 

8x11 

and 

up 

9x9 

9x10 

9x11 

9x12 

and 

up 

10x10 

IIXII 

10x12 

10x13 

and 

up 

IIXII 

IIXI2 

11x13 

11x14 

and 

up 

12x12 

12X13 

12x14 

12x15 

and 

up 

13x13 

13X14 

13x15 

13x16 

and 

up 

Etc. 


Etc. 


Etc. 



GRADES. 

Choice, Special, Extra, Prime, Heart, Standard, Merchantable and Square Edge. 

CHOICE. 

Sizes A. —The sap on each corner shall not exceed one-sixth the width of the face. 
Sizes B.— On wide faces the sap on each corner shall not exceed one-sixth the width 
of the face, and narrow faces shall show one-half heart the entire length. 

Sizes C. —On wide faces the sap on each corner shall not exceed one-sixth the width 
of the face, and narrow faces shall show heart the entire length. 

Note. —Choice corresponds to Savannah prime and prime to Savannah merchantable. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


19 


SPECIAL. 

Must be bright, the sap on each corner not to exceed one-sixth the width of the face, 
free from splits and shakes, and the six and seven-inch free from center and knots 
exceeding two inches. 


EXTRA. 

Must show two-thirds heart surface on two sides, and show heart entire length 
on all four sides. 


PRIME. 

Sizes A.—Must show two-thirds heart surface on two sides, and not less than one- 
half heart surface on two other sides. 

Sizes B.—Must show two-thirds heart surface on face, and show heart two-thirds 
ot the length on edges. 

Sizes C.—Must show two-thirds heart surface on face, and show heart half the 
length on edges. 


HEART. 


Must be all heart. 

STANDARD. 

Must show two-thirds heart surface on two sides, and show heart half the length on 
other two sides. Sizes ten-inch or over may have wane one-fifth the length on one 
corner, or one-tenth on two corners. 

MERCHANTABLE. 

Must be square edge, except that sizes ten-inch or over may have wane one-third 
the length on one corner, or one-sixth on two corners, or one-ninth on three corners. 

SQUARE EDGE. 


General Rules, 2 paragraph. 

KILN-DRIED SIDINGS. 

Sizes.—1x3, 1x4, 1x5, 1x6, 1x7, 1^x3, 1^x4, 1^x5, i%x6, 1^x7. 

GRADES—Nos. 1 and 2. 

No. 1. Must be free from splits and edge knots. Not to have more than one knot 
one inch on the three and four-inch, or one knot one and a quarter-inch on the five, six 
and seven-inch to each six feet or fraction thereof; provided, that 50 per cent, shall be 
free from knots and sap stains on one face. 

No. 2. Must be free from splits and knots exceeding one inch on the three and 
four-inch, or one and a quarter-inch on the five, six and seven-inch; provided, that 80 
per cent, shall be free from knots and sap stains on one face. May have one and a half¬ 
inch wane on one corner extending on edge three-eighths of an inch. 

AIR-DRIED SAPS. 

Sizes.—1x3, 1x4, 1x5, 1x6, 1x7, 1^x3, 1 * 4 * 4 , i 54 * 5 , I%x6, 1 * 4 * 7 - 

GRADES—STANDARD. 

Must be free from splits and knots exceeding one inch on the three and four-inch, 
or one and a quarter inch on the five, six and seven inch; provided, that 80 per cent, 
shall be free from knots on one face. May have one and a half-inch of wane on one 
corner extending on edge three-eighths of an inch. 



SAVANNAH LOCOMOTIVE 
WORKS AND SOPPLY CO. 


746 Wheaton Street SAVANNAH, GEORGIA 


CODESt 

SOUTHARD’S ULMER’S 
McMIULAN'S 



WHOLESALE 
AND RETAIL 


We are prepared to furnish everything in the way of Yellow Pine. 
Operating an up to date Planing Mill, we are prepared to get out* 
all classes of dressed stock promptly. 




SHIPPING PORTS: 

SAVANNAH BRUNSWICK 

JACKSONVILLE FERNANDINA 
















STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


21 


THE HARDWOOD MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION 

OF THE UNITED STATES. 


Association Standard Grades of Hardwood, Poplar, Cottonwood and Gum - r 
Classification, Official Grading and Inspection Rules. 


RULES AND GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 

Hardwood. 

1. The inspection of lumber is largely a matter of judgment, and these rules are 
intended to define in a general way such inspection. 

2. Exceptions to the general rule of grading will be found under the heading for 
each kind of lumber. 

3. Lumber must be inspected and measured as the inspector finds it, of full length 
and width. He shall make no allowance for the purpose of raising the grade. 

In inspecting all lumber both sides of the piece shall be taken into consideration in 
making the grade; bearing in mind that 90 per cent, of all lumber only shows one face 
when finished. 

4. Lumber shall be well manufactured, of even thickness, and have parallel edges,, 
and all ragged and bad ends shall be trimmed off. 

5. Tapering lumber shall be measured at one-third the length of the board from 
the narrow end, excepting Dimension Strips, which shall be measured at the narrow end. 

6. All lumber shall be tallied surface or face measure, the tally counted up, and the 
one-quarter or one-half added to the total where the lumber is one and one-quarter or 
one and one-half inches thick, and two inches and thicker to be multiplied by the thick¬ 
ness. 

In the measurement of all lumber, fractions exactly on the one-half foot are to be 
given alternately to the buyer and seller; the fractions below the one-half foot are to 
be dropped, and all fractions above the half foot are to be counted to the next higher 
figure on the board rule. 

7. The standard lengths are four to sixteen feet. Standard thicknesses are 24, }4, 54, 
24, 1, i/4, 0/2, 2, 2J4, 3 and 4 inches when dry. 

STANDARD DEFECTS. 

8 . Each one of the following items constitute a standard defect: 

(a) One knot one and one-quarter inches in diameter. 

(b) Two knots not exceeding in extent one standard knot. 

(c) Worm holes, grub holes, or rafting pin holes not exceeding in extent or damage 
one standard knot. 

(d) Heart shakes, rot or dote not exceeding in extent or damage one standard knot. 

(e) Splits are not to exceed twelve inches in length in firsts, or one-sixth the length 
of the piece in seconds; in the aggregate not more than 20 per cent, of the whole in 
either quality may be so split. 

(f) Sap to one-fifth the width of the board in the aggregate. 

(g) One bark edge or wane not to exceed one inch in the aggregate, running not 
to exceed one-third the length of the board, and only showing on one side and to be 
measured. 


Explanations of Standard Defects. 

9. (a) Ordinary season checks are not to be considered defects. 

(b) Black stain is not a defect if planing it once will remove it. 

(c) Sap shall be considered bright that will show bright after planing. 

(d) Splits that do not diverge more than one inch for each foot in length are 
straight splits. 

(e) A straight split not exceeding six inches in length in one etid of a piece of lum¬ 
ber, eight inches and over wide, shall not be considered a defect. 

(f) Sound heart in firsts and seconds if longer than the width of the piece will re¬ 
duce it to the next lower grade. 

(g) In grades below first and second, boards with one clear face eight inches and 
over wide shall be raised one grade. 

(h) The location of defects in a piece has much to do with its value, and should 
have great weight in deciding the grade. 





22 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


(i) Wide pieces of lumber that would take two or three standard knots may have 
one large knot, equal to two or three, standard knots if there are no other defects. 

(j) The rules for the inspection of lumber are intended to define the poorest piece 
that will go in a given grade. Where the defects are slightly beyond the specifications, 
making it a line board, twelve foot and longer lengths should be given advantage in 
grade; ten foot and shorter lengths reduced. 

(k) All widths and lengths mentioned in these rules shall be inclusive. 


STANDARD GRADES. 

FIRSTS AND SECONDS. 

Firsts and Seconds are combined as one grade. Firsts shall be six inches and over 
wide, ten, twelve, fourteen and sixteen feet long, and free from all defects except in 
pieces eight inches and over wide, which will admit of one standard defect. Seconds 
are six inches and over wide, eight to sixteen feet long; six and seven inches wide will 
admit of one standard defect; pieces eight, nine and ten inches wide will admit of two 
standard defects; pieces eleven, twelve and thirteen inches wide will admit three stand¬ 
ard defects, except io foot lengths which will admit two defects. As widths increase 
defects may increase in proportion. This grade will admit 15 per cent, of ten foot and 
5 per cent, of eight foot lengths. Eight foot lengths must grade first in quality. 

No. 1 COMMON. 

The lengths are six to sixteen feet, not to exceed 10 per cent, of six-foot lengths. 
The widths are four inches and over. 

Four and five inches will admit one standard knot or equal defects. 

Six to eleven inches wide, eight and ten feet long, must work two-thir»ds clear face 
in not over two pieces. 

Twelve inches and over wide, eight and ten feet long, must work two-thirds clear 
face in not over three pieces. 

Six to eleven inches wide, twelve feet and over long, must work two-thirds clear 
face in not over three pieces. 

Twelve inches and over wide, twelve feet and over long, must work two-thirds clear 
face in not over four pieces. 

No piece or cutting to be considered which is less than four inches wide and three 
feet long, but as the width increases the length may decrease, but the shortest cutting 
to be considered must be eighteen inches long and not less than eight inches wide. 
Two-thirds of this grade must be six inches and over wide. Pieces six feet long must 
be clear up to 8 inches wide; over 8 inches wide will admit one standard defect.' 

No. 2 COMMON. 

The lengths are four to sixteen feet. The widths are three inches and over. Pieces 
four feet long must be clear. Pieces six feet long and longer must cut 50 per cent, 
clear faced. 

No piece or cutting to contain less than one foot face measure. 

No. 3 COMMON. 

The lengths are four to sixteen feet. The widths are three inches and over, and 
must contain at least 25 per cent, clear face cutting. No piece or cutting to contain less 
than one-half foot face measure. 


No. 4 COMMON. 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber not up to the grade of No. 3 Common that 
can be used for cheap fencing, boxing, sheathing, etc. 

There shall be no clear cutting required in this grade. 

Sound worm holes are not to be considered defects. 

SCOOTS. 

Shall include all lumber which falls below No. 4 Common. 

LOG RUN. 

Means the full run of the log with all grades below No. 3 Common out. 

COMMON AND BETTER. 

Means the full run of the log with all grades below No. 1 Common out. This 
grade must contain at least 25 per cent, of Firsts and Seconds. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


23 


SPECIAL INSPECTION. 

Lumber sawed for specific purposes, such as Axles, Bolsters, Tongues, Reaches, etc., 
must be inspected with a view to the adaptability of the piece for its intended use, be¬ 
cause in most cases it can not be used for other purposes. 

CAR AND DIMENSION OAK. 

The standard lengths for this stock are as follows: 8, 9, 10, 12, 14 and 16 feet. 

Dimension sawed Common Oak Plank and timbers used for car and building pur¬ 
poses must be free from wind shakes, dry rot, rotten knots, or defects which impair the 
strength of the pi'ece. Sound hearts in this material shall be considered no defect. 

PLAIN SAWED RED AND WHITE OAK. 

Firsts and Seconds. Bright Sap up to one-half of the width of the board in the 
aggregate on one side is not a defect. 

Common. Bright sap is no defect in Common grade. 

Clear Face Strips. Eight to sixteen feet. 2 ^ 4 , 3, 3^4, 4, 4^4, 5 and 5^4 inches wide 
must show one face clear of all defects except bright sap which shall not be considered 
a defect. 

QUARTER SAWED RED AND WHITE OAK. 

Firsts and Seconds. One inch of bright sap is not a defect in pieces eight inches 
and over wide. 

Common. Four-inch pieces allow one standard defect. Five-inch pieces allow two 
standard defects. Bright sap is no defect. 

Clear Face Strips are 8 to 16 feet long, 2 } 4 , 3, 3 J 4 > 4, 4 / 4 , 5 and 5J 4 inches wide, 
and must show one face clear of all defects except one-half inch of bright sap. 

Common Strips are six feet and over long, not to exceed 40 per cent, shorter than 
twelve foot and must work two-thirds clear face in not more than two pieces; no cut¬ 
ting to be less than four feet long by the full width of the piece. Bright sap is no 
defect in this grade. 

NOTE.—Stain and streaks in quarter sawed Oak will often reduce it below the 
grade of Firsts and Seconds, and Inspectors are cautioned to be careful in estimating 
such defects. 

All quarter sawed oak must show figure on one face. 

Ten per cent, of scant lumber allowed if not more than one-sixteenth of an inch 
scant on the heart edge, if the sap edge is full thickness. 

ASH. 

Firsts and Seconds. Bright sap is no defect. Five-inch widths admitted when the 
length is eighteen feet and over. 

Clear Face Strips. Same as plain oak. 

QUARTER SAWED SYCAMORE. 

Common. Bright sap no defect. 

PLAIN SAWED SYCAMORE. 

Bright sap is no defect in any grade. 

HICKORY AND PECAN. 

Firsts and Seconds. Bright sap is no defect. Pieces four and five inches wide in 
this grade must be clear. 

BEACH, BASSWOOD, MAPLE, ROCK ELM AND SOFT ELM. 

Bright sap is no defect in any grade. 

BIRCH. 

Bright sap is no defect in any grade. 

Red Birch shall not be less than 75 per cent, red on face side. 

Four and five-inch strips shall have one face all red. 

BUTTERNUT. 

Standard grading. 



26 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


WIDE—No. i. 

Lengths, io to 20 feet, admitting ten per cent, of 10 feet. 

Widths, 18 to 23 inches, 24 to 27 inches and 28 inches and over. 

Thicknesses, inch and 1 inch. 

In boards 18 to 23 inches 50 per cent, of bright sap will be admitted provided there 
are no knots, otherwise three standard defects admitted. In boards 24 inches and over, 
bright sap shall not be considered a defect, and these widths will admit three standard 
defects, separate or bunched, in addition thereto. 

Splits admitted not to exceed fifteen inches in not to exceed ten per cent, of the 
pieces. 

WIDE—No. 2. 

Lengths, 10 to 20 feet, admitting ten per cent, of 10 feet. 

Widths, 18 to 23 inches, 24 to 27 inches and 28 inches and over. 

Thicknesses ^ inch and 1 inch. 

Bright sap no defect. 

Eighteen inches may contain five standard defects and one additional defect for 
each two inches of additional width. 

Splits equal in length to width of the board are admitted in not to exceed ten per 
cent, of boards, and are counted as a defect. 

FIRSTS AND SECONDS. 

Lengths 10 to 20 feet, admitting not to exceed fifteen per cent, of 10 feet. 

Widths, 7 to 17 inches. 

Standard thicknesses. 

In the combined grade of Firsts and Seconds, fifty per cent, must be Firsts and fifty 
per cent, may be Seconds. 

Firsts shall be eight inches and over wide. 

Eight to nine inches must be clear. 

Ten to eleven inches will admit one inch of bright sap. 

Twelve to fourteen inches will admit one standard knot and two inches of bright 
sap, or four inches of bright sap if there are no knots or equal defects. 

Fifteen to seventeen inches will admit two standard knots, or one standard knot 
and three inches of bright sap, or four inches of bright sap if there are no knots or 
equal defects. 

Seconds shall be seven inches and over wide. 

Seven inches must be clear. 

Eight inches will admit of one inch of bright sap. 

Nine to eleven inches will admit one standard knot and one inch of bright sap, or 
three inches of bright sap, or equal defects. 

Twelve to fourteen inches will admit two standard knots and two inches of bright 
sap, or one standard knot and four inches of bright sap, or five inches of bright sap if 
there are no knots or equal defects. 

Fifteen to seventeen inches will admit three standard knots or two standard knots 
and three inches of bright sap, or six inches of bright sap if there are no knots or equal 
defects. 

Splits not to exceed in length the width of the board in Firsts and Seconds and not 
over 20 per cent, of the whole in either quality may be so split. 

SELECTS. 

Lengths 10 to 20 feet, admitting not to exceed fifteen per cent, of 10 feet. 

Widths, 6 inches and over. 

Standard thicknesses: One inch to four inches. 

Selects shall include the following different kinds of boards: 

x. A board having a face side as good as a Second, the other side must be as good 
as a No. 1 Common. 

2. A board having a face side as good as a First, the other side must be as good as a 
No. 2 Common. 

Sun checks admitted on the poor side of this board. 

3. A board that has one more standard defect than would admit it to a Second. 
Examples: 

(a) A board six to seven inches wide with one standard knot or equal defect. 

(b) A board eight inches wide with one inch of bright sap and one standard knot 
or equal defects. 

(c) Boards nine to eleven inches wide with two inches of bright sap and one 
standard knot or equal defects, and accordingly as widths increase. 

Splits not to exceed in length the width of the board in this grade and not over 20 
per cent, of the whole may be so split. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


27 


SAPS. 

Lengths, io to 20 feet, admitting not to exceed fifteen per cent, of 10 feet. 

Widths, four inches and over. 

Standard thicknesses: 34 , 54 , Va, i, iJ 4 > i / 4 , and 2 inches. 

Saps shall be clear of knots up to ten inches in width. 

Eleven and twelve inches will admit one standard knot. 

Thirteen inches and over will admit two standard knots. 

Splits not to exceed the width of the board up to ten inches are admitted. Boards 
over ten inches in width will admit a split one-sixth the length of the board, if there 
.are no other defects. 

No. 1 COMMON. 

Lengths, 8 to 20 feet, admitting not to exceed five per cent, of 8 feet, and fifteen 
per cent, of 10 feet. 

Widths, 5 inches and over. 

Standard thicknesses: 34 to four inches. 

Bright sap shall not be considered a defect. 

Sound discolored sap one-third of the board admitted. 

No. 1 Common shall be inspected to grade according to the percentage of clear face 
rippings and cuttings as shown below, subject to the restrictions on the reverse side of 
said cuttings and rippings, as hereinafter stated. 

The reverse side of any ripping or cutting may contain defects, excepting splits, 
which will not exceed two inches in the aggregate. 

The following table explains fully how the width and length of boards are to grade: 

f 8 to 14 feet long shall cut 90% in 2 pieces. 

I 16 feet and longer shall cut 90% in 3 pieces, 
i 8 to 10 feet long shall cut 85% in 2 pieces. 

( 12 feet and longer shall cut 85% in 3 pieces. 

( 8 to 10 feet long shall cut 75% in 2 pieces. 

< 12 to 16 feet long shall cut 75% in 3 pieces. 

( 18 to 20 feet long shall cut 75% in 4 pieces, 

f 8 to 10 feet long shall cut 70% in 2 pieces, 
j 12 to 14 feet long shall cut 70% in 3 pieces. 

' 16 to 18 feet long shall cut 70% in 4 pieces. 

I 20 feet long shall cut 70% in 5 pieces, 
f 8 to 10 feet long shall cut 66^4% in 3 pieces. 

1 12 to 14 feet long shall cut 66^4% in 4 pieces. 

1 16 to 18 feet Jong shall cut 66 ^ 4 % in 5 pieces. 

L 20 feet long shall cut 6634% in 6 pieces. 

No. 2 COMMON. 

Lengths, 8 to 20 feet, admitting not to exceed five per cent, of 8 feet, and fifteen 
per cent, of 10 feet. 

Widths, 4 inches and over. 

Standard thicknesses: 34 to 4 inches. 

No. 2 Common shall include all lumber that will not come up to the grade of No. 1 
Common and that will work one-half of the piece into sap or clear face rippings and 
cuttings. No cutting to be less than four inches wide and less than two feet in length. 
Bright sap and sound discolored sap is not to be considered a defect in this grade. 

No. 3 COMMON. 

Lengths, 6 to 20 feet, admitting not to exceed five per cent, of 6 feet, ten per cent, 
of 8 feet and ten per cent, of 10 feet. 

Widths, 3 inches and over. 

Standard thicknesses: 34 to 4 inches. 

No. 3 Common must contain at least one-half of sound rippings and cuttings, re¬ 
mainder of the board to be as good as a No. 4 Common. No cutting to be less than 
three inches wide and less than two feet in length. 

A ripping or cutting shall be considered sound containing sound knots on face side. 
Sound discolored sap is not a defect in this grade. 

No. 4 COMMON. 

Standard thicknesses: 34 to 2 inches. 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber not up to the grade of No. 3 Common, that 
can be used for rough boxing, sheathing, etc. Worm holes are not to be considered 
.defects, and unsound lumber with sufficient substance to hold nails admitted. 


6 to 7 
inches 

8 to 9 
inches 


10 to 12 
inches 


13 inches 
and wider 



28 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


SCOOTS. 

Standard thickness: I inch. 

Scoots shall include all lumber that will not come up to the grade of No. 4 Common. 

WAGON BOX BOARDS. 

Lengths, 12, 14 and 16 feet. 

Widths, 8 to 12 inches, and 13 to 17 inches. 

Thickness, one inch. 

In Box Boards bright sap or slightly discolored sap that will dress up sound, not 
necessarily bright but not black, admitted. 

One sound knot not to exceed one inch in diameter, showing on one side only, will 
be admitted in this grade. 

Splits in 12-foot may be fifteen inches long, or any defect that will cut off leaving the 
board 10 feet 6 inches long. 14-foot is used for making one side 10 feet 6 inches, and one 
end 3 feet 6 inches, so a split is a serious defect in this length; but ten per cent, of all 
14-foot in a given lot may have one split not to exceed 12 inches in length. 16-foot may 
have one standard knot, showing through the piece, provided it will cut two pieces same 
as a 14-foot board. 


QUARTERED POPLAR, Nos. 1 AND 2. 

Lengths, 10 to 20 feet, admitting not to exceed fifteen per cent of 10 feet. 

Widths, 5 inches and over. 

Thicknesses: 1 inch and 1% inches. 

Defects in this kind of Poplar differ from those in plain sawn, and consist largely 
of spike knots and open gum spots. 

Firsts and Seconds shall be a combined grade. 

Five inches must be clear. 

Six to seven inches, ten and twelve feet long, will admit two knots showing one 
inch space on edge, or one knot condensed not exceeding a two-inch space. 

Six to seven inches, fourteen feet and longer, will admit three knots showing one 
inch space on edge, or one or two defects condensed not exceeding three inches of space. 

Eight to nine inches, ten and twelve feet long, will admit two knots showing one 
and one-half inches in space on edge, or one defect condensed not exceeding three inches 
in space. 

Eight to nine inches, fourteen feet and longer, will admit three knots one and one- 
half inches in space on edge, or one or two defects condensed not exceeding the same. 

Ten inches and wider, ten and twelve feet long, will admit two knots two inches in 
space on edge, or one defect condensed not exceeding the same. 

Ten inches and wider, fourteen feet and longer, will admit three knots two inches 
in space on edge, or one or two defects condensed not exceeding the same. 

QUARTERED POPLAR, COMMON. 

Lengths, 8 to 20 feet, admitting not to exceed fifteen per cent, of 10 feet. 

Widths, 4 inches aad over. 

Thicknesses: 1 inch and iJ 4 inches. 

4 inches, 8, 10 and 12 feet long, must cut 85% clear face cutting in 2 pieces; 14 feet 
and longer must cut 85% clear face cutting in 3 pieces. 

5 to 6 inches, 8 to 10 feet long, must cut 80% clear face cutting in 2 pieces; 12 to 
14 feet long must cut 80% clear face cutting in 3 pieces; 16 feet long must cut 80% clear 
face cutting in 4 pieces; 18 to 20 feet long must cut 80% clear face cutting in 5 pieces. 

7 to 8 inches, 8, 10 and 12 feet long, must cut 70% clear face cutting in three pieces;. 
14 to 16 feet long must cut 70% clear face cutting in 4 pieces; 18 to 20 feet long must 
cut 70% clear face cutting in 5 pieces. 

9 inches and wider, 8, 10 and 12 feet long, must cut 663/3% clear face cutting in 3 
pieces; 14 to 16 feet long must cut 663^3% clear face cutting in 4 pieces; 18 feet long 
must cut 663/3% clear face cutting in 5 pieces; 20 feet long must cut 66^3% clear face 
cutting in six pieces. 

STRIPS. 

Lengths, 10 to 20 feet, admitting not to exceed fifteen per cent, of 10 feet. 

Widths, 4, 5 and 6 inches. 

A—Strips shall be clear of all defects excepting one inch of bright sap showing- 
only on one face. 

B—Strips, bright sap admitted without limit or in the absence of sap two sound 
knots not to exceed 34 inch in diameter or one standard knot. 

C—Strips will admit of bright or sound discolored sap without limit or three stand¬ 
ard knots or their equivalent in smaller knots. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


29 


SQUARES. 

Lengths, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 and 20 feet. 

Sizes, 4x4, 5x5, 6x6, 7x7, 8x8, 9x9, 10x10 and 12x12. 

Firsts and. Seconds—A combined grade. 

Firsts are to be sound and free from hearts, shakes and checks. 

4x4, 8 to 12 feet long, may contain one standard knot or two inches of bright sap 
on two edges. 

4x4, 14 feet and longer, may contain one standard knot and two inches of bright 
sap on two edges. 

5x5 and 6x6, 8 to 12 feet long, may contain one standard knot and two inches of 
Fright sap on two edges. 

5x5 and 6x6, 14 feet and longer, may contain two standard knots or three inches of 
bright sap on two edges. 

7x7, 14 fee and longer, may contain two standard knots and three inches of bright 
sap on two edges. 

7x7, 8 to 12 feet long, may contain two standard knots or three inches of bright 
sap on two edges. 

8x8, 8 to 12 feet long, may contain three standard knots or three inches of bright 
sap on two edges. 

8x8, 14 feet and longer, may contain three standard knots and three inches of bright 
.sap on two edges. 

9x9, 8 to 12 feet long, may contain four standard knots or three inches of bright 
sap on two edges. 

9x9, 14 feet and longer, may contain four standard knots and three inches of bright 
■sap on two edges. 

10x10 and 12x12, 8 to 12 feet long, may contain five standard knots or four inches of 
bright sap on two edges. 

xoxio and 12x12, 14 feet and longer, may contain five standard knots and four inches 
of bright sap on two edges. 

Seconds will admit all knots as described in Firsts, but bright sap shall be admitted 
without limit. If there are no knots one-third sound discolored sap shall be admitted 
or slight season checks 011 either side. 

COMMON SQUARES. 

Common Squares will include all Squares not up to the grade of Firsts and Seconds 
that will cut two-thirds their length clear in short pieces that can be used for newells 
and short turnings, or will admit of stained sap without limit, if they have no more 
defects than would go in a Second, or will admit of seasoning checks running full length 
on two sides. 

DRESSED POPLAR. 

1. Dressed Poplar shall be inspected from the best or face side. 

2. Defective dressing on reverse side admitted. 

3. Slightly chipped grain on the face side admitted, provided it does not exceed 
six inches square in Firsts and Seconds, and twelve inches square in Saps and Selects in 
the aggregate. 

4. Imperfect manufacture in dressed stock, such as torn grain, broken knots, mis¬ 
matched, insufficient tongue or groove, shall be considered defects and will reduce the 
grade accordingly. 

5. Partition, ceiling, flooring or drop-siding, having less than three-sixteenths inch 
tongue shall not be admitted in any grade above No. 2 Common. 

6. Wane on the reverse side not exceeding one-third the width and running not to 
exceed one-sixth the length of any piece, provided the wane does not extend into the 
tongue, or over one-half the thickness below the groove will be admitted. 

STANDARD SIZES OF DRESSED POPLAR. 

Finishing: H inch S. 2 S., 5-16 inch; 5/ 8 inch S. 2 S., 7-16 inch; y inch S. 2 S., 9-16 
inch; 1 inch S. 2 S., 13-16 inch; 1% inches S. 2 S., 1 3-32 inches; i l / 2 inches S. 2 S., 1 n-32 
inches; 2 inches S. 2 S., i ^4 inches. 

Casing and Base: Dressed to 13-16 inch thick; 3 l / 2 inches, \ l / 2 inches, SV2 inches, 
b J / 2 inches, 7L2 inches, 8j/ 2 inches, 9 V 2 inches and \\ l / 2 inches wide. 

Flooring and Partition: Dressed to 13-16 inch thick; 2 %. inches, 3% inches, 4%. 
inches and 5% inches face width. Where 3 Vi inches face stock is wanted it shall be 
counted 4%. inches strip count. 

Ceiling: 3 / & inch dressed to 5-16 inch; l / 2 inch to 7-16 inch; 5 /$ inch to 9-16 inch; 
inch to n-16 inch; same widths as partition. 



so 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


BEVEL SIDING. 

Standard lengths to be four foot and over, with not more than 10% under eight foot. 

Bevel Siding made from 1x4, 5 and 6 inch strips, S. 4 S., to 27-32x3345, 4345 and 5 Y 
inches, and resawed on a bevel. 

Bevel Siding: No. 1 must be practically free of defects except one inch of sap or 
one or two knots on thin edge that will be covered by lap. 

Selects: Bright sap admitted without limit, or in the absence of sap, two sound 
knots not to exceed three-quarters inch in diameter or one standard knot. 

No. 1 Common: Will admit bright or sound discolored sap without limit, or three 
standard knots or their equivalent in smaller knots. 

No. 2 Common: Will admit all pieces that will not come up to the grade of No. r 
Common, which can be used for cheap siding without waste of more than one-third the 
length of any one piece. Pin worm holes admitted. 

DROP SIDING. 

Drop siding, same grades and lengths as bevel siding and shall be same widths as- 
partition and worked to three-quarters inch thick. 

CASING AND BASE. 

Casing and Base: Firsts and Seconds must be practically clear on face side. 

Seven to nine inches, one inch of bright sap and ten to twelve inches, one and one- 
half inches of bright sap will be admitted on one edge showing on face side. 

Saps and Selects: Bright sap admitted without limit, or in the absence of sap, one 
sound knot, not exceeding three-quarters inch in diameter, wbll be admitted in stock 
eight inches and under, or one standard knot in stock nine inches and over. 

No. 1 Common: Will include all stock that will not come up to the grade of Saps' 
and Selects that will work two-thirds of its length clear, regardless of sap. Stained sap 
without limit, where there are no other defects admitted in this grade. 

PARTITION, FLOORING AND CEILING. 

No. 1: Must be clear of all defects except bright sap. 

No. 1 Common: Will admit stained sap without limit, or clear sap and one small 
knot, not exceeding three-quarters inch in diameter, or two small knots, or one standard 
knot if there is no sap. 

No. 2 Common: Will include all stock that will not come up to the grade of No. 1 
Common that can be used for check work without waste of more than one-third the' 
length of any one piece. Pin worm holes admitted. 

Yellow Face Stock is a special grade in partition, flooring and ceiling. 

MOULDINGS. 

Mouldings shall be based on the National Moulding Book. 


WEIGHTS POPLAR BOARDS AND PLANKS. 


Lbs. per M.- 

1 inch, and thicker, rough.2,800 

1 inch, and thicker, S. 2 S.2,200 

34j inch, rough.1,000 

y 2 inch, rough.1,400 

l / 2 inch, S. 2 S. to Yz inch.1,000 

Y inch, rough.1,600 

Y inch, S. 2 S. to y 2 inch. 1,300 

Y inch, rough.2,100 

Y inch, S. 2 S. to Y inch. 1,600 

1 inch dressed to Y inch.2,000 

1 inch re-sawed, rough.2,400 

Bevel Siding . 900 

Drop Siding . 2,000 

Y inch Ceiling . 900 

y 2 inch Ceiling .1,200 

Y inch Ceiling . 1,500 

Y% inch Ceiling .2,000 

Lath ... .. 450 























STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


31 


CLASSIFICATION, OFFICIAL GRADING AND INSPECTION RULES FOR 
THE MEASUREMENT OF COTTONWOOD LUMBER. 


Adopted by the Hardwood Manufacturers’ Association of the United States at Nashville, 

Tennessee, January 25, 1905. 


GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 

1. The question of grading and inspecting Cottonwood lumber is so much a matter 
of judgment to the inspector, as each piece comes before him, that no definite and posi¬ 
tive rules can be laid down on paper by which any piece of any given lot can be in¬ 
spected. 

2. The variety of defects, their size and location upon a piece have such relation 
to each other that the inspector necessarily must depend upon his own judgment in 
grading, guided by the following rules, so far as they will apply practically. 

3. Lumber must be inspected and measured as the inspector finds it, of full length 
and width. He shall make no allowance for the purpose of raising the grade. 

4. In inspecting all lumber, both sides of the piece shall be taken into consideration 
in making the grade, bearing in mind that ninety per cent, of all lumber only shows 
one face when finished. 

5. Lumber shall be well manufactured, of uniform thickness and have parallel edges. 

6. Tapering lumber shall be measured at one-third the length of the board from 
the narrow end. 

7. All lumber shall be tallied surface or face measure, tally counted up, and the 
one-fourth or one-half added to the total where the board is one and one-quarter to one- 
and one-half inches thick and two inches or thicker to be multiplied by the thickness. 

8. In the measurement of all lumber, fractions exactly on the half foot are to be 
given alternately to the buyer and seller, the fractions below the one-half foot are to 
be dropped, and all fractions above the half foot are to be counted to the next higher 
figure on the board rule. 

9. Splits that do not diverge more than one inch for each foot in length are to be 
considered straight splits. 

10. Pieces thirteen inches and wider will take one large defect equal in damage to 
the several defects permitted in its width and grade. 

11. Sap should be considered bright that will show bright after dressing. 

12. The location of defects in a piece of lumber has much to do with its value, and 
should have great weight in deciding the grade. 

13. Lumber shipped rough must be accepted on grades as shown in the rough, and 
not subject to any changes which may be caused by future mill-working, excepting as 
to the stained sap as heretofore stated. 

14. All widths and lengths mentioned in these rules shall be inclusive. 

15. All lumber less than one inch in thickness shall be measured surface or face 
measure. 

16. The standard thicknesses are three-eighths, one-half, five-eighths, three-fourths, 
one, one and one-fourth, one and one-half, two, two and one-half, three and four inches. 

17. The standard widths and lengths are as designated under the heading of each 
grade. 

STANDARD DEFECTS. 

18. Each of the following items constitutes a standard defect: 

(a) Standard knot one and one-fourth inches in diameter. 

(b) Two knots not exceeding in extent or damage one standard knot. 

(c) Worm or grub holes not exceeding in extent or damage one standard knot. 

(d) Each rafting pin hole shall be considered one standard defect. 

(e) One bark, waney or wormy edge, not exceeding one inch in the aggregate, 

running not to exceed one-third the length of the board and showing on 
one side only, shall be considered a standard defect, and to be measured. 

(f) Other standard defects as designated under the heading of each grade. 

BOX BOARDS. 

Lengths—Twelve, fourteen and sixteen feet. 

Widths—Eight to twelve inches and thirteen to seventeen inches. 

Thickness—One inch. 

In this grade bright sap or slightly discolored sap, that will dress up sound, not 
necessarily bright but not black, admitted. 





32 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


One sound knot not to exceed one inch in diameter, and showing on one side only, 
will be admitted in this grade. 

Splits in twelve-foot may be fifteen inches long. 

This length may also contain any defect that will cut off leaving the board ten feet 
six inches long. Fourteen-foot is used for making one side ten feet six inches long, and 
one end three feet six inches long; a split, therefore, is a serious defect in this length, 
but ten per cent, of all fourteen-foot in a given lot may have one split not to exceed 
twelve inches in length. Sixteen-foot may have one standard knot or any other defect, 
showing through the piece, provided it will cut two pieces same as a fourteen-foot board. 

FIRSTS AND SECONDS. 

Firsts and Seconds is a combined grade. 

Lengths—Ten, twelve, fourteen and sixteen feet, not to exceed ten per cent, of ten 

feet. 

Widths—Six inches and up. 

Standard thicknesses—Pieces six to seven inches wide shall be clear. 

Pieces eight and nine inches wide will admit one standard defect or its equivalent. 

Pieces ten to twelve inches wide will admit two standard defects or their equivalent. 

Pieces thirteen to fifteen inches wide will admit three standard defects or their 
equivalent. 

Pieces sixteen to seventeen inches wide will admit four standard defects or their 
equivalent. 

Pieces eighteen inches wide and wider will admit five standard defects or their 
equivalent. 

In this grade straight splits shall be admitted which do not exceed in length (in 
inches) the surface measure of the piece in feet. Slightly discolored sap which will 
dress up sound, not neccessarily bright but not black, shall be admitted. 

No. i COMMON. 

Lengths—Six to sixteen feet, not to exceed io per cent, of six-foot lengths. 

Widths—Four inches and over. 

Four and five inches will admit one standard knot or equal defects. 

Six to eleven inches wide, eight and ten feet long, must work two-thirds clear in 
rot over two pieces. 

Twelve inches and over wide, eight and ten feet long, must work two-thirds clear 
in not over three pieces. 

Six to eleven inches wide, twelve feet and over long, must work two-thirds clear in 
not over three pieces. 

Twelve inches and over wide, twelve feet and over long, must work two-thirds clear 
in not over four pieces. 

No piece or cutting to be considered which is less than four inches wide and three 
feet long, but as the width increases the length may decrease, but the shortest cutting 
to be considered must be eighteen inches long and not less than eight inches wide. 
Pieces six feet long must be clear up to eight inches wide; over eight inches wide will 
admit one standard defect. 


No. 2. COMMON. 

Lengths—Six to sixteen feet. 

Widths—Three inches and wider. 

Standard thicknesses—Pieces six to ten feet long shall work fifty per cent, sound 
cuttings in not over three pieces. 

Pieces twelve feet or over long shall work 50 per Cent, sound cuttings in not over 
four pieces. 

No piece or cutting to be considered which is less than three inches wide and two 
feet long. 

No. 3 COMMON. 

Lengths—Four to sixteen feet. 

Widths—Three inches and wider. 

Standard thicknesses—Pieces four feet or over long shall work at least twenty-five 
per cent, sound cutting. 

No piece of cutting to be considered which is less than three inches wide and two 
feet long. 

No. 4 COMMON. 

No. 4 Common shall include all lumber not up to the grade of No. 3 Common, that 
can be used for rough boxing, sheathing, etc. Worm-holes are not to be considered a 
defect. Unsound lumber with sufficient substance to hold nails admitted. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


33 


SQUARES. 

No. i shall be practically clear of knots. 

No. 2 shall admit of sound knots, stained sap, small season checks, splits not ex¬ 
ceeding twelve inches in length, and pin worm holes. 

DRESSED COTTONWOOD. 

1. Dressed Cottonwood shall be inspected from the best or face side. 

2. Defective dressing on the reverse side admitted. 

3. Slightly chipped grain on the face side admitted, provided it does not exceed in 
the aggregate six inches square in Firsts and Seconds, eight to twelve inches wide; ten 
inches square in Firsts and Seconds, thirteen inches and wider; twelve inches square 
in No. 1 Common, six to twelve inches wide; sixteen inches square in No. 1 Common, 
thirteen inches and wider. 

4. Imperfect manufacture in dressed stock, such as torn grain, broken knots, mis¬ 
matching, insufficient tongue and groove shall be considered defects and reduce the 
grade accordingly. 

BEVEL SIDING. 

First grade shall be known as No. 1, which shall be absolutely clear face, except 
.small defects within one inch of the thin edge. 

Second grade shall be known as No. 2, which will admit slightly discolored sap, or 
three sound knots, not to exceed three-quarters of an inch in diameter. 

Third grade shall be known as No. 3, and shall comprise stock not up to grade of 
No. 2, admitting unbound knots, splits, etc., provided three-fourths of the piece will 
work merchantable. 

PATENT OR DROP SIDING. 

First grade shall be known as No. 1, and shall have one clear face and be otherwise 
.sound. 

Second grade shall be known as No. 2, and will admit of discolored sap, and in six- 
inch will admit of two standard knots; in eight-inch four standard knots, or them equiv¬ 
alent in small knots. 

CEILING AND FLOORING. 

First grade shall be known as No. 1, and shall have one clear face and be otherwise 
sound. 

Second grade shall be known as No. 2, and may admit of one standard knot or 
three small knots and slight sap stains. 

Third grade shall be known as No. 3, and shall be comprised of stock not up to 
grade of No. 2, provided three-fourths of the piece will work without waste. 

Four, five and six-inch flooring and ceiling shall be worked three and one-fourth, 
four and one-fourth and five and one-fourth inch face. 

PARTITION. 

No. 1 must be clear of knots on both sides. 

No. 2 graded same as No. 2 flooring. 

CASING AND BASE. 

Graded same as patent siding, and shall be inspected on face side, worked one-half 
inch less than size given. 

MOULDINGS. 

Shall be based on Universal Moulding Book. 


Official Classification, Grading and Inspection Rules for the Measurement of 

Gum Lumber. 

Adopted November 8th, 1902. Headings Rearranged, Nashville, Tenn , Jan. 24th and 25th, 1905. 


GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 

1. The inspection of lumber is largely a matter of judgment, and these rules are 
intended to define in a general way such inspection. 

2. Exceptions to the general rule of grading will be found under the heading for 

-each kind of lumber. 





34 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


3. Lumber must be inspected and measured as the inspector finds it, of full length 
and width. He shall make no allowance for the purpose of raising the grade. In in¬ 
specting all lumber, both sides of the piece shall be taken into consideration in making 
the grade; bearing in mind that 90 per cent, of all lumber only shows one face when 
finished. 

4. Lumber shall be well manufactured, of even thickness, and have parallel edges, 
and all ragged and bad ends shall be trimmed off. 

5. Tapering lumber shall be measured at one-third the length of the board from 
the narrow end. 

6. All lumber shall be tallied surface or face measure, the tally counted up, and 
the one-quarter or one-half added to the total where the lumber is one and one-quarter 
or one and one-half inches thick, and two inches and thicker to be multiplied by the 
thickness. In the measurement of all lumber, fractions exactly on the one-half foot are 
to be given alternately to the buyer and seller; the fractions below the one-half foot 
are to be dropped, and all fractions above the half foot are to be counted to the next 
higher figure on the board rule. 

7. The standard lengths are four to sixteen feet. Standard thicknesses are 

h, k, l 154, o/ 2 , 2. 

8. Standard grades are Firsts and Seconds Red, Wagon Box Boards, Firsts and 
Seconds Sap, Red Common, No. 1 Common, No. 2 Common and No. 3 Common. 

STANDARD DEFECTS. 

Each out of the following items constitutes a standard defect: 

(a) One knot one and one-quarter inches in diameter. 

(b) Two knots not exceeding in extent one standard knot. 

(c) Worm holes, grub holes or rafting pin holes not exceeding in extent or damage 
one standard knot. 

(d) Heart, shakes, rot or dote not exceeding in extent or damage one standard knot. 

(e) Splits are not to exceed twelve inches in length in Firsts, or one-sixth the 
length of the piece in Seconds; in the aggregate not more than 20 per cent, of the whole 
in either quality may be so split. 

(f) Sap to one-fifth the width of the board in the aggregate. 

(g) One bark edge or wane not to exceed one inch in the aggregate, running not 
to exceed one-third the length of the board, and only showing on one side and to be 
measured. 

Explanations of Standard Defects. 

(a) Ordinary season checks are not to be considered defects. 

(b) Black stain is not a defect if planing it once will remove it. 

(c) Sap shall be considered bright that will show bright after planing. 

(d) Splits that do not diverge more than one inch for each foot in length are 
straight splits. 

(e) A straight split not exceeding six inches in length in one end of a piece of 
lumber, eight inches and over wide, shall not be considered a defect. 

(f) Sound heart in Firsts and Seconds if longer than the width of the piece will 
reduce it to the next lower grade. 

(g) In grades below Firsts and Seconds, boards with one clear face eight inches 

and over wide shall be raised one grade. / 

(h) The location of defects in a piece has much to do with its value, and should 
have great weight in deciding the grade. 

(i) Wide pieces of lumber that would take two or three standard knots may have 
one large knot, equal to two or three standard knots if there are no other defects. 

(j) The rules for the inspection of lumber are intended to define the poorest piece 
that will go in a given grade. Where the defects are slightly beyond the specifications, 
making it a line board, twelve-foot and longer lengths should be given advantage in 
grade; ten-foot and shorter lengths reduced. 

(k) All widths and lengths mentioned in these rules shall be inclusive. 


GUM. 

FIRSTS AND SECONDS RED. 

Firsts and Seconds Red are combined as one grade. This grade shall show one red 

face. 

Firsts shall be six inches and over wide; ten, twelve, fourteen and sixteen feet long, 
and free from all defects except in pieces eight inches and over wide, which shall admit 
of one standard defect. 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


35 


Seconds are six inches and over wide, eight to sixteen feet long, six and seven 
inches wide will admit of one standard defect; pieces eight, nine and ten inches wide 
will admit of two standard defects; pieces eleven, twelve and thirteen inches wide will 
admit three standard defects; except ten-foot lengths which will admit two defects. 
As widths increase defects may increase in proportion. This grade will admit 15 per 
cent, of ten-foot and 5 per cent, of eight-foot lengths. Eight-foot lengths must grade 
first in quality. 

WAGON BOX BOARDS. 

Lengths, 12, 14 and 16 feet. 

Widths, 8 to 12 inches, and 13 to 17 inches. 

Thickness, one inch. 

In Box Boards bright sap or slightly discolored sap that will dress up sound, not 
necessarily bright but not black, admitted. 

One sound knot not to exceed one inch in diameter, showing on one side only, will 
be admitted in this grade. 

Splits in 12-foot may be fifteen inches long, or any defect that will cut off leaving 
the board 10 feet 6 inches long. 14-foot is used for making one side 10 feet 6 inches, and 
one end 3 feet 6 inches, so a split is a serious defect in this length; but 10 per cent, of 
all 14-foot in a given lot may have one split not to exceed 12 inches in length, 16-foot 
may have one standard knot, showing through the piece, provided it will cut two pieces 
same as a 14-foot board. 


FIRSTS AND SECONDS SAP. 

Firsts and Seconds Sap shall grade the same as Firsts and Seconds Red, except that 
bright sap in any quantity is not to be considered a defect in this grade. 

RED COMMON. 

This grade shall show one red face. 

The lengths are six to sixteen feet, not to exceed 10 per cent, of six foot lengths. 
The widths are four inches and over. 

Four and five inches will admit one standard knot or equal defects. 

Six to eleven inches wide, eight and ten feet long, must work two-thirds clear face 
in not over two pieces. 

Twelve inches and over wide, eight and ten feet long, must work two-thirds clear 
face in not over three pieces. 

Six to eleven inches wide, twelve feet and over long, must work two-thirds clear face 
in not over three pieces. 

Twelve inches and over wide, twelve feet and over long, must work two-thirds clear 
face in not over four pieces. 

No piece or cutting to be considered which is less than four inches wide and three 
feet long, but as the width increases the length may decrease, but the shortest 
cutting to be considered must be eighteen inches long and not less than eight inches 
wide. Two-thirds of this grade must be six inches and over wide. Pieces six feet long 
must be clear up to eight inches wide; over eight inches wide will admit one standard 
defect. 


No. 1 COMMON. 

Shall grade the same as Red Common, except that discolored sap is not to be con¬ 
sidered a defect in this grade. 


No. 2 COMMON. 

The lengths are four to sixteen feet. The widths are three inches and over. Pieces- 
four feet long must be clear. 

Pieces six feet long and longer must cut 50 per cent, clear face. 

No piece or cutting to contain less than one foot face measure. 

Black sap is not to be considered a defect in this grade. 

No. 3 COMMON. 

The lengths are four to sixteen feet. The widths are three inches and over, and 
must contain at least 25 per cent, clear face cutting. No piece or cutting to contain 
less than one-half foot face measure. 

Black sap is not to be considered a defect in this grade. 



36 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


BY-LAWS. 


Of the Lumbermen’s Exchange of St. Louis. 


ARTICLE I. 

Meetings of Members. 

Section i. An annual regular meeting of the members of the Exchange shall be 
held on the second day of January of each year, at the rooms of the Exchange, to com¬ 
mence at the hour of io o’clock a. m., and in case such date is a legal holiday, on the 
day following at the same hour, for the election of President, Vice-President, seven 
Directors (they to form the Board of Directors), and five members of the Committee of 
Arbitration, and for the transaction of such other business that may come before such 
meeting. The term of office of the persons so elected shall commence on the third day 
of January. 

Section 2. The President, Vice-President, Directors, and members of Committee of 
Arbitration of this Exchange now holding office shall continue to hold the same until 
the next annual regular meeting of members as above provided for, and until their 
successors are duly elected and qualified. 

Section 3. Special meetings of members shall be called and held whenever the 
President or Board of Directors deem it necessary, or when five members make a 
request in writing to call a special meeting. Two days’ written or printed notice of the 
holding of such special meeting shall be given to the members, by mailing the same 
to their business address. 

Section 4. Nine members at any time shall constitute a quorum for the transaction 
of business at any annual, regular or special meeting of members. 

ARTICLE II. 

Directors. 

Section 1. The Board of Directors shall manage and conduct all the financial and 
business concerns of the Exchange in accordance with the constitution, by-laws and 
rules thereof. 

Section 2. The Board of Directors shall hold regular monthly meetings every second 
Friday in each month, at 1:30 p. m. When such meeting shall fall upon a legal holiday, 
said meeting shall be held on the day following at the same hour. 

Section 3. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the call of 
the President, or whenever three directors make a request in writing to call such spe¬ 
cial meeting; one day’s printed or written notice of the holding of such special meeting 
shall be given to the directors, by mailing the same to their business address. 

Section 4. The Directors shall annually, on the second Monday in January of each 
year, or at any regular meeting of their body, elect a Secretary and a Treasurer, and 
may, also, from time to time, appoint inspectors and measurers, and such other officers, 
agents and employees as in their opinion are necessary for the purposes of the Ex¬ 
change; shall establish regulations for their government; shall fix their compensation 
and fees for the services to be rendered by them; may require from them an oath, and 
good and sufficient bond for the faithful performance of their respective duties, and 
trust, such bond to be payable to the President or his successor of this Exchange, for 
and to its use. The term of office of the Secretary, Treasurer, Inspector, and all other 
officers, agents and employees elected or appointed by the Board of Directors, shall 
be revocable at the will of said Board. 

Section 5. It shall be the duty of the Board of Directors to recommend to the 
Mayor of the city of St. Louis the names of such lumber measurers and inspectors as 
they judge to be competent and qualified to measure and inspect lumber in accordance 
with the standard rules of this Exchange, and who shall be known as Exchange Inspect¬ 
ors and Measurers. 

Section 6. The Board of Directors shall make a report to the Exchange of appoint¬ 
ments made by them, or the revocation of the same; and shall at each annual meeting 
make a full report of their proceedings and the condition of affairs of the Exchange, 
the amount of annual dues to be collected from each member, for the purposes of the 
Exchange, for the ensuing year. 

Section 7. Board of Directors may, in their discretion, provide such legal aid and 
advice as they may deem necessary to assist them or any one of the" committees in the 
discharge of their duties. 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


3 T 


ARTICLE HI. 

Officers. 

Section i. The President of the Exchange shall have the general supervision and 
management of its business affairs; shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Direc¬ 
tors and of the members; shall approve all vouchers issued by the Secretary and Treas¬ 
urer for the disbursements of all funds for and o naccount of the Exchange. 

Section 2. It shall be the duty of the Vice-President to perform the duties of the 
President in the case of his absence, disability or resignation. 

Section 3. In case that by reason of the death, resignation or removal from office 
of the Vice-President, or of any one of the Directors, or of any member of the Com¬ 
mittee of Arbitration, a vacancy arises in their respective offices, the same may be 
filled by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. 

Section 4. The Secretary, under the direction of the Board of Directors, shall keep 
a fair and regular journal of the proceedings of the Exchange; take charge of the seal, 
books, papers and property belonging to the Exchange, and keep a correct account 
of all the business transacted by the Exchange, and collect, collate and record all val¬ 
uable statistical information pertaining to or that may benefit this Exchange; and at the 
annual meeting in each year make to the Exchange a full report of the business of the 
Exchange for the preceding year, ending January 1st, with such other information as 
may be in his possession that may be of interest to the members. He shall, under the 
direction of the President, give notice of meetings, conduct the correspondence of the 
Exchange, and read such records and papers as he may direct; shall himself, or by sub¬ 
stitute, attend meetings of Committee of Arbitration and of the Board of Directors, and 
keep an official record of their proceedings; give notice when their services are re¬ 
quired; issue the necessary notices and papers to parties and witnesses, and render 
copies of verdicts to the parties in each case. 'He shall collect all moneys due the Ex¬ 
change for dues, fines or otherwise, and pay the same over to the Treasurer; shall keep 
his office (which shall be at the Exchange rooms) open during business hours; shall 
see that the rooms and property of the Exchange are kept in good order, and perform 
such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct. 

Section 5. The Treasurer shall receive and keep a correct account of all moneys 
belonging to the Exchange, and shall disburse the same on the order of the Secretary, 
countersigned by the President or such other officer as the Board of Directors shall 
designate; shall make a monthly report to the Board of Directors on the second Friday 
of each month, and a full report to the Exchange at its annual meeting, at the first 
meeting in January in each year. 


ARTICLE IV. 

Committee of Arbitration. 

Section 1. The duty of the Committee of Arbitration shall be to investigate and 
decide all disputes and difficulties of a financial or commercial character which may 
be submitted to it. The statements of the principals and witnesses in each case shall 
be made under oath; and having been recorded, the committee shall proceed to decide 
the case. 

Section 2. Three of the members of the Committee of Arbitration shall be a quo¬ 
rum for the transaction of business, and a majority decision of such quorum shall be 
binding. 

Section 3. The Committee of Arbitration shall render its awards in writing to 
the parties in controversy through the Secretary of the Exchange, within one week 
after their decision shall have been made. Such awards shall be signed by the President 
or Vice-President and the Secretary, and have affixed thereto the seal of the Exchange. 
The official record of the decision of this committee may be inspected by any member 
of the Exchange upon application to the Secretary. 

Section 4. When from absence or disqualification of regular members the Commit¬ 
tee of Arbitration can not be formed, the contending parties shall be allowed to fill 
vacancies with any member or members of the Exchange willing to serve, on whom they 
may agree. Committees so formed shall be governed by the same rules, and their decis¬ 
ions shall have the same effect, as if decided upon by the regularly elected Committee 
of Arbitration. 

Section 5. Parties desiring the services of the foregoing committee shall notify the 
Secretary to that effect in writing, and shall file a bond or make a deposit to cover the 
expense of arbitration with him, signed by the parties in the controversy. Both parties 
shall agree, in writing, to abide, perform and fulfill the final award that shall be made 
touching the matter submitted, without recourse to any other court or tribunal. 
Neither party shall postpone the trial of a case longer than ten days after it has been 



38 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


•submitted, unless good cause can be shown therefor, satisfactory to the committee. 
Trifling and unimportant matters shall not be entertained by the Committee of Arbitra¬ 
tion. 

Section 6. The fees for arbitration, under the sanction of this Exchange, shall 
be as follows: For each award under $1,000, five dollars; for each award from $1,000 
upwards, ten dollars. 

Section 7. The fees as above shall be paid to the Secretary, for the benefit of the 
Exchange; and, in addition, the Secretary shall be entitled to not less than three dollars 
for each case submitted, and the further sum of ten cents for every folio of writing 
performed in connection with any such case, the amount of such fees to be determined 
and allowed by the arbitrators as a part of the cost of any such case. 

Section 8. If parties in a controversy fail to appear at the time set for trial, or 
request a postponement, they may (if the case ,is postponed) be fined, for the use of 
the commitee, any sum at their option not exceeding one-half of the regular fees in the 
case. The committee, however, may insist that the trial shall take place. 

Section 9. The above fees and all additional costs that may be incurred in the 
investigation of suits shall be paid by either of the parties in the case, as may be decided 
.by the committee hearing the same, and shall be included in their award. 


ARTICLE V. 

Exchange Inspectors and Measurers. 

Section 1. The Exchange Inspectors and Measurers shall obtain written authority, 
signed by the President and Secretary of this Exchange, authorizing them to inspect 
and measure all and any lumber dealt in by members of this Exchange, when requested 
by the member or members owning or interested in such lumber, which authority shall 
be good until revoked by the Board of Directors. 

Section 2. The said Exchange Inspectors and Measurers are to bind themselves 
to fairly inspect and measure all lumber which they are called upon by members of the 
Exchange to inspect and measure in accordance with the standard rules of this Ex¬ 
change, and obey all rules the Board of Directors may deem proper for the further 
performance of their duties. 

Section 3. The Board of Directors shall furnish all persons whom they have rec¬ 
ommended as Inspectors and Measurers the Exchange certificate blanks, upon which 
the seal of this Exchange shall be affixed by the Secretary, and the said certificate 
blanks are to be used only as herein provided for. 

Section 4. Said certificates of inspection and measurement shall have the official 
seal of the Exchange upon them, and such certificates, and none other, shall be held 
as binding between members of this Exchange, providing no demand is made to have 
a remeasuring and reinspection, which may be had as herein otherwise provided for. 

Section 5. Exchange certificates of measure or inspection, bearing the seal of this 
Exchange, shall not be used for any purpose other than covering the property sold or 
purchased by members of this Exchange or others; and any unauthorized use of such 
certificates by the Exchange Inspectors will work a forfeiture of his authority as an 
Exchange Inspector. Rules of this Exchange shall only apply to lumber received in 
this market from points outside of the city. Sales from yards or by dealers can be 
optional with seller or buyer, or both. 


ARTICLE VI. 

Membership. 

Section 1. The Iversons, firms or corporations qualified to become members of 
this Exchange under its Charter and Constitution, and desirous to become members, 
shall make written application therefor to the Board of Directors, and shall be admit¬ 
ted or rejected as members by the Board of Directors at a regular meeting, or at a 
special meeting called for that purpose. 

Section 2. All members of this Exchange herewith agree, and all new members of 
this Exchange shall in writing agree, to abide by and subject themselves to the charter, 
by-laws, rules and regulations of this Exchange. 

Section 3. Members may withdraw membership in this Exchange by notifying the 
President in writing of their intention to do so, thirty days before such withdrawal 
takes effect. But the members so withdrawing shall be liable for all dues then payable. 

Section 4. Members of the Exchange may introduce non-residents to the Exchange 
rooms. 

Section 5. The annual dues of members shall be as follows: 

Hardwood members, ten dollars per year, payable in advance. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


39 


Pine members, five dollars per year, payable in advance. All firms, persons or cor¬ 
porations engaged in the white or yellow pine business. These firms are to be known 
as associate members; are to be allowed full privileges of the Exchange rooms, but are 
not eligible to hold office or.allowed to vote. 

ARTICLE VII. 

Seal. 

The seal of this Exchange shall bear the figures of the Lumbermen’s Rule, and the 
words, “The Lumbermen’s Exchange of St. Louis,” in manner hereon impressed. 


Rules Governing the Inspection and Measurement of Lumber in the 

St. Louis Market. 


RULES GOVERNING INSPECTORS. 

Rule i. The Chief Inspector and Deputy Inspectors shall be appointed by the 
Board of Directors of the Lumbermen’s Exchange, at such times as the Board may 
deem proper. Appointments shall be made upon written applications, stating that the 
applicant agrees to be governed by the rules, qualifications and standards now existing, 
or which may hereafter be adopted for the government of the Chief and Deputy In¬ 
spectors, or the measurement and inspection of lumber, bought or sold on St. Louis 
inspection; and to make good to any party aggrieved any loss or damage on account 
of negligent or wrongful inspection or measurement of lumber which may be awarded 
upon proper appeal; the said appointment to be made only after examination showing 
fitness by a committee appointed by the President or Board of Directors. The Board 
of Directors shall have authority to discharge either the Chief Inspector or any Dep¬ 
uty Inspector at their discretion. 

Rule 2. Each Deputy Inspector shall deposit, and at all times keep on deposit with 
the Treasurer of the Lumbermen’s Exchange, the sum of $25.00, out of which the 
Treasurer may reimburse to the parties aggrieved any loss or damage on account of 
negligent and wrongful inspection or measurement of any lumber which may have 
been awarded, upon proper appeal against said Deputy Inspector. 

Rule 3. The Chief Inspector and the Deputy Inspectors shall pay out of their 
fees to the Lumbermen’s Exchange 7 cents per thousand feet for all lumber inspected 
and measured by them; said fees to be used for the Exchange as may be ordered by the 
Board of Directors. 

Rule 4. The acting Secretary shall assign the Inspectors to their several places of 
duty in rotation, as orders for inspection shall be received by him, and shall not depart 
from this rule except in cases where the buyer and seller agree on some Inspector, and 
then such requests shall be communicated to the office of the Exchange by each party 
interested by telephone or verbally and confirmed by written notice. 

Rule 5. The grading and inspection of lumber shall be strictly in accordance with 
the rules and orders adopted by the Lumbermen’s Exchange of St. Louis, and the fees 
to be charged for inspection shall be regulated by the Board of Directors of the Lum¬ 
bermen’s Exchange of St. Louis. 

Rule 6. All orders for the measurement and inspection of lumber shall be given 
to the Chief Inspector, or to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Lumbermen’s 
Exchange, and he shall assign the Deputies to perform the same as provided in Rule 4. 

Rule 7. The Inspectors, after having measured or inspected any lot of lumber, shall 
immediately make out original, duplicate and triplicate certificates of inspection, which 
shall be countersigned by the Acting Secretary, and which shall bear the seal of the 
Lumbermen’s Exchange of St. Louis, and the Acting. Secretary shall deliver the original 
and duplicate certificates to the party paying for the inspection, and retain the triplicate 
certificate on file as property of the Exchange. Such certificates shall state, in addition 
to other requirements, the name of the place where such inspction is made. All cer¬ 
tificates issued by this Exchange shall be stamped with the date' and hour of their 
delivery to the seller. 

Rule 8. An appeal may be taken from the decision of any Inspector, by either 
buyer or seller. Buyer must file notice of appeal within 48 hours of receipt of certificate 
by him. In no case shall an appeal be entertained after 120 hours from date and hour 
stamped for delivery to seller, nor shall it be entertained if lumber has been removed 
from place where it was inspected, nor until the appellant has deposited with the 
Acting Secretary the amount provided by the rules to defray expense of such reinspec¬ 
tion as provided in Rule No. 14. The appellant shall notify the other party to the 
transaction at the same time the appeal for reinspection is given. 





Planer, Paper, Hog, Veneer, Stave, Mould¬ 
ing Knives, Jointer Bits and Metal Shears. 

Knives that 


KNIVES 


have an even¬ 
ness of temper 
and an accuracy in finish that means per¬ 
fect work. Send in your specifications for 
knives in plain and combination steel. 

CHAMPION SAW CO. 

BEAVER FALLS, PA. 


WE PAY CASH 


For All Grades of 


vScrap Iron, 5teel and Metals 


Whenever you have an accumulation of scrap, such as gathers around 
a Saw Mill or on a Bogging Road—just drop us a line describing it 
and we will make you our offer at once. It pays to get otir prices. 

Relay Rails, vSpiKes, Bolts, Etc. 

We have splendid facilities for furnishing this class of material to the 
Saw r Mills and Railroads of the South. When in the market write us. 


R. C. FOSTER CO. 


124 Bay Street, East 

SAVANNAH, GA. 


1004 Brown-Marx Bldg. 

BIRMINGHAM, ALA. 































STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


41 


Rule 9. If from any cause the seller should hold a certificate beyond 72 hours, the 
buyer may call for a new and original inspection by another inspector, which will ren¬ 
der void any previous certificate that may exist, which certificate must be returned to 
the Exchange and cancelled. 

Rule 10. When an appeal is taken from the inspection of any Inspector, the Presi¬ 
dent of the Exchange shall appoint one of the Inspectors, and also two arbitrators, one 
yard man and one commission man or broker to reinspect same. The Inspector shall 
inspect said lumber, and call the grade and measurement of each piece. One of the 
arbitrators shall tally each piece, and his tally shall be the official tally. In case of dis¬ 
pute as to the grade of any piece during inspection, the decision of any two who agree 
shall be final. Neither buyer nor seller, nor other parties, are allowed to call attention 
to defects of grade of lumber. Parties inspecting same are to be unhampered by any 
outside influence whatever. 

Rule 11. Should a reinspection sustain the original inspection, then the appellant 
shall pay for reinspection. Should the reinspection materially change the first in¬ 
spection, then the fee paid for the first inspection, together with the cost of arbitrators, 
shall be paid back to the appellant by the Inspector in error. It shall be deemed a sub¬ 
stantial change when' the reinspection sit >vvs a difference of 4 per cent, or more, in 
which case the Acting Secretary shall issue new certificates. 

Rule 12. The Secretary shall keep a record in which shall be recorded all appeals 
from the inspection of the Inspectors. Said record shall show the name of the Inspector 
from whose inspection the appeal is taken, the name of the appellant, and the inspection 
by both the Deputy and Chief Inspectors, and shall make a report of same to the Board 
of Directors at their regular monthly meeting. 

Rule 13. In arriving at the value of any lot of lumber, the Secretary shall use the 
price furnished him by the buyer and seller; or, on refusal by either of them to fur¬ 
nish prices, he shall take the prevailing market quotations as a -basis. 

Rule 14. The fees for reinspection shall be 90 cents per thousand feet for all classes 
of lumber. Out of the fees collected for the reinspection of lumber, the Exchange shall 
pay the handler 20 cents per thousand feet, and the Inspector shall receive 20 cents per 
thousand feet. Each of the arbitrators shall receive 25 cents per htousand feet for their 
services. 

Rule 15. The Deputy Inspectors, when inspecting mixed lots of red and white oak 
lumber, shall keep the grades of each kind separate in his book, and shall render a cer¬ 
tificate showing the quantity of each grade of both varieties. 

Rule 16. Inspectors shall not be permitted to issue certificates of inspection show¬ 
ing any grade of lumber not adopted and in force by this Exchange. 

Rule 17. Each Deputy Inspector shall keep a book in which he shall keep a tally 
of each separate piece of lumber except when lumber is measured straight or merchant¬ 
able, which shall show the number of pieces of the different thicknesses in each grade 
of lumber so measured; said tally to be delivered to the Secretary, who shall verify the 
extensions and additions before the certificates shall be countersigned. 

Rule 18. The Deputy Inspector, when inspecting large lots of lumber on the levee, 
shall separate such lumber into lots of 15 to 20 thousand feet, and shall mark each lot 
so separated, showing the quantity of lumber in it, and for whom it has been inspected 
or measured. 

Rule 19. The Deputy Inspectors, with their handlers, shall remain on duty every 
business day until 2 o’clock p.. m.—and the Acting Secretary is required to report to 
the President or Board of Directors any deviation from this rule. 

Rule 20. Non-member of the Exchange who order lumber inspected, shall be re¬ 
quired to deposit with the Secretary a sufficient sum of money to pay for the inspection 

of said lumber. . . 

Rule 21. The Lumbermen’s Exchange of St. Louis, in establishing the regulations 
for the inspection of lumber, and in appointing the Inspectors thereof, assumes no 
responsibility or liability for errors in judgment or otherwise on the part of Inspectors. 


Genral Rules and Instructions to Inspectors. 


As the inspection of lumber is so largely a matter of judgment, Inspectors inspect¬ 
ing under these rules are instructed to use their best judgment based upon these rules, 
taking into consideration the general run of the stock as to lengths, widths and manu- 


Lumber must be measured and inspected as the Inspector finds it, ot full length 
and width He shall make no allowance for the purpose of raising the grade. I he 
inspection shall be made from the worst side of the board, except as otherwise provided 

^ Lumber should be well manufactured, of good lengths and widths. It should be 
sawed plump and even thickness, and have paralleled edges and square ends. Taper¬ 
ing lumber in standard lengths is measured at the narrow end. 

All lumber shall be tallied face or surface measure. 


4 sir 





42 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Rule I. Standard grades of lumber shall be firsts, seconds, common and cull. In 
the grades of firsts and seconds the purchaser is entitled to a fair proportion of clear 
lumber, which must not be less than 33J/3 per cent. First and clear are interchange¬ 
able terms. 

Rule 2. The standard lengths are .6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 and 20 feet, except as other¬ 
wise specified. Most of the lumber is handled in lengths of 10, 12, 14 and 16 feet. Odd 
lengths, such as 9, 11 and 13 feet, shall be measured back to the next even length, 
except when otherwise specified. In the grade of firsts and seconds the lengths are 
from 10 to 16 feet; but there must not be over 10 per cent, of io-foot lengths, unless 
otherwise stated. 

Rule 3. Standard thicknesses shall be 1, 1%, D/2, 2, 2 ^ 4 , 3, 3^2 and 4 inches, except 
Poplar, which will allow J 4 , Y& and Y inches in car lots. 

Rule 4. Standard knots shall not exceed 1% inches in diameter, and must be of 
sound character. 

Rule 5. Lumber must be sawed into plump and even thicknesses. Scant sawed 
lumber must be reduced to the next standard thickness, and in case of i-inch lumber, 
to one grade lower. All badly sawn, miscut and uneven lumber shall be classed as cull, 
except when same will dress in its full length and width in the next standard thickness, 
in which case the piece shall not be reduced in grade. 

Rule 6. A split not exceeding in length in inches the surface measure of the piece 
in feet shall be allowed in the grade of firsts and seconds as equal to one standard knot. 

Rule 7. A cull which will not work one-half its size without waste is a mill cull of 
no recognized value, in cuttings not less than two feet long by three inches wide, clear. 

Rule 8. Ordinary season checks are not considered defects. Black stain, badly 
warped, heart shakes, rots, worm holes and doted parts are considered serious defects, 
reducing to grades lower than firsts and seconds. 

Rule 9. Lumber sawed for specific purposes, such as axles, bolsters, tongues, 
reaches, newells, balusters, squares, etc., must be inspected with a view of the adapta¬ 
bility of the piece for the intended use, as in many cases it can not be used for other 
purposes. Inspection shall be good and cull. 

Rule 10. When lumber is ordered measured straight measure, all mill culls found 
in such lumber measured shall appear on the face of the certificate as mill culls. 

Rule 11. Log run is the entire cut of the log, mill culls out. 

Inspection Fees. 


Section 1. That to compete and conform with other first-class markets, it is hereby 
agreed that the Inspectors’ and Measurers’ fees shall be as follows, viz.: 



Graded. 

Straight. 

Merchantable 

Plain and Quartered Oak, Ash... 

.40c 

30c 

40c 

Cypress, Walnut, Cherry. 

Quartered Sycamore, Hickory ... 

.40c 

30c 

40c 

.40c 

30c 

30c 

Pecan, Blackberry, Cedar, Birch. 

.40c 

30c 

40c 

Butternut, Locust, Mahogany .. . 

.40c 

30c 

40c 

Poplar, Gum, Elm . 

Yellow Pine, Plain Sycamore... 

.30c 

30c 

30c 

.30c 

30c 

30c 

Maple, Chestnut, Basswood . 

Cottonwood. 

.30c 

30c 

30c 

.30c 

25c 

25c 

If tally sheet is furnished, an extra 

10 cents per 

thousand feet shall be charged on 


the above prices. 

Section 2. When the buyer or seller requests the separation of the grades, such 


separation shall be made by the Inspector at the expense of the parties so requesting, 
such cost not to exceed 10 cents per thousand feet. 

Rule 12. Merchantable means lumber measured for what it will work. 

Rule 13. The inspection grades of wagon stock, newels, balusters and table legs 
shall be good and cull. 

Rule 14. Newels from all kinds of timber must be clear and free from heart, to 
square 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 inches plump. The lengths must be 4 feet full, or multiples 
thereof. 

Rule 15. Balusters and table legs shall be clear and square 2x2, 2J/2X2J4, 3x3 and 4x4, 
30 and 32 inches long. 

Rule 16. Balusters should be 4 feet, and 4 feet 6 inches in length, and the size 
should be 3x4, 3 j Am j A, 3 ^* 4 ^, 4 ^ 5 , 4H^5B2 and 5x6. 

Rule 17. Reaches should be 2x4, or 234x4^2, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14 and 16 feet long. 

Rule 18. Hickory axles shall be 6 feet for 3x4, 3^4x4^, 3^x4 1 / 2 , and 4x5 inches, and 
6 y 2 feet long, for 5x6 and 5x7. 

Rule 19. Wagon tongues must be straight and 2x4 at the small end, and 3x4, 3^x4 
or 4x4 at butt end, 12 feet long. 












STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


43 


Poplar. 

The inspection grades shall consist of firsts and seconds, sap clear, common and 
cull. Standard lengths shall be io, 12, 14 and 16 feet.. Not more than one-tenth of all 
firsts and seconds in any lot shall be allowed of io-foot lengths. Firsts and seconds 
shall be 8 inches and over wide; at 8 inches will admit 1 inch of bright sap, but no 
other defects; at 10 to 12 inches will admit 3 inches of bright sap, or 2 standard knots; 
at 12 to 15 inches will admit 4 inches of bright sap and 2 standard knots, or 3 s'tandard 
knots if there is no sap. 

Sap Clears are 6 inches and over wide, 10 to 16 feet long, free of all defects 
except bright sap. 

Boards and planks free from other defects may be one-half bright sap, if over 
12 inches wide. 

Common shall include any width not less than 6 inches, and will allow bright or 
discolored sap and knots beyond those described in firsts and seconds. Two unsound 
knots of standard size will be allowed in this grade if over 12 inches wide, and splits 
must not be considered a defect; otherwise the lumber must be sound, available 54 its 
size without waste. Heart shakes extending more than % the length of the piece not 
admitted. 

Culls shall comprise all widths and sizes having more defects than Common, 
whether in the number or character of the knots, badly checked, and generally such 
lumber as is unfit for ordinary purposes. 

Box boards shall be 12, 14 and 16 feet long, from 13 to 17 inches wide, free from 
all defects except bright sap. 

Poplar Strips shall be full 6 inches wide, 1, 1% and 0/2 inches thick, 12, 14 and 
16 feet long. Clear shall be free from all defects. Seconds, clear, may be bright sap 
on one side and have one sound knot not over 54 of an inch in diameter. Common shall 
embrace all sound strips with more defects than seconds clear. Cull shall contain all 
unsound strips that will work one-half their contents, and all tapering strips, 54 > V2, 54 
and 54 inch first and second shall be 10 inches and over wide. 

Poplar Squares shall be graded as No. x, No. 2 and culls. No. 1 lengths may be 
8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16 and 18 feet. 4x4 will admit of x / 2 inch bright sap, or 2 standard knots; 
5x5, 0x6 and 7x7 will admit bright sap, or 2 standard knots; 8x8, 10x10 and 12x12 
will admit bright sap and 3 standard knots. Hearts will not be admitted in the grade 
as No. r. 

No. 2 will admit discolored sap and knots of a sound character, wane, ordinary 
season checks and splits not to exceed 12" lengths. 

Cull shall comprise all squares below the grade of No. 2. 

Plain Sycamore, Maple, Ash and Elm Hackberry. 

Grades shall consist of firsts and seconds, common and cull. Lengths, 10, 12, 14 and 
16 feet. Not more than 1-10 of all firsts and seconds in any lot shall be allowed of 
xo-foot lengths. Bright sap is no defect. Firsts and seconds Ash shall be 6 inches wide 
and over. At 8 inches one, and at 10 inches 2 standard knots, or their equivalent in 
other defects, which are allowed in this grade. An allowance for more defects of this 
character may be made in proportion to increased widths. Eighteen feet or longer 
must be 5 inches or over wide. This is a special length, and can be admitted in the 
grade of firsts and seconds. 

Common shall include 4 inches and over wide. At 6 inches one, and at 8 inches 
2 standard knots or their equivalent in other defects may be allowed. An allowance for 
more defects of this character may be made in proportion to increased widths. Com¬ 
mon shall work 75 per cent, clear in cutting, not less than 4 inches wide and 3 feet long, 
in 3 pieces. 

Cull shall comprise all widths and sizes below the description of common. Must be 
available its size without waste, in cutting 3 inches wide and 2 feet long. 

Plain Sawed Red and White Oak and Locust. 

Grades shall consist of firsts and seconds, common and cull. Lengths, 10, 12, 14 
and 16 feet. Not more than 1-10 of all firsts and seconds lumber may be io-foot 
lengths. Firsts and seconds shall be 6 inches wide and over. At 8 inches one, and at 
10 inches 2 standard knots, or their equivalent in other defects, which are allowed in this 
grade. An allowance for more defects of this character may be made in proportion 
to increased width. 

Common shall include 4 inches and over wide. At 6 inches one, and at 8 inches 
2 standard knots, or their equivalent in other defects, may be allowed. An allowance 
for more defects of this character may be made in proportion to increased width. 
Common should work 75 per cent, clear in cuttings, not less than 4 inches wide and 3 
feet long, in 3 pieces. 



44 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Dimension may contain sound hearts, if well boxed. Heart shakes, rot and dote 
not admissible. 

Cull shall comprise all widths and sizes below the description of common. Must be 
available Yi the piece in cuttings not less than 3 inches wide and 2 feet long. 

Quarter-Sawed Oak. 

Grades shall consist of firsts and seconds, common and cull. Standard lengths shall 
be 10, \i, 14 and 16-foot lengths, in firsts and seconds. Not more than 1-10 of firsts 
and seconds lumber may be io-foot lengths. 

First and seconds must be 6 inches wide and over. At 7 inches one, and at 9 
inches or wider 2 standard knots will bd allowed, or their equivalent in other defects 
which are allowed in this grade. 

Common shall be 3 inches wide and over. At 6 inches one, and at 8 inches two 
standard knots, or their equivalent in other defects, may be allowed. An allowance for 
more defects of this character may be made in proportion to increased widths. 

Culls shall comprise all lumber below the’description of common. 

Note.—Stain and streaks in Quarter Sawed Oak are serious defects, and Inspectors 
are cautioned to be careful in estimating their damage in the piece, as ofttimes they 
will reduce it below the grade of first and seconds. All Quarter Sawed Oak must be 
cut at an angle of at least 45 degrees, and must be quartered the entire width of the 
piece. 

Plain and Quartered-Oak Strips. 

Oak Strips shall be 3, 4 and 5 inches wide, and the inspection grades shall be good 
and cull. 

Good shall have one face clear of all defects. Cull shall include all badly warped 
and crooked pieces, and all lumber not up to the grade of first and seconds. 

Hickory and Pecan. 

Grades shall consist of first and seconds, common and cull. Lengths, 8, 10, 12; 14 
and 16 feet. Not to exceed 20 per cent, under 12-foot lengths in first and second 
grades; sap is no defect. 

First and seconds shall be 4 inches wide and over. At 6 inches wide 1 standard knot, 
or split not to exceed in length in inches the number of surface feet in piece. At 8 
inches 2 standard knots, or their equivalent in other defects, which are allowed in this 
grade. An allowance of more defects of this character may be made in proportion to 
increased width. 

Common shall be 4 inches wide and up, and must work ^3 clear in not more than 3 
pieces; no cutting less than 3 inches wide and 3 feet long. 

Culls must work y 2 clear in pieces not less than 3 inches wide and 2 feet long. 

Mahogany. 

Grades, firsts, seconds, common,culls and shorts. Lengths, 2 feet and over; widths, 
3 inches and over; thickness *4 inch and over. Odd lengths are measured in Ma¬ 
hogany. 

Firsts are 7 inches and over wide, 10 feet and over long, and free from all defects 
except in pieces 10 inches and over wide, which may have one standard defect. 

Seconds are 6 inches and over wide, 8 feet and over long, not to exceed 10 per 
cent, under 12 feet. Pieces 6 inches wide are clear; pieces 7 to 9 inches wide may have 
1 standard defect; pieces 10 to 12 inches wide may have 2 standard defects; pieces 13 
inches and over wide may have 3 standard defects.’ The combined grades of firsts and 
seconds must contain 75 per cent, of firsts. 

Commons are 4 inches and over wide, 8 feet and over long, not to exceed 30 per 
cent, under 12-foot. Four and 5-inch pieces are clear. Pieces 6 inches and over wide 
must work 75 per cent, clear. No piece of cutting considered in the common grade 
which is less than 3 inches wide by 3 feet long. 

Shorts are 4 inches and over wide, 2 to 7 feet long, and must be firsts and seconds 
in quality. 

Counters are 12 to 40 feet long, 18 to 24 inches wide, and must be free from all 
defects. Splits to be measured out. 

Gum. 

Grades shall be firsts and seconds, common and cull. Length in firsts and seconds 
shall be 12, 14 and 16 feet. 

Firsts and seconds must be 6 inches and over wide. At 8 inches may have 1 stand¬ 
ard knot, and at 10 inches 2 standard knots. Ten to 12 inches may have 3 standard 
knots. An allowance may be made for more defects of this character in proportion 
to increased width; sap not admitted in this grade. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


45 


Common shall be 5 inches and over wide, and shall include all lumber available for 
use 34 its size without waste, free from hearts and unsound lumber. Bright or 
slightly discolored sap may be included in this grade. 

Culls shall be 4 inches and over wide, and be available full Y2 its size in cuttings 
not less than 3 inches wide and 2 feet long. 

Cottonwood. 

Grades shall be box boards, firsts and seconds, common and cull. Lengths in firsts 
and seconds shall be 10, 12, 14 and 16 feet. Bright sap is no defect. 

Box Boards shall be 12, 14 and 16 feet long, from 13 to 17 inches wide, free from 
all defects, except bright sap. 

Firsts and seconds shall be 8 inches and over wide. At 8 inches 1 standard knot, 
and at 10 inches 2 standard knots, or their equivalent in other defects, may be allowed; 
13 inches and over may have 3 standard knots or their equivalent in other defects. 

Common shall be 8 to 16 feet long, 4 inches and over wide; 4 and 5 inches must be 
clear; 6 inches and over must be available fully 34 clear, without waste. 

Culls shall be 6 to 16 feet long, 3 inches and over wide, available fully Y* in cuttings 
not less than 3 inches wide and 2 feet long. 

Note.—The grade of Box Boards is a special grade and will be made only upon 
request. 

Basswood. 

Grades shall be firsts and seconds, common and cull. Lengths in firsts and seconds 
shall be 10, 12, 14 and 16 feet. Bright sap is no defect. 

Firsts and seconds shall be 6 inches wide and up. At 8 inches 1 standard knot and 
at 10 inches 2 standard knots, or their equivalent, may be allowed. An allowance for 
more defects of this character may be made in proportion to increased width. 

Common shall be 8 to 16 feet long, 4 inches and over wide. At 5 inches 1 standard 
knot, or its equivalent, may be allowed. Six inches or over wide must be available 
fully 34 its size without waste. 

Culls shall be 6 to 18 feet long, 3 inches and over wide; must be available 
in cuttings not less than 3 inches wide and 2 feet long. 

Quarter-Sawed Sycamore. 

Grades shall be firsts and seconds, common and cull. Lengths, 10, 12, 14 and 16 
feet. One-tenth of all firsts and seconds may be io-foot lengths. Firsts and seconds 
must be 6 inches and over wide. At 7 inches 1 standard knot or 1 inch bright sap; 
at 9 inches 2 standard knots or 2 inches bright sap; at 11 inches and over 3 standard 
knots, or 3 inches bright sap may be allowed. 

Common shall be 3 inche's and over wide. At 6 inches 1, and at 8 inches 2 stand¬ 
ard knots may be allowed. More defects of this character may be allowed in pro¬ 
portion to increased width. 

Common must work 34 clear in cuttings not less than 4 inches wide by 3 feet 
long. Sap is no defect. 

Culls must work Y2 in cuttings not less than 3 inches wide and 2 feet long. 

Birch. 

Grades shall be firsts and seconds, common and cull. Standard lengths in firsts and 
seconds shall be 10, 12, 14 and 16 feet. Not more than 1-10 of all the firsts and seconds 
in any lot shall be allowed of io-foot lengths. 

Firsts and seconds must be 6 inches wide and over. At 8 inches 1, and at 10 
inches 2 standard knots, or their equivalent in other defects, which are allowed in this 
grade. An allowance for other defects of this character may be made in proportion to 
increased widths. Seventy-five per cent of the face must be red. 

Common shall be sound, 5 inches and over in width, and may have defects not 
injuring it for ordinary use without waste. At 6 inches 1, and at 8 inches 2 standard 
knots, or their equivalent in other defects, may be allowed. An allowance for more 
cefects of this character may be made in proportion to increased width. Sap is no 
defect. 

Cull shall comprise all widths and sizes below the description of common. 

BLACK WALNUT—CHERRY—BUTTERNUT. 

Grades shall be firsts and seconds, common and cull. Lengths shall be 10, 12, 14 
and 16 feet. 

Firsts and seconds must be 6 inches and over wide. At 8 inches 1 inch of sap or 1 
standard knot, and at 10 inches 2 inches of sap or 2 standard knots may be allowed. An 
allowance for more defects of this character may be made in proportion to increased 
width. 



4Q 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Common shall be 5 inches and over wide, and shall include all lumber not up to 
the grades of firsts and seconds, but available fully Y of its size without waste, free 
from hearts and unsound lumber; not more than y 2 of the surface of the one side shall 
be sap, both sides being considered. Heart shakes, rot, dote or worm holes are not 
admissible. 

Cull shall comprise all lumber below the description of common, and must be avail¬ 
able fully y 2 its size without waste. Gum spots are a serious defect, and are not ad¬ 
mitted in the grade of firsts and seconds when damage exceeds % of piece; y damage 
reduces to a cull. 

CHESTNUT. 

Grades are firsts and seconds, common and cull. Lengths in firsts and seconds are 
io, 12, 14 and 16 feet. Not more than 1-10 of all firsts and seconds may be io-foot 
lengths; firsts and seconds must be 6 inches and over wide. At 8 inches 1, and at 10 
inches 2 standard knots, or their equivalent are allowed in this grade. Twelve inches 
and over may have 3 standard knots, or their equivalent in other defects, which are 
allowed in this grade. 

Common shall be from 8 to 16 feet long, 5 inches and over wide. No piece admitted 
which is not available fully Y of its size without waste. 

Cull shall be all sound lumber below the description of common. Worm holes are 
no defect in this grade. 

RED CEDAR. 

Inspection grades shall consist of No, 1, common and cull, both in regard to boards 
and dimension stuff. Sound knots in Cedar not considered a defect. 

No. 1 must be full 6 inches wide and up, 8 to 16 feet long. Will admit y 2 inch of 
sap on each edge of one face; one face must be red, free from all splits and checks, any 
thickness from 1 to 2 inches, evenly sawed. 

Common will admit boards 4 inches wide and up, 6 to 16 feet. Splits not exceeding 
12 inches, clear of wane edges. 

Culls will include boards not good enough for preceding grades, but in which y 
of the piece will work without waste. 

Dimension Stuff—No. 1 will include all sizes from 2x4 up, not less than 6 feet in 
length, and will admit of y 2 inch sap on each face in sizes 6 inches square and over. 
A y 2 inch hollow in one end shall not be considered any defect, otherwise must be sound 
and perfect. 

Common will in nowise differ from No. 1, except that sap will be considered no 
defect, and will admit of small hollow in each end, without regard to size; otherwise 
sound’ and perfect. 

All pieces that do not come up to above grades will be considered culls. 

CYPRESS. 

Grades are Tank Stock, firsts an^ seconds, selects, shop and common. 

Lengths are 8 to 16 feet. 

. Widths are 6 inches and over. 

Thicknesses are 1 to 4 inches. 

Tank stock shall be 5 inches and over in width, to 4 inches thick and 8 feet and 
over long. Pieces up to 7 inches shall be free of sap. Pieces wider than 7 inches may 
have 1 inch of sound sap on one edge not to exceed half the length and half the thick¬ 
ness of the piece. In all widths, sound knots that do not impair its usefulness for tank 
purposes may be admitted. 

Firsts and seconds shall be 8 inches and over in width. Pieces 8 to 10 inches may 
have 1 inch of bright sap on each edge, or its equivalent on one edge; otherwise they 
must be clear. Pieces 10 inches and under 12 inches wide may have 1 y 2 inches of bright 
sap on each edge, or three inches on one edge, and one sound standard knot 1 y inches 
in diameter. 

Pieces 12 inches wide may have one sound standard knot and 2 inches of bright 
sap on each edge, or the equivalent on one edge; or in lieu of sap may have two sound 
standard knots or their equivalent. Pieces wider than 12 inches may admit of defects 
in proportion as width increases. Pieces 14 inches and wider may have one straight 
split not over 10 to 12 inches long, when comparatively free from other defects. Slight 
season checks allowed in above grades. 

Selects shall have one face side and be 7 inches and over in width. Pieces 10 inches 
and under in width shall admit two sound standard knots of i}4 inches in diameter, and 
an additional sound standard knot for every two inches in width over 10 inches. Bright 
sap not considered a defect. Unsound knots that do not go through the piece to be 
allowed. Pieces free from other defects 10 inches and over wide, to admit pin worm 
holes on one edge one-tenth the width of the piece. Season checks no defect. Slight 
wane on 10-inch pieces and over allowed on one side, not over 3 feet in length. When 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


47 


no other defects appear, slight amount stained sap may be allowed. Pieces io inches 
and over in width may have a straight split not to exceed 12 inches in one end, when 
comparatively free from other defects. 

Note.—In the grade of select, large season checks which damage the piece for finish¬ 
ing purposes must be excluded. Unsound knots shall not exceed 1% inches in diameter. 
Stained sap must run lengthwise of the piece and can be inches on each edge, or 3 
inches on one edge, of a 12-inch piece, and less or more according to width. 

Shop shall be 6 inches and over in width, 8 feet and over in length, and to include 
all lumber that will not go into above grades, but that will cut for shop use 60 per cent, 
clear of waste. 

Merchantable or Common may be any width, admitting sap, knots, shake or peck, 
when the strength is not impaired. 

Note.—Tank stock is a special grade and will be made upon request only. 

YELLOW PINE. 

The following are the rules of the Southern Lumber Manufacturers’ Association as 
revised at Memphis, Tenn., January 17-18, 1900: 

General Instructions. 

1. Yellow Pine lumber shall be graded and classified according to the following 
rules and specifications as to quality, and dressed stock shall conform to the subjoined 
table of standard sizes—except where otherwise expressly stipulated between buyer 
and seller. 

2. Recognized defects in Yellow Pine are knots, knot-holes, splits (either from 
seasoning, ring heart or rough handling), shake, wane, red heart, rot, rotten streaks, 
worm holes, pitch streaks, pitch pockets, solid pitch, torn grain, loosened grain, season¬ 
ing or kiln checks, and black or blue sap stains. 

Knots. 

3. Knots shall be classified as pin, standard and larger, as to size, and round and 
spike as to form; and as sound, loose, encased, pith and rotten as to quality. 

4. A pin knot is sound and not over J2 inch in diameter. 

5. A standard knot is sound and over inches in diameter. 

6. A larger knot is sound and any size over Ij 4 inches in diameter. 

7. A round knot is oval or circular in form, and the mean or average diameter of 
the same shall be considered in applying and construing the rules. 

8. A spike knot is one sawn in a lengthwise direction. 

9. A sound knot is one solid across its face, is as hard as the wood it is in, and so 
fixed by growth or position that it will retain its place' in the piece. 

10. A loose knot is one not held firmly in place by growth or position. 

11. A pith knot is a small, sound knot with a pith hole not more than % inch in 
diameter in the center. 

12. An encased knot is one surrounded wholly or in part by bark or pitch. 

13. A rotten knot is one not as hard as the wood it is in. 

Pitch. 

14. Pitch pockets are openings between the grain of the wood containing more or 
less pitch or bark, and shall be classified as large or small pitch pockets. _ 

15. A large pitch pocket is one % of an inch and over in open width. A small 
pitch pocket is one less than y$ of an inch in open width. 

16. A pitch pocket showing open on both sides of the piece % of an inch or more 

in width shall be considered the same as a knot hole. .... 

17. A pitch streak is a well-defined accumulation of pitch at one point in the piece, 
and, when not sufficient to develop a well-defined streak- - it shall not be considered a 
defect. 

18. A small pitch streak shall be equivalent to not over 1-20 the width and '/(, the 
length of the piece it is in. A standard pitch streak shall be equivalent to not over % 
the width and l / 3 the length of the piece it is in. 

Sap. 

19. Bright sap shall not be considered a defect in any of the grades provided for 
and described in these rules. The restriction or exclusion of bright sap constitutes a 
special class of material which can only be secured by special contract. 

20. Blued sap shall not be considered a defect in any of the grades of common 

lumber. 




48 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Miscellaneous. 

21. Firm red heart shall not be considered a defect in any of the grades of common 
lumber. 

22. Defects in rough stock caused by improper manufacture and drying will reduce 
the grade, unless they can be removed in dressing such stock to standard sizes. 

23. All stock shall be inspected on the face side to determine the grade. And for 
stock surfaced one side the dressed surface shall be considered the face side. And for 
stock rough or dressed two sides, the best side shall be considered the face, but the 
reverse side of all such stock should not be more than one grade lower. 

24. Imperfect manufacture in dressed stock, such as torn grain, loosened grain, 
broken knots, mismatching, insufficient tongue or groove on Flooring, Ceiling, Drop 
Siding, etc., shall be considered defects, and will reduce grade according as they are 
slight or serious in their effects on the use of the stock. 

25. Pieces of either Flooring, Ceiling or Drop Siding having less than 3-16-inch of 
tongue shall not be admitted in any grade above No. 2 Common. Pieces with 3-16 inch 
or more of tongue to be admitted in any grade. 

26. In all grades of Flooring, Ceiling, Drop Siding, etc., wane 'on the reverse side, 
not exceeding y$ the width and l /p the length of any piece, provided the wane does not 
extend into the tongue is admissible. 

27. Chipped grain consists in a part of the surface being chipped or broken out in 
small particles below the line of the cut, and as usually found should not be classed as 
torn grain, and shall not be considered a defect. 

28. Torn grain consists in a part of the wood being torn out in dressing. It occurs 
around knots and curly places. 

29. Loosened grain consists in a point of one grain being torn loose from the next 
grain. It occurs on the heart side of the piece, and is a serious defect, especially in 
Flooring. 

30. The grade of all regular stock shall be determined by the number, character 
and position of the defects visible in any piece. The enumerated defects admissible in 
any grade are intended to be descriptive of the coarsest pieces such grade may contain. 
The average quality of the grade should be about midway between such pieces and the 
coarsest pieces allowed in the next higher grade. 

31. Lumber and timber sawed for specific purposes must be inspected with a view 
to its adaptability for the use intended. Material not conforming to standard sizes for 
agricultural implement companies, wagon companies, car manufacturing companies, 
railway companies, etc., shall be goverend by special contract. 

32. The standard lengths are multiples of 2 feet, 10 to 24 feet, inclusive, for boards, 
strips, dimensions, joists and timbers. Longer or shorter lengths than those herein 
specified are special. Odd and fractional lengths shall be counted as of the next higher 
even length. 

33. On stock width shipments of lumber, either rough or dressed, one or two sides, 
no piece shall be admissible that is more than % inch scant on 8-inch and under; J^-inch 
scant on 10-inch or ^-inch scant on 12-inch or wider. 

34. Yellow Pine of a better grade than No. 1 Common, up to 4 inches in width, 
shall be classified as to grain as Edge Grain and Flat Grain. Edge Grain has been vari¬ 
ously designated us rift sawn, vertical grain, quarter-sawn, all being commercially 
synonomous terms. Edge Grain stock is especially desirable for flooring, and admits 
no piece in which the angle of the grain exceeds 45 degrees from vertical at any point, 
thus excluding all pieces that will sliver or shell from wear. Such as will not meet 
these requirements shall be known as flat grain. 

35. All dressed stock shall be measured and sold strip count, viz.: full size of 
rough material necessarily used in its manufacture. Casing, base and jambs to be meas¬ 
ured Ya inch wider than finished size. 

36. Equivalent means equal, and in construing and applying these rules, the de¬ 
fects allowed, whether specified or not, are understood to be equivalent in damaging 
effect to those mentioned applying to stock under consideration. 

37. The foregoing general observations shall apply to and govern the application 
of the following rules: 

Dressed Yellow Pine Finishing. 

Grades—First and second clear, third clear. 

38. First and Second Clear. Inch, 1 %, 1 y 2 and 2 inch, dressed one or two sides, 
bp to and including 8 inches wide, must show one face practically clear of all defects. 
Ten inches wide will admit any one of the following defects: 1 split not more than 6 
inches long; 1 small pitch pocket; 1 pin knot, pitch streak or blue sap stain not to 
exceed the equivalent of 6 square inches; j/j of any shipment of 12 and 14 inch, in addi¬ 
tion to 1 straight split, not to exceed in length the width of the piece, will admit any 
one of the following defects or its equivalent: 3 pin knots; 1 standard knot; 1 small 
pitch pocket; 1 small pitch streak; small kiln or seasoning checks; 1 blue sap stain 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


49 


inches wide running across the face of the piece. Each 2 inches above 14 inches in 
width, in addition to 1 straight split, not to exceed in length the width of the piece, will 
admit any two of the defects allowed in 12-inch or their equivalent. Pieces otherwise 
admissible, which have loosened or torn grain on the face side, shall be put in a lower 
grade. 

39. Special. In case both sides are desired clear, special contract must be made. 
Defective dressing on the reverse side of finishing is admissible. 

40. Third Clear. Inch, 1%, \ l /> and 2 inch, dressed 2 sides up to and including 10 
inches in width, in addition to x straight split not to exceed in length the width of the 
piece, may have any two of the following defects or their equivalent: 3 pin knots; 1 
standard knot; 3 small pitch pockets; r large pitch pocket; 1 standard pitch streak; 
3 blue sap stains 2 Inches wide across the face; wane not to exceed 1 inch in width and 
l /e the length of the piece, or small kiln or seasoning checks. 12 or 14 inches will admit 
2 ©f the above defects or their equivalent. 

Flooring. 

Grades—A and B Flat, A and B Edge Grain, .Nos. 1 and 2 Common. 

41. A Flat Flooring must be practically free from defects on the face side and well 
manufactured. 

42. B Flat Flooring may have any two of the following defects or their equivalent: 
Blue sap stain not to exceed 15 per cent, of the face; 3 pin knots; x standard knot; 3 
small pitch pockets; 1 standard pitch streak; slight torn grain, or small kiln or season¬ 
ing checks. 

43. Edge Grain Flooring shall take the same inspection as flat grain, except as to 
the angle of the grain. 

44. No. 1 Common Flooring will admit of sound knots, blue sap, pitch streaks, 
pitch pockets, firm red heart, slight shake, torn grain, defects in manufacture, kiln or 
seasoning checks. Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing 1 loose or I 
unsound knot inches in diameter or less, shall be graded No. 1 Common. Pieces 
otherwise good enough for A, but containing not over 10 small pin worm holes that have 
no blue sap stain about them, shall be admitted in the grade of No. 1 Common. Pieces 
otherwise good enough for A, but containing 1 pith knot, shall be admitted in the grade 
of‘No. 1 Common. 

45. No. 2 Common admits of all pieces that will not grade No. 1 Common, which 
can be used for cheap floors or roof sheathing without waste of more than the length 
of any one piece. 

46. Center Matched Flooring shall be required to come up to grade on face side 
only. 

Ceiling. 

Grades—A, B, No. 1 and No. 2 Common. 

47. A Ceiling must be practically free from defects on the face side, and well manu¬ 
factured. 

48. B Ceiling will admit of any two of the following defects, or their equivalent: 
Slight torn grain; 3 pin knots; 1 standard knot; 3 small pitch pockets; 1 small pitch 
streak; seasoning or kiln checks that do not go through; blue sap stain, or firm red 
heart not to exceed 15 per cent, of the face. 

49. No. 1 Common Ceiling nvill admit sound knots, blue sap, pitch streaks, pitch 
pockets, firm red heart, slight shake, torn grain, kiln or seasoning checks, or defects 
in manufacture. Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing 1 loose or un¬ 
sound knot 0/2 inches in diameter or less, shall be graded No. 1 Common. Pieces other¬ 
wise good enough for A, but containing not over 10 small pin worm holes that have no 
blue stain about them, shall be graded No. 1 Common. Pieces otherwise good enough 
for A, but containing 1 pith knot, shall be admitted in the grade of No. 1 Common. 

50. No 2 Comomn Ceiling admits of all pieces not as good as No. 1 Common that 
can be used without waste of more than l /± the length of any one piece. 

Wagon Bottoms. 

Grades—A and B. 

51. Wagon Bottoms (unless otherwise ordered—see Section 31) shall be graded 
the same as A and B Flat Flooring. 

Drop Siding. 

Grades—A, B and No. 1 Common. 

52. A Drop Siding must be practically free from defects on the face side and well 
manufactured. 

53. B Drop Siding will admit any two of the following defects, or their equivalent: 
Slight torn grain; 3 pin knots; 1 standard knot; blue sap stain or firm red heart not 
to exceed 15 per cent, of the face, and slight kiln or seasoning checks. 




50 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


54. No. 1 Common Drop Siding will admit 1 standard pitch streak or 1 large pitch 
pocket, or their equivalent; and, in addition, sound knots, blue sap stain, firm red heart, 
slight shake, torn grain, defects in manufacture, and kiln or seasoning checks that do 
not go through the piece. Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing one 
loose or unsound knot 1Y2 inches in diameter or less, shall be graded No. 1 Common. 
Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing not over 10 small pin worm holes 
that have no blue stain about them, shall be graded No. I Common. Pieces otherwise 
good enough for A, but containing one pith knot, shall be admitted in the grade of No. 
1 Common. 


Bevel Siding. 

Grades—A, B and No. 1 Common. 

55. Bevel Siding shall be graded according to the rules for Drop Siding, and will' 
admit in addition slight imperfections on the thin edge, which will be covered by the 
lap when laid 4^2 inches to the weather. 

Partition. 

Grades—A, B and No. 1 Common. 

56. Partition shall be graded according to ceiling rules, and must meet the require¬ 
ments of the specified grade on the face side only, but the reverse side shall not be 
more than one grade lower. 

Moulded Casing and Base—Window and Door Jambs. 

Grades—A and B. 

57. A Moulded Casing and Base must be practically free from defects on the face 
side and well manufactured. 

58. B Casing or Base consists of rejections made after dressing stock inspected iir 
the rough as “A.” The defects admitted in B Ceiling shall be allowed. 

Window and Door Jambs shall be graded the same as moulded casing and base. 

Common Boards, Shiplap and Barn Siding, 8, 10 and 12 Inches Wide. 

Grades—No. 1 and No. 2 Common. 

59. No. 1 Common Boards dressed one or two sides, and No. 1 Common Shiplap- 
and Barn Siding shall be well manufactured. Will admit any number of sound knots,, 
none of which shall be larger than 3 inches in diameter, nor over Ys of the width of the 
piece if located at the edge, nor over Yi of the width of the piece if located away from 
the edge, or their equivalent spike knots—provided, however, that the spike knots, when< 
located on the edge, do not occupy more than y 2 the thickness of said edge—2 pith 
knots, 1 straight split not to exceed in length the width of the piece, pitch, pitch pockets, 
blue sap, seasoning checks that do not go through, firm red heart, wane y 2 inch deep- 
on edge and Y the length of the piece, or its equivalent; and a limited number of small 
pin worm holes well scattered. These boards should be firm and strong, and suitable 
for use in all ordinary construction. 

60. No. 2 Common Boards, dressed one or two sides, and No. 2 Common Shiplap, 
may contain any number of sound knots none of which are over 4J4 inches in diameter,, 
or over Yi the width of the piece if located at the edge, or their equivalent spike knots,, 
smaller or more defective knots, worm holes, 1 straight split Ya the length of the piece; 
a knot hole 1^2 inches in diameter, or its equivalent in small knot holes or rotten streaks, 
will be allowed, provided the piece is otherwise as good as No. 1 Common, but must be 
free from through rotten streaks, through heart shakes over J4 the length of the piece,, 
and wane over 2 inches wide exceeding y 2 the length of the piece. 

Fencing—3, 4 and 6 Inches Wide. 

Grades—No. 1 and No. 2 Common. 

61. No. 1 Fencing may contain the following defects or their equivalent: Sound 
knots, not to exceed 2 inches in diameter at any point throughout its length; spike knots, 
whose length is not over y 2 the width of the piece, and if on the edge not to exceed Y? 
the thickness; 3 pith knots, or their equivalent; wane y 2 inch deep on edge and y 2 the 
length of the piece; pitch, pitch pockets, blue sap, seasoning checks, firm red heart,, 
and a limited number of small pin worm holes well scattered. 

62. No. 2 Fencing, in addition to the defects allowed in No. 1 Common, will admit 
the following defects or their equivalent: Sound knots that do not weaken the piece 
at any point; small, unsound or loose knots; 1 straight split Ya the length of the piece; 
worm holes; rotten streaks that do not go through; a knot hole 1 y 2 inches in diameter, 
or its equivalent in small hollow knots, provided the piece is otherwise as good as No. 
1 Comomn; shake and wane, but must be good enough to be used in full length as- 
fencing. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


51 


63. No. 3 Fencing and No. 3 Boards is defective lumber, and will admit of coarse 
knots, knot-holes, very wormy pieces, some red rot and other defects that will not 
prevent its use as a whole for cheap sheathing, or cutting one-half its length as No. 2 
Common. 

64. Miscut i-inch boards and fencing which do not fall below ^4 inch in thickness 
shall be admitted in No. 2 Common, provided the grade of such thin stock is otherwise 
as good as No. 1 Common. 


Dimension.—S. 1 S. 1 E. 

Grades—No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3. 

65. Inspection of dimension is a question of strength and uniformity of size, and 
whatever reduces its strength in cross-section must be considered a defect to that extent. 

66. No. 1 Common Dimension may contain sound knots, none of which in 2x4s 
should be larger than 2 inches in diameter on both sides of the piece, and on wider stock 
which do not occupy more than J/3 of the cross-section at any point throughout its 
length if located at the edge of the piece; or more than of the cross-section if located 
away from the edge; 2 pith knots, or smaller or more defective knots, which do not 
weaken the piece more than the knot aforesaid; will admit of seasoning checks, firm 
red heart, heart shakes that do not go through, wane, pitch, blue sap stains, pitch pock¬ 
ets, splits in ends not exceeding in length the width of the piece; a limited number of 
small pin worm holes well scattered, and such other defects as do not prevent its use 
as substantial structural material. 

67. No. 2 Common Dimension may have sound knots which do not occupy more 
than of the cross-section at any one point if located at the edge of the piece, nor 
more than 54 of the cross-section if located away from the edge; smaller, loose, hollow 
or rotten knots that do not weaken the piece more than the knots aforesaid; will admit 
rotten streaks, shake, wane, worm holes and other defects which do not prevent its use 
without waste. 

68. No. 3 Dimension will include all pieces falling below No. 2 grade, which are 
sound enough to use for cheap building material. 

69. Miscut 2-inch stock which does not fall below ij 4 inches in thickness shall be 
admitted in No. 2 Common, provided such pieces are in all other respects as good as 
No. 1 Common. 


Rough Yellow Pine. 

70. Finish must be evenly manufactured, and shall embrace all sizes from 1 to 2 
inches in thickness by 4 inches and over in width. 

71. No inch, 1% and finishing lumber, unless otherwise ordered, shall measure, 
when dry, more than 1-16 inch scant in thickness and on 2-inch it may be 54-inch scant. 

72. Wane and seasoning checks that will dress out in working to standard thick¬ 
ness and widths are admissible. 

73. Subject to the foregoing provisions, rough finishing shall be graded according 
to the specifications applying to dressed finishing lumber. All rough lumber, if thicker 
than specified thickness for dry or green stock, may be dressed to such standard thick¬ 
ness, and when so dressed shall be considered as rough stock. When like grade on 
both faces is required, special contract must be made. 

Common Boards and Fencing, and Dimension. 

74. Rough common boards and fencing must be well manufactured, and should 
not be less than % inch thick when dry. 

75. Rough 2-inch common shall be well manufactured, and not less than 
inches thick when green, or 1^4 inches thick when dry. The several widths must not 
be less than inch over the standard dressing width for such stock. Rough common 
dimension of a greater thickness than 2 inches and less than 4 inches, shall be subject 
to special contract as to thickness and width. 

76. Rough Dimension, if thicker than specified thickness for dry or green stock, 
may be dressed to such standard thickness, and when so dressed shall be considered as 
rough stock. 

77. The defects admissible in rough boards, fencing and dimension shall be the 
same as those applying to dressed stock of like kind and grade, and such further de¬ 
fects as would disappear in dressing to standard sizes of such material shall be allowed. 

No. 1 Common Timbers. 

78. Rough Timbers, 6x6 and larger, shall not be more than J^-inch scant when green, 
and be well manufactured, with not less than three square edges, and must be free 
from knots that will materially weaken the piece. Timbers 10x10 in size may have a 
2-inch wane on one corner, measured on faces or its equivalent on two or more corners, 




52 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


54 the length of the piece. Larger sizes may have proportionately greater defects. 
Shakes extending not over % of the length of the piece are admissible, and seasoning 
checks shall not be considered a defect. 

79. Dressed timbers shall conform in grading to the specifications applying to 
rough timbers of same size. 

80. Rough timbers, if thicker than specified thickness for dry or green stock, may 
be dressed to such standard thickness, and when so dressed shall be considered as 
rough stock. 

Standard Sizes of Dressed Lumber. 

Finishing.—i-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 13-16, 154-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to I 3-32, 1 54 -inch 
S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 11-32, 2-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 154 inches. 

Moulded Casing or Base.—13-16 to patterns as per National Moulding Book, East¬ 
ern edition of 1896. 

Flooring.—The standard of 1x4 and 1x6 inch shall be 13-16x354 and 554 inches; 1 54 - 
inch flooring shall be X 3-32-inch thick. 

Drop Siding.—13-16x3 54 and 554 inches. 

Partition.— 54 x 3/4 and 554 inches. 

Ceiling.— 24 -inch ceiling, 5-16 inch; 54 -inch ceiling, 7-16 inch; 54 -inch ceiling, 9-16 
inch; 54-inch ceiling, 11-16 inch; same width as flooring. 

Bevel Siding.—To be made from stock S. 4 S. to 13-16x554 and resawed on a bevel. 

Boards and Fencing.—i-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 13-16 inch. 

Shiplap.—8, 10 and 12 inch. 13-16x754, 9% and 1154 inches. 

D. and M., 8, 10 and 12 inch. 13-16x754, 954 and 11% inches. 

Grooved Roofing.—10 and 12-inch S. 1 S. and 2 E. to 13-16x954 and 1154 inches. 

Wagon Bottoms, unless otherwise ordered (see Section 31), shall be made in sets 
38 and 42 inches face, and from stock 4 inches or over in width. 

Dimension.—2x4 D. 1 S. and 1 E. to 1 5 /& x 3 5 A inches; 2x6 D. 1 S. and 1 E. to i 54 x 
554 inches; 2x8 D. 1 S. and 1 E. to 154*754 inches; 2x10 D. 1 S. and 1 E. to i 54 x 9/4 
inches; 2x12 D. 1 S. and 1 E. to i^ixiiY inches; 4x4 and 4x6 D. 1 S. and 1 E. to 54 
inch off side and edge; S. 4 S. 54 inch off each side. 


WEIGHTS OF LUMBER. 


The following weights have been obtained from average weights of car-load lots, 
and may be relied upon as being nearly correct. The figures are the pounds per 1,000 
feet, board measure: 


Ash.. 

Apple. 

Beech. 

Birch . 

Basswood.. 
Butternut.. 
Chestnut.. . 
Cherry... . 
Cottonwood 
Cypress.. . . 

Cedar. 

Elm. 

Hickory.. . 

Holly. 

Maple. 

Oak. 

Poplar. 

Sycamore... 
Sweet Gum. 
Walnut. 


Green. 

Dry. 

.. .5,200 

3,500 


4,000 


4,500 

• • .4,250 

3,500 


2,500 


3,000 


3,250 


3,600 

■ •- 5,250 

2,600 


2,750 


3,000 


3,500 


4,250 


4 , 5 oo 


4 , 5 oo 


4,250 


2,800 


4,250 


3,000 


4,000 

























STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


53 


Association Standard Grades. Rules for the Grading of Pine and Hemlock 
Lumber. Reported by the Bureau of Grades and Adopted by the Mississippi 
Valley Lumbermen’s Association and the Wisconsin Valley Lumbermen’s 
Association. 


WESTERN PINE SHIPPERS’ ASSOCIATION. 


BUREAU OF GRADES. 

It is the aim of this Bureau of Grades to adopt the rules for grading Pine Lumber 
in use by the Mississippi Valley Lumbermen’s Association, with such slight modifications 
as are necessary to take into consideration the defects peculiar to the products of this 
territory, giving their relative value, in the absence of, to a large degree, the defects 
known as shake, rot and worm holes, found in other localities. Giving our grades the 
same level of values, for the purposes for which the lumber admitted in the various 
grades is used, and for which the grades of White Pine were designed by the manufac¬ 
turers of the Mississippi Valley Lumbermen’s Association. 

Bright sap shall not be considered a defect in Western Pine. 

PITCH. 

The surface of a piece from which the grade is determined which contains pitch 
in sufficient quantities to render it worthless for. the purposes for which the grade was 
designed shall exclude such piece from the grade. 

In grades where paint or oil finish is usually required, the general appearance of the 
piece shall indicate that it is sufficiently free from pitch to retain such finish under 
the ordinary conditions to which such products are subject. 

A piece containing local pitch defects, known as pitch streaks or pitch pockets, that 
can be remedied by the usual methods of finish ordinarily made use of in curing knot 
defects shall be given the same consideration given knot defects of like surface meas¬ 
urements. 

Pieces of lumber so filled with pitch as to make it impracticable to remedy 
the defect in the usual manner preparatory to a paint finish shall not be graded higher 
than a No. 3 Common. 

CHECKED KNOTS AND SEASON CHECKS 

Checked knots in tight red knotted stock in common lumber shall not be consid¬ 
ered a defect, unless the opening is so pronounced as to injure the piece for the purposes 
for which the grade was designed. 

In the absence of all other defects one small season check not to exceed 8 inches 
in length and showing on one side of piece only will be admissible in No. 2 door 
cuttings. 

One small season check not to exceed 8 inches in length will be admitted in A. 
Select 14-inch and wider to show on reverse side only. 

One small season check not to exceed 8 inches in length will be admissible on the 
reverse side of an 8-inch or 10-inch piece of B. Sel., or not to exceed three small season 
checks of the same length in wider pieces. 

The face of a C. Sel. shall be free from season checks and the reverse side shall con¬ 
tain no season check to exceed 12 inches in length. 

A slight amount of season check will be admitted on the face side of a D. Sel. when 
other defects are not too pronounced. 

A small amount of season check will be admissible on one side of No. 1 and 2 
Common, providing they do not interfere with the general utility of the piece. 

Pieces containing numerous season checks, open and extending through the piece, 
shall not be graded higher than No. 3 Common. 

LARCH. 

There shall be two grades of larch, which grades shall be known as Finish and 
Common. 

The grade of finish shall be the same as C. Sel. and better in pine; all merchantable 
lumber below this grade xo feet and over in length shall be classified as Common. 





54 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


GRADES AND NOMENCLATURE. 


The following are the standard grades adopted and the terms by which they are 
to be known: 


Thick Finishing. 

1st, 2d and 3d Clear, 1%, D/2 
A Select, i} 4 , i /4 and 2-inch. 


Inch Finishing. 

1st, 2d and 3d Clear. 

A Select. 

B “ 

C “ 

D “ 

D Stock. 

C and Better Norway. 

> Siding. 

A and Clear. 

B 

C 

D 

E 

Flooring. 

A Flooring. 

B 

C 

D 

Shaky Clear Flooring. 

No. x Fencing D. & M. 

No. 2 D. & M. 

No. 3 D. & M. 

Shiplap, Grooved Roofing and D. & M. 

No. 1. 

No. 2. 

No. 3. 


Shop Common. 

No. 1 Shop. 

No. 2 “ 

No. 3 “ 

Inch Shop. 

Factory Selects. 

Factory A Select and Better. 
Factory B Select. 

Factory C Select. 

Thick Common Lumber. 

Tank Stock. 

Select Common 
Step Plank. 

Flat Common. 

No. 1 Box. 

No. 2 Box. 

Common Boards. 

No. 1. 

No. 2. 

No. 3. 

No. 4. 

No. s. 

Fencing. 

No. r. 

No. 2. 

No. 3 
No. 4. 

Dimension. 

No. 1. 

No. 2. 

No. 4 or Cull. 


B “ 
C ” 
D “ 


RULES FOR GRADING PINE LUMBER. 

General Instructions. 

The aim of the uniform grading inspection is to harmonize the natural differences 
which exist in the characteristics of the different stocks co-operating in this bureau, 
making lumber of the same grades, at the different manufacturing points, of practically 
equal value, whether the logs from which the lumber is cut are large or small, coarse- 
knotted, fine-knotted, black-knotted, red-knotted, sound or shaky. 

No arbitrary rules for the inspection of lumber can be maintained with satisfaction. 
The variations from any given rule are numerous and suggested by practical common 
sense, so nothing more definite than the general features of different grades should 
be attempted by rules of inspection. The following, therefore, are submitted as the 
general characteristics of the different grades. 

In the grading of finishing lumber in common practice, there is a recognized dif¬ 
ference in classifying inch lumber, and lumber thicker than inch. 

A very large percent-age of the one and one-fourth, one and one-half and two- 
inch lumber used for finishing purposes goes into work requiring each face to be 
shown, as in doors, sash, etc. With inch lumber, except shop common and partition, 
the uses are quite different, the almost invariable practice being that one face of the 
board is shown and that face the better one. 

The face side of the lumber is the side showing the best quality or appearance. V. 

Defects in lumber should be distributed in proportion to the size of the piece. 
Long or wide pieces of the same grade may contain more and greater defects than 
shorter or narrow pieces. The same percentage should be observed in both long 
and short, wideband narrow. 

Wane in lumber is a defect which can not be described by rule with satisfaction, 
and therefore must be left to the judgment of- the grader. 






STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


55 


In x general way, D & M stock, except No. 3, should have a good bearing on back, 
•and lumber S 1 S or S 2 S show nearly a full face. 

The lowering of grade on the face side on account of wane, should be governed 
by grade, width and defects in the piece. 

Due consideration in rough stock should be given for the amount of wane that 
would be surfaced off in milling. 

Lumber must be accepted on grade in the form in which it was shipped. Any 
subsequent change in manufacture or mill work will prohibit an inspection for the 
adjustment of claims, except with the consent of all parties interested. 

Mixed width boards do not necessarily require as good edges as shiplap or dressed 
and matched stock of the same grade. 

Planing mill work should be taken into consideration in all grades of dressed lum¬ 
ber, and its effect on a piece must be left largely to the judgment of the inspector. 

Thick C Select, except for factory purposes, should be graded on its face, not so 
much attention being given to the back; but in the grades of B Select and Better, the 
backs should, as a rule, be within one grade of the better face. 

The grade of partition shall be determined from its poorer side. 

Lumber when worked shall be graded the same as the respective grades when in 
the rough. 

Unless otherwise provided for, lumber worked two sides shall be graded from its 
better face; lumber worked one side shall be graded from its surface face. 

The examples given in this book do not in all cases include all of the different 
types in any grade. 

The interpretation of any grade is intended to cover all lumber between the next 
higher grade above, and the next grade below. 

It is not contemplated by these »ules to cover car siding and roofing, the grades 
-of which should be determined by special agreement. 


FINISHING. 

CLEARS. 

First Clear. —This should be twelve inches and over in widt-h and free from all 
ffefects. 

Second Clear. —This should be ten inches and over in width. When ten inches 
wide it should be free from all defects. A twelve-inch board must have a perfect face. 
A one-half inch of white sap on each edge, or one inch of sap on one edge of back is 
allowed. In the absence of sap one or two small pin knots not to exceed one-half inch 
in diameter are admissible. Pieces wider than twelve inches must have a perfect face, 
but can have sap or knot defects proportionally greater as the piece is wider. 

Third Clear. —This should be eight inches and over in width. r A piece eight inches- 
wide should be free from all defects on both faces. In a ten-inch piece one or two 
small knots, not to exceed one-half inch in diameter, or in the absence of knots, white 
sap not to exceed one-half inch in width on each edge, or one inch in width on one 
edge is admissible. A piece from twelve inches to fourteen inches wide may have 
one inch of white sap on each edge of face or more sap on one edge. In the absence 
of sap or with less sap one or two small knots an inch in diameter are admissible. 
Wider stock can have more sap or slightly larger knots. The reverse side of Third 
Clear ten inches and wider, should not show poorer in quality than “A” Select face. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x14-16. Face side has a black knot on edge one and one-fourth 
by one inch, two feet from end, but not showing through. One small black knot one- 
half inch in diameter one foot from end, balance of face side clear. Reverse side shows 
one inch of white sap for six feet on one edge and about one foot slightly discolored 
sap. 

Example 2. Piece 1x18-16. Face side shows two half-inch black knots and two 
small pin knots near one end, also a half-inch black knot near center. Reverse side 
shows practically the same defects except the knots are slightly larger. 

Example 3. Piece 1x16-16. Shows an inch and a half of white sap for eight feet on 
one edge of the face side; no other defects. Reverse side shows three inches of white 
sap for twelve feet on one edge. No other defects. 

Example 4. Piece 1x12-14. Face side shows one and one-half inches white say on 
■each edge for four feet at one end. One small knot one-half inch in diameter near 
other end. Reverse side shows three inches of white sap for twelve feet on one edge 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


5t> 


and two inches of white sap on other edge full length of the piece, and two small 
knots one-half inch in diameter. 

Example 5. Piece ixio-16. Has one clear face. Reverse side has one inch of 
slightly stained sap for two feet on one edge. Otherwise perfect. 

Example 6. Piece 1x8-16. This piece is free from all defects on both sides. 

“A” SELECT. 

“A” Select should be eight inches and over in width. On the face side an eight- 
inch piece should be nearly perfect. An inch of white sap on one edge or one or two 
sound knots not to exceed one-half inch in diameter are admissible. 

A ten-inch piece will admit of an inch and a half of white sap full length of one 
edge or less sap on both edges of face, with no other defect, or will admit of two or 
three knots, one-half inch in diameter if well scattered, or one or two knots not over 
an inch in diameter if well located. 

Pieces fourteen inches and wider will admit of proportionately greater sap and 
knot defects as width increases, or very sightly local shake, or a straight split for six or 
eight inches, or one or two large worm holes near end or edge. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x8-16. Shows one-half inch of white sap on one edge full 
length of the piece, and one small knot one-half inch in diameter. 

Example 2. Piece ixio-16. The face side has^a quarter inch of slightly colored sap 
for one foot, otherwise perfect. Reverse side shows a little sap slightly blue on two 
edges. 

Example 3. Piece ixio-16. Is perfect on both sides, except a slight local shake in 
one spot. 

Example 4. Piece ixio-16. Very smooth in appearance with one knot three-quar¬ 
ters of an inch two feet from one end. Another smaller knot near other end, also 
one inch of white sap two feet in length at one end and one-half inch of sap on 
opposite edge of other end. 

Example 5. Piece 1x12-16. On face side has one knot one and one-half inch in 
diameter and one pin knot, both going through the board; otherwise perfect. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-16. Has two three-fourth-inch knots that go through 
the board, and an inch of white sap on one edge full length of piece. 

Example 7. Piece 1x14-16. Face side shows one small knot a half inch in diameter.* 
A half inch of stained sap for two feet on one edge at center of board. Reverse side 
3 1 center has two inches of stained sap on one edge for five feet and other edge has 
one inch of stained sap for four feet. This is considered a high type of “A” Select. 

Example 8. Piece 1x16-16. Face side shows two black knots one inch in diameter 
near one end and three small pin knots. Reverse side shows two knots one inch in 
diameter at one end. On one edge three inches of white sap for ten feet. Other 
edge has two inches of slightly colored sap for eight feet. 

Example 9. Piece 1^x16-16. One face has two inches of sap full length of one 
edge, discolored in streaks. Reverse side shows three-fourths inch wane for three 
inches, and three inches slightly colored sap full length of one edge. 

Example 10. Piece 1^x19-16. Face shows a five-eighths inch black knot one foot 
from end. At same end on opposite corner a check eight inches long. At the other 
end is a slight shake for ten inches in center; also at the left from same end near 
edge, a pitch pocket one and one-fourth inches long. No sap on this face. Reverse 
side shows one-fourth to three-fourths inch worm-eaten sap for eight feet on one edge, 
the small black knot at end shows through from face side. 

“B” SELECT. 

“B” Select should be eight inches and over in width. 

In this grade white sap is not considered a defect unless too many other imper¬ 
fections appear. 

Knots, shake and a small amount of stained sap are admissible. 

An eight-inch or ten-inch piece should have but very little shake. Wider pieces 
can have more shake, but it should be local and not scattered over the face of the piece. 

Slightly stained sap is admissible when other defects are not of a serious nature, 
the amount of stained sap depending upon width of piece. 

See General Instructions. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


57 


► 


EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 1x8-16. Has two inches of bright white sap the entire length of 
piece on one edge. The other edge has two inches of bright white sap for three-quar¬ 
ters its length. The balance of that edge is discolored sap. Other end of piece has one 
small knot. 

Example 2. Piece 1x8-16. Three-quarters of the entire face shows white sap and 
a small knot at one end. 

Example 3. Piece ixio-16. Has one inch of stained sap for one-third the length 
of the piece. One small knot at each end and one five-eighths knot near center of board. 

Example 4. Piece 1x10-16. Has local shake near one end and one and one-half 
inch bright sap on both edges with small knot at end. 

Example 5. Piece 1x12-16. Has a small knot at each end, two and a half inches 
of slightly stained sap for four feet on one edge, and an inch and a half of white sap on 
the other end of opposite edge. The reverse side has three inches of stained sap on 
both edges for five feet at one end. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-12. Shows one and one-half inches white sap on one edge 
for half length of piece; other edge shows two inches of white sap two-thirds of 
length. Scattered over the face of this board are six small knots, varying in size from 
an inch to a small pin knot. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. Both edges of this board have sap varying in width 
from two to three inches and running full length* of the piece, the sap showing slight 

discoloration. No knot defects or shake are snown. 

• 

Example 8. Piece 1x20-16. Has a rot stain three inches wide and eight inches long 
at one end, one three-quarter inch unsound knot at other end and two half-inch knots. 
The reverse side has same appearance, except a narrow streak of white sap and half¬ 
inch of stained sap for four feet. 

Example 9. Piece 1x14-16. Has three half-inch black knots, one and one-half 
inches bright sap for eight feet on one edge and two and one-half inches o.f bright 
sap for four feet on other edge. The reverse side has three inches of bright sap on both 
edges for three feet and three-quarter inch of wane for three feet and shows same 
knots as on face. > 

Example 10. Piece 2x12-16. Has one poor knot three-quarter inch in diameter, but 
otherwise face is perfect. The reverse side shows stained sap on both edges three 
inches wide for four feet and one-half inch of wane for eight feet. 

Example n. Piece 2x14-16. At one end near the edge has one and one-half-inch 
knot; at the other end shake five inches wide for three feet on the same edge as knot. 
Reverse side shows three inches of slightly stained sap for eight feet. 

Example 12. Piece 1x18-16. At one end shows shell shake for two feet running 
across one-half of the face. One edge shows three inches of slightly stained sap for 
eight feet. This piece also has three small knots not over one-half inch in diameter 
scattered over the face. 

Example 13. Piece 1*4x14-16. Face side shows two inches of slightly colored sap 
at one end, running out at four feet, but no other imperfections. Reverse side shows 
sap over two-thirds of the piece, slightly colored in spots for six feet. No knots in 
this piece. 

Example 14. Piece 1^x16-16. Face side shows five black knots well scattered from 
one-half to one inch in diameter. Also three-fourths inch slightly stained sap at ohe 
end running out at six feet. 

Example 15. Piece 1x12-16. The face shows two-thirds white sap, no other defects 
except that one edge shows fifteen inches wane on the back side one inch wide but not 
to a feather edge on the face side. 

Example 16. Piece ixio-16. Shows four inches white sap the entire length on one 
edge. No other defects except wane on the back for eighteen inches. 

In inch lumber and thicker, pieces from four to eight inches wide may be graded 
under this rule, if so specified. 


“C” SELECT. 

“C” Select must be eight inches and over in width. 

This grade will admit of quite serious defects if the piece retains at the same 
time a fair appearance. 

The defects admissible are the same as those in a “B” Select, but exist to a greater 
degree. 

See General Instructions. 

5 s!r 







58 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 1x8-16. Shows three inches of stained sap for two feet and three 
small knots. The reverse side has stained sap in four places. 

Example 2. Piece 1x8-16. Has an inch and a half of white sap on each edge full 
length of piece and eight small knots well scattered. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-16. Shows three feet of tight shake on one edge at one end 
and one foot of open shake on the other end, otherwise of good appearance. 

Example 4. Piece 1x10-16. Has white sap on the face side, no knots, but three feet 

of shake in center of board about three feet from one end. Board has a smooth ap¬ 
pearance. 

Example 5. Piece ixio-16. Has five very small knots well scattered, a streak of 
stained sap on one edge and an inch of stained sap for two feet on the end of other edge. 

Example 6. Piece ixio-16. The face is free from defect except two and a half 
inches of stained sap for eight feet on one edge; otherwise very smooth in appear¬ 
ance. The reverse side shows quite an amount of stained sap. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. Has two inches of stained sap on each edge, two one- 

inch knots and two one-half inch knots. One-quarter of one side shows sap clear across, 
slightly stained. 

Example 8. Piece 1x12-16. Has a very smooth appearance, but shows shake clear 
through for three feet at one end and four small knots. 

Example 9. Piece 1x12-16. Shows considerable white sap on each edge, with eight 
small knots ranging from a pin knot to one inch in diameter. 

Example 10. Piece 1x12-16. Quite smooth in appearance witii shake four inches 
wide tapering off at one-third length of the piece. At other end of the piece shake 
1 mining in “V” shape for eighteen inches. 

Example 11. Piece 1x14-16. Has two inches of stained sap for four and one-half 
rfeet in center on one edge and a streak of stained sap at both ends of other edges. 
The reverse side shows one pitch spot 2x3 inches and three inches stained sap, same as 
in center of the other side. Two or three inches of white sap on each edge of both ends. 

Example 12. Piece 1x14-16. Has one three-fourth-inch poor knot and three one- 
half-inch black knots, also four feet of tight shake at one end. Reverse side shows 
same knot and shake defects with three inches of white sap for two feet. 

Example 13. Piece 1x18-16. At first appearance this board seems to be clear, but 
on closer examination a great deal of close tight shake is found to be scattered over at 
least one-half of the face. The shake, however, is very fine and probably will not 
open up. 

* Example 14. Piece 1x16-16. Has the appearance of an extra sound “D” Box. The 
hnots are smaller and in general appearance much above the average “D” Box grade. 
The sap is white and there are ten small knots, three of which are one inch in diameter, 
and the remainder from one-half inch down to a pin knot. 

Example 15. Piece 1x13-14. Within one foot of end is one and one-fourth-inch 
sound, black knot; also a one-fourth-inch black knot, and scattered over the face are 
two one-half-inch and two pin knots, with three inches of bright sap on one edge, 
running off at nine feet. 

Example 16. Piece 1^x12-16. Face has slightly colored sap two inches wide on 
one edge for ten feet; other edge has same amount and kind of sap for two feet, but 
no other imperfections. Reverse side shows slightly colored sap over the full width 
for eight feet in length. 

Example 17. Piece 1^x20-16. Face side shows worm holes sixteen inches from 
end in center; one three-fourth-inch black knot three feet from end on one edge; a 
one-half-inch black knot in eenter and seven feet from the other end within twelve 
inches of same end, one red knot three-fourths by one and one-half inches near edge; 
also three inches of white sap on both edges for twelve feet, with one-half inch wane 
lor eight feet on one edge. Reverse side shows less sap, but same knot defects, 
except that knots show larger. 

Example 18. Piece i%xi6-i6. Has two feet very fine shake across the face at one 
end, one and one-half inches of it .on edge extending for four feet; another trace of 
shake on edge near opposite end, also one and one-fourth inches soft rotten knot and 
one and one-fourth inches of dead sap tapering out at four feet. 

O Example 19. Piece 1^x16-16. Has two feet very fine shake across face on one end, 
one and one-half inches on one side extending for four feet; another trace of shake on 
edge near opposite end and on same end one three-fourth-inch soft rotten knot, and one 
and three-fourths inches of dead sap, tapering off at four feet. At center of piece are 
two three-eighths inch knots. The reverse side shows same rotten knot, and blue sap 
averaging two and one-half inches in width the whole length of one edge. The other 
edge ha* two inches of stained sap for two feet 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


59 


Example 20. Piece 1^x18-16. The face has nine black knots from one-fourth to 
one-half inch in diameter, well scattered, one of the one-half-inch knots being un¬ 
sound. Also contains one and one-half inches of blue sap full length of one edge, and 
a small amount of shell shake for two feet from one end. Reverse side shows five of 
the one-half-inch knots that run through from the face, and three inches of dead sap 
the entire length of one edge. 

Example 21. Piece 1x10-14. The face is covered with white sap for two feet at 
one end, and extends along one side two inches wide for half the entire length, also one 
one and three-fourths inches, one one-half inch black knots and one pitch pocket all well 
scattered. 

In inch lumber and thicker, pieces from four to eight inches wide may be graded 
under this rule, if so specified. 


“D” SELECT. 

“D” Select should be eight inches and over in width. 

This grade admits any piece of lumber that has the appearance of finishing or a 
percentage of cutting in which the defects are too numerous or t»o serious to admit of 
its being graded into “C” Select 

Blue sap covering two-thirds of the face will be admitted. This description em¬ 
braces one inch, one and one-fourth inch, one and one-half inch and two inch stock, 
and is graded strictly from the face without regard to the back, and can not be 
recommended for quality. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. ixio-16. Face shows a great deal of shake for two-thirds-of length, 
and three spots of rough mill work. This piece is smooth in appearance, but extremely 
shaky. 

Example 2. Piece 1x14-16. Very smooth in appearance. No knots, but fine shake 
over two-thirds of face, with some blue sap on each edge at one end. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-16. Shows blue sap three inches wide on each edge for ten 
feet. No other imperfections 

Example 4. Piece 1x8-16. Has smooth appearance. Shows partially blue sap over 
face for six feet. Otherwise good. 

Example 5. Piece 1x10-16. Shows a “B” Select face, but the reverse side shows the 
dry rot and worm hole defects of a No. 4 board. 

Example 6. Piece 1x8-16. Shows blue sap well streaked over eight feet of the face. 
The balance of good appearance. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. Has the face value and appearance of a good “D” stock, 
but inspection shows considerable fine shake. 

In inch lumber and thicker, pieces from four to eight inches wide may be graded 
under this rule, if so specified. 

“D” STOCK AND BOX. 

This is a grade of smooth-looking and sound-knotted lumber with edges free from 
wane and the grade practically free from shake. 

The knots may be either black or red, but should be sound and firmly set, vary¬ 
ing in size from an inch and a half down. 

A “D” Box board may have any number of knots, depending entirely upon size 
and location. 

A 12-inch “D" Stock board should contain a less number of knots than a “D" 
Box, and eight and ten-inch “D” Stock boards relatively smaller knots and less in 
number. This grade is nothing more than an extra smooth No. 1 Common. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES OF “D” STOCK. 

Example 1. Piece 1x12-14. Has three red knots one inch in diameter, ten knots 
one-half inch in diameter, and ten small pin knots. There is no sap. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-14. Has three knots i^x^ inches, part red and part black, 
and six knots one inch in diameter, also six small pin knots, red and black mixed. 

Example 3. Piece 1x12-16. Has six knots one-half to one inch in diameter and 
fourteen knots less than one-half inch in diameter, one and one-half inches of sap on one 
edge for entire length of piece, partly blue. Other edge has one inch partly blue sap. 
This board is perfectly smooth and sound in appearance. 

Example 4. Piece 1x12-16. Has twenty-eight knots, of which six are oblong, one- 
half by one and one-fourth inches, and eight round, red knots one-half to one inch in 
diameter. The balance are pin knots. 



rSAWS-—r 

Solid, inserted tooth, chisel bit, 
gang, drag, cross-cut, hack, band, concave, 
siding, edger, milling—all the saws you 
ever use we manufacture, from the best 
crucible steel, by skillful and experienced 
workmen. 

We build saws that do their duty—plus—and at an economy 
in price and a superiority in material that brings satisfaction in 
dollars and cents. 

Know THE BEST by Buying CHAMPION Saws 


CHAMPION SAW CO. 

BEAVER FALLS, PA. 



MADE WITH A YELLOW STRAND 


ACKNOWLEDGED THE BEST 

WIRE ROPE FOR LOGGING EVER MADE 

RECEIVED THE ONLY GRAND PRIZE FOR 
WIRE ROPES AT ST. LOUIS 
EXPOSITION 


MANUFACTURED ONLY BY : 


BRODERICK (& BASCOM ROPE CO. 


SAINT 


LOUIS, MISSOURI 


9 Murray Street, New York 
Seattle, Wash., Portland, Ore. 


Factories j g 1 ' 

/ Seattle, Wash. 














































STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


61 


Example 5. Piece ixio-16. Has twenty sound, black knots extending over entire 
face that will average less than one inch in diameter. Edges are square and piece 
otherwise sound. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-16. Has twenty-five sound knots from one-quarter to one- 
half inch in diameter. Five being red and balance black. Four of the one-half-inch 
red knots at one end are in a cluster. The board is otherwise sound and of good 
appearance. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. Contains twenty-five red and black knots scattered 
over the face, five being one-half inch in diameter and the others smaller; also has two 
inches of bright sap full length of one edge and one-half inch bright sap full length 
of other edge. The board is otherwise perfect. 

Example 8. Piece 1x8-16. At one end in a space of three feet there are three black 
knots, one-half inch in diameter, and one black knot three-quarters of an inch in 
diameter. The center contains two pin knots; at the other end within a space of five 
leet there are eight sound red knots, two being one inch in diameter, two are one-half 
inch in diameter and four are pin knots. At a glance this would be considered a fair 
type of “D” Stock. 

Example 9. Piece 1x8-16. There are twenty sound black knots in this piece, none 
of them exceeding one-half inch in diameter, and all within a space of twelve feet. 
This is a high grade of “D’’ Stock. 

EXAMPLES OF “D” BOX. 

Example 1. Piece 1x18-16. Well scattered over this piece are fifteen round black 
knots from one-eighth inch to one inch in diameter and at one edge three feet from end 
a cluster of three-quarters-inch sound red knots. An inch of white sap shows along 
two-thirds of one edge and nearly as much along the other edge. 

Example 2. Piece 1x14-16. Has seventeen black knots ranging in size from one 
inch in diameter down to a pin knot; no other defects. This is considered a high 
type of “D” Box. 

Example 3. Piece 1x14-12. One end has a sound red knot, one by two inches in 
diameter, and a three-quarter-inch red knot within six inches of it. The balance of the 
face contains eleven small knots well scattered. The piece is otherwise perfect. 

Example 4. Piece 1x14-16. Contains eighteen sound knots, three of which are one 
by one-half inches; five are three-quarter-inch and ten are pin knots, all well located. 

Example 5. Piece 1x16-14. There are twenty-one sound knots in this piece, eight 
being black, two of which are one and one-half inches in diameter. 

Example 6. Piece 1x16-14. There are twenty-one sound knots in this piece; eight 
being black, two of which are one and one-half inches in diameter, and the balance 
three-quarters of an inch and less There is also one and one-half inches of bright 
sap the entire length of one edge. 

Example 7. Piece 1x13-16. Has thirteen black and two red knots, all about one- 
half inch in diameter, well scattered over the face, and two inches of bright sap for 
six feet on one edge. 


“C” AND BETTER NORWAY. 

C and Better Norway shall be four inches wide and wider and of the same thick¬ 
ness as white pine. 

White sap is no defect, and one-fifth the surface of the face may be covered with 
sound, stained sap, if not in combination with other defects. 

This grade should be practically free from shake, rot and splits. 

The knotty and wane defects in the low line pieces of this grade should be the 
same as in the grades of white pine B Strips and B Selects. 

All knots to be sound and firmly set. The product of the log better than de¬ 
scribed above is included in this grade. 


SIDING. 

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 

Beveled Siding should be graded from the face side only. Defects on the thin edge 
which will cover when laid should not be given the same consideration as defects else¬ 
where. 

“A” AND CLEAR SIDING. 

“A” and Clear Siding will admit of bright sap on thin edge which will cover 
when laid, or a half-inch of bright sap on thick edge for one to two feet, or in the ab¬ 
sence of sap one or two pin knots. 





STANDARD DUMBER REP DRENCH BOOK. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 34 x 6-i6. Shows one-half inch bright sap on thin edge for two- 
thirds of the length. Otherwise perfect. 

Example 2. Piece 34 x 6 -i 6 . Shows three-fourths inch of bright sap on thin edge 
for ten feet. One knot one-fourth inch in diameter, three feet from end, and at six 
inches from other end a slight trace of pitch. 

Example 3. Piece 34 x 6-14. For seven feet on thin edge there is one-half inch of 
sap that is slightly discolored; at the center of the piece is one one-fourth inch black 
pin knot. 

Example 4. Piece 34x6-14. On the thin edge there is one-half inch black knot. 
Otherwise the piece is perfect 

Example 5. Piece 34 *6-16. Contains two one-fourth-inch black knots, one being 
three feet from end and the other near the center of the piece. No other defects. 

Example 6. Piece 34x6-i6. This piece is without a defect. 

Example 7. Piece ^x6-x6. Shows no defect except one-quarter inch of white sap 
on thick edge three feet in length. 

Example 8 . Piece 34x6-16. Shows one pin knot on thmk edge less than one-half 
inch in diameter. 

“B” SIDING. 

“B” Siding will admit white sap covering one-third the exposed face of a piece 
when laid, if not in combination with other marked defects. 

Two or three sound, small knots not to exceed one-half inch in diameter, well scat¬ 
tered over the face of piece. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 34 x 6 -i 6. Shows a heavy pitch spot one inch long on thin edge,, 
a torn defect on same edge that covers when laid, a pitch pocket one-fourth inch 
wide by one and one-third inches long, two inches from thick edge at the center of the 
piece, and for six feet on thick edge shows an inch of white sap. 

Example 2. Piece 34x6-i6. Has four very small, smooth knots, one-fourth inch 
or less in diameter, within four feet of end near thin edge and a one-half-inch round., 
ted knot within two inches of thick edge and six feet from same end. 

Example 3. Piece 3^x6-i6. Has one-half inch white sap the whole length of thick 
edge and a large curl four feet from one end with one-half inch sound knot. 

Example 4. Piece 34 x 6-i6. Has a black knot on the thin edge that will cover, a 
one-half-inch black knot one inch from thick edge and two pin knots that show. No¬ 
sap in this piece. 

Example 5. Piece $ix6-i6. Shows three-fourths inch of white sap on thick edge, 
and six feet from end; a one-fourth-inch black knot at center of piece and at four feet 
from other end and on thick edge a one-fourth-inch black knot. 

Example 6. Piece 34 x 6 -i 6 . Has a three-fourth-inch black knot five feet from one 
end and the piece is not smoothly dressed; otherwise perfect. 

Example 7. Piece 34 x 6-i6. Has a one-half by three-fourths-inch knot on the thick 
edge, three feet from end and one-half-inch white sap for two-thirds of length on 
thick edge. 

Example 8. Piece 34 x 6-i6. Has two one-half-inch black knots within two and 
one-half feet of one end. Another one-half-inch knot five feet from same end, all of 
which shows when laid. 

Example 9. Piece 34 x 6 -i 6 . Has bright sap on thick edge, commencing at one end, 
one and one-fourth inches deep and running out at twelve feet. With the exception of 
two curls has no other defects. 

Example 10. Piece 34 x 6 -i 6 . Has an inch of sap on thick edge for ten feet. For one 
foot at end this sap is blue. Within three feet of other end is a three-eighths-inch 
black knot. 

Example n. Piece 34 x 6 -i 6 . White sap two and one-half inches wide, nearly full- 
length of piece on thin edge. Otherwise perfect. 

“C” SIDING. 

"C” Siding will admit of any amount of bright sap. 

When sap defect is not too pronounced, two or three small knots, net exceeding 
one inch in diameter, or more knots when smaller, or slight shake are admissible. 

A small amount of slightly blue sap on the thick edge is admissible, or more blue 
sap on the thin edge. 

Defects requiring one cut not to exceed four inches of waste, are allo\v*»l in high 
line pieces twelve feet long and longer. 







STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


63 




EXAMPLES. ' 

Example i. Piece 24x6-i6. Has a three-fourth-inch black five feet from one 
end. A small pitch pocket and a little very tight shake within twelve inches of same 
end of piece. 

Example 2. Piece 24x6-16. Has a half-inch black knot on thick edge, five feet from 
end, and at seven feet another same-sized knot. Within five feet of the other end is a 
one-half-inch loose knot and one-quarter inch of blue sap for six feet on thick edge. 

Example 3.. Piece 24x6-i6. Contains white sap one-half the width of the whole 
length and is slightly damaged in two spots by bad mill work. 

Example 4. Piece 24 x 6 -l 6 . Has a one-half-inch black knot three feet from the end 
that partly covers when laid. A pitch streak two inches long four feet from the same 
end, a three-fourth-inch black knot five feet from end and three-quarters of an inch 
of white sap for three feet on thick edge at the same end. One-half inch of white sap 
shows for two feet on thick edge of other end with two feet of shake that will cover 
when laid. 

Example 5. Piece 24x6-i6. Has five pin knots well scattered over face of piece. 
On thick edge is one-quarter inch of stained sap for three feet. On thin edge is a little 
shake that nearly covers. 

Example 6. Piece 24 x 6 -16. The entire face for one-half the length is covered with 
white sap with other defects on thin edge that cover when laid; otherwise perfect. 

Example 7. Piece 24x6-i6. Has three knot holes on thin edge that will cover when 
laid and four black knots one-quarter inch to one-half inch in diameter, %vell scattered. 

Example 8. Piece 24x6-i6. Has one and one-half inches of sap on thick edge for 
two-thirds of the length, w'ithin five feet of the end, one foot of the sap is discolored 
and for two feet it is blue for three-quarters of an inch >in width. A three-quarter-inch 
knot on the thin edge. This piece has a very smooth appearance. 

Example 9. Piece 24 x 6 - 16 . Has a one and one-half-inch black, loose knot six 
feet from end, but otherwise is nearly perfect. This is considered a cutting strip. 

Example 10. Piece 24x6-i6. Has one-quarter inch of wane for four feet on thin 
edge. Two-thirds of the face is covered with "bright sap, except a slight discoloration 
from a crossing in piling. 

Example 11. Piece 24 x 6 -16. Is perfect with the exception of three-fourths inch of 
blue sap running three-fourths the length of the piece on thick edge. 

“D” SIDING. 

“D” Siding will admit of considerable shake and stained sap. With or without 
either of these defects a piece may have a number of small knots well scattered over 
the face. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 24x6-i6. Shows three inches blue sap on thick edge for three 
feet and a few small pin knots. 

Example 2. Piece 24x6-i6. Has three black knots one inch in diameter, and slight 
touch of shake. 

Example 3. Piece 24 x 6 -16. Looks to be clear, but contains considerable close shake. 

Example 4. Piece 24x6-i6. Has twelve small red and black knots well scattered, 
in size from one-quarter to one-half inch. 

Example 5. Piece 24x6-i6. Considerable blue and white sap; one-half of piece 
shows white sap and the other is stained, but not very blue. 

Example 6. Piece 24x6-i6. The face of this piece is covered with blue sap for 
about seven feet; the remainder is perfect. 

Example 7. Piece 24x6-i6. Slightly blue sap covers the entire face; otherwise 
perfect. 

“E” SIDING. 

This is the lowest recognized grade of Beveled Siding and will admit of the sap, 
knot and shake defects not admissible in “D” Siding. 

Many pieces showing seriously defective mill work are found in this grade. 


FLORING. 

“A” FLOORING. 

“A” Flooring is a one-faced strip and should lay with a practically clear face. 

A half inch of bright sap or one or two small pin knots are admissible in this grade. 

See General Instructions. 





G4 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 




EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 1x6-16. Has no defect. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-14. Has two small black pin knots; no other defects. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-12. Has a strip of perfectly bright sap on one edge three 
feet in length, varying in width from one-quarter to one-half inch; no other defect. 

“B” FLOORING. 

“B” Flooring will admit of one to one and a half inches of bright sap on one edge 
or a less amount on both edges, or from two to three small knots from a quarter to 
half an inch in diameter. If a combination of sap and knots, the proportion of either 
must be less. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Free from all defects except a rough spot caused by 
dressing. 

Example 2. Pieces 1x6-16. Has bright sap on edge one-half inch wide for half length 
of piece and a small pin knot less than one-half inch. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-14. Has at one end one and one-half inch white sap, taper¬ 
ing off and disappearing at three feet from end. No other defect. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has two small knots six feet apart, black but sound, 
cne a full half inch in diameter and the other smaller. 

“C” FLOORING. 

“C” Flooring will admit of bright sap face or two knots one inch in diameter, or 
three to five knots one-half inch or less in diameter, but not a combination of these 
defects unless of a decidedly less amount, and must be practically free from shake. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-14. Has a one-inch firm, sound, black knot, near the center 
of the piece. One three-eighths inch black, sound knot six feet from end and one and 
one-fourth inch knot four feet from same end; also eighteen inches of bright sap. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-12. Two-thirds of the piece covered with bright sap and no 
other defects excepting a three-eighth-inch sound knot. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. At eight inches from end has one three-eighth-inch knot; 
at three feet has one-fourth-inch knot and at center two three-eighth-inch knots, all 
being sound and black. At the other end one and one-half inches bright .--ap for ten feet. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-14. Contains three small pin knots well scattered and a 
small pitch pocket three-eighths inch long near end. At other end is eighteen inches 
of light shake; smooth appearance. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has five small black knots, the largest being one-fourth 
inch in diameter. Otherwise the piece is perfect. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-14. Has eight small black knots the. size of a lead pencil and 
one-half inch of bright sap for five feet at the end. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-16. Has three inches of bright sap on one edge for full 
length of piece, except that the sap near one end is slightly stained, but the piece 
as a whole is very smooth in appearance. 

“D” FLOORING. 

“D” Flooring is a grade between No. 1 Fencing D & M and ‘‘C’’ Flooring, and will 
admit in a general way the imperfections of both grades. 

In a knotty type the knots must be smaller and fewer in number than in No. 1 
Fencing, and may be either red or black. 

Some stained sap is allowed and tight local shake. 

Defects requiring one cut, not to exceed four inches of waste, are allowed in high 
line pieces twelve feet long and longer. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-12. Has blue sap over the entire face for one-third of its 
length, but no other defects. This is considered the limit of blue sap admissible. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. Has blue sap across the face for three feet in center of 
the piece, and two one-half-inch red sound knots two feet from each end. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. Has fifteen sound black knots ranging from a half inch 
down to pin knots and well scattered; also three-fourth-inch white sap on one edge 
for two-thirds of the length. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has one-half face bright sap with four one-half-inch 
black knots and six pin knots well scattered. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


65 


Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has one black knot three-fourths by one and three- 
fcurths inches, five feet from one end and two one-half-inch knots near other end, 
with slight pitch streak in center of piece for two feet. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-14. Has ten sound, black knots the largest two being three- 
fourths inch in diameter and bright sap covering nearly entire face. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-14. Has one black knot, one by one and three-fourths inches 
in center of piece and one-inch knot two inches from end. Also a rough spot near 
large knot in center. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-12. At five feet from one end has one rotten knot, one and 
^one-half inches in diameter. Otherwise the piece is perfect. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-14. Has stained sap on each edge of piece full length, the 
sap varying in width from one to one and one-half inches. No other defects. 

Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. Has ten small knots, all red, well scattered, averaging 
one-half inch in diameter. If the knots had been somewhat larger this piece would 
■have graded No. 1. 

FARMER’S CLEAR FLOORING. 

Farmer’s Clear Flooring is of a practically clear appearance. The knotty defects 
shall not exceed that of a “C” Flooring. The leading defect is shake, which may be 
.scattered over the face of the strip. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Shows the knotty defects of a “C” flooring and has tight 
ishake scattered over two-thirds of its face. Good appearance. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. Shows two inches of blue sap for six feet on one edge, 
with considerable fine shake over the face. No other defects. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. At first appearance this piece seems to be free from all 
defects. On closer inspection it is found to be very shaky, but the shake is close and 
tight. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has no other defects than slightly stained sap covering 
'the entire face. 

NO. 1 FENCING D & M. 

This should be simply sound No. 1 Fencing worked to flooring, and of the charac¬ 
ter, when worked, described under the title of No. 1 Common Strips. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 


Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Has twenty-two sound, red knots, one being a horn 
Iknot three-fourths by four inches long; two knots in middle side by side are three- 
fourths of an inch in diameter and the balance of knots are one-half inch and less in 
size. 


Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. Has four sound, red knots, the two largest being three- 
fourths inches by one and one-half inches, and is perfectly sound in every particular. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. There are seven round, black knots and two red knots 
in this piece, the red knots being located near one end and three-fourths inches in 
diameter. The largest black knot is one and one-fourth inches in diameter and four 
feet from the same end. The balance of knots are one-half inch and less, and well 
scattered. It also has a little shell shake at opposite end from large knot and is con¬ 
sidered a liner between No. 1 and No. 2 Fencing on account of having a combination 
of defects mentioned. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has eighteen sound knots about one-half being black, 
and ranging in size from one-half inch to one inch in diameter. It is perfectly sound 
and is considered a good No. 1 strip. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has thirteen sound, red knots averaging three-fourths 
inch in diameter, and two sound, red knots one inch in diameter. At the center a little 
'bright sap is shown and also one foot of wane on tongue. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-16. This is a sound heart piece containing seven red knots. 
One is a pitch knot well set and the balance are of small horn type. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-14. Has five perfectly sound, red knots one and one-half 
inches in diameter, and seventeen small, red knots one-fourth to three-fourths inches 
in diameter. This is a typical piece of No 1 Fencing. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-14. Has six sound, red horn knots running from each edge 
and nearly meeting. These knots do not impair the strength of the piece. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-16. Has a small cluster of black knots at center, two one- 
balf by one inch black knots near one end and nine other small, black knots well 


scattered. . 

Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. This is a Norway strip full of pitch and flat-grained, 
free from other defects and but for grain would go into “C” and better. 




60 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Example n. Piece 1x6-16. Has twenty-one small, sound knots, the two largest 
being about one inch in diameter. On the back and at the center of the piece slight 
wane shows on both edges for thirteeen inches, but not enough to impair the tongue 
or groove. 


No. 2 FENCING D AND M. 

This should be simply No. 2 Fencing worked to flooring, and of the character, when 
worked, described under the title of No. 2 Common Strips. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 1x6-14. Has eight black knots, three are one-half inch in diam¬ 
eter within three feet of one end and one of them is an edge knot, the other five knots 
are one and one-half inches in diameter, scattered over the face of the piece. At the 
opposite end from the large knots is a one-half inch hole where a knot has sloughed 
off in working. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-14. Has seven small, black knots that would readily be 
admitted as a No. 1 strip if one of the edge knots had not come out in working. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-12. Has white sap full length of piece on one edge. One 
end has a streak of pitch averaging three-fourths inch for five feet, at opposite end, art 
open pitch streak for two feet, and three one-inch knots. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-14. Has four black knots from one to one and three-fourths 
inches in diameter, two pitch knots one and one-half inches wide by four inches long, 
and seven knots one and one-half inches and smaller. All are well scattered over the 
face. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. At one end has one and one-half inch sound, red knot 
and one one-half inch red knot. The center has two one-inch sound red knots and 
part of a one and one-half inch loose knot on grooved edge. Scattered over the face 
within six feet of other end are ten sound pin knots and three two-inch sound red knots. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-16. Has twenty-two black knots scattered over face, three 
being loose and on one edge a little light shake. None of these knots will exceed one 
inch in diameter. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-16. This is a smooth looking strip, its principal defect be¬ 
ing a light shell shake extending over two-thirds of the face; also five small knots well 
scattered and a half inch edge knot-hole. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-16. This is a sound small knotted piece and would be No. 1 
if it were not that a knot one inch by one-half inch is gone out of the edge. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-16. Is coarse in appearance on account of two large limb- 
l:n^*s extending across the face. Knots are red. 

Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. Contains nine knots from one-half inch to one inch in< 
diameter, part of them black and one edge knot partly broken out in dressing. On one 
edge is a slight trace of rot, but the piece is of a very sound character. 

Example n. Piece 1x6-16. Has sound red knots of all sizes up to two inches and 
has one inch of black sap for six inches on one edge. This is considered a fine type of 
No. 2. 

Example 12. Piece 1x6-16. At first appearance looks like a “D” Flooring strip, 
the apparent defect being a half dozen small knots averaging less than an inch. On* 
close inspection considerable shake is found, rather more than is admissible in No. 1. 

Example 13. Piece 1x6-16. Has too much blue stain to be admitted into either 
the grade of "D” or Shaky Clear Flooring, the entire face being covered, but on account 
of its otherwise good appearance is graded No. 2. 

No. 3 FENCING D AND M. 

No. 3 Fencing D and M is the regular grade of No. 3 Fencing worked to flooring 
and may contain coarse knots, an occasional ^knot-hole, splits, wane, worm-holes, 
streaks of red rot, and a great deal of shake, but not a serious combination of these 
defects. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-14. Has black knots five-eights to one inch in diameter, 
three feet from end, knot sloughed off edge one-half to five-eighths inches. Five inches 
from same end and on same edge knot five-eighths by one and one-fourth inches 
sloughed off. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. If free from shake this piece would make a good No. 1 
Fencing Flooring, but has open shake clear across the face for one-half length of piece- 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


67 


Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. Has ten branch knots across its face, average size one 
and one-fourth by two and seven-eighths inches, at intervals of say eighteen inches, run¬ 
ning the full length of piece; and also has sound red rot two inches wide in center of 
board running two feet, at one end of piece. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-14. Has eight small rotten knots with sound rot stains ex¬ 
tending from one knot to the other along the whole length of the piece. This piece 
has a decidedly unsound appearance at the first glance. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has four good-sized branch knots on face, with some 
heart shake along the grooved edge; also three-fourths inch wane for two feet at one 
end of face. The back is also waney on both edges, so much so for half the length that 
the piece is almost slabby. 


COMMON LUMBER. 

Common lumber may consist of white or Norway pine, or a mixture of both. 

The characteristics of Common lumber, as distinguished from Finishing, consist of 
a general coarseness of appearance, caused by various defects and combinations of 
defects, in a greater or less degree according to the grade. 

No. 1 COMMON BOARDS AND STRIPS. 

No. 1 Common Boards and Strips includes all sound, tight-knotted stock, whether 
red or black knots, free from very large, coarse knots or any imperfections that will 
weaken the piece. 

This grade should be of a character fitting it for ordinary use except finishing 
purposes. 

Knots, and a small amount of stained sap or a small amount of shake are admis¬ 
sible if they do not affect the general utility of the piece* 

Norway boards and strips, except clear and select, should not be put higher than 
No. I Common. The class of Norway admissible in this grade can contain either black 
or red knots, provided they are small and firmly set and that the piece has a bright 
appearance. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x12-16. Has four red knots from one and one-half to two 
inches in diameter and one black knot one and one-half by three inches; also fourteen 
small knots, all sound and well scattered, these smaller knots varying in size from 
one-half to one and one-fourth inches. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. There are a great many knots in this piece, but they 
are well distributed, and are sound. Six of them are red, from one and one-half to two 
inches in diameter. Seven more red knots, about one and one-half inches, and four 
small black knots not over an inch in diameter. 

Example 3. Piece 1x12-14. Has the knot defects and general appearance of a “D’ r 
stock. It contains a dozen small sound black knots, and quite a little close shake at 
one end and an inch of blue sap on one edge, for nearly the full length of the piece. 
Without the shake it would pass easily for a “D” stock. 

Example 4. Piece 1x8-16. Very smooth looking piece, but has six black knots, all 
sound, from one-half to one and one-half inches in diameter, and a slight touch of blue 
sap on edge. 

Example 5. Piece 1x8-16. Worked to drop siding. Has four red knots about one 
and one-fourth inches in diameter, and eleven small sound red knots, in size from one- 
half to one inch in diameter. 

Example 6. Piece 1x8-16. Worked to shiplap. Has a great deal of sap, a portion 
of which is slightly stained, and in addition seven red knots about an inch in diameter, 
and fifteen smaller ones ranging from one-fourth to one inch in diameter. This has a 
smooth appearance for No. 1. 

No. 2 COMMON BOARDS AND STRIPS 

No. 2 Boards and Strips are subject to the same general inspection as No. 1, ex¬ 
cept that coarser and larger knots, not necessarily sound, more stained sap and shake 
are allowed. “V” and coarse limb knots, heart shake or slight trace of rot, when firm 
or occasional worm-holes, are defects admissible in this grade. 

Norway, with medium colored blue stain covering the entire face of the piece, or 
darker stain covering a proportionately less surface, is admissible when not in combina¬ 
tion with other marked defects. 

See General Instructions. 





68 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 1x12-16. Has seven black knots from one and one-half to two 
inches in diameter and eight smaller knots, part of which are red, and the others black; 
also shake at one end. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. Very smooth in appearance. Looks like a “D” stock; 
Contains a number of small knots, but a great deal of close shake over the face of one- 
half of the board. 

Example 3. Piece 1x12-16. Has six large branches or “V”-shaped knots, all red, 
from one and one-fourth to one and one-half inches wide, and from three to four inches 
long; also a half-dozen smaller red knots from one to two inches in diameter. 

Example 4. Piece 1x16-16. Has four large branch knots all black, a little heart 
shake, or season check, a touch of red stain two inches wide at narrowest place, widen¬ 
ing to five inches, in all about four feet in length; also eight or ten small knots well 
scattered. 

Example 5. Piece ixio-14. Has nine knots both red and black from one and one- 
half to two inches in diameter; at least a dozen smaller knots from one-half to one 
and one-fourth inches, both red and black, all well scattered and firmly set. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-14. Contains ten red knots from two to three inches in 
diameter, and a half dozen smaller ones, all sound; also a single grub or worm hole. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-16. Has a great deal of blue sap, with a dozen small knots, 
both red and black, well scattered and sound. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-16. Has two red knots two inches in size; four knots aver¬ 
aging an inch, and a half-dozen small ones. Type of a good No. 2. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-16. Has a streak of very firm red rot, from one-half to one 
inch wide, running six feet in length from one end. Also a half dozen small knots, well 
scattered. The rot is barely perceptible in the rough strip, and it has therefore a 
smoother appearance than the average No. 2 Fencing strip. 

Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. Has three large worm-holes and considerable shake, 
both well scattered. In appearance very smooth, and an acceptable grade, whether used 
rough or D & M. 

Example 11. Piece 1x12-14. The face contains a large number of sound knots, 
and would be No. 1 were it not that it also has six white worm or grub holes, well 
scattered. If it were ten inches wide, not more than three or four worm holes would 
be admitted. 


No. 3 COM •TON BOARDS AND STRIPS. 

The general appearance of this grade of lumber is coarse, admitting: 
Large, loose or unsound knots. 

An occasional knot-hole. 

A great deal of shake. 

Some red rot. 

Large worm-holes. 

Any amount of blue sap. 

Not a serious combination of these defects in any one piece is admissible. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x18-16. Badly split at one end for six feet, and sprinkled with 
a dozen knots. 

Example 2. Piece 1x16-14. Very shaky all over, so much that shake can be plainly 
seen. No other defect. 

Example 3. Piece 1x14-14. Has twelve large knots from two to three inches in 
diameter, some of them soft and unsound. Also a half dozen small knots and a split 
two feet in length at one end. 

Example 4* Piece 1x12-16. Has six large branch knots, very coarse in appearance 
and which materially weaken the board. Otherwise sound. 

Example- 5* Piece ixio-14. Worked to shiplap. Has four black knots about one 
and one-half inches in size and one knot hole of same size. 

Example 6. Piece ixio-14. Has eight small knots one inch in diameter. The knots 
are soft and rotten. If knots were sound, the board would pass for a “D” stock. 

Example 7. Piece ixio-14. Worked to shiplap. Has four sound knots one and a 
halt inches in diameter, and one unsightly, coarse, black knot, two inches wide and 
six inches long. ’ 

Example 8. Piece ixio-16. Worked to shiplap. One end smooth and free from 
all defects except a few pin knots. The other end shows three feet containing red rot 
lour to six inches in width. 

Example 9. Piece 1x8-16. Worked to flooring. Chows a dozen small, black knots 
and red rot, of a firm texture, over one-third of it s face. * 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


69 


Example io. Piece ixio-16. Worked to shiplap. Has knot defects as are found 
in No. i Common, but also has a dozen large worm-holes, well scattered, which make 
it a No. 3. 

Example n. Piece ixio-14. Worked to shiplap. Has four large, black knots,, 
three inches in diameter, one of them rotten; also a few pin knots and a little blue sap. 

Example 12. Piece ixio-16. Full of coarse knots, all sound, but so extremely 
coarse in appearance that the board is classed as No. 3. Without two or three of the 
coarse knots it would be a satisfactory No. 2. 

Example 13. Piece 1x8-12. Worked to shiplap. Shaky all over but smooth in ap¬ 
pearance. 

Example 14. Piece 1x6-16. Has one inch of wane on one edge and considerable- 
blue sap. Also one small knot hole an inch in diameter, and one large coarse knot. 

Example 15. Piece 1x6-16. Has streak of firm rot four feet long, from one to, 
three inches wide; also some shake at other end. 

Example 16. Piece 1x6-16. Has three coarse black knots from two to three inches, 
in diameter. 

Example 17. Piece ixio-14. Has one large sound knot two and one-half inches in 
diameter at one end of piece. Two feet from same end has rotten knot three-fourths 
inch in diameter and five feet from same end has dead sap two and one-fourth inches, 
wide on each edge for four feet; also two good-sized worm holes, one knot hole, three- 
fourths by one inch, and six feet from end one sound red knot one and one-half inches 
in diameter. 

Example 18. Piece 1x12-16. A nice, smooth-looking board with the exception of a. 
rotten limb-knot one-half by two inches six feet from the end and fourteen worm holes, 
well scattered from end to end. Outside of above defects this piece would be a good 
No. 1 twelve-inch stock board. 

Example 19. Piece 1x16-14. Four feet from end of this piece is a bunch of five large 
sound knots in size from one and one-half to three inches in diameter, and running 
along piece are six other sound knots ranging in size from one-half to one and one- 
fourth inches in diameter. Within four feet of the other end of piece there is a knot¬ 
hole one and one-half inches in diameter, and an open gum seam about sixteen inches, 
long. 

Example 20. Piece 1x8-14. Has several small black knots one-fourth to five- 
eighths inch in diameter and three sound red knots from one and one-half to two inches, 
in diameter. It also has two knot-holes on same edge of board, one of them one and 
one-fourth by one and one-half inches in size and six feet from end of piece, the other 
three-fourths by two inches and situated three feet from same end. 

No. 4 BOARDS AND STRIPS. 

The predominating defect characterizing this grade is red rot. 

Other types are pieces showing numerous large worm-holes, or several knot-holes,. 
(Or pieces that are extremely coarse knotted, waney, shaky or badly split. 

Norway, when extremely cross-checked, is admissible in this grade only. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x18-16. One-half of this board has the general appearance of a. 
No. 2 Common. Th^ other half is composed of red rot, varying from firm to soft. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. Alternate streaks of white wood and red rot, fully one- 
half of the face being red. 

Example 3. Piece 1x12-16. Contains a dozen large worm-holes, considerable rot 
and a few coarse knots. 

Example 4. Piece 1x12-14. Contains four large knot-holes with other knot defects. 

Example 5. Piece 1x12-16. Has the knot defect of a No. 2 board, but contains also, 
twenty-five or thirty large worm-holes. No rot or knot-holes. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-12. Very badly split in two or three places. No rot or 
knot defects to speak of, but board is badly shattered. 

Example 7. Piece ixio-16. Three-fourths of the face of this board shows red rot,, 
but very little soft rot. 

Example 8. Piece 1x4-16. Shows a good face, but it is excessively waney on back,, 
there being four feet of it showing all slab. Face equal to No. 2 in quality. 

No. 5 BOARDS. 

No. 5 Boards is the lowest recognized grade and admits of all defects known in 
lumber, provided the piece is strong enough to hold together when carefully handled. 



70 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


JOISTS, SCANTLING AND TIMBER. 

No. i. 

No. i joists and scantling muac be of a good, sound character, but will admit of 

defects that do not impair the strength of the piece. 

On basis of 2x4, wane on edge is admissible, Y2 inch deep, for half the length, or 
a proportionate amount for a shorter distance or on both edges. In any case, one 
s^de and two edges should allow a good nailing surface. It being understood, how¬ 
ever, that the wane shall in no case extend over one-half the side of the piece. 

A few worm holes admissible. 

Stained sap is not considered a defect. 

Timbers and 3-inch plank admit proportionately greater defects. 

No. 2. 

No. 2 will admit of large, coarse knots, not necessarily sound, considerable wane, 
also shake, worm-holes, red, dozy streaks, crooked pieces or other defects which 
weaken or impair the piece to such an extent as to render it unfit for No. I grade. 

No. 3. 

No. 3 will admit a great deal of rot and all the imperfections allowed in No. I 
and No. 2, but in a much more pronounced form. 


THICK COMMON LUMBER. 

GENERAL RULE. 

Common lumber, one and one-fourth inches and thicker, shall be graded the same 
as inch lumber. 


TANK STOCK. 

Tank Stock shall be of dimension sizes, square edged, practically free from wane 
and shake, and having any quantity of sound, water-tight knots. 

White sap is no defect. 


SELECT COMMON. 

Select Common shall be of dimension sizes, of White Pine, and of a smooth, com¬ 
mon appearance on the face side. 

White sap shall not be considered a defect in this grade. 

A slight amount of stain is admissible on the face, and any amount of sound, 
stained sap on the back. 

A small amount of shake may show on the face when not in combination with 
other marked defects. 

Any quantity of small sound knots, red or black, that do not give too coarse an 
appearance to the piece, are admissible. 

The face of piece should be practically free from wane, while the back may show 
a moderate amount, as well as other defects. 

STEP PLANK. 

Step Plank shall be white pine, 8 inches or wider, and shall grade the same as No. 
1 Common Boards. ' 

FLAT COMMON. 

Flat Common shall be white pine, 6 inches or wider, and shall be graded the same 
as No. 2 Common Boards and Strips. 


No. 1 BOX. 

No. 1 Box shall be graded the same as No. 3 Common Boards and Strips. 

No. 2 BOX. 

No. 2 Box shall be graded the same as No. 4 Common Boards and Strips. 






STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


71 


Rules for the Grading of Factory Lumber.—Prepared by the Bureau of Grades. 

FACTORY PLANK. 

Grades as described under this head are valued for cutting up qualities only, and 
fehould not be confounded, either in quality or value, with grades outlined in another 
part of this book for yard purposes. 

Factory plank of all kinds, better than No. 3 Shop, shall be graded for the per¬ 
centage of Door cuttings that can be obtained. 

Two grades of Door cuttings only shall be recognized, and are to be known as No. 
'i and No. 2 cuttings. 

The only defect admissible in No. 1 Cuttings is white sap. 

The grade of No. 1 Door cuttings must be free from all other defects. 

The grade of No. 2 Door cuttings will admit of one defect only in any one piece. 
This may be a small knot of sound character, not to exceed five-eighths of an inch in 
diameter, or the defect may be slightly stained sap which does not extend over more 
than one-half the face of the piece on one side. 

SHOP COMMON. 

No. 1 Shop Common.— The sizes and grades of cuttings admissible in the grade 
of No. 1 Shop Common are as follows: 

No. 1 Stiles in width s l A or 6 inches, and in length from 6 feet 8 inches to 7 feet 6 
'inches. 

No. 1 Rails, 9 or 10 inches wide and from 2 feet 4 inches to 3 feet in length. 

No. 1 Muntins 5 % inches wide and from 3 feet 6 inches to 4 feet in length. 

Any number of pieces of either the Stiles or Rails mentioned above are admissible 
in the grade of No. 1 Shop Common; but only two Muntins of the sizes mentioned 
above shall be considered, and one No. 2 Door Stile may also be considered, in secur¬ 
ing the required percentage of cuttings in any given plank. 

Each plank of No. 1 Shop Common shall contain not less than 50 per cent, nor 
more than 70 per cent, of Door cuttings of the sizes and grades above mentioned. 

No. 2 Shop Common. —The sizes admissible in No. 2 Shop Common are as follows: 

Stiles in width 5% inches or 6 inches and from 6 feet 8 inches wide to 7 feet 6 
■finches in length. 

Rails 9 or 10 inches in width and from 2 feet 4 inches to 3 feet in length. 

Top Rails 5% inches wide and from 2 feet 4 inches to 3 feet in length. Top Rails 
,must, however, be of No. 1 Door cutting quality. 

.Muntins ^A inches wide and from 3 feet 6 inches to 4 feet in length. 

*Any number of cuttings of any one of the above sizes are admissible in the grade 
i<,f No. 2 Shop Common. 

Each plank of No. 2 Shop Common shall contain either one of the following: At 
least 25 per cent, of No. 1 Door cuttings, or not less than 40 per cent, of all No. 2 Door 
cuttings, or not less than 33J/3 per cent, of No. 1 and No. 2 Door cuttings combined. 

No.'3 Shop Common one and one-fourth inches and thicker, will admit all below 
the grade described as No. 2 Shop Common that is of a cutting type, and suitable for 
sash, door or other cuttings, and may contain not to exceed 25 per cent, of Step Plank 
and Flat Common. 


FACTORY SELECTS. 

Factory C Select. —The grade of Factory C Select shall contain from 70 to 80 per 
cent, of No. 1 Door cuttings in the sizes specified as admissible in No. 1 Shop. 

Factory B Select. —The grade of Factory B Select shall contain from 80 to 90 per 
c nt. of No. 1 Door cuttings in the sizes specified as admissible in No. 1 Shop. 

Factory A Select and Better. —The grade of Factory A Select and Better shall con¬ 
sist of all Plank, cutting more than 90 per cent, of No. 1 Door cuttings of the sizes 
s> ecified as admissible in No. 1 Shop Common. 

Note. —All factory plank shall be graded from the poor side, and in determining 
the percentages of door cutting, consideration must be given to the fact that plank are 
to be ripped full length in such manner as will yield the highest grade and largest per¬ 
centage of door cuttings before cross cutting, except in such cases where plank will 
yield a higher value by being first cross cut for rails. In such instances as when stock 
is cross cut for rails, and where some of the stock so obtained is too poor for either 
No. I or No. 2-rails, and which yet contain stiles or muntins, or top rails, which can be- 
obtained by ripping this cross cut stock, the door cuttings so obtained shall be figured 
in, when determining percentages. 

INCH SHOP COMMON. 

There shall be only one grade of Inch Shop Common. 

Cuttings shall be 9 l / 2 inches wide or wider, and 18 inches long or longer; or, 5 
inches wide or wider and 3 feet long or longer. 



72 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Cuttings g l / 2 inches wide or wider, and less than 3 feet long shall be free from de¬ 
fects on both sides, except white sap. 

Cuttings 5 inches wide or wider, and 3 feet long or longer, shall have a C Select 
or Better, face. 

Each piece of Inch Shop Common shall contain 50 % or more of any one cutting, 
combination of cuttings, described in the foregoing rules for this grade. 


RULE FOR MEASUREMENT OF FACTORY PLANK. 

Factory Plank may be measured with either a rule or a tape line. 

When a rule is used, the number of feet nearest the actual measurement shall be¬ 
taken. 

The additional thickness over inch, shall be added to the surface measurement of 
the total amount measured. 

DOOR CUTTINGS. 

The figures on the left of the brackets show the number of feet and decimal parts 
in each cutting. 

The figures on the right show the number of feet and approximate fractions of a 
foot in each piece of cutting grouped within the various brackets. These fractional- 
figures on the right of the brackets are sufficiently accurate for practical purposes and! 
are to be used in computing the percentage of cuttings in a factory plank. 


STILES. 


514 " x 6' 8 " — 2.92 ft. ) 
534" x 6 ' 10" — 2.99 ft. } 
5J4" x 7 / — 3.06 ft. J 

53^" x 7' 2" — 3.14 ft. 'I 
5J4" x 7' 4" — 3.21 ft. 
514" x 7' 6" — 3.28 ft. * 
6" x 6' 8" — 3.33 ft. 


3 

3K 


6" x 6' 10" — 3.42 ft. 'j 

6 " x 7' — 3.5 ft. \ 3 % 

6 " x 7' 2" — 3.56 ft. J 


6" x 7 / 4" — 3.66 ft. ) _ 3/ 
6" x 7' 6" — 3.75 ft. J ^ 


MUNTINS. 

5^x3' 6" — 1.53 ft. I 
x 3 / 8"— 1.6 ft. | 

5Jx 3' 10" — 1.68 ft. I 
5K" x 4' — 1.75 ft. J 14 


RAILS. 


9" 

X 

2 ' 

4" 

— 1.75 

ft. ) 

: IK 

9" 

X 

2 ' 

6 " 

— 1.875 ft. S 

9" 

X 

2 ' 

8 " 

— 2. 

ft. i 

i o 

9" 

X 

2 ' 

10 " 

— 2.125 ft. < 

t 2 

9" 

X 

3' 


— 2.25 

ft. J 

} 2*£ 

10 " 

X 

2 ' 

4" 

— 1.94 

ft. j 


10 " 

X 

2 ' 

6 " 

— 2.08 

ft. 1 

2 

10 " 

X 

2 ' 

8 " 

— 2.22 

ft. ) 

2 1 4 

10 " 

X 

2 ' 

10 " 

— 2.36 

ft. \ 

10 " 

X 

3' 


— 2.5 

ft.: 

j 1% 



TOP 

RAILS. 



5ET 

X 

2 ' 

4" 

— 1.02 

ft.; 

1 • 

6 X" 

X 

2 ' 

6 " 

— 1.09 

ft . 1 

5ET 

X 

2 ' 

8 " 

— 1.17 

ft.; 

) 

5ET 

X 

2 ' 

10 " 

— 1.24 

ft. 

> IK 

5ET 

X 

3' 


— 1.31 

ft.! 


Association Standard Grades.—Rules for the Grading of Hemlock Lumber*, 


Adopted at Stevens Point, Wisconsin, July 7, 1897, by the Northwestern Hemlock 

Manufacturers’ Association. 


GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 

The utility of Hemlock as a wood, suitable where common lumber is used for build¬ 
ing purposes, has established its popularity with the consumers of lumber wherever its 
merits are known. The character of the wood is such that there are but few grades 
made. More or less shake is found in all grades. The grades are made almost entirely 
from the standpoint of strength and appearance. 

WATER STAIN. 

In hemlock will often be found streaks or patches of red or brown discoloration, 
sound and firm, the presence of which does not weaken the wood, nor detract seriously 
from its utility. Water stain should not be confused with rot, being firm and strong, 
while rot is soft and decayed wood. 

Boards and strips when worked to flooring, shiplap, or drop siding, should retain, 
the same features when worked as described under the various grades of common, 
sheathing or cull. 









STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


73 


PIECE STUFF OR DIMENSION. 

No. i DIMENSION. 

The grade of No. I Dimension will admit of shake that will not materially affect 
the strength of the piece. 

Also knots either black or red, that are well located and fairly sound. 

Or a knot hole that will not impair its strength. 

Or some slight cross checks, or sound water stain. 

This grade while admitting the above defects must at the same time retain the 
clement of strength required for any ordinary building purposes. 

The grade includes not only stock showing the above defects, but all of the better 
quality that may be found in the log. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 2x4-12. No. 1. Shows heart shake along one edge for half 
length and one foot of same on other side of same face; two sound branch knots, three- 
fourths inch wide. 

Example 2. Piece 2x4-12. No. 1. Shows shake running along one face with grain 
for nearly its entire length; does not show on other face and therefore strong enough 
for building purposes. 

Example 3. Piece 2x4-16. No. 1. With exception of extensive stain on one side 
and five very small, round knots, the piece is perfect. 

Example 4. Piece 2x4-16. No. 1. One side is perfect. On the other, six worm- 
holes, and somewhat checked, but does not affect the strength of piece. 

Example 5. Piece 2x4-16. No. 1. Has six sound, black knots, well scattered; one 
is two inches in diameter; two are one and one-half inches in diameter and balance are 
less than one inch. While the knots are black, they are firm, well set and piece con¬ 
sidered sound. 

Example 6. Piece 2x8-16. No. 1. Shows five one-inch black knots, and two one 
and one-half inch red knots, all running through the piece and well scattered. On one 
edge for four feet, at one end is wane one-half inch by three-fourths inch deep. 

Example 7. Piece 2x8-12. No. 1. Shows a streak of red stain half its length on 
one side only. Two sound red knots two inches in diameter, four feet apart, and one 
and one-half inch knot sloughed off one edge. 

Example 8. Piece 2x8-14. No. 1. Shows a straight split for two feet at one end 
and at other end shake for three feet on one' side only; otherwise sound. 

Example 9. Piece 2x8-16. No. 1. Is perfect in every particular and in white pine 
would be considered a select: 

Example 10. Piece 2x8-14. No. 1. Has one and one-half inch round knot hole 
across one edge one foot from end, also one two-inch and three one and one-quarter 
inch sound, red knots, well scattered. No other defects. 

• Example 11. Piece 2x8-16. No. 1. Shows heart shake and numerous small sound 
red knots for entire length of one side; otherwise perfect. 

Example 12. Piece 2x12-12. No. 1. Shows shell shake four inches by three feet 
on one side, a straight split on one end one foot long; one three-quarter inch unsound 
knot and two black knots one inch in diameter. 

Example 13. Piece 2x12-14. No. 1. At four feet from one end has one and three- 
quarter inch knot hole on one edge, and on opposite edge three feet of tight shake; 
otherwise perfect. 

Example 14. Piece 2x12-14. No. 1. Shows considerable tight shake for six inches 
over two-thirds its face; also one black horn knot one-half by three-quarters inch near 
center. Shake does not go through and piece has strength to carry it. 

Example 15. Piece 2x12-16. No. 1. Has five black knots one and one-half inches 
in diameter and four one-half inch black knots. One of the largest knots unsound; 
also numerous checks six inches long, lengthwise of the piece. While it shows many 
defects, it is strong enough for any building purpose, but simply on appearance would 
be considered a line piece. 

Example 16. Piece 2x12-16. No. 1. Shows shake over entire face for full length, 
very little of it going through; several small sound red knots. 

Example 17. Piece 2x12-14. No. 1. Has a select appearance and nearly perfect. 
Shows no defects except a short straight check at one end. 

No. 2 DIMENSION. 

The grade of No. 2 in dimension includes stock not good enough to be classed as 
No. 1, and the defects admissible are of the same general character as the defects found 
in No. x, except that they are more pronounced. 

It is the lowest grade recommended for ordinary building purposes. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


>+ A 

/4 


Considerable shake, large unsound knots, loose knots, knot-holes, and cross checks 
are all admissible in this grade, but not a serious combination ot these defects in any 
■one place. 

This grade can be recommended for cheap construction in small buildings. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 2x4-16. No. 2. Shows four feet of rot on both sides, but not so 
extensively as to materially weaken the piece. Otherwise sound. 

Example 2. Piece 2x4-16. No. 2. Snows rot on one side for two and one-half feet 
and a large coarse branch knot that weakens it too much for No. 1. 

Example 3. Piece 2x4-16. No. 2. Is a heart piece and shows shake along one 
edge nearly the entire length. At one end shake shatters it enough to weaken piece 
somewhat. 

Example 4. Piece 2x4-16. No. 2. Shows wane across the piece three-quarters 
inch deep on one side for five feet. 

Example 5. Piece 2x6-16. No. 2. Shows some shake for two feet at one end and 
one-half dozen small sound red knots scattered over the face, and streak of firm hard 
rot two to'three inches wide running for three feet in length. This rot shows through 
on both sides and one edge. 

Example 6. Piece 2x6-16. No. 2. Has ten coarse knots from one and one-half to 
two inches in diameter, well scattered. One knot-hole one and one-half inches in diam¬ 
eter on edge and shows shell shake over two-thirds of face. 

Example 7. Piece 2x8-12. No. 2. Has a two and one-half inch knot-hole in center, 
four feet from end, and one face shows shell shake for four feet. 

Example 8. Piece 2x8-12. No. 2. Has extensive shake five feet from one end and. 
seven small sound black knots. If it were not for the character of the shake, which is 
■crosswise of the piece, and weakens it, it would be considered a good No. 1. 

Example 9. Piece 2x10-14. No. 2. Shows moderately tight shake for one-half its 
length and on one side three feet from end, wane, three inches wide, three-quarter inch 
deep extending for three feet. It is graded down strictly on account of appearance. 

Example 10. Piece 2x12-16. No. 2. At one foot from end on one edge shows a 
hole one by three inches where knot is sloughed off . one side. At center two knot¬ 
holes one foot apart, and one and one-half inches in diameter. There are also five small 
sound red knots and two feet of shake. 

CULL PIECE STUFF. 

This grade can not be recommended for ordinary construction. 

The defects are very excessive shake, or badly shattered stock, numerous knot 
holes, very large, coarse, rotten knots, or considerable rot. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 2x4-12. No. 3. Has four very coarse knots and one and one- 
half inch knot-hole and considerable rot at one end. There is no strength to the piece. 

Example 2. Piece 2x6-16. No. 3. Has three two-inch rotten knots with holes part 
way through from one face; on the other side considerable soft rot for half the length 
of the piece. 

Example 3. Piece 2x6-16. No. 3. Has a straight split at one end for six feet. The 
remainder of the piece is badly shattered with shake. 

Example 4. Piece 2x6-14. No. 3. Within four feet of one end has a knot-hole so 
large as to leave only three inches of lumber. Is extremely shaky and otherwise weak¬ 
ened by defects. 

Example 5. Piece 2x6-12. No. 3. Has a combination of coarse knots, and open 
shake to such an extent as to weaken it for anything but temporary building purposes. 

Example 6. Piece 2x8-16. No. 3. Contains soft rot over one face for six feet and 
is extremely shaky. • 

Example 7. Piece 2x12-16. No. 3. Shows open shake for one-half its face for full 
length and balance of the piece shows extensive water stain. 

Example 8. Piece 2x12-16. No. 3. Shows a dozen large, coarse knots, a great deal 
of shake and extensive rot three to six inches wide running through the piece. 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


75 


BOARDS AND STRIPS. 

There are three grades made in boards and strips. 

No. i, or common. 

No. 2, or sheathing. 

No. 3, or cull. 

No. i OR COMMON. 

The grade of No. I or .common in boards or strips includes stock of a generally 
sound character. 

Some shake is admissible. 

Numerous knots, whether red or black. 

An occasional knot-hole in a smooth appearing piece, or in a wide, smooth piece 
two or three small holes. 

Some water stain of a firm character. 

In this grade some pieces may be found practically free from defects. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 1x6-16. No. I D. & M. Shows a half-inch knot-hole three feet 
from end, also two half-inch edge knots sloughed off, but not leaving holes. There are 
twelve other knots one inch and less in diameter, two having unsound centers. With 
these defects it still retains a good appearance. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. No. i. D. & M. Shows considerable shell shake for 
three feet at one end; at other end machine has gouged out a piece one-half inch deep 
and two inches in diameter. There are also two one-half inch black knots near center. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-14. No. 1, S. 1 S. Has four sound red knots averaging one 
and one-half inthes in diameter; six sound red knots under one inch in diameter, all 
well scattered; one unsound black knot one inch in diameter, one foot from end, and 
three feet from same end a knot-hole one inch in diameter. With the exception of 
this end, the piece has a very sound, smooth appearance. No shake. 

Example 4. Piece 1x8-12. No. 1 shiplap. There are nine sound red knots one 
and one-quarter inches and less in diameter, scattered over the face. Machine has 
gouged a hole three-quarters by one and one-half inch on one edge near end and a small 
amount of shake appears near end. 

Example 5. Piece 1x8-12. No. 1, S. 1 S. Has six black knots three-quarters to one 
inch in diameter and three three-eighths-inch black knots, also two feet of shake 
at one end. 

Example 6. Piece ixio-14. No. 1, S. 1 S. The only defects are four slight season 
checks. It has a select appearance. 

Example 7. Piece 1x8-12. No. 1, shiplap. Shows a two and one-half-inch sound 
red knot at one end, at center a one-half inch knot hole. Directly opposite this knot¬ 
hole the machine tore out on edge a piece one-half inch deep by two inches long, and 
within four feet from other end are three black knots, one being one inch in diameter 
and two three-quarter inches in diameter; also shows three short season checks. 

Example 8. Piece ixio-16. No. 1, shiplap. Is peppered with red and black knots 
one and one-half inches and less in diameter over the entire face. One three-quarter- 
inch knot is unsound, two inches deep along one edge for eight feet is tight shake and 
the opposite edge shows nearly as much. Piece very smooth in appearance. 

Example 9. Piece ixio-16. No. 1, S. 1 S. A discoloration or water stain is shown 
over the face of this piece for four feet at one end and spots of stain over balance of 
face. Also local shake in two places. Piece has the general appearance of a select. 

Example 10. Piece ixio-16. No. 1. Shows heart shake for five feet along the cen¬ 
ter, four cross or horn knots one by three inches and three feet from end a thin spot 
one foot long that machine could not surface. 

Example 11. Piece ixio-16. No. 1, S. 1 S. Has six black knots three-quarters inch 
and less in diameter. One sound, red knot one and one-half inches in diameter, and a 
spot of hard rot two by eight inches that does not go through. 

Example 12. Piece 1x12-16. No. 1, S. 1 S. Shows shell and heart shake in spots 
the entire length, but shake does not extend through the board. Also several horn 
knots that are small and sound. General appearance good. 

Example 13. Piece 1x12-16. No. 1, S. 1 S. Shows numerous small red and black 
knots scattered over face. Two one-half-inch black knots have fallen out, but piece 
is so smooth in appearance it will stand the holes. 

No. 2 OR SHEATHING. 

Boards or strips will admit of considerable shake. 

Black unsound knots. 

Two or three good-sized knot holes or more of small ones. 

Streaks or patches of discoloration, showing partial decay. 

The grade can be safely recommended for ordinary sheathing or roof boards. 




76 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example i.. Piece 1x6-16. No 2, D. & M. Has been badly torn by machine in. 
four or five places; otherwise sound. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-12. No. 2, D. & M. Has one-inch edge knot hole near one 
end, two three-fourth-inch knot holes three feet from same end, and a three-fourth-inch 
loose knot twelve inches from hole, and at other end an inch loose black knot. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-16. No. 2, shiplap. Within four feet of one end shows two 
one-half-inch knot holes, also small piece broken out on edge by machine; at other 
end a three-fourth-inch knot hole. Balance of piece a sound, knotty appearance. 

Example 4. Piece 1x8-14. No. 2, shiplap. Has shell- shake for three feet at one 
end, two feet of shell shake at center, a one and one-half-inch knot hole four feet from 
other end and two one-half-inch black knots. 

Example 5. Piece 1x8-16. No. 2, D. & M. For three feet at one end is an exten¬ 
sive shell or cross shake, also an inch hole on edge torn by machine. At center a 
two-inch loose, black knot; at the other end a one and one-fourth-inch unsound knot. 

Example 6. Piece 1x8-14. No. 2, rough. Has three one-inch knot holes within eight 
feet; two black three-fourth-inch knots at center and two feet of shake at end. 

Example 7. Piece ixio-12. No. 2, shiplap. Has extensive shake half the width, 
of piece the entire length. No other imperfections excepting a few sound, red knots. 

Example 8. Piece ixio-16. No. 2, S. 1 S. Shows extensive shake for four feet 
near center, several coarse, sound knots and stain over one-half of piece. 

Example 9. Piece ixio-14. No. 2, rough. Has a two and one-half-iftch knot hole, 
two feet from end, and one and one-half-inch black knot alongside of it. At other end 
a two-inch unsound knot and a small amount of shell shake through center of board. 

Example 10. Piece 1x12-16. No. 2, S. 1 S. Has a straight split two feet long at 
one end from which extend red streaks two inches wide by three feet long at center, 
a two-inch black unsound knot with four feet of very tight shake at other end. 

Example 11. Piece 1x12-14. No. 2, rough. Within four feet from one end are 
eight black knots one inch and less in diameter. One one-inch knot hole; an open 
season check eighteen inches long. At other end shell shake for three feet and three- 
three-fourth-inch black knots. 


No. 3, OR CULL BOARDS AND STRIPS. 

This is the lowest grade made in hemlock. 

The defects may consist of very excessive shake. 

Badly shattered stock. Very coarse, unsound knots. 

A great deal of rot. Excessive cross checks. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1.. Piece 1x8-16. No. 3. Has three three-inch knot holes within six 
feet from end. Three large, coarse knots and two black unsound knots. 

Example 2. Piece 1x8-14. No. 3, rough. Has three large rotten knots, two inches 
and over in diameter; one edge knot hole and back of board is two-thirds slab. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-14. No. 3, rough. Is streaked with rotten sap. Is coarse 
knotted, badly checked and one-half inch of edge split off for three feet. 

Example 4. Piece ixio-16. No. 3. On one side shows extensive soft rot two-thirds 
its entire length and streaked with rot on other side. 

Example 5. Piece ixio-16. No. 3, rough. Contains all the defects known to hem¬ 
lock, rot, shake, coarse knotted and yet can be used as a whole. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-14. No. 3> rough. Is badly shattered by shake from end to, 
end. Also coarse knotted and streaked with rot. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. No. 3, rough. Is excessively cross checked- 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


77 


MOBILE TIMBER^ CLASSIFICATION 


Adopted by the Export Bureau of Information, January 3, 1900. 


Merchantable Sawn Timber.—Shall show heart on all four sides. 

All timber shall be free from injurious defects, such as rot, red heart, rosin shakes, 
and injurious wind shakes extending to the surface; all corner defects to be classed as 
wane and treated as such. Other defects, such as worm holes, hollow and unsound knots 
and cat faces, to be left to the judgment of the inspector. 

Eleven Inches and Under.— 1/2 inches wane in widest place, not to exceed one-third 
length of stick bn one corner, or if no more than one corner one-third length in the 
aggregate. 

From 12 to 14 Inches.—2 y 2 inches of wane, not to exceed one-third length of stick 
on one corner, or if on more than one corner, one-third length in the aggregate. 

Fifteen Inches and Up.—3^4 inches of wane, not to exceed one-third length of stick 
on one corner, or if on more than one corner, one-third length in the aggregate. 

All timber shall be sound and well manufactured, and square-butted with saw at 
both ends. 

Sawn timber shall be measured on smallest dimension to full inches, length to be 
taken in full feet within pin holes. 

Sawn timber shall be sold on a basis of a price per cubic foot of merchantable sawn 
timber for 40 feet cubic average rising or falling respectively one-half cent per cubic 
foot in every 2j 4 feet of larger or smaller cubic average. 

Wane that a 54-inch hook will catch not to be considered as wane. 


STANDARD STOCK GRADES. 


As Adopted by the National Slack Cooperage Manufacturers’ Association. 


STAVES. 

Elm Staves 30 inches long shall be cut not less than five staves to 1 15-16 inches 
in thickness. Elm staves 24 to 28 J 4 inches long shall be cut not less than five staves 
to 1% inches in thickness, except 24-inch or keg staves, when especially cut, when said 
staves shall be cut six staves to 2 inches in thickness. 

Cottonwood Staves of all lengths shall be not less than five staves to 2 inches in 
thickness. 

No. 1 Staves shall be of full thickness and uniform throughout, free of knots, slant¬ 
ing shakes, dozy wood or other defects. 

Meal-barrel Staves shall be free of slanting shakes over 0/2 inches long, knot holes, 
unsound knots (but sound knots of not over 54 inches in diameter shall be allowed), 
tree of thin staves, and shall consist of good, sound, workable staves. 

No. 2 Staves shall be free from dead culls. 

Mill-run Staves shall consist of the run of the knife, made from regular run of 
stave logs, dead culls thrown out. 

SPECIAL STOCK. 

White Ash Staves shall be cut five staves to 2% inches in thickness, graded the 
same as elm, but only No. 1 and No. 2 quality. 

Mill-run Elm or hardwood apple-barrel staves shall be cut six staves to 2 inches 
in thickness, and shall consist of the run of the mill, from the regular run of stave 
logs, dead culls thrown out. 

Mill-run Cottonwood apple-barrel staves shall be cut five staves to 2 inches in 
thickness. 

All the above staves shall*average in measurement 4 inches per stave or 4,000 
inches per 1,000 staves across the bilge, with the exception of the keg staves, which 
shall measure 160 inches per bundle of fifty staves across the bilge, and 24-inch half.- 
barrel staves, which when not otherwise specified shall measure 3 j 4 inches wide or 
175 inches per bundle across the bilge. All other staves not specifically mentioned 
shall be sold according to the local custom or under special agreement. 









78 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


HOOPS. 

Sugar-barrel Hoops shall be 6 feet 4 inches, 6 feet 6 inches and 6 feet 9 inches long, 
cut so as to be not less than 5-16 inches and 3-16 inches in thickness when finished 
and seasoned, and not less than 1^4 inches wide when seasoned. 

Flour-barrel Hoops shall be s l / 2 feet and 6 feet long, and shall measure, when 
seasoned, not less than 5-16 inches to 3-16 inches in thickness, and not less than 134 
inches wide. 

Keg Hoops shall be sold on special specifications as agreed upon between the 
buyer and seller. 

No. 1 Hoops shall be good, sound timber, fully up to the specifications, free from 
broken hoops in the coils and well finished. 

HEADING. 

No. 1. Basswood or Cottonwood Heading shall be made from good, sound tim¬ 
ber, free of damaging defects, of such diameter as is required, well jointed, R? inch in 
thickness and thoroughly kiln-dried. 

No. 1 Hardwood Heading shall be of the same specifications as above, but only 
7-16 inches in thickness and thoroughly kiln-dried. 

Mill-run Heading shall be the run of the mill, dead culls out, thickness and dry¬ 
ness same as No. 1. 

No. 2 Heading shall be the heading thrown out of the No. 1, dead culls out. All 
staves, hoops and heading not specifically mentioned shall be bought and sold on terms 
and specifications agreed upon between the buyer and seller. 

DEAD CULLS. 

Are Staves containing knot holes of over inch diameter. 

Staves with large, coarse knots, or badly cross-grained near quarter that prevent 
staves being tressed in barrels. 

Staves under *4 inch thick. 

Staves with bad slanting shake exceeding six inches in length, and with rot that 
impairs strength. 


Rules for the Classification and Inspection of North Carolina Pine, Revised 

May 16, 1905. 


Adopted by North Carolina Pine Association (Inc.) 


DEFINITIONS. 

Narrow Edge—also called Edge—contains all widths under 12 inches except stock 
widths—6-inch, 8-inch, 10-inch and 12-inch. 

Wide Edge contains all widths over 12 inches. 

Knots.—Referred to as sound, rotten, loose, encased and tight, as to quality. 

A loose knot is one that will come out. 

An encased knot is one surrounded by bark or pitch. 

A tight knot is one that will not come out. 

A pin knot is a knot under ^ 4 -inch diameter. 

The diameter of an oblong knot is the mean between its greater and lesser 
diameters. 

A spike or horn knot is a knot sawed nearly or altogether lengthwise. 

Pitch.—Pitch pockets are openings between the grain of the wood, and may con¬ 
tain pitch, or bark, or both. 

A standard pitch pocket is not over ) 4 -inch wide nor over 3 inches long (measured 
over all). 

A small pitch pocket is one not over 34 -inch wide nor over 2 inches long (meas¬ 
ured over all). 

Pitch streaks are simply accumulations of pitch at different portions of the board. 

WIDTHS OF LUMBER. 

• 

Nos. 1 and 2, 4-4 edge, to be 3 inches wide and up. 

Nos. 3 and 4, 4-4 edge, to be 4 inches wide and up. 

Nos. 1 and 2, 5-4 edge, to be 4 inches wide and up. 

Nos. 1 and 2, 6-4 edge, to be 5 inches wide and up. 

Nos. 1 and 2, 8-4 and thicker edge, to be 6 inches wide and up. 






STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


7 & 


ROUGH LUMBER. 

All lumber shall be well manufactured and well dried. 

The basis of inspection shall be the best or face side of each piece. 

GRADES. 

No. i, No. 2, No. 3, Box, Mill Culls, Red Heart, Bark Strips. 

No. i.—No. i grade, under 12 inches wide, shall have one side clear of all defects; 
except 5 per cent, pitch streaks, the other side to grade No. 2 or better. Lumber 
over 12 inches wide, in addition to the pitch streaks, may have one small pitch pocket, 
or sound pin knot for every additional three inches of width. 

No. 2.—No. 2 grade shall consist of boards with small tight knots on the best side 
and will permit 15 per cent, of pitch streaks, the other side to grade No. 3 or better^ 
no knot in a board up to six inches wide to exceed one inch in diameter, and in boards, 
above that width no knot to exceed one and one-half inches in diameter. The aggregate 
diameter of knots not to exceed one and one-quarter inches for every three inches ii\ 
width of the board. Standard pitch pockets to be treated the same as knots. 

No. 3.—No. 3 grade shall consist of tight knotted boards below the grade of No. 2 V 
with clear edges on the face side. Stock boards shall have one edge clear one-fourth 
the width of the board on the face side; no knot in a board up to four inches wide 
to exceed one and one-half inches in diameter, up to six inches wide one and three^ 
fourths inches, and above that width two inches; admitting black pin knots; pinney 
boards that would otherwise grade No. 1 or No. 2; No. 1 boards showing 50 per cent* 
pitch; No. 2 boards showing 25 per cent, pitch; the reverse side to grade equal to Box, 

Box.—Box grade shall consist of coarse knotted boards and pinney and pitchy 
boards that would otherwise grade No. 2 or No. 3. 

Mill Culls.—Mill Culls shall be all boards, excepting Red Heart, below the grade 
of Box, and shall be unsound, loose or rotten knotted, and otherwise defective boards,, 
which can be used without a waste exceeding 25 per cent. 

Red Heart.—This grade of lumber to be 66^3 per cent, firm wood, so that it may 
be cut up with a waste of not exceeding 33^ per cent. 

Bark Strips.—No. 1 and No. 2 Bark Strips shall show one-half inch of wood at the- 
thinnest point, and shall grade equal to or better than No. 2 lumber. 

Box Bark Strips shall contain all bark strips falling below the grade of Nos. 1 and 2 V 

STANDARD LENGTHS OF ROUGH LUMBER. 

10, 12, 14 and 16 feet. 

DRESSED LUMBER. 

FLOORING, CEILING, PARTITION, FINISH, ETC. 

All lumber shall be well manufactured and well dried. 

The basis of inspection shall be the best or face side of each piece. 

GRADES. 

No. 1, No. 2, No. 3, No. 4. 

No. 1.—This grade, up to 6-inch strip, shall have the face side practically clear of 
all defects, admitting 5 per cent, of pitch streaks; strips over six inches wide may have 
one sound pin knot or small pitch pocket for each two inches of width over six inches. 

No. 2.—This grade shall admit small sound knots on the face side and 15 per cent, 
pitch streaks; , the reverse side to grade No. 4 or better; no knot in a strip up to six 
inches wide to exceed one inch in diameter; wider strips may have knots one and one- 
half inches diameter. The aggregate diameter of knots or defects not to exceed one 
and one-half inches for every three inches of width of strip. Standard pitch pockets to. 
be treated the same as knots. 

No. 3.—This grade shall consist of knotty boards below the grade of No. 2; no. 
knot to exceed in diameter one-half the width of the strip and no knot over two inches 
in diameter allowable in strips six inches and under; wider strips may have knots two, 
and one-quarter inches in diameter; admitting small encased knots and small spike or 
horn knots and 30 to 40 per cent, of pitchy streaks, also pinney boards that would be 
otherwise classed as No. 1 or 2, and No. 1 and 2 boards showing 50 per cent, pitchy 
No limit as to quantity of knots in this grade. 

No. 4.—This grade to consist of all lumber below the grade of No. 3, and that car* 
be laid without wasting over 25 per cent, of any one piece. 

Factory Flooring and Roofers shall grade the same as Box lumber. Unless othets 
wise specified, Roofers shall be worked, tongued and grooved. 






WIDE AWAKE 

STEAM USERS 

Want all that’s coming to them from tlieir engine. The PACKING 
used around the engine and pump rods governs the power you 
get to quite an extent. Good packing gives free motion without 
friction, and the rods give much longer service. 


This Label on Packing 

Is a guarantee of excellence and moderate prices 


TEN—lO—KINDS 

EUREKA. GUM CORE EUREKA SPIRAL 

EUREKA HIGH PRESSURE EUREKA FLAX 

EUREKA WATER PROOF HYDRAULIC 
EUREKA ROUND AND SQUARE TUCKS 


EUREKA PACKING CO. 

Sales Dept. 204 Fulton St., NEW YORK 



Saw Mill Supplies 

Swages, Mandrels, Files, Filing Machin¬ 
ery, Hammers, Rules, Emery Wheels, 
Shafting, Belting, Pulleys, Hangers. 

The supplies that we carry in stock are the best that good 
money will buy for the purpose intended. 

Good goods that carry the ear-marks of their adaptability 
with them. 

PRICES AND DISCOUNTS 

CHAMPION SAW CO. 

BEAVER FALLS, PA. 


























STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


81 


STANDARD LENGTHS OF DRESSED LUMBER. 

Flooring and Finish: io, 12, 14 and 16 feet. 

Ceiling and Partition: 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16 feet. 

DRESSING. 

One-eighth inch shall be allowed to dress 4-4, 5-4, 6-4 and 8-4 lumber one side. 
Three-sixteenths inch shall be allowed to dress 4-4 and 5-4 lumber two sides. 
One-fourth inch shall be allowed to dress 6-4 and thicker lumber two sides. 


MATCHING. 

All flooring, ceiling and partition three-fourths inch thick and over shall be dressed 
-two sides and center matched. 

All ceiling under three-fourths inch thick shall be dressed one side and matched. 

COUNT. 

All lumber shall be counted by nominal or strip size, which is one-half inch wider 
than actual finished size in all regular patterns and standard matched flooring, ceiling 
and partition. 

One-half inch in width shall be allowed for working moulded base and casing, 
except on standard patterns finished on the quarter-inch or three-quarter-inch, for 
which shall be allowed one-quarter inch. 


Standard Gauges. 

The Standard Gauges adopted by this Association are as follows: 




J_ V. 


%"C£!UNO 





I ' 



'/S' CEILING 







WOODWARD (EL SON YELLOW PINE 

WHITE PINE, CYPRESS, POPLAR, MAHOGANY, AND ALL KINDS OF HARDWOODS 
FLOORING, CEILING, SIDING, LATHS, SHINGLES, POSTS 

[Richmond! _ _ . , „ . 

Yards Covering 8 Acres. 




IVIRBINIA | 


Sheds witH 7,000,000 ft. Capacity 

General Offices 9th and Arch Sts., RICHMOND, VA. 





























































82 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


RULES FOR THE GRADING OF PINE AND HEMLOCK 

LUMBER. 


Reported by the Bureau of Grades and Adopted by the Northern Pine Manufac¬ 
turers' Association and the Northwestern Hemlock Manufacturers' Association, 


GRADES AND NOMENCLATURE. 


The following are the standard grades adopted and the terms by which they are 
to be known: 


Thick Finishing. 

ist, 2d and 3d Clear, 1%, i l / 2 
A Select, 1%, D/t and 2-inch. 

g a a a (t u 

q u (( n a a 

J-J ft U (( ti u 

Inch Finishing, 
ist, 2d and 3d Clear. 

A Select. 

B “ 

C “ 

D “ 

D Stock. 

C and Better Norway. 

Siding. 

A and Clear. 

B 

C 

D 

E 

Flooring. 

A Flooring. 

B 

C 

D 

Shaky Clear Flooring. 

No. 1 Fencing D. & M. 

No. 2 D. & M. 

No. 3 D. & M. 

Shiplap, Grooved Roofing and D. & M. 
No. 1. 

No. 2. 

No. 3. 


Shop Common. 

No. 1 Shop. 

No. 2 “ 

No. 3 “ 

Inch Shop. 

Short Box. 

Factory Selects. 

Factory A Select and Better. 
Factory B Select. 

Factory C Select. 

Thick Common Lumber, 

Tank Stock. 

Select Common. 

Step Plank. 

Flat Common. 

No. 1 Box. 

No. 2 Box. 

Common Boards. 

No. 1. 

No. 2. 

No. 3. 

No. 4. 

No. 5. 

Fencing. 

No. 1. 

No. 2. 

No. 3 
No. 4- 

Dimension. 

No. 1. 

No. 2. 

No. 4 or Cull. 


RULES FOR GRADING PINE LUMBER. 

General Instructions. 

The aim of the uniform grading inspection is to harmonize the natural differences 
which exist in the characteristics of the different stocks co-operating in this bureau, 
making lumber of the same grades, at the different manufacturing points, of practically 
equal value, whether the logs from which the lumber is cut are large or small, coarse- 
knotted, fine-knotted, black-knotted, red-knotted, sound or shaky. 

No arbitrary rules for the inspection of lumber can be maintained with satisfaction. 
The variations from any given rule are numerous and suggested by practical common 
sense, so nothing more definite than the general features of different grades should 
be attempted by rules of inspection. The following, therefore, are submitted as the 
general characteristics of the different grades. 

In the grading of finishing lumber in common practice, there is a recognized dif¬ 
ference in classifying inch lumber, and lumber thicker than inch. 

A very large percentage of the one and one-fourth, one and one-half and two- 
inch lumber used for finishing purposes goes into work requiring each face to be 







STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


.83 


shown, as in doors, sash, etc. With inch lumber, except shop commort^ and partition, 
the uses are quite different, the almost invariable practice being that one face of the 
board is shown and that face the better one. 

The face side of the lumber is the side showing the best quality or appearance. 

Defects in lumber should be distributed in proportion to the size of the piece. 
Long or wide pieces of the same grade may contain more and greater defects than 
shorter or narrower pieces. The same percentage should be observed in both long 
and short, wide and narrow. 

Wane in lumber is a defect which can not be described by rule with satisfaction, 
and therefore must be left to the judgment of the grader. 

In a general way, D & M stock, except No. 3, should have a good bearing on back, 
and lumber S 1 S or S 2 S shows nearly a full face. 

The lowering of grade on the face side on account of wane, should be governed 
by grade, width and defects in the piece. 

Due consideration in rough stock should be given for the amount of wane that 
would be surfaced off in milling. 

Lumber must be accepted on grade in the form in which it was shipped. Any 
subsequent change in manufacture or mill work will prohibit an inspection for the 
adjustment of claims, except with the consent of all parties interested. 

Mixed width boards do not necessarily require as good edges as shiplap or dressed 
and matched stock of the same grade. 

Planing mill work should be taken into consideration in all grades of dressed lum¬ 
ber, and its effect on a piece must be left largely to the judgment of the inspector. 

Thick C Select, except for factory purposes, should be graded on its best side or 
face, not so much attention being given to the back; but in the grades of B Select and 
Better, the backs should, as a rule, be within one grade of the face. 

The grade of partition shall be determined from its poorer side. 

Lumber when worked shall be graded the same as the respective grades when in 
the rough. 

Unless otherwise provided for, lumber worked two sides shall be graded from its 
better side or face; lumber worked one side shall be graded from its surface face. 

The examples given in this book do not in all cases include all of the different 
types in any grade. 

The interpretation of any grade is intended to cover all lumber between the next 
higher grade above, and the next grade below. 

It is not contemplated by these rules to cover car siding and roofing, the grades 
of which should be determined by special agreement. 


FINISHING. 

CLEARS. 

First Clear.—This should be twelve inches and over in width and free from all 
defects. 

Second Clear.—This should be ten inches and over in width. When ten inches 
wide it should be free from all defects. A twelve-inch board must have a perfect face. 
A one-half inch of white sap on each edge, or one inch of sap on one edge of back is 
allowed. In the absence of sap one or two small pin knots not to exceed one-half inch 
in diameter are admissible. Pieces wider than twelve inches must have a perfect face, 
but can have sap or knot defects proportionally greater as the piece is wider. 

Third Clear.—This should be eight inches and over in width. A piece eight inches 
wide should be free from all defects on both faces. In a ten-inch piece one or two 
small knots, not to exceed one-half inch in diameter, or in the absence of knots, white 
sap not to exceed one-half inch in width on each edge, or one inch in width on one 
edge is admissible. A piece from twelve inches to fourteen inches wide may have 
one inch of white sap on each edge of face or more sap on one edge. In the absence 
of sap or with less sap one or two small knots an inch in diameter are admissible. 
Wider stock can have more sap or slightly larger knots. The reverse side of Third 
Clear ten inches and wider, should not show poorer in quality than “A” Select face. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x14-16. Face side has a black knot on edge one and one-fourth 
by one inch, two feet from end, but not showing through. One small black knot one- 
half inch in diameter one foot from end, balance of face side clear. Reverse side shows 
one inch of white sap for six feet on one edge and about one foot slightly discolored 
sap. 




•84 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Example 2. Piece 1x18-16. Face side shows two half-inch black knots and two 
small pin knots near one end, also a half-inch black knot near center. Reverse side 
shows practically the same defects except the knots are slightly larger. 

Example 3. Piece 1x16-16. Shows an inch and a half of white sap for eight feet on 
one edge of the face side; no other defects. Reverse side shows three inches of white 
sap for twelve feet on one edge. No other defects. 

Example 4. Piece 1x12-14. Face side shows one and one-half inches white sap on 
•each edge for four feet at one end. One small knot one-half ipch in diameter near 
other end. Reverse side shows three inches of white sap for twelve feet on one edge 
and two inches of white sap on other edge full length of the piece, and two small 
knots one-half inch in diameter. 

Example 5. Piece ixio-16. Has one clear face. Reverse side has one inch of 
slightly stained sap for two feet on one edge. Otherwise perfect. 

Example 6. Piece 1x8-16. This piece is free from all defects on both sides. 


“A” SELECT. 

“A” Select should be eight inches and over in width. On the face side an eight- 
inch piece should be nearly perfect. An inch of white sap on one edge or one or two 
sound knots not to exceed one-half inch in diameter are admissible. 

A ten-inch piece will admit of an inch and a half of white sap full length of one 
edge or less sap on both edges of face, with no other defect, or will admit of two or 
three knots, one-half inch in diameter if well scattered, or one or two knots not over 
an inch in diameter if well located. 

Pieces fourteen inches and wider will admit of proportionately greater sap and 
knot defects as width increases, or very sightly local shake, or a straight split for six or 
eight inches, or one or two large worm holes near end or edge. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x8-16. Shows one-half inch of white sap on one edge full 
length of the piece, and one small knot one-half inch in diameter. 

Example 2. Piece ixio-16. The face side has a quarter inch of slightly colored sap 
for one foot, otherwise perfect. Reverse side shows a little sap slightly blue on two 
edges. 

Example 3. Piece ixio-16. Is perfect on both sides, except a slight local shake in 
one spot. 

Example 4. Piece ixio-16. Very smooth in appearance with one knot three-quar¬ 
ters of an inch two feet from one end. Another smaller knot near other end, also 
one inch of white sap two feet in length at one end and one-half inch of sap on 
opposite edge of other end. 

Example 5. Piece 1x12-16. On face side has one knot one and one-half inch in 
•diameter and one pin knot, both going through the board; otherwise perfect. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-16. Has two three-fourth-inch knots that go through 
the board, and an inch of white sap on one edge full length of piece. 

Example 7. Piece 1x14-16. Face side shows one small knot a half inch in diameter. 
A half inch of stained sap for two feet on one edge at center of board. Reverse side 
at center has two inches of stained sap on one edge for five feet and other edge has 
■one inch of stained sap for four feet. This is considered a high type of “A” Select. 

Example 8. Piece 1x16-16. Face side shows two black knots one inch in diameter 
■near one end and three small pin knots. Reverse side shows two knots one inch in 
diameter at one end. On one edge three inches of white sap for ten feet. Other 
•edge has two inches of slightly colored sap for eight feet. 

Example 9. Piece 1^x16-16. One face has two inches of sap full length of one 
•edge, discolored in streaks. Reverse side shows three-fourths inch wane for three 
inches, and three inches slightly colored sap full length of one edge. 

Example 10. Piece 1^4x19-16. Face shows a five-eighths inch black knot one foot 
from end. At same end on opposite corner a check eight inches long. At the other 
•end is a slight shake for ten inches in center; also at the left from same end near 
edge, a pitch pocket one and one-fourth inches long. No sap on face. Reverse 
side shows one-fourth to three-fourths inch worm-eaten sap for eight feet on one edge, 
the small black knot at end shows through from face side. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


85 


“B” SELECT. 

“B” Select should be eight inches and over in width. 

In this grade white sap is not considered a defect unless too many other imper¬ 
fections appear. 

Knots, shake and a small amount of stained sap are admissible. 

An eight-inch or ten-inch piece should have but very little shake. Wider pieces 
can have more shake, but it should be local and not scattered over the face of the piece. 

Slightly stained sap is admissible when other defects are not of a serious nature, 
the amount of stained sap depending upon width of piece. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 1x8-16. Has two inches of bright white sap the entire length of 
piece on one edge. The other edge has two inches of bright white sap for three-quar¬ 
ters its length. The balance of that edge is discolored sap. Other end of piece has one 
small knot. 

Example 2. Piece 1x8-16. Three-quarters of the entire face shows white sap and 
a small knot at one end. 

Example 3. Piece 1x10-16. Has one inch of stained sap for one-third the length 
of the piece. One small knot at each end and one five-eighths knot near center of board; 

Example 4. Piece ixio-16. Has local shake near one end and one and one-half 
inch bright sap on both edges with small knot at end. 

Example 5. Piece 1x12-16. Has a small knot at each end, two and a half inches 
of slightly stained sap for four feet on one edge, and an inch and a half of white sap on 
the other end of opposite edge. The reverse side has three inches of stained sap on 
both edges for five feet at one end. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-12. Shows one and one-half inches white sap on one edge 
for half length of piece; other edge shows two inches of white sap two-thirds of 
length. Scattered over the face of this board are six small knots, varying in size from 
an inch to a small pin knot. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. Both edges of this board have sap varying in width 
from two to three inches and running full length of the piece, the sap showing slight 
discoloration. No knot defects or shake are shown. 

Example 8. Piece 1x20-16. Has a rot stain three inches wide and eight inches long 
at one end, one three-quarter inch unsound knot at other end and two half-inch knots. 
The reverse side has same appearance, except a narrow streak of white sap and half¬ 
inch of stained sap for four feet. 

Example 9. Piece 1x14-16. Has three half-inch black knots, one and one-half 
inches bright sap for eight feet on one edge and two and one-half inches of bright 
sap for four feet on other edge. The reverse side has three inches of bright sap on both 
edges for three feet and three-quarter inch of wane for three feet and shows same 
knots as on face. 

Example 10. Piece 2x12-16. Has one poor knot three-quarter inch in diameter, but 
otherwise face is perfect. The reverse side shows stained sap on both edges three 
inches wide for four feet and one-half inch of wane for eight feet. 

Example 11. Piece 2x14-16. At one end near the edge has one and one-half-inch 
knot; at the other end shake five inches wide for three feet on the same edge as knot. 
Reverse side shows three inches of slightly stained sap for eight feet. 

Example 12. Piece 1x18-16. At one end shows shell shake for two feet running 
across one-half of the face. One edge shows three inches of slightly stained sap for 
eight feet. This piece also has three small knots not over one-half inch in diameter 
scattered over the face. 

Example 13. Piece 1^x14-16. Face side shows two inches of slightly colored sap 
at one end, running out at four feet, but no other imperfections. Reverse side shows 
sap over two-thirds of the piece, slightly colored in spots for six feet. No knots in 
this piece. 

Example 14. Piece iJ4xi6-i6. Face side shows five black knots well scattered from 
one-half to one inch in diameter. Also three-fourths inch slightly stained sap at one 
end running out at six feet. 

Example 15. Piece 1x12-16. The face shows two-thirds white sap, no other defects 
except that one edge shows fifteen inches wane on the back side one inch wide but not 
to a feather edge on the face side. 

Example 16. Piece ixio-16. Shows four inches white sap the entire length on one 
edge. No other defects except wane on the back for eighteen inches. 

In inch lumber and thicker, pieces from four to eight inches wide may be graded 
under th's rule, if so specified. 



86 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


“C” SELECT. 

“C” Select must be eight inches and over in width. 

This grade will admit of quite serious defects if the piece retains at the same 
time a fair appearance. 

The defects admissible are the same as those in “B” Select, but exist to a greater 
degree. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 1x8-16. Shows three inches of stained sap for two feet and three 
small knots. The reverse side has stained sap in four places. 

Example 2. Piece 1x8-16. Has an inch and a half of white sap on each edge full 
length of piece and eight small knots well scattered. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-16. Shows three feet of tight shake on one edge at one end 
and one foot of open shake on the other end, otherwise of good appearance. 

Example 4. Piece ixio-16. Has white sap on the face side, no knots, but three feet 
of shake in center of board about three fee’t from one end. Board has a smooth ap¬ 
pearance. 

Example 5. Piece ixio-16. Has five very small knots well scattered, a streak of 
stained sap on one edge and an inch of stained sap for two feet on the end of other edge. 

Example 6. Piece ixio-16. The face is free from defect except two and a half 
inches of stained sap for eight feet on one edge; otherwise very smooth in appear¬ 
ance. The reverse side shows quite an amount of stained sap. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. Has two inches of stained sap on each edge, two one- 
inch knots and two one-half inch knots. One-quarter of one side shows sap clear across, 
slightly stained. 

Example 8. Piece 1x12-16. Has a very smooth appearance, but shows shake clear 
ihrough for three feet at one end and four small knots. 

Example 9. Piece 1x12-16. Shows considerable white sap on each edge, with eight 
‘■mall knots ranging from a pin knot to one inch in diameter. 

Example 10. Piece 1x12-16. Quite smooth in appearance with shake four inches 
wide tapering off at one-third length of the piece. At other end of the piece shake 
running in “V” shape for eighteen inches. 

Example 11. Piece 1x14-16. Has two inches of stained sap for four and one-half 
feet in center on one edge and a streak of stained sap at both ends of other edges. 
The reverse side shows one pitch spot 2x3 inches and three inches stained sap, same as 
in center of the other side. Two or three inches of white sap on each edge of both ends. 

Example 12. Piece 1x14-16. Has one three-fourth-inch poor knot and three one- 
half-inch black knots, also four feet of tight shake at one end. Reverse side shows 
same knot and shake defects with three inches of white sap for two feet. 

Example 13. Piece 1x18-16. At first appearance this board seems to be clear, but . 
on closer examination a great deal of close tight shake is found to be scattered over at * 
least one-half of the face. The shake, however, is very fine and probably will not 
open up. 

Example 14. Piece 1x16-16. Has the appearance of an extra sound “D” Box. The 
knots are smaller and in general appearance much above the average “D” Box grade. 
The sap is white and there are ten small knots, three of which are one inch in diameter, 
and the remainder from one-half inch down to a pin knot. 

Example 15. Piece 1x13-14. Within one foot of end is one and one-fourth-inch 
sound, black knot; also a one-fourth-inch black knot, and scattered over the face are 
two one-half-inch and two pin knots, with three inches of bright sap on one edge, 
running off at nine feet. 

Example 16. Piece 1^x12-16. Face has slightly colored sap two inches wide on 
one edge for ten feet; other edge has same amount and kind of sap for two feet, but 
no other imperfections. Reverse side shows slightly colored sap over the full width 
for eight feet in length. 

Example 17. Piece 1^x20-16. Face side shows worm holes sixteen inches from 
end in center; one three-fourth-inch black knot three feet from end on one edge; a 
one-half-inch black knot in center and seven feet from the other end within twe'lve 
inches of same end, one red knot three-fourths by one and one-half inches near edge; 
also three inches of white sap on both edges for twelve feet, with one-half inch wane 
for eight feet on one edge. Reverse side shows less sap, but same knot defects, 
except that knots show larger. 

Example 18. Piece Ij 4 xi 6 -i 6 . Has two feet very fine shake across the face at one 
end, one and one-half inches of it on edge extending for four feet; another trace of 
shake on edge near opposite end, also one and one-fourth inches soft rotten knot and 
one and one-fourth inches of dead sap tapering out at four feet. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


87 


Example 19. Piece Ij 4 x i 6 -i 6 . Has two feet very fine shake across face on one end, 
one and one-half inches on one side extending for four feet; another trace of shake on 
edge near opposite end and on same end one three-fourth-inch soft rotten knot, and one 
and three-fourths inches of dead sap, tapering off at four feet. At center of piece are 
two three-eighths inch knots. The reverse side shows same rotten knot, and blue sap 
averaging two and one-half inches in width the whole length of one edge. The other 
edge has two inches of stained sap for two feet. 

Example 20. Piece Ij4xi8-i6. The face has nine black knots from one-fourth to 
one-half inch in diameter, well scattered, one of the one-half-inch knots being un¬ 
sound. Also contains one and one-half inches of blue sap full length of one edge, and 
a small amount of shell shake for two feet from one end. Reverse side shows five of 
the one-half-inch knots that run through from the face, and three inches of dead sap 
the entire length of one edge. 

Example 21. Piece ixio-14. The face is covered with white sap for two feet at 
one end, and extends along one side two inches wide for half the entire length, also one 
one and three-fourths inches, one one-half inch black knots and one pitch pocket all well 
scattered. 

In inch lumber and thicker, pieces from four to eight inches wide may be graded 
under this rule, if so specified. 


“D” SELECT. 

“D” Select should be eight inches and over in width. 

This grade admits any piece of lumber that has the appearance of finishing or a 
percentage of cutting in which the defects are too numerous or too serious to admit of 
its being graded into “C” Select. 

Blue sap covering two-thirds of the face will be admitted. This description em¬ 
braces one inch, one and one-fourth inch, one and one-half inch and two inch stock, 
and is graded strictly from the face without regard to the back, and can not be 
recommended for quality. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. ixio-16. Face shows a great deal of shake for two-thirds of length, 
and three spots of rough mill work. This piece is smooth in appearance, but extremely 
shaky. 

Example 2. Piece 1x14-16. Very smooth in appearance. No knots, but fine shake 
over two-thirds of face, with some blue sap on each edge at one end. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-16. Shows blue sap three inches wide on each edge for ten 
feet. No other imperfections. 

Example 4. Piece 1x8-16. Has smooth appearance. Shows partially blue sap over 
face for six feet. Otherwise good. 

Example 5. Piece 1x10-16. Shows a “B” Select face, but the reverse side shows the 
dry rot and worm hole defects of a No. 4 board. 

Example 6. Piece 1x8-16. Shows blue sap well streaked over eight feet of the face. 
The balance of good appearance. 

In inch lumber and thicker, pieces from four to eight inches wide may be graded 
under this rule, if so specified. 


“D” STOCK AND BOX. 

This is a grade of smooth-looking and sound-knotted lumber with edges free from 
wane and the grade practically free from shake. 

The knots may be either black or red, but should be sound and firmly set, vary¬ 
ing in size from an inch and a half down. 

A “D” Box board may have any number of knots, depending entirely upon size 
and location. 

A 12-inch “D’’ Stock board should contain a less number of knots than a “D” 
Box, and eight and ten-inch “D” Stock.boards relatively smaller knots and less in 
number. This grade is nothing more than an extra smooth No. 1 Common. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES OF “D” STOCK. 

Example 1. Piece 1x12-14. Has three red knots one inch in diameter, ten knots 
one-half inch in diameter, and ten small pin knots. There is no sap. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-14. Has three knots ij^x-ki inches, part red and part black, 
and six knots one inch in diameter, also six small pin knots, red and black mixed. 



88 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Example 3. Piece 1x12-16. Has six knots one-half to one inch in diameter and- 
fourteen knots less than one-half inch in diameter, one and one-half inches of sap on one 
edge for entire length of piece, partly blue. Other edge has one inch partly blue sap. 
This board is perfectly smooth and sound in appearance. 

Example 4. Piece 1x12-16. Has twenty-eight knots, of which six are oblong, one- 
half by one and one-fourth inches, and eight round, red knots one-half to one inch in 
diameter. The balance are pin knots. 

Example 5. Piece ixio-16. Has twenty sound, black knots extending over entire 
face that will average less than one inch in diameter. Edges are square and piece- 
otherwise sound. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-16. Has twenty-five sound knots from one-quarter to one- 
half inch in diameter. Five being red and balance black. Four of the one-half-incht. 
red knots at one end are in a cluster. The board is otherwise sound and of good 
appearance. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. Contains twenty-five red and black knots scattered 
over the face, five being one-half inch in diameter and the others smaller; also has two 
inches of bright sap full length of one edge and one-half inch bright sap full length 
of other edge. The board is otherwise perfect. 

Example 8. Piece 1x8-16. At one end in a space of three feet there are three black, 
knots, one-half inch in diameter, and one black knot three-quarters of an inch in; 
diameter. The center contains two pin knots; at the other end within a space of five 
feet there are eight sound red knots, two being one inch in diameter, two are one-half 
inch in diameter and four are pin knots. At a glance this would be considered a fair 
type of “D” Stock. 

Example 9. Piece 1x8-16. There are twenty sound black knots in this piece, none 
of them exceeding one-half inch in diameter, and all within a space of twelve feet. 
This is a high grade of “D” Stock. 

EXAMPLES OF “D” BOX. 

Example 1. Piece 1x18-16. Well scattered over this piece are fifteen round black, 
knots from one-eighth inch to one inch in diameter and at one edge three feet from end 
a cluster of three-quarters-inch sound red knots. An inch of white sap shows along 
two-thirds of one edge and nearly as much along the other edge. 

Example 2. Piece 1x14-16. Has seventeen black knots ranging in size from one 
inch in diameter down to a pin knot; no other defects. This i& considered a high 
type of “D” Box. 

Example 3. Piece 1x14-12. One end has a sound red knot, one by two inches in- 
diameter, and a three-quarter-inch red knot within six inches of it. The balance of the 
face contains eleven small knots well scattered. The piece is otherwise perfect. 

Example 4. Piece 1x14-16. Contains eighteen sound knots, three of which are one 
by one-half inches; five are three-quarter-inch and ten are pin knots, all well located.- 

Example 5. Piece 1x16-14. There are twenty-one sound knots in this piece, eight 
being black, two of which are one and one-half inches in diameter. 

Example 6. Piece 1x16-14. There are twenty-one sound knots in this piece; eight 
being black, two of which are one and one-half inches in diameter, and the balance 
three-quarters of an inch and less. There is also one and one-half inches of bright 
sap the entire length of one edge. 

Example 7. Piece 1x13-16. Has thirteen black and two red knots, all about one- 
half inch in diameter, well scattered over the face, and two inches of bright sap for 
six feet on one edge. 


“C” AND BETTER NORWAY. 

C and Better Norway shall be four inches wide and wider and of the same thick¬ 
ness as white pine. 

White sap is no defect, and one-fifth the surface of the face may be covered with-, 
sound, stained sap, if not in combination with other defects. 

This grade should be practically free from shake, rot and splits. 

The knotty and wane defects in the low line pieces of this grade should be the- 
same as in the grades of white pine B Strips and B Selects. 

All knots to be sound and firmly set. The product of. the log. better than de¬ 
scribed above is included in this grade. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


89 


SIDING. 

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 

Beveled Siding should be graded from the face side only. Defects on the thin edge 
which will cover when laid should not be given the same consideration as defects else¬ 
where. 

“A” AND CLEAR SIDING. 

“A” and Clear Siding will admit of bright sap on thin edge which will cover 
when laid, or a half-inch of bright sap on thick edge for one to two feet, or in the ab¬ 
sence of sap one or two pin knots. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 54 x 6 -16. Shows one-half inch bright sap on thin edge for two- 
thirds of the length. Otherwise perfect. 

Example 2. Piece 34x6-i6. Shows three-fourths inch of bright sap on thin edge 
for ten feet. One knot one-fourth inch in diameter, three feet from end, and at six 
inches from other end a slight trace of pitch. 

Example 3. Piece 34x6-14. For seven feet on thin edge there is one-half inch of 
sap that is slightly discolored; at the center of the piece is one one-fourth inch black 
pin knot. 

Example 4. Piece 34x6-14. On the thin edge there is one-half inch black knot. 
Otherwise the piece is perfect. 

Example 5. Piece 34x6-i6. Contains two one-fourth-inch black knots, one being 
three feet from end and the other near the center of the piece. No other defects. 

Example 6. Piece 34x6-i6. This piece is without a defect. 

Example 7 . Piece 34x6-i6. Shows no defect except one-quarter inch of white sap 
on thick edge three feet in length. 

Example 8. Piece 34 x 6-i6. Shows one pin knot on thick edge less than one-half 
inch in diameter. 

“B” SIDING. 

“ ‘B’ Siding will admit of any amount of white sap, or two or three sound knots 
not to exceed one-half inch in diameter, well scattered over the face of the piece.” 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 34x6-i6. Shows a heavy pitch spot one inch long on thin edge, 
a torn defect on same edge that covers when laid, a pitch pocket one-fourth inch 
wide by one and one-fourth inches long, two inches from thick edge at the center of the 
piece, and for six feet on thick edge shows an inch of white sap. 

Example 2 . Piece 34x6-i6. Has four very small, smooth knots, one-fourth inch 
or less in diameter, within four feet of end near thin edge and a one-half-inch round, 
red knot within two inches of thick edge and six feet from same end. 

Example 3 . Piece 34x6-i6. Has one-half inch white sap the whole length of thick 
edge and a large curl four feet from one end with one-half inch sound knot. 

Example 4. Piece *34x6-i6. Has a black knot on the thin edge that will cover, a 
one-half-inch black knot one inch from thick edge and two pin knots that show. 

Example 5 . Piece 34x6-i6. Shows three-fourths inch of white sap on thick edge, 
and six feet from end; a one-fourth-inch black knot at center of piece and at four feet 
from other end and on thick edge a one-fourth-inch black knot. 

Example 6 . Piece 34x6-i6. Has a three-fourth-inch black knot five feet from one 
end. The piece is not smoothly dressed; otherwise perfect. • 

Example 7. Piece 34x6-i6. Has a one-half by three-fourths-inch knot on the thick 
edge, three feet from end and one-half-inch white sap for two-thirds of length on 
thick edge. 

Example 8. Piece 34x6-i6. Has two one-half-inch black knots within two and 
one-half feet of one end. Another one-half-inch knot five feet from same end, all of 
which shows when laid. 

Example 9 . Piece 34x6-i6. Has bright sap on thick edge, commencing at one end, 
one and one-fourth inches deep and running out at twelve feet. With the exception of 
two curls has no other defects. 

Example 10. Piece 34 x 6 -i 6 . Has an inch of sap on thick edge for ten feet. For one 
foot at end this sap is blue. Within three feet of other end is a three-eighths-inch 
black knot. 

Example 11. Piece 34 x 6-i6. Has white sap covering the entire face. No other 
defects. 

7 sir 



90 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


r* “C” SIDING. 

*’C” Siding will admit of any amount of bright sap. 

When sap defect is not too pronounced, two or three small knots, net exceeding 
one inch in diameter, or more knots when smaller, or slight shake are admissible. 

A small amount of slightly blue sap on the thick edge is admissible, or more blue 
sap on the thin edge. 

Defects requiring one cut not to exceed four inches of waste, are allowed in high 
line pieces twelve feet long and longer. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 5^x6-i6. Has a three-fourth-inch black knot five feet from one 
end. A small pitch pocket and a little very tight shake within twelve inches of same 
end of piece. 

Example 2. Piece ty$x6-i6. Has a half-inch black knot on thick edge, five feet from 
end, and at seven feet another same-sized knot. Within five feet of the other end is a 
one-half-inch loose knot and one-quarter inch of blue sap for six feet on thick edge. 

Example 3. Piece ^x6-i6. Contains white sap one-half the width of the whole 
length and is slightly damaged in two spots by bad mill work. 

Example 4. Piece 6-16. Has a one-half-inch black knot three feet from the end 
that partly covers when laid. A pitch streak two inches long four feet from the same 
end, a three-fourth-inch black knot five feet from end and three-quarters of an inch 
of white sap for three feet on thick edge at the same end. One-half inch of white sap 
shows for two feet on thick edge of other end with two feet of shake that will cover 
when laid. 

Example 5. Piece 34 x 6 -16. Has five pin knots well scattered over face of piece. 
On thick edge is one-quarter inch of stained sap for three feet. On thin edge is a little 
shake that nearly covers. 

Example 6. Piece 3 ^ x 6-i 6. Has three knot holes on thin edge that will cover 
when laid, and four black knots one-quarter inch to one-half inch in diameter, well scat¬ 
tered. 

Example 7. Piece 34 x 6 -i 6 . Has one and one-half inches of sap on thick edge for 
two-thirds of the length. Within five feet of the end one foot of the sap is discolored 
and for two feet it is blue for three-quarters of an inch in width. A three-quarter-inch 
knot on the thin edge. This piece has a very smooth appearance. 

Example 8. Piece 3 ^ x 6-i 6. Has a one and one-half inch black loose knot six 
feet from end, but otherwise is nearly perfect. This is considered a cutting strip. 

Example 9. Piece 34 x 6 -i 6 . Has one-quarter inch of wane for four feet on thin 
edge. Two-thirds of the face is covered with bright sap, except a slight discoloration 
from a crossing in piling. 

Example 10. Piece 34 x 6 -i 6 . Is perfect with the exception of three-fourths inch of 
blue sap running three-fourths the length of the piece on thick edge. 

“D” SIDING. 

“D” Siding wall admit of considerable shake and stained sap. With or without 
either of these defects a piece may have a number of small knots well scattered over 
the face. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 34 x 6 -i 6 . Shows three inches blue sap on thick edge for three 
feet and a few small pin knots. 

Example 2. Piece 3I5 x 6-i 6. Has three black knots one inch in diameter, and slight 
touch of shake. 

Example 3. Piece 16. Looks to b.e clear, but contains considerable close shake. 

Example 4. Piece ^sx6-i6. Has twelve small red and black knots well scattered, 
in size from one-quarter to one-half inch. 

Example 5. Piece 34 x 6 -i 6 . Considerable blue and wdiite sap; one-half of piece 
shows white sap and the other is stained, but not very blue. 

Example 6. Piece y%x.6-\6. The face of this piece is covered with blue sap for 
about seven feet; the remainder is perfect. 

Example 7. Piece 5^x6-16. Slightly blue sap covers the entire face; otherwise 
perfect. 

“E” SIDING. 

This is the lowest recognized grade of Beveled Siding and will admit of the sap, 
knot and shake defects not admissible in “D” Siding. 

Many pieces showing seriously defective mill work are found in this grade. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


91 


FLOORING. 

“A” FLOORING. 

“A” Flooring is a one-faced strip and should lay with a practically clear face. 

A half inch of bright sap or one or two small pin knots are admissible in this grade. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 1x6-16. Has no defect. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-14. Has two small black pin knots; no other defects. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-12. Has a strip of perfectly bright sap on one edge three 
feet in length, varying in width from one-quarter to one-half inch; no other defect. 

“B” FLOORING. 

“B” Flooring will admit of any amount of white sap, or two or three knots from 
a quarter to half an inch in diameter. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Free from all defects except a rough spot caused by 
dressing. 

Example 2. Pieces 1x6-16. Has bright sap on edge one-half inch wide for half length 
of piece and a small pin knot less than one-half inch. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-14. Has at one end one and one-half inch white sap, taper¬ 
ing off and disappearing at three feet from end. No other defect. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has two small knots six feet apart, black but sound, 
one a full half inch in diameter and the other smaller. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-12. The entire face is white sap. No defects. 

“C” FLOORING. 

“C” Flooring will admit of bright sap face or two knots one inch in diameter, or 
three to five knots one-half inch or less in diameter, but not a combination of these 
defects unless of a decidedly less amount, and must be practically free from shake. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-14. Has a one-inch firm, sound, black knot, near the center 
of the piece. One three-eighths inch black, sound knot six feet from end and one and 
one-fourth inch knot four feet from same end; also eighteen inches of bright sap. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. At eight inches from end has one three-eighth inch 
knot; at three feet has one-fourth-inch knot, and at center two three-eighth-inch knots, 
all being sound and black. At the other end one and one-half inches bright sap for ten 
feet. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-14. Contains three small pin knots well scattered and a 
small pitch pocket three-eighths inch long near end. At the other end is eighteen 
inches of light shake; smooth appearance. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has five small black knots, the largest being one-fourth 
inch in diameter. Otherwise the piece is perfect. 

Example 5.. Piece 1x6-14. Has eight small black knots the size of a lead pencil, and 
one-half inch of bright sap for five feet at the end. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-16. Has three inches of bright sap on one edge for full 
length of piece, .except that the sap near one end is slightly stained, but the 
piece as a whole is very smooth in appearance. 

“D” FLOORING. 

“D” Flooring is a grade between No. 1 Fencing D & M and “C ’ l-looring, and will 
admit in a general way the imperfections of both grades. 

In a knotty type the knots must be smaller and fewer in number than in No. 1 
Fencing, and may be either red or black. 

Some stained sap is allowed and tight local shake. 

Defects requiring one cut, not to exceed four inches of waste, are allowed in high 
line pieces twelve feet long and longer. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


<)2 


EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 1x6-12. Has blue sap over the entire face for one-third of its 
length, but no other defects. This is considered the limit of blue sap admissible. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. Has blue sap across the face for three feet in center of 
the piece, and two one-half-inch red sound knots two feet from each end. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. Has fifteen sound black knots ranging from a half inch 
down to pin knots and well scattered; also three-fourth-inch white sap on one edge 
for two-thirds of the length. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has one-half face bright sap with four on .-half-inch 
black knots and six pin knots well scattered. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has one black knot three-fourths by one and three- 
fcurths inches, five feet from one end and two one-half-inch knots near other end, 
with slight pitch streak in center of piece for two feet. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-14. Has ten sound, black knots the largest two being three- 
fourths inch in diameter and bright sap covering nearly entire face. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-14. Has one black knot, one by one and three-fourths inches 
in center of piece and one-inch knot two inches from end. Also a rough spot near 
large knot in center. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-12. At five feet from one end has one rotten knot, one and 
one-half inches in diameter. Otherwise the piece is perfect. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-14. Has stained sap on each edge of piece full length, the 
sap varying in width from one to one and one-half inches. No other defects. 

Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. Has ten small knots, all red, well scattered, averaging 
one-half inch in diameter. If the knots had been somewhat larger this piece would 
have graded No. 1. 


FARMER’S CLEAR FLOORING. 

Farmer’s Clear Flooring is of a practically clear appearance. The knotty defects 
shall not exceed that of a “C” Flooring. The leading defect is shake, which may be 
scattered over the face of the strip. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Shows the knotty defects of a “C” flooring and has tight 
shake scattered over two-thirds of its face. Good appearance. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. Shows two inches of blue sap for six feet on one edge, 
with considerable fine shake over the face. No other defects. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. At first appearance this piece seems to be free from all 
defects. On closer inspection it is found to be very shaky, but the shake is close and 
tight. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has no other defects than slightly stained sap covering 
the entire face. 


NO. 1 FENCING D & M. 

This should be simply sound No! 1 Fencing worked to flooring, and of the charac¬ 
ter, when worked, described under the title of No. 1 Common Strips. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. Has twenty-two -sound, red knots, one being a horn 
knot three-fourths by four inches long; two knots in middle side by side are three- 
fourths of an inch in diameter and the balance of knots are one-half inch and less in 
size. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. Has four sound, red knots, the two largest being three- 
fourths inches by one and one-half inches, and is perfectly sound in every particular. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. There are seven round, black knots and two red knots 
in this piece, the red knots being located near one end and three-fourths inches in 
diameter. The largest black knot is one and one-fourth inches in diameter and four 
feet from the same end. The balance of knots are one-half inch and less, and well 
scattered. It also has a little shell shake at opposite end from large knot and is con¬ 
sidered a liner between No. 1 and No. 2 Fencing on account of having a combination 
of defects mentioned. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-16. Has eighteen sound knots about one-half being black, 
and ranging in size from one-half inch to one inch in diameter. It is perfectly sound 
and is considered a good No. 1 strip. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has thirteen sound, red knots averaging three-fourths 
inch in diameter, and two sound, red knots one inch in diameter. At the center a little 
bright sap is shown and also one foot of wane on tongue. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 




Example 6. Piece 1x6-16. This is a sound heart piece containing seven red knots. 
One is a pitch knot well set and the balance are of small horn type. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-14. Has five perfectly sound, red knots one and one-half 
inches in diameter, and seventeen small, red knots one-fourth to three-fourths inches 
in diameter. This is a typical piece of No. 1 Fencing. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-14. Has six sound, red horn knots running from each edge 
and nearly meeting. These knots do not impair the strength of the piece. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-16. Has a small cluster of black knots at center, two one- 
half by one inch black knots near one end and nine other small, black knots well 
scattered. 

Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. This is a Norway strip full of pitch and flat-grained, 
free from other defects and but for grain would go into “C” and better. 

Example 11. Piece 1x6-16. Has twenty-one small, sound knots, the two largest 
being about one inch in diameter. On the back and at the center of the piece slight 
wane shows on both edges for thirteeen inches, but not enough to impair the tongue 
or groove. 

Example 12. Piece 1x6-16. Has one one-half-inch knot, three feet from one end; 
one three-eighth-inch knot four feet from other end; one five-eighth-inch knot near 
center. All knots sound and firmly set. The whole face of the piece is slightly 
stained with blue sap. No other defects. 

No. 2 FENCING D AND M. 

• 

This should be simply No. 2 Fencing worked to flooring, and of the character, when 
worked, described under the title of No. 2 Common Strips. 

See General Instructions. » 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-14. Has eight black knots, three are one-half inch in diam¬ 
eter within three feet of one end and one of them is an edge knot, the other five knots 
are one and one-half inches in diameter, scattered over the face of the piece. At the 
opposite end from the large knots is a one-half inch hole where a knot has sloughed 
off in working. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-14. Has seven small, black knots that would readily be 
admitted as a No. 1 strip if one of the edge knots had not come out in working. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-12. Has white sap full length of piece on one edge. One 
end has a streak of pitch averaging three-fourths inch for five feet, at opposite end, an 
open pitch streak for two feet, and three one-inch knots. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-14. Has four black knots from one to one and three-fourths 
inches in diameter, two pitch knots one and one-half inches wide by four inches long, 
and seven knots one and one-half inches and smaller. All are well scattered over the 
face. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. At one end has one and one-half inch sound, red knot 
and one one-half inch red knot. The center has two one-inch sound red knots and 
part of a one and one-half inch loose knot on grooved edge. Scattered over the face 
within six feet of other end are ten sound pin knots and three two-inch sound red knots. 

Example 6. Piece 1x6-16. Has twenty-two black knots scattered over face, three 
being loose and on one edge a little light shake. None of these knots will exceed one 
inch in diameter. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-16. This is a smooth looking strip, its principal defect be¬ 
ing a light shell shake extending over two-thirds of the face; also five small knots well 
scattered and a half inch edge knot-hole. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-16. This is a sound small knotted piece and would be No. I 
if it were not that a knot one inch by one-half inch is gone out of the edge. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-16. Is coarse in appearance on account of two large limb 
knots extending across the face. Knots are red. 

Example 10. Piece 1x6-16. Contains nine knots from one-half inch to one inch in 
■diameter, part of them black and one edge knot partly broken out in dressing. On one 
edge is a slight trace of rot, but the piece is of a very sound character. 

Example 11. Piece 1x6-16. Has sound red knots of all sizes up to two inches and 
lias one inch of black sap for six inches on one edge. This is considered a fine type of 
No. 2. 

Example 12. Piece 1x6-16. At first appearance looks like a “D” Flooring strip, 
the apparent defect being a half dozen small knots averaging less than an inch. On 
close inspection considerable shake is found, rather more than is admissible in No. 1. 

Example 13. Piece 1x6-16. Has too much blue stain to be admitted into either 
the grade of "D” or Shaky Clear Flooring, the entire face being covered, but on account 
of its otherwise good appearance is graded No. 2. 




94 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


No. 3 FENCING D AND M. 

No. 3 Fencing D and M is the regular grade of No. 3 Fencing worked to flooring 
and may contain coarse knots, an occasional knot-hole, splits, wane, worm-holes, 
streaks of red rot, and a great deal of shake, but not a serious combination of these 
defects. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-14. Has black knots five-eights to one inch in diameter, 
three feet from end, knot sloughed off edge one-half to five-eighths inches. Five inches 
from same end and on same edge knot five-eighths by one and one-fourth inches 
sloughed off. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. If free from shake this piece would make a good No. 1 
Fencing Flooring, but has open shake clear across the face for one-half length of piece. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-16. Has ten branch knots across its face, average size one 
and one-fourth by two and seven-eighths inches, at intervals of say eighteen inches, run¬ 
ning the full length of piece; and also has sound red rot two inches wide in center of 
board running two feet, at one end of piece. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-14. Has eight small rotten knots with sound rot stains ex¬ 
tending from one knot to the other along the whole length of the piece. This piece 
has a decidedly unsound appearance at the first glance. 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-16. Has four good-sized branch knots on face, with some 
heart shake along the grooved edge; also three-fourths inch wane for two feet at one 
end of face. The back is also waney on both edges, so much so for half the length that 
the piece is almost slabby. 


COMMON LUMBER. 

Common lumber may consist of white or Norway pine, or a mixture of both. 

The characteristics of Common lumber, as distinguished from Finishing, consist of 
a general coarseness of appearance, caused by various defects and combinations of 
defects, in a greater or less degree according to the grade. 

No. 1 COMMON BOARDS AND STRIPS. 

No. 1 Common Boards and Strips includes all sound, tight-knotted stock, whether 
red or black knots, free from very large, coarse knots or any imperfections that will 
weaken the piece. 

This grade should be of a character fitting it for ordinary use except finishing 
purposes. 

Knots, and a small amount of stained sap or a small amount of shake are admis¬ 
sible if they do not affect the general utility of the piece. 

Norway boards and strips, except clear and select, should not be put higher than 
No. 1 Common. The class of Norway admissible in this grade can contain either black 
or red knots, provided they are small and firmly set and that the piece has a bright 
appearance. 

See General Instructions. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x12-16. Has four red knots from one and one-half to two 
inches in diameter and one black knot one and one-half by three inches; also fourteen 
small knots, all sound and well scattered, these smaller knots varying in size from 
one-half to one and one-fourth inches. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. There are a great many knots in this piece, but they 
are well distributed, and are sound. Six of them are red, from one and one-half to two 
inches in diameter. Seven more red knots, about one and one-half inches, and four 
small black knots not over an inch in diameter. 

Example 3. Piece 1x12-14. Has the knot defects and general appearance of a “D" 
stock. It contains a dozen small sound black 'knots, and quite a little close shake at 
one end and an inch of blue sap on one edge, for nearly the full length of the piece. 
Without the shake it would pass easily for a “D” stock. 

Example 4. Piece 1x8-16. Very smooth looking piece, but has six black knots, all 
sound, from one-half to one and one-half inches in diameter, and a slight touch of blue 
sap on edge. 

Example 5. Piece 1x8-16. Worked to drop siding. Has four red knots about one 
and one-fourth inches in diameter, and eleven small sound red knots, in size from one- 
half to one inch in diameter. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


95 


Example 6. Piece 1x8-16. Worked to shiplap. Has a great deal of sap, a portion 
of which is slightly stained, and in addition seven red knots about an inch in diameter, 
and fifteen smaller ones ranging from one-fourth to one inch in diameter. This has a 
smooth appearance for No. i. 

No. 2 COMMON BOARDS AND STRIPS 

No. 2 Boards and Strips are subject to the same general inspection as No. i, ex¬ 
cept that coarser and larger knots, not necessarily sound, more stained sap and shake 
are allowed. “V” and coarse limb knots, heart shake or slight trace of rot, when firm 
or occasional worm-holes, are defects admissible in this grade. 

Norway, with medium colored blue stain covering the entire face of the piece, or 
darker stain covering a proportionately less surface, is admissible when not in combina¬ 
tion with other marked defects. 

See General Instructions. 


. EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 1x12-16. Has seven black knots from one and one-half to two 
inches in diameter and eight smaller knots, part of which are red, and the others black; 
also shake at one end. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. Very smooth in appearance. Looks like a “D” stock; 
Contains a number of small knots, but a great deal of close shake over the face of one- 
half of the board. 

Example 3. Piece 1x12-16. Has six large branches or “V”-shaped knots, all red, 
from one and one-fourth to one and one-half inches wide, and from three to four inches 
long; also a half-dozen smaller red knots from one to two inches in diameter. 

Example 4. Piece 1x16-16. Has four large branch knots all black, a little heart 
shake, or season check, a touch of red stain two inches wide at narrowest place, widen¬ 
ing to five inches, in all about four feet in length; also eight or ten small knots well 
scattered. 

Example 5. Piece ixio-14. Has nine knots both red and black from one and one- 
half to two inches in diameter; at least a dozen smaller knots from one-half to one 
and one-fourth inches, both red and black, all well scattered and firmly set. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-14. Contains ten red knots from two to three inches in 
diameter, and a half dozen smaller ones, all sound; also a single grub or worm hole. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-16. Has a great deal of blue sap, with a dozen small knots, 
both red and black, well scattered and sound. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-16. Has two red knots two inches in size; four knots aver¬ 
aging an inch, and a half-dozen small ones. Type of a good No. 2. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-16. Has a streak of very firm red rot, from one-half to one 
inch wide, running six feet in length from one end. Also a half dozen small knots, well 
scattered. The rot is barely perceptible in the rough strip, and it has therefore a 
smoother appearance than the average No. 2 Fencing strip. 

Example xo. Piece 1x6-16. Has three large worm-holes and considerable shake, 
both well scattered. In appearance very smooth, and an acceptable grade, whether used 
rough or D & M. 

Example 11. Piece 1x12-14. The face contains a large number of sound knots, 
and would be No. 1 were it not that it also has six white worm or grub holes, well 
scattered. If it were ten inches wide, not more than three or four worm holes would 
be admitted. 

No. 3 COMMON BOARDS AND STRIPS. 

The general appearance of this grade of lumber is coarse, admitting: 

Large, loose or unsound knots. 

An occasional knot-hole. 

A great deal of shake. 

Some red rot. 

Large worm-holes. 

Any amount of blue sap. 

Not a serious combination of these defects in any one piece is admissible. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x18-16. Badly split at one end for six feet, and sprinkled with 
a dozen knots. 

Example 2. Piece 1x16-14. Very shaky all over, so much so that shake can be 
plainly seen. No other defect. 

Example 3. Piece 1x14-14. Has twelve large knots from two to three inches in 
diameter, some of them soft and unsound. Also a half dozen small knots and a split 
two feet in length at one end. 




96 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Example 4. Piece 1x12-16. Has six large branch knots, very coarse in appearance 
and which materially weaken the board. ' Otherwise sound. 

Example 5. Piece ixio-14. Worked to shiplap. Has four black knots about one 
and one-half inches in size and one knot hole of same size. 

Example 6. Piece 1x10-14. Plas eight small knots one inch in diameter. The knots 
are soft and rotten. If knots were sound, the board would pass for a “D” stock. 

Example 7. Piece ixio-14. Worked to shiplap. Has four sound knots one and a 
half inches in diameter, and one unsightly, coarse, black knot, two inches wide and 
six inches long. 

Example 8. Piece ixio-16. Worked to shiplap. One end smooth and free from 
all defects except a few pin knots. The other end shows three feet containing red rot 
tour to six inches in width. 

Example 9. Piece 1x8-16. Worked to flooring. Shows a dozen small, black knots, 
and red rot, of a firm texture, over one-third of its face. 

Example 10. Piece ixio-16. Worked to shiplap. Has knot defects as are found 
in No. 1 Common, but also has a dozen large worm-holes, well scattered, which make 
it a No. 3. • 

Example 11. Piece ixio-14. Worked to shiplap. Has four large, black knots, 
three inches in diameter, one of them rotten; also a few pin knots and a little blue sap. 

Example 12. Piece ixio-16. Full of coarse knots, all sound, but so extremely 
coarse in appearance that the board is classed as No. 3. Without two or three of the 
coarse knots it would be a satisfactory No. 2. 

Example 13. Piece 1x8-12. Worked to shiplap. Shaky all over but smooth in ap¬ 
pearance. 

Example 14. Piece 1x6-16. Has one inch of wane on one edge and considerable 
blue sap. Also one small knot hole an inch in diameter, and one large coarse knot. 

Example 15. Piece 1x6-16. Has streak of firm rot four feet long, from one to 
three inches wide; also some shake at other end. 

Example 16. Piece 1x6-16. Has three coarse black knots from two to three inches 
in diameter. 

Example 17. Piece ixio-14. Has one large sound knot two and one-half inches in 
diameter at one end of piece. Two feet from same end has rotten knot three-fourths 
inch in diameter and five feet from same end has dead sap two and one-fourth inches 
wide on each edge for four feet; also two good-sized worm holes, one knot hole, three- 
fourths by one inch, and six feet from end one sound red knot one and one-half inches 
in diameter. 

Example 18. Piece 1x12-16. A nice, smooth-looking board with the exception of a 
rotten limb-knot one-half by two inches six feet from the end and fourteen worm holes 
well scattered from end to end. Outside of above defects this piece would be a good 
No. 1 twelve-inch stock board. 

Example 19. Piece 1x16-14. Four feet from end of this piece is a bunch of five large 
sound knots in size from one and one-half to three inches in diameter, and running 
along piece are six other sound knots ranging in size from one-half to one and one- 
fourth inches in diameter. Within four feet of the other end of piece there is a knot¬ 
hole one and one-half inches in diameter, and an open gum seam about sixteen inches 
long. 

Example 20. Piece 1x8-14. Has several small black knots one-fourth to five- 
eighths inch in diameter and three sound red knots from one and one-half to two inches 
in diameter. It also has two knot-holes on same edge of board, one of them one and 
one-fourth by one and one-half inches in size and six feet from end of piece, the other 
three-fourths by two inches and situated three feet from same end. 

No. 4 BOARDS AND STRIPS. 

The predominating defect characterizing this grade is red rot. 

Other types are pieces showing numerous large worm-holes, or several knot-holes 
or pieces that are extremely coarse knotted, waney, shaky or badly split. 

Norway, when extremely cross-checked, is admissible in this grade only. 

See General Instructions. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x18-16. One-half of this board has the general appearance of a 
No. 2 Common. The other half is composed of red rot, varying from firm to soft. 

Example 2. Piece 1x12-16. Alternate streaks of white wood and red rot, fully one- 
half of the face being red. 

Example 3. Piece 1x12-16. Contains a dozen large worm-holes, considerable rot 
and a few coarse knots. 

Example 4. Piece 1x12-14. Contains four large knot-holes with other knot defects. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


97 


Example 5. Piece 1x12-16. Has the knot defect of a No. 2 board, but contains also 
twenty-five or thirty large worm-holes. No rot or knot-holes. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-12. Very badly split in two or three places. No rot or 
knot defects to speak of, but board is badly shattered. 

Example 7. Piece ixio-16. Three-fourths of the face of this board shows red rot, 
but very little soft rot. 

Example 8. Piece 1x4-16. Shows a good face, but it is excessively waney on back, 
there being four feet of it showing all slab. Face equal to No. 2 in quality. 

No. 5 BOARDS. 

No. 5 Boards is the lowest recognized grade and admits of all defects known in 
lumber, provided the piece is strong enough to hold together when carefully handled. 


JOISTS, SCANTLING AND TIMBER. 

No. 1. 

No. 1 joists and scantling must be of a good, sound character, but will admit of 
defects that do not impair the strength of the piece. 

On basis of 2x4, wane on edge is admissible, ^2 inch deep, for half the length, or 
a proportionate amount for a shorter distance or on both edges. In any case, one 
side and two edges should allow a good nailing surface. It being understood, how¬ 
ever, that the wane shall in no case extend over one-half the side of the piece. 

A few worm holes admissible. 

Stained sap is not considered a defect. 

Timbers and 3-inch plank admit proportionately greater defects. 

No. 2. 

No. 2 will admit of large, coarse knots, not necessarily sound, considerable wane, 
also shake, worm-holes, red, dozy streaks, crooked pieces or other defects which 
weaken or impair the piece to such an extent as to render it unfit for No. 1 grade. 

No. 3. 

No. 3 will admit a great deal of rot and all the imperfections allowed in No. I 
and No. 2, but in a much more pronounced form. 


THICK COMMON LUMBER. 

GENERAL RULE. 

Common lumber, one and one-fourth inches and thicker, shall be graded the same 
as inch lumber. 


TANK STOCK. 

Tank Stock shall be of dimension sizes, square edged, practically free from wane 
and shake, and having any quantity of sound, water-tight knots. 

White sap is no defect. 


SELECT COMMON. 

Select Common shall be of dimension sizes, of White Pine, and of a smooth, com¬ 
mon appearance on the face side.. 

White sap shall not be considered a defect in this grade. 

A slight amount of stain is admissible on the face, and any amount of sound, 
stained sap on the back. 

A small amount of shake may show on the face when not in combination with 
other marked defects. 

Any quantity of small sound knots, red or black, that do not give too coarse an 
appearance to the piece, are admissible. 

The face of piece should be practically free from wane, while the back may show 
a moderate amount, as well as other defects. 

STEP PLANK. 

Step Plank shall be white pine, 8 inches or wider, and shall grade the same as No. 
1 Common Boards. 






98 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


FLAT COMMON. 

Flat Common shall be white pine, 6 inches or wider, and shall be graded the same 
as No. 2 Common Boards and Strips. 

No. i BOX. 

No. i Box shall be graded the same as No. 3 Common Boards and Strips. 

No. 2 BOX. 

No. 2 Box shall be graded the same as No. 4 Common Boards and Strips. 


Rules for the Grading of Factory Lumber.—Prepared by the Bureau of Grades. 

FACTORY PLANK. 

Grades as described under this head are valued for cutting up qualities only, and 
should not be confounded, either in quality or value, with grades outlined in another 
part of this book for yard purposes. 

Factory plank of all kinds, better than No. 3 Shop, shall be graded for the per¬ 
centage of Door cuttings that can be obtained. 

Two grades of Door cuttings only shall be recognized, and are to be known as No. 
1 and No. 2 cuttings. 

The only defect admissible in No. 1 Cuttings is white sap. 

The grade of No. 1 Door cuttings must be free from all other defects. 

The grade of No. 2 Door cuttings will admit of one defect only in any one piece. 
This may be a small knot of sound character, not to exceed five-eighths of an inch in 
diameter, or the defect may be slightly stained sap which does not extend over more 
than one-half the surface of the piece on one side. 

SHOP COMMON. 

No. 1 Shop Common.—The sizes and grades of cuttings admissible in the grade 
of No. 1 Shop Common are as follows: 

No. 1 Stiles in width 534 or 6 inches, and in length from 6 feet 8 inches to 7 feet 6 
inches. 

No. 1 Rails, 9 or 10 inches wide and from 2 feet 4 inches to 3 feet in length. 

No. 1 Muntins 534 inches wide and from 3 feet 6 inches to 4 feet in length. 

Any number of pieces of either the Stiles or Rails mentioned above are admissible 
in the grade of No. 1 Shop Common; but only two Muntins of the sizes mentioned 
above shall be considered, and one No. 2 Door Stile may also be considered, in secur¬ 
ing the required percentage of cuttings in any given plank. 

Each plank of No. 1 Shop Common shall contain not less than 50 per cent, nor 

more than 70 per cent, of Door cuttings of the sizes and grades above mentioned. 

No. 2 Shop Common.—The sizes admissible in No. 2 Shop Common are as follows: 

Stiles in width 534 inches or 6 inches and from 6 feet 8 inches to 7 feet 6 inches 
in length. 

Rails 9 or 10 inches in width and from 2 feet 4 inches to 3 feet in length. • 

Top Rails 534 inches wide and from 2 feet 4 inches to 3 feet in length. Top Rails 
must, however, be of No. 1 Door cutting quality. 

Muntins 534 inches wide and from 3 feet 6 inches to 4 feet in length. 

Any number of cuttings of any one of the above sizes are admissible in the grade 

of No. 2 Shop Common. 

Each plank of No. 2 Shop Common shall contain either one of the following: At 
least 25 per cent, of No. 1 Door cuttings, or not less than 40 per cent, of all No. 2 Door 
cuttings, or not less than 333^ per cent, of No. 1 and No. 2 Door cuttings combined. 

No. 3 Shop Common one and one-fourth inches and thicker, will admit all below 
the grade described as No. 2 Shop Common that is of a cutting type, and suitable for 
sash, door or other cuttings, and may contain not to exceed 25 per cent, of Step Plank 
and Flat Common. 

FACTORY SELECTS. 

Factory C Select.—The grade of Factory C Select shall contain from 70 to 80 per 
cent, of No. 1 Door cuttings in the sizes specified as admissible in No. 1 Shop. 

Factory B Select.—The grade of Factory B Select shall contain from 80 to 90 per 
cent, of No. 1 Door cuttings in the sizes specified as admissible in No. 1 Shop. 

Factory A Select and Better.—The grade of Factory A Select and Better shall con¬ 
sist of all Plank, cutting more than 90 per cent, of No. 1 Door cuttings of the sizes 
specified as admissible in No. 1 Shop Common. 

Note.—All factory plank shall be graded from the poor side, and in determining 
the percentages of door cutting, consideration must be given to the fact that plank are 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


99 


to be ripped full length in such manner as will yield the highest grade and largest per¬ 
centage of door cuttings before cross cutting, except in such cases where plank will 
yield a higher value by being first cross cut for rails. In such instances as when stock 
is cross cut for rails, where some of the stock so obtained is too poor for either 
No. i or No. 2 rails, and which yet contain stiles or muntins, or top rails, which can be 
obtained by ripping this cross cut stock, the door cuttings so obtained shall be figured 
in, when determining percentages. 

INCH SHOP COMMON. 

There shall be only one grade of Inch Shop Common. 

Cuttings shall be 9^/2 inches wide or wider, and 18 inches long or longer; or, 5 
inches wide or wider and 3 feet long or longer. 

Cuttings g l / 2 inches wide or wider, and less than 3 feet long shall be free from de¬ 
fects on both sides, except white sap. 

Cuttings 5 inches wide or wider, and 3 feet long or longer, shall have a C Select 
or Better, face. 

Each piece of Inch Shop Common shall contain 50% or more of any one cutting, 
or combination of cuttings, described in the foregoing rules for this grade. 

SHORT BOX. 

Short Box shall include lumber twelve to forty-seven inches long inclusive, three 
inches and wider, and No. 4 and better. 


RULE FOR MEASUREMENT OF FACTORY PLANKS. 

Factory Plank may be measured with either a rule or a tape line. 

When a rule is used, the number of feet nearest the actual measurement shall be 
taken. 

The additional thickness over inch, shall be added to the surface measurement of 
the total amount measured. 


DOOR CUTTINGS. 

The figures on the left of the brackets show the number of feet and decimal parts 
in each cutting. 

The figures on tl\e right show the number of feet and approximate fractions of a 
foot in each piece of cutting grouped within the various brackets. These fractional 
figures on the right of the brackets are sufficiently accurate for practical purposes and 
are to be used in computing the percentage of cuttings in a factory plank. 


STILES. 

514 " x 6' 8" — 2.92 ffc. ) 

514 " x 6' 10" — 2.99 ft. 1 3 

5x 7' — 3.06 ft. J 

5J4" x 7' 2" — 3.14 ft.'I 

5M" x 7' A" — 3.21 ft. I 

514 " x 7' 6" — 3.28 ft. f 'S' 4 

6" x 6 ' 8 " — 3.33 ft. J 

6" x 6' 10" — 3.42 ft. I 

6" x 7' — 3.5 ft. [ 3k 

6" x 7' 2" — 3.56 ft. j 

6" x 7' A" — 3.66 ft. ) 03/ 

6" x 7' 6" — 3.75 ft. \ 

MUNTINS. 

5*4" x 3' 6"— 1.53 ft. I ... 
5 %" x 3 / 8"— 1.6 ft./ l/ 2 

5 %" x 3' 10" — 1.68 ft. I l3/ 

5%" x A' — 1.75 ft. \ 14 


RAILS. 


9" 

X 

2' 

A" 

— 1.75 

ft. ) 

J H 

9" 

X 

2' 

6 " 

— 1.875 ft. J 

9" 

X 

2' 

8" 

— 2. 

ft. ) 


9" 

X 

2' 

10 " 

— 2.125 ft. ) 

2 

9" 

X 

3' 


— 2.25 

ft. j 

2 k 

10" 

X 

2' 

A" 

— 1.94 

ft. > 


10" 

X 

2' 

6 " 

— 2.08 

ft- \ 

2 

10" 

X 

2' 

8" 

— 2.22 

ft. ) 

2 k 

10" 

X 

2' 

10" 

— 2.36 

ft. [ 

10" 

X 

3' 


— 2.5 

M 

2 % 



TOP 

RAILS. 

-» 

6H" 

X 

2' 

4" 

— 1.02 

ft. > 

1 

6H" 

X 

2' 

6" 

— 1.09 

ft. \ 

5%" 

X 

2' 

8" 

— 1.17 

a.) 

ft. 


5 FT 

X 

2' 

10" 

— 1.24 

Ik 

5 K" 

X 

3' 


— 1.31 



L OF C« 





SAVANNAH LOCOMOTIVE WORKS 

AND SUPPLY COMPANY 

745 Wheaton Street, SAVANNAH, GA. 


Operating in connection with our plant two modern and 
well equipped machine shops, together with brass and iron 
foundry, we are prepared to figure on anything in the way of 

Machine WorK, Repairs, Casting's, 
Etc TracK Equipment, Railroad 
and Mill Supplies 


We carry a full line of this class of material and solicit your valued inquiries 


MACHINISTS AND FOUNDERS 

LOCOMOTIVES FOR SALE 
OR RENT 


ms. 



























STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


101 


NORTHWESTERN CEDARMEN’S ASSOCIATION. 

Standard Specifications °f White Cedar Products. 


Revised January 9, 1906 

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS OF WHITE CEDAR POSTS. 

Length of 7-foot posts may be 6 feet io inches; length' of 8-foot posts may be 7 
feet io inches; cut from live timber and peeled. Size of posts at top end may be one- 
fourth inch less than diameter specified. Pipe rot is allowed, and other rot defects 
which do not impair the strength of the post for the uses of a fence post. Four inches 
sweep one way is admissible. Discoloration or evidence of age, no defect, providing 
stock is reasonably sound and cut from live timber. Green, fresh cut or water-soaked 
posts must be plump measure for diameter specified. 

LARGE POSTS AND SMALL POLES. 

Sizes, 4-inch io feet to 4-inch 25 feet inclusive. Sizes at top end may be one-fourth 
inch less than diameter specified. Lengths may be two inches scant. On posts and 
poles 10,. 12, 14, 16 and 18 feet long, 4-inch crook one way allowed, 20 and 25 feet, 5-inch 
crook allowed. Pipe holes in tops allowed. Must be cujt from live timber and in other 
respects conform to post specifications. Green, fresh cut or water-soaked stock must 
be plump measure for diameter specified. 

Measurement for sweep on 18-foot, 20-foot and 4-inch 25-foot poles shall be taken 
as specified for standard telegraph, telephone and electric poles except that measure¬ 
ment shall be made from a point four feet from the butt instead of six feet as specified 
for the larger poles. 

STANDARD TELEGRAPH, TELEPHONE AND ELECTRIC POLES. 

Sizes, 5-inch 25-foot and upwards. Above poles must be cut from live growing tim¬ 
ber, peeled and reasonably well proportioned for their length. Tops must be reasonably 
sound, and when seasoned must measure as follows: 5-inch poles, 15 inches circum¬ 
ference at top end; 6-inch poles 18 inches in circumference at top end; 7-inch poles, 
22 inches circumference at top end. If poles are green, fresh cut or water-soaked, then 
5-inch poles must be 5 inches plump in diameter at top end, 6-inch poles must be 19^4 
inches in circumference, and 7-inch poles 22^ inches in circumference at top end. One 
way sweep allowable not exceeding one inch for every five feet, for example, in a 25- 
foot pole, sweep not to exceed five inches, and in a 40-foot pole eight inches; in longer 
lengths one inch additional sweep permissible for each additional five feet in length. 
Measurement for sweep shall be taken as follows: That part of the pole when in the 
ground (six feet) not being take ninto account in arriving at sweep, tightly stretch a 
tape line on the side of the pole where the sweep is greatest, from a point six feet from 
butt to the upper surface at top, and having so done measure widest point from tape to 
surface of pole, and if, for illustration, upon a 25-foot pole said widest point does not 
exceed five inches said pole comes within the meaning of these specifications. Butt rot 
in the center including small ring rot outside of the center; total rot must not exceed 
10 per cent, of the area of the butt. Butt rot of a character which plainly seriously im¬ 
pairs the strength of the pole above ground is a defect. Wind twist is not a defect 
unless very unsightly and exaggerated. Rough large knots if sound and trimmed 
smooth are not a defect. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR STANDARD TIES. 

A standard tie shall be 6-inch face and wider, 12 inches from small end, 6 inches 
thick and 8 feet long sawed ends. Ties made different from these specifications shall be 
regarded as special contracts. 

SHINGLE SPECIFICATIONS. 

Extra Star A Star Shingles shall be manufactured as follows: 10 inches clear and 
better from butt, with all clears in; nothing narrower than 3 inches in width allowed; 
5 butts to measure 2 inches when sawed. All extra Star A Star Shingles to be 16 inches 
in length. Standard Star A Star Shingles shall be 5 to 10 inches clear from butt; noth¬ 
ing narrower than 2 inches allowed; 5 butts to measure 2 inches when sawed; 10 per 
cent, sap is allowed in this grade. 






102 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Inspection Comments upon Northwestern Cedarmen’s Association Specifications 

by Official Inspection Committee. 


POSTS—SIZES. 

The specifications are plain in regard to top diameter and length. They provide 
that posts 2inches at top pass as 3-inch posts, and 2 >A ~inch posts as 4-inch, and on 
throughout the list of sizes. 

The variation in length of posts is admitted on account of the inaccuracies accom¬ 
panying the cutting of cedar in the woods by hand. 

REASONABLY SOUND. 

The phrase “reasonably sound” is intended to cover stock which while containing 
rot defects, is yet sufficiently strong for the purpose for which it is intended. 

It must be borne in mind that rot in cedar is a defect only when it seriously im¬ 
pairs the strength of the piece. 


ROT. 

All cedar trees are more or less rotten, but this rot does not spread after the tree is 
cut. While growing, cedar is perhaps the most rotten of all timbers growing in this 
latitude, after the tree is cut down it is the most durable timber this latitude produces. 

DISCOLORATION 

Cedar which has been floated down streams or which has been exposed to the 
weather for any length of time, usually becomes dark-colored and unsightly. A few 
months’ exposure will frequently accomplish this result. The test of live good timber 
is to whittle a shaving from the sap wood. If the sap is white you may be sure it is 
live first-class timber. When cedar dies the sap wood becomes gray and spotted. 

POLES. 

The phrase “reasonably sound” occurs again in the pole specifications, and is meant 
to cover occasional pencil holes in the tops of poles, when these holes, which are very 
■ common in cedar, do not affect the strength of the pole they are not considered a defect. 

LIVE TIMBER. 

One of the most important items in the inspection of poles is to be sure that when 
the tree was cut it was alive and growing. Live cedar always has a ring of white sap 
wood surrounding the heart wood. No matter how unsightly or discolored the ex¬ 
terior of the pole may be, a shaving from a live pole will show white sap wood. It 
occasionally occurs that a dead streak will be found on a pole caused by injuries to the 
growing tree. If the dead sap wood covers only a small part of the circumference and 
is shallow, not extending into the heart of the tree, it does not necessarily affect the 
strength of the pole, but a pole encircled with gray, dead sap wood is brittle, without 
elasticity and unfit to bear any strain. 

MEASUREMENT. 

All 4-inch top poles are classed under rules relating to posts, and are measured by 
top diameter in same manner, the rules admitting poles 2 >Va inches in diameter as 4-inch 
poles. The first size on the list of standard telegraph, telephone and electric light poles 
is what is called the 5-inch pole and for this size and all larger poles the measurements 
are given in circumference figures. 

For the purposes of brevity the terms 5"-25', 6"-25', etc., are used, but with poles of 
this size the top diameter is not a correct means of measurement, as the tops are not 
exact circles, but sometimes vary a full inch when measured at different points. 

The standard circumference of a 5-inch pole is 15 inches. Frequently poles will be 
found full i5"-inch circumference, which measure in diameter less than 5 inches. 

In measuring poles the tape should be used to ascertain the circumference of the 
top, which should be not less than measurements given in specifications for the size of 
the pole under consideration. This method of measurement is in common use with all 
the large companies, and is generally well understood, but occasionally some of the 
companies use a straight rule to measure diameter only, with the result that in a lot of 
5-inch poles they may find a few not full 5 inches in diameter, but if these poles were 
measured by tape they would be found fully up to specifications. The use of the terms 
5, 6 and 7-inch tops are misleading, and circumference measure should be used. 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


103 


BUTT ROT. 

The Association Specifications admit butt rot to the extent of io per cent, of the 
total area of the butt. This is usually satisfactory, but it is impossible to frame a set 
cf rules for inspection of butt rot that will apply in all cases. Nearly all cedar trees of 
any size have rotten hearts at the butt. Usually this rot does not extend more than 4 
or 6 feet upwards into the tree. It sometimes occurs that a butt will show very rotten 
without extending into the pole sufficiently to weaken it. 

CROOK. 

The rules for the measurement of crook are generally understood. They admit a 
crook one way of 5 inches on a 25-foot pole, 6 inches on a 30-foot pole, 7 inches on a 
35-foot pole, measuring the crook from a point 6 feet from the butt to the top of the pole. 

Approved at the annual meeting of the Northwestern Cedarmen’s Association, at 
Menominee, Mich., January 7, 1902. 


RULES FOR THE GRADING OF HEMLOCK LUMBER. 


Adopted at Stevens Point, Wis., July 7, 1897. Revised at Wausau, Wisconsin, 
February 20, 1906, by the Northwestern Hemlock Manufacturers' Association. 


GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 

The principal objects to be sought in the formulation of these rules are, to estab¬ 
lish grades that will blend the slight characteristics incident to different localities in 
such a manner as to produce grades of equal quality and value, and so constructed as to 
be best adapted to the principal purposes for which hemlock lumber can be utilized. 

1. The face side of the lumber is the side showing the best quality or appearance. 

2. Defects in*lumber should be distributed in proportion to the size of the piece. 
Long or wide pieces of the same grade may contain more and greater defects than 
shorter or narrower pieces. The same percentage should be observed in both long and 
short, wide and narrow. 

3. Wane in lumber is a defect which can not be described by rule with satisfaction, 
and therefore must be left to the judgment of the grader.- The lowering of grade on 
the face side on account of wane should be governed by grade, width and defects in 
the piece. 

4. Lumber must be accepted on grade in the form in which it was shipped. Any 
subsequent change in manufacture or mill work will prohibit an inspection for the 
adjustment of claims, except with the consent of all parties interested. 

5. Mixed width boards do not necessarily require as good edges as shipl&p or 
dressed and matched stock of the same grade. 

6. Planing mill work should be taken into consideration in all grades of dressed 
lumber, and its effect on a piece must be left largely to the judgment of the inspector. 

7. The grade of partition shall be determined from its poorer side only, when the 
order specifies partition. 

8. Lumber when worked shall be graded the same as the respective grades when 
in the rough. 

9. Unless otherwise provided for, lumber worked two sides shall be graded from 
its better face; lumber worked one side shall be graded from its surfaced face. 

10. The examples given in this book do not in all cases include all of the different 
types in any grade. 


WATER STAIN. 

11. In hemlock will often be found streaks or patches of red or brown discolora¬ 
tion, sound and firm, the presence of which does not weaken the wood, nor detract 
seriously from its utility. Water stain should not be confused with rot, being firm 
and strong, while rot is soft and decayed wood. 

THICK D AND BETTER. 

1. Thick D and Better shall be four inches wide and wider, one and one-fourth 
inch, one and one-half inch and dimension thickness. 

2. This grade shall have sound, square edges, and be of the grade of Inch D 
Stock and Better on the face side, and not below the’grade of Inch No. 1 Common on 
the back of the piece. 






104 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


EXAMPLES. , . 

Example i. Piece 2x4-14. S. 2 S. Has one black three-fourth-inch knot four feet 
from end, two one-half-inch black knots near center. All knots sound and firmly set. 

No other defects. . . . . , _ 

Example 2. Piece 2x4-16. S. 2 S. & E. Has one one-inch red knot twelve inches 

from end; two one-half-inch red knots within eight inches of each other, and tour 
feet from end; one three-fourth-inch red knot six feet from other end. All knots 

sound and firmly set. No other defects. . 

Example 3. Piece 2x6-16. S. 4 S. Has twelve sound, firmly set red knots from 
one-eighth to one inch in diameter, scattered over face of piece. No other defects. 


Good edges. . , 

Example 4. Piece 2x8-14. Has three red, spike knots from one and one-half to two 
inches long; one three feet from one end, one four feet from the other end; and the 
ether six feet from the same end. There are any number of small pin knots scattered 
over the face. All knots red, sound and firmly set. No other defects. Good edges. 

Example 5. Piece 2x8-16. S. 2 S. Has three one and one-fourth-inch red knots, 
located respectively three feet from one end, one five feet from same end and one 
near center. Seven one-inch to one-half inch red knots scattered over face. All knots 
sound and firmly set. No other defects. . 

Example 6. Piece 2x10-14. Has two one and three-fourth-inch red knots within 
twelve inches of each other six feet from one end and near center crosswise. Three 
red knots from five-eighths to one inch in diameter scattered over the remainder of the 
piece. One one-half-inch black knot two feet from end. All knots sound and firmly 
set. No other defects. Edges good. 

Example 7. Piece 2x10-16. S. 4 S. Has three red sound firmly set knots from 
one-half to one inch in diameter within four feet of one end; and fifteen sound firmly 
set black pin knots scattered over the remainder of the piece. No other defects. Good 
edges. 


BOARDS AND STRIPS. 

• 

There are five grades made in Boards and Strips. 

Inch Clear and Select. 

Inch D Stock. 

No. 1, or Common. 

No. 2, or Sheathing. 

No. 3, or Cull. 

INCH CLEAR AND SELECT. 

1. Inch Clear and Select should be four inches and wider, and eight feet long and 
longer, not to exceed ten per cent, eight feet long. 

2. This grade is especially adapted for interior finish and only the face, or best 
side, is expected to show, although some attention should be given to the back of the 
piece. 

3. The face shall show no wane, but the back may show such an amount of wane 
or other defects as will not interfere with the use of the piece for finishing purposes. 

4. No shake or season check shall be allowed on the face side, but a very little 
tight shake and checks that are not deep, may appear on the back of the piece. 

5. This grade will admit on the face side of several tight pin knots not over three- 
eighths of an inch in diameter. In a four or six-inch twelve feet and longer piece, not 
more than three knots are admissible, and proportionately more in a wider piece. 

6. A ten or twelve-inch piece twelve feet and longer will not admit of more than 
three, sound firmly set knots, not to exceed three-fourths of an inch in diameter. Nar¬ 
rower and shorter pieces will admit of fewer large knots, but not a combination of large 
knots and other defects. 

7. Pieces twelve feet and longer are admissible that will, with not more than ten 
per cent, of waste, produce two clear cuts each four feet long or longer. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example x. Piece 1x4-14. S. 2 S. Has one five-eighth-inch red sound firmly set 
knot six feet from end; and two three-eighth-inch sound black firmly set knots; one 
two feet from one end_and the other three feet from the other end. No other defects. 
Piece has a smooth appearance. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. S. 2 S. Has one three-fourth-inch red knot four feet 
from end; one three-eighth-inch black knot two feet from end; and one one-half-inch 
black knot three feet from the other end. All knots sound and firmly set. No other 
defects. 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


105 


Example 3. Piece 1x6-10. D. & M. Has one three-eighth-inch black firmly set 
knot three feet from end, and one knot of same description two feet from other end. 
No other defects. 

Example 4. Piece 1x8-14. Has one checked and broken three-inch knot five feet 
from one end. No other defects. This is a cutting piece. 

Example 5. Piece 1x10-16. S. 2 S. Has two red three-quarter-inch knots, one two 
feet and the other five feet from one end. One five-eighth-inch black knot three feet 
from other end; and two three-eighth-inch black knots two and four feet respectively 
from the same end. All knots sound and firmly set. Piece has clear edges and good, 
smooth appearance. No other defects. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-12. S. 2 S. Has three small, firmly set black knots scat¬ 
tered over two-thirds the length of the board and near the center crosswise. On one 
end of the back is three inches of wane running to a feather-edge on extreme end, but 
gradually receding and running out three feet from the end from which it starts. No, 
other defects. 

Example 7. Piece. 1x12-14. S. 2 S. Has one three-fourth-inch and two three-; 
eighth-inch firmly set black knots scattered over’three feet of the face of the piece near 
center; one one-half-inch red knot ten inches from end. No other defects. 

Example 8. Piece 1x12-16. S. 2 S. Has three three-fourth-inch red and two 
three-fourth-inch black knots, all sound and firmly set, well scattered lengthwise, and 
within five inches of the center of the piece crosswise. No other defects. 

Example 9. Piece 1x6-14. S. 2 S. Has one three-eighth-inch black knot three feet 
from end, and one one-half-inch black knot four feet from the other end. Both knots 
sound and firmly set. Otherwise perfect face. On the back six feet from the end, near 
the center of the piece crosswise, is very slight fine shake covering about two by six 
inches. This shake does not go through the face of the piece. 

Example 10. Piece 1x8-16. Has three one-half-inch sound, firmly-set black knots 
scattered over seven feet of the piece. Otherwise perfect face. On the back, com¬ 
mencing five feet from the end and extending along for three feet, are seven checks 
from two to four inches long, running diagonally. These checks do not extend through 
or seriously weaken the piece. 

INCH D STOCK. 

1. Inch D Stock shall consist of boards and strips below the grade of Clear and 
Select four inches and wider, and eight feet long and longer, not to exceed ten per cent, 
eight feet long, and must be of a sound and water-tight character. 

2. All knots must be sound and firmly set. Red knots must not exceed one and 
one-fourth of an inch in diameter, and spike knots must not exceed in length one-fourth 
the width of the piece. Black knots must not exceed three-fourths of an inch in diame¬ 
ter and must be especially well set. 

3. A six-inch strip twelve feet long shall not contain more than three defects of 
the extreme sizes. A wider or longer piece may contain relatively more of these 
defects, and narrower and shorter pieces relatively less. The general appearance of 
the piece must be taken into consideration. 

4. No shake shall be allowed in this grade, but slight season checks and water 
stain shall not be considered defects. 

5. This grade shall be suitable for sound Drop Siding, Ceiling and Flooring, and 
shall have a smooth appearance, especially on the edges. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x4-14. D. & M. Has one one-and-one-fourth-inch red knot 
and seven red and black knots from three-quarters of an inch to pin knots, all sound 
and firmly set, scattered over the face of the piece. No other defects. 

Example 2. Piece 1x4-16. D. & M. Has seven sound, firmly-set black knots from 
one-half of an inch to one-eighth of an inch in diameter, well scattered over the face of 
the piece. Eighteen inches of sound, hard water stain near center of piece. No other 
defects. 

Example 3. Piece 1x6-10. Has four sound red, firmly-set spike knots four feet 
from one end and within ten inches of each other; and four small, black, firmly-set pin 
knots well scattered. No other defects. Good edges. 

Example 4. Piece 1x6-10. Drop Siding. Has nine red knots from one and one- 
fourth inch to one-fourth inch in diameter scattered over face of piece. Edges good and 

extra smooth looking. , 

Example 5. Piece 1x6-10. S. 2 S. Has one three-quarter-inch black knot one foot 
from end- one one-fourth-inch black knot four inches from end; and one one-fourth- 
inch black knot four feet from same end. All three knots sound and firmly set Slight 
season checks on back running diagonally, but not deep enough to go through to the 
face or materially weaken the piece. No other defects. 

8 sir 



106 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Example 6. Piece 1x6-12. Drop Siding. Has three red knots scattered over one- 
half length of piece. On one end one-and-one-fourth-inch red knot, and six red knots 
from one-half inch to one-eighth of an inch in diameter, well scattered over face of 
piece. No other defects. 

Example 7. Piece 1x6-12. Has one red sound firmly-set spike knot running from 
edge one and one-half inch towards center of piece to a point. Fifteen sound, firmly- 
set black and red knots from one inch to one-eighth of an inch in diameter, well scat¬ 
tered. No other defects. 

Example 8. Piece 1x6-16. D. & M. Has three one-eighth to one-half-inch black 
knots scattered over five feet on one end of piece. On other end there is wane on one 
side of the back, running across the piece for three inches and nearly to face in depth, 
and extending three feet in length. On opposite edge one inch of wane one-half 
inch deep and running out two feet from the end from which it starts. No other 
defects. 

Example 9. Piece 1x8-12. Drop Siding. Has one red,, sound, firmly-set spike 
knot running from edge two inches toward the center of the piece and located four 
feet from the end. One three-fourth-inch black knot six inches from end, apd seven 
black knots from one-half to three-eighths of an inch in diameter. All sound, firmly 
set and well scattered. No other defects. Face and edges smooth and well milled. 

Example 10. Piece 1x8-12. Drop Siding. Has one one-and-one-fourth-inch red 
knot near center and fourteen red knots from one-eighth to one-half inch, well scat¬ 
tered. All knots sound and firmly set. Good edges and smooth appearance. 

Example 11. Piece 1x8-16. Drop Siding. Has five red knots and eight black 
knots, all sound, firmly set and well scattered over face of piece. For four feet on one 
end there is five inches of water stain of a brown color, but it is as hard and firm as 
any part of the piece. No other defects. 

Example 12. Piece 1x10-10. S. 1 S. Has five three-fourth-inch and two one-half¬ 
inch red knots, and three one-fourth-inch black knots, all sound, firmly set and well 
scattered over face of piece. Slight traces of water stain for three feet on half length 
of piece. No other defects. Smooth face and edges. 

Example 13. Piece ixio-16. S. 1 S. Has one three-fourth-inch, two one-half-inch 
and five small pin knots, all black, sound, firmly set and well scattered over one-half 
the length of the piece. No other defects. 

Example 14. Piece 1x12-12. S. 1 S. Has one three-fourth-inch knot eight inches 
from one end, one three-fourth-inch knot two feet from same end, one one-half-inch 
knot four feet from other end, and two one-half-inch knots near center; all black, sound 
and firmly set. There are five season checks from four to six inches long for six 
feet on back, but they are narrow and do not go through to face. 

Example 15. Piece 1x12-16. Contains six one and three-fourth-inch red knots and 
fourteen red knots from one inch to one-half inch in diameter, all sound and firmly 
set, evenly scattered over the face of the piece. Edges smooth and face has smooth, 
tight appearance. 

Example 16. Piece 1x12-16. Has fourteen sound, firmly-set red knots from one and 
one-fourth inch to pin knots, well scattered over face. No other defects. Edges 
smooth. 

Example 17. Piece 1x12-16. S. 2 S. Three inches from one end, ten inches from 
the other end, and in the center of the board respectively, are three one-and-one-fourth- 
inch red knots, well scatterd lengthwise; and near the center of the piece crosswise are 
two one-inch and two three-fourth-inch red knots. All knots sound and firmly set. 
No other defects. 

NO. 1, OR COMMON. 

1. The grade of No. 1, or Common, in boards or strips includes stock of a gener¬ 
ally sound character. 

2. Some shake is admissible. 

3. Numerous knots, whether red or black. 

4. An occasional knot hole in a smooth-appearing piece, or a wide, smooth piece 
two or three small holes. 

5. Some water stain of a firm character. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. No. 1. D. & M. Shows a half-inch knot hole three feet 
from end, also two half-inch edge knots sloughed ofif, but not leaving holes. There 
are twelve other knots one inch and less in diameter, two having unsound centers. 
With these defects it still retains a good appearance. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-16. No. 1, D. & M. Shows considerable shell shake for 
three feet at one end; at other end machine has gouged out a piece one-half inch deep 
and two inches in diameter. There are also two one-half inch black knots near center. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


107 


Example 3. Piece 1x8-14. No. 1, S. 1 S. Has four sound red knots averaging 
one and one-half inches in diameter; six sound red knots under one inch in diameter; 
all well scattered; one unsound black knot one inch in diameter, one foot from end, 
and three feet from same end a knot hole one inch in diameter. With the exception of 
this end, the piece has a very sound, smooth appearance. No shake. 

Example 4. Piece 1x8-12. No. 1, Shiplap. There are nine sound red knots one 
and one-quarter inches and less in diameter scattered over the face. Machine has 
gouged a hole three-quarters by one and one-half inch on one edge near end, and a 
small amount of shake appears near end. 

Example 5. Piece 1x8-12. No. 1, S. 1 S. Has six black knots three-quarters to 
one inch in diameter and three three-eighth-inch black knots, also two feet of shake 
at one end. 

Example 6. Piece 1x8-12. No. 1, Shiplap. Shows a two and one-half-inch 
sound red knot at one end, at center a one-half-inch knot hole. Directly opposite this 
knot hole the machine tore out on edge a piece one-half inch deep by two inches long, 
and within four feet from other end are three black knots, one being one inch in diam¬ 
eter and two three-quarters inch in diameter; also shows three short season checks. 

Example 7. Piece ixio-16. No. x, Shiplap. Is peppered with red and black knots 
one and one-half inches and less in diameter over the entire face. One three-quarter- 
inch knot is unsound; two inches deep along one edge for eight feet is tight shake, and 
the opposite edge shows nearly as much. Piece very smooth in appearance. 

Example 8. Piece ixio-16. No. '1, S. 1 S. A discoloration or water stain is shown 
over the face of this piece for four feet at one end and spots of stain over balance of 
face. Also local shake in two places. Piece has the general appearance of a select. 

Example 9. Piece ixio-16. No. 1. Shows heart shake for five feet along the 
center, four cross or horn knots one by three inches and three feet from end a thin 
spot one foot long that machine could not surface. 

Example 10. Piece ixio-16. No. 1, S. 1 S. Has six black knots three-quarters inch 
and less in diameter. One sound red knot one and one-half inches in diameter, and a 
spot of hard rot two by eight inches that does not go through. 

Example 11. Piece 1x12-16. No. 1, S. 1 S. Shows shell and heart shake in spots 
the entire length, but shake does not extend through the board. Also several horn 
knots that are small and sound. General appearance good. 

Example 13. Piece 1x12-16. No. 1, S. 1 S. Shows numerous small red and black 
knots scattered over face. Two one-half-inch black knots have fallen out, but piece is 
so smooth in appearance it will stand the holes. 

No. 2, OR SHEATHING. 

1. Boards or strips will admit of consilerable shake. 

2. Black, unsound knots. 

3. Two or three good-sized knot holes, or more of small ones. 

4. Streaks or patches of discoloration, showing partial decay. 

5. The grade can be safely recommended for ordinary sheathing or roof boards. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x6-16. No. 2, D. & M. Has been badly torn by machine in 
four or five places; otherwise sound. 

Example 2. Piece 1x6-12. No. 2, D. & M. Has one-inch edge knot-hole near one 
end, two three-fourth inch knot holes three feet from same end and a three-fourth inch 
loose knot twelve inches from hole, and at other end an inch loose black knot. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-16. No. 2, Shiplap. Within four feet of one end shows two 
one-half inch knot-holes, also small piece broken out on edge by machine; at other end 
a three-fourth inch knot-hole. Balance of piece a sound, knotty appearance. 

Example 4. Piece 1x8-14. No. 2, Shiplap. Has shell shake for three feet at one 
end, two feet of shell shake at center, a one and one-half-inch knot hole four feet from 
other end and two one-half-inch black knots. 

Example 5. Piece 1x8-16. No. 2, D. & M. For three feet at one end is an exten¬ 
sive shell or cross shake, also an inch hole on edge torn by machine. At center a two- 
inch loose, black knot; at the other end a one and one-fourth inch unsound knot. 

Example 6. Piece 1x8-14. No. 2, Rough. Has three one-inch knot-holes within 
eight feet; two black three-fourth-inch knots at center and two feet of shake at end. 

Example 7. Piece ixio-12. No. 2, Shiplap. Has extensive shake half the width of 
piece the entire length. No other imperfection excepting a few sound red knots. 

Example 8. Piece ixio-16. No. 2, S. 1 S. Shows extensive shake for four feet 
near center, several coarse sound knots and stain over one-half of piece. 

Example 9. Piece ixio-14. No. 2 Rough. Has a two and one-half-inch knot-hole 
two feet from end, and one and one-half-inch black knot alongside of it. At other end 
a two-inch unsound knot and a small amount of shell shake through center of board. 





108 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Example io. Piece 1x12-16. No. 2, S. 1 S. Has a straight split two feet long, at 
one end from which extend red streaks two inches wide by three feet long at center; 
a two-inch black unsound knot, with four feet of very tight shake at other end. 

Example 11. Piece 1x12-14. No. 2, Rough. Within four feet from one end are 
eight black knots one inch and less in diameter. One one-inch knot-hole; an open 
season check eighteen inches long. At other end shell shake for three feet and three- 
fourths inch black knots. 

No. 3, OR CULL BOARDS AND STRIPS. 

1. This is the lowest grade made in hemlock. 

2. The defects may consist of very excessive shake. 

3. Badly shattered stock. 

4. Very coarse, unsound knots. 

5. A great deal of rot. 

6. Excessive cross checks. 


EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 1x8-16. No. 3. Has three three-inch knot holes within six feet 
from end. Three large, coarse knots and two black unsound knots. 

Example 2. Piece 1x8-14. No. 3 Rough. Has three large rotten knots, two inches, 
and over in diameter; one edge knot-hole and back of board is two-thirds slab. 

Example 3. Piece 1x8-14. No. 3, Rough. Is streaked with rotten sap. Is coarse- 
lcnotted, badly checked and one-half inch of edge split off for three feet. 

Example 4. Piece 1x10-16. No. 3. On one side shows extensive soft rot two- 
thirds its entire length and streaked with rot on other side. 

Example 5. Piece ixio-16. No. 3, Rough. Contains all the defects known to hem¬ 
lock, rot, shake, coarse knotted, and yet can be used as a whole. 

Example 6. Piece 1x12-14. No. 3, Rough. Is badly shattered by shake from end 
to end. Also coarse knotted and streaked with rot. 

Example 7. Piece 1x12-16. No. 3, Rough. Is excessively cross checked. 


PIECE STUFF OR DIMENSION. 

No. 1 DIMENSION. 

The grade of No. 1 Dimension will admit of shake that will not materially affect 
the strength of the piece. 

Also knots either black or red, that are well located and fairly sound. 

Or a knot hole that will not impair its strength. 

Or some slight cross checks, or sound water stain. 

This grade while admitting the above defects must at the same time retain the- 
element of strength required for any ordinary building purposes. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 2x4-12. No. 1. Shows heart shake along one edge for half 
length and one foot of same on other side of same face; two sound branch knots, three- 
fourths inch wide. 

Example 2. Piece 2x4-12. No. 1. Shows shake running along one face with grain 
for nearly its entire length; does not show on other face and therefore strong enough- 
for building purposes. 

Example 3. Piece 2x4-16. No. 1. With exception of extensive stain on one side 
and five very small, round knots, the piece is perfect. 

Example 4. Piece 2x4-16. No. 1. One side is perfect. On the other, six worm- 
holes and somewhat checked, but does not affect the strength of piece. 

Example 5. Piece 2x4-16. No. 1. Has six sound, black knots, well scattered; one 
is two inches in diameter; two are one and one-half inches in diameter and balance are 
less than one inch. While the knots are black, they are firm, well set and piece con¬ 
sidered sound. 

Example 6. Piece 2x8-16. No. 1. Shows five one-inch black knots, and two one 
and one-half inch red knots, all running through the piece and well scattered. On one 
edg» for four feet, at one end is wane one-half inch by three-fourths inch deep. 

Example 7. Piece 2x8-12. No. 1. Shows a streak of red stain half its length on 
one side only. Two sound red knots two inches in diameter, four feet apart, and one 
and one-half inch knot sloughed off one edge. 

Example 8. Piece 2x8-14. No. 1. Shows a straight split for two feet at one end: 
and at other end shake for three feet on one side only; otherwise sound. 






STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


109 


Example 9. Piece 2x8-14. No. 1. Has one and one-half-inch round knot-hole 
across one edge one foot from end, also one two-inch and three one and one-quarter 
inch sound, red knots, well scattered. No other defects. 

Example 10. Piece 2x8-16. No. 1. Shows heart shake and numerous small, sound 
red knots for entire length of one side; otherwise perfect. 

Example 11. Piece 2x12-12. No. 1. Shows shell shake four inches by three feet 
on one side, a straight split on one end one foot long; one three-quarter inch unsound 
knot and two black knots one inch in diameter. 

Example 12. Piece 2x12-14. No. 1. At four feet from one end has one and three- 
quarter inch knot-hole on one edge, and on opposite edge three feet of tight shake; 
■otherwise perfect. 

Example 13. Piece 2x12-14. No. 1. Shows considerable tight shake for six inches 
over two-thirds its face; also one black horn knot one-half by three-quarters inch near 
center. Shake does not go through and piece has strength to carry it. 

Example 14. Piece 2x12-16. No. 1. Has five black knots one and one-half inches 
in diameter and four one-half inch black knots. One of the largest knots unsound; also 
numerous checks six inches long, lengthwise of the piece. While it shows many de¬ 
fects, it is strong enough for any building purpose, but simply on appearance would 
be considered a line piece. 

Example 15. Piece 2x12-16. No. 1. Shows shake over entire face for full length, 
very little of it going through; several small, sound, red knots. 

Example 16. Piece 2x12-14. No. 1. Has a select appearance and nearly perfect. 
Shows no defects except a short, straight check at one end. 

No. 2 DIMENSION. 

The grade of No. 2 in dimension includes stock not good enough to be classed as 
No. 1, and the defects admissible are of the same general character as the defects found 
in No. 1, except that they are more pronounced. 

It is the lowest grade recommended for ordinary building purposes. 

Considerable shake, large unsound knots, loose knots, knot-holes, and cross checks 
are all admissible in this grade, but not a serious combination ot these defects in any 
one piece. 

This grade can be recommended for cheap construction in small buildings. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example 1. Piece 2x4-16. No. 2. Shows four feet of rot on both sides, but not so 
extensively as to materially weaken the piece. Otherwise sound. 

Example 2. Piece 2x4-16. No. 2. Shows rot on one side for two and one-half feet 
.and a large coarse branch knot that weakens it too much for No. 1. 

Example 3. Piece 2x4-16. No. 2. Is a heart piece and shows shake along one 
edge nearly the entire length. At one end shake shatters it enough to weaken piece 
somewhat. 

Example 4. Piece 2x4-16. No. 2. Shows wane across the piece three-quarters 
inch deep on one side for five feet. 

Example 5. Piece 2x6-16. No. 2. Shows some shake for two feet at one end and 
one-half dozen small sound red knots scattered over the face, and streak of firm, hard 
rot two to three inches wide running for three feet in length. This rot shows through 
on both sides and one edge. 

Example 6. Piece 2x6-16. No. 2. Has ten coarse knots from one and one-half to 

two inches in diameter, well scattered. One knot-hole one and one-half inches in diam¬ 

eter on edge and shows shell shake over two-thirds of face. 

Example 7. Piece 2x8-12. No. 2. Has a two and one-half inch knot-hole in center, 
four feet from end, and one face shows shell shake for four feet. 

Example 8. Piece 2x8-12. No. 2. Has extensive shake five feet from one end and 
seven small sound black knots. If it were not for the character of the shake, which is 
crosswise of the piece, and weakens it, it would be considered a good No. 1. 

Example 9. Piece 2x10-14. No. 2. Shows moderately tight shake for one-half its 

length and on one side three feet from end, wane, three inches wide, three-quarter inch 
deep extending for three feet. It is graded down strictly on account of appearance. 

Example 10. Piece 2x12-16. No. 2. At one foot from end on one edge shows a 
hole one by three inches where knot is sloughed off on one side. At center two knot¬ 
holes one foot apart, and one and one-half inches in diameter. There are also five small 
sound red knots and two feet of shake. 



110 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


CULL PIECE STUFF. 

This grade can not be recommended for ordinary construction. 

The defects are very excessive shake, or badly shattered stock, numerous knot 
holes, very large, coarse, rotten knots, or considerable rot. 

EXAMPLES. 

Example i. Piece 2x4-12. No. 3. Has four very coarse knots and one and one- 
half inch knot-hole and considerable rot at one end. There is no strength to the piece. 

Example 2. Piece 2x6-16. No. 3. Has three two-inch rotten knots with holes part 
way through from one face; on the other side considerable soft rot for half the length 
of the piece. 

Example 3. Piece 2x6-16. No. 3. Has a straight split at one end for six feet. The 
remainder of the piece is badly shattered with shake. 

Example 4. Piece 2x6-14. No. 3. Within four feet of one end has a knot-hole so 
large as to leave only three inches of lumber. Is extremely shaky and otherwise weak¬ 
ened by defects. 

Example 5. Piece 2x6-12. No. 3. Has a combination of coarse knots, and open 
shake to such an extent as to weaken it for anything but temporary building purposes. 

Example 6. Piece 2x8-16. No. 3. Contains soft rot over one face for six feet and 
is extremely shaky. 

Example 7. Piece 2x12-16. No. 3. Shows open shake for one-half its face for full 
length and balance of the piece shows extensive water stain. 

Example 8. Piece 2x12-16. No. 3. Shows a dozen large, coarse knots, a great deal 
of shake and extensive rot three to six inches wide running through the piece. 


Official Weights of White Cedar Posts and Poles Adopted by the North¬ 
western Cedarmen’s Association. 


Revised January 7, 1902. 

SAWED POSTS. 


7 to 9 inch Quarters, 7 feet.15 lbs. 

5 inch Halves, 7 feet.15 lbs. 

6 inch Halves, 7 feet.20 lbs. 

7 inch Halves, 7 feet.28 lbs. 


ROUND POSTS. 


Size at 

top. 

3-in. 

4-in. 

5-in. 

6-in. 

7-in. 

8-in. 

7 feet 

long. 

. 15 

22 

30 

45 

60 

70 

8 feet 

long. 


30 

40 

50 

70 

85 

10 feet 

long. 


40 

50 

65 

80 

IOO 

12 feet 

long. 


50 

65 

80 

IOO 


14 feet 

long. 


65 

80 

IOO 

130 


16 feet 

long. 


80 

IOO 

125 

155 


18 feet 

long. 


90 

120 

140 

185 


20 feet 

long. 


IOO 

130 

175 

210 


25 feet 

long. 


150 

200 

250 

350 


30 feet 

long. 



275 

350 

450 


35 feet 

long. 




450 

600 


40 feet 

long. 




625 

800 


45 feet 

long. 




835 

IOOO 


50 feet 

long. 




1035 

1250 


55 feet 

long. 




1300 

1550 


60 feet 

long. 





2000 


65 feet 

long. 




.... 

2700 


70 feet 

long. 




.... 

3400 



SHINGLE WEIGHTS. 

Extra *A* White Cedar Shingles, 200 lbs. per M. 
Standard *A* White Cedar Shingles, 200 lbs. per M. 






































STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Ill 


Rules for Grading Fir, (Oregon Pine), Spruce, Red Cedar Lumber and Hem¬ 
lock. Adopted March 30, 1906, by The Oregon Lumber Manufacturers' As¬ 
sociation ; Pacific Coast Lumber Manufacturers’ Association; Southwestern 
Washington Lumber Manufacturers’ Association. 


STANDARD PATTERNS. 


On the following pages are shown the standard stock patterns adopted by the three 
Associations for the manufacture of Flooring, Ceiling, Partition, Drop Siding and Rustic. 


1 x3. 

Finish . 

1 X4. 

Finish . 

1 x6. 

Finish . 

i/4 x 4- 

Finish , 

i%x6 . 

Finish 


Finish . 

Hx6. 

Finish . 

Y 2 x 4 . 

Finish . 

yx6. 

Finish . 

54 x 4- 

Finish . 

54x6. 

Finish . 

1x4. 

Finish . 

1x6. 

Finish . 

1x4. 

Finish . 

1x6. 

Finish . 


FLOORING. 

. 13-16x2^4 face 

.13-16x314 face 

.13-16x514 face 

.1 1-16x3^4 face 

.1 1-16x514 face 


CEILING. 

.5-16x3^4 face 

.5-16x5^4 face 

.7-16x354 face 

.7-16x514 face 

.9-16x354 face 

.9-16x554 face 

.M x 3/4 face 

. Hx 554 face 

PARTITION. 

.54 x 3/4 face 

.54 x 5/4 face 


SHIPLAP. 


Shiplap...•'.7 i n - face 

DROP SIDING. 

1x4. Drop Siding. Finish.54 x 3/4 f ace 

1x6. Drop Siding. Finish. ^ .M x 554 face 

RUSTIC. 

1x6. Channel. Finish. H x 5/4 face 

1x8. Channel. Finish.*. Va x 7 face 

1x6. V Finish.M X S54 face 

1x8. V Finish. Va x 7 face 


All 6-inch stock to finish 5 % face and 8-inch stock 7-inch face. 


STANDARD SIZES FOR DRESSED LUMBER. 

In the absence of special agreement between the buyer and seller for each order, 
all dressed lumber is finished to the following sizes: 


Dimension, 
S1S1E 
or S4S— 


Timbers, 
S1S1E 
or S4S— 


Shop Common, 
S2S— 


2x 4 to i^4x 354 
2x 6 to i£4x 554 
2x 8 to i 54 x 7 l A 
2x10 to i54 x 9/4 
2x12 to 

3x 6 to 2 l / 2 x s l / 2 
3x 8 to 2 l / 2 x 7 J 4 
3x10 to 2R2X 9^4 
3x12 to 2J4xiiJ4 

4x 4 to y/ 2 x y/2 

4x 6 to y/ 2 x 5 y 2 


6x6 and larger, 54- 
inch off each way. 


Common Boards— 

Shiplap— 

Flooring, Ceiling, 
Partition, 

Drop Siding, 
Shiplap, 

Rustic— 


1 in. to 
iJ4 in. to 
i 54 in. to 

2 in. to 

3 in. to 


13-16 in. 
1 5-32 in. 
1 13-32 in. 

1 25-32 in. 

2 25-32 in. 


SiS or S2S to 54 in 
SiS or S2S to 54 in 


See diagram of Stand¬ 
ard Patterns on an¬ 
other page. 




























ii2 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Bevel Siding— 

Finishing, 6 in.—3-16 in. thin edge, 

SiS or S2S — J 4 in. thick edge, SV2 


I 

in. to 13-16 

in. 

in. wide. 

DA 

in. to 1 

1-16 

in. 

4 in.—Same thickness, 

0/2 

in. to 1 

5 -i 6 

in. 

SA i n - wide. 

2 

in. to \Vx in. 

Pickets— 





1 l A in. square. 1 1-16x1 1-16 in. S4S. 

if Dressed on one 




i l A in. square. 1 5-16x1 5-16 in. S4S. 

or both edges— 




1x3 flat, A x2 A- S4S. 


4 in. to 

3H 

in. 



6 in. to 

5 A 

in. 

Wagon Bottoms— 


8 in. to 

7A2 

in. 

Finished . sizes 13-16 


10 in. to 

9 l A 

in. 

and 17-16x38 in. and 


12 in. to 

11 l A 

in. 

42 in. face. 


14 in. to 

13 

in. 

Standard Lath— 


16 in. to 

15 

in. 

Yi in. x DA x 4 ft. 


GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 

All lumber is graded with special reference to its suitability for the use intended. 

With this in view each piece is considered and its grade determined by its general 
character, including the sum of all its defects. 

What is known as “yard lumber,” such as Dimension, Common Boards, Finish, etc., 
is graded from the face side, which is the best side, except that lumber which is dressed 
one side only is graded from the dressed side. 

Factory lumber which is used for the manufacture of Doors, Sash, etc., and must 
show on both sides, is always graded from the poorest side. The grade is determined 
by the quantity of clear cuttings obtainable in each piece. 

Defects in lumber are to be taken in connection with the size of the piece, and for 
this reason wider and longer pieces will carry more defects than smaller pieces in the 
same grade. 

Grade of lumber is determined at time of shipment and can not be reconsidered after 
further working. 

A shipment of any grade must consist of a fair average of that grade, and can not 
be made up of an unfair proportion of the better or poorer pieces that would pass in 
that grade. 

Material not conforming to standard sizes shall be governed by special contract. 

Standard lengths for all lumber are multiples of 2 feet, except that the standard 
lengths for Flooring, Ceiling, Siding, Rustic and Finish are multiples of 1 foot, and odd 
or fractional lengths shall be counted as of the next higher even length. 

All dressed lumber shall be measured and sold at the full size of the rough material 
used in its manufacture. 

All lumber one inch or less in thickness shall be counted as one inch. 

DEFECTS. 

Recognized defects are knots, knot-holes, splits, checks, wane, rot, rot-streaks, worm 
holes, pitch seams, pitch pockets, torn or chipped grain, discoloration and imperfect 
manufacture. 

Knots shall be.classed as sound or loose as to quality and large or small as to size. 

Splits and Checks shall be considered as to length and direction. 

Wane is bark or lack of wood on edges of lumber from any cause. 

Pitch Seams are clearly defined openings between the grains of the wood, are gen¬ 
erally filled with granulated pitch, and a serious defect and not admissible in any grade 
above No. 2 Common. 

Pitch Pockets are openings between the grains of the wood containing more or less 
pitch, and are surrounded by sound grain wood. 

Torn or Chipped Grain is usually caused by dressing against the grain and is more 
or less of a defect according to its depth or extent. 

Discoloration may be the result of various causes and will only be considered a de¬ 
fect when it will damage the piece for use intended. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Defects in rough stock caused by improper manufacture and drying will reduce the 
grade, unless they may be removed by dressing such stock to standard size. 

Imperfect manufacture in dressing stocks, such as torn grain, broken knots, mis¬ 
matching, insufficient tongue or groove on Flooring, Ceiling, Drop Siding, etc., shall be 
considered defects and will reduce the grade accordingly as they are slight or serious 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


113 


in their effect on the use of the stock. Pieces of either Flooring, Ceiling, Drop Siding, 
etc., having less than 3-16 inch of tongue will not be admitted in any grade above No. 3 
Clear. Pieces with 3-16 inch or more of tongue will be admitted in any grade. 

In all grades of Flooring, Ceiling, Drop Siding, etc., wane on the reverse side not 
exceeding one-third the width and one-sixfh the length of any piece, provided the wane 
does not extend into the tongue, is admissible. 

FIR. 

Fir, otherwise known as Oregon Pine, or Douglas Fir, is a wood adapted to many 
uses. It is the strongest soft wood known and for this reason is especially useful for 
bridge timbers and framing lumber of all kinds. Being hard it makes the best soft 
wood floor. Owing to its handsome color and grain, and being susceptible of a high 
polish, it is extensively used for Finish. 

Fir is sawn and sorted with reference to the direction of the grain. The “Edge Grain” 
{called E. G. in these rules and in all price lists) has the grain at or nearly at right 
angles with the face of the board, and is adapted to Flooring, Stepping, etc., because 
it does not “sliver” with wear. Flat Grain (F. G.) means that the grain is parallel or 
nearly parallel with the face of the board. Flat Grain is selected for finish because of 
the beauty of the wood in this form. 

NAMES AND GRADES. 

Flooring— No. 1 Clear E. G., No. 2 Clear E. G., No. 3 Clear E. G., No. 1 Clear F. G., 
No. 2 Clear F. G., No. 3 Clear F. G. 

Ceiling—No. 1 Clear, No. 2 Clear, No. 3 Clear. 

Partition—No. 1 Clear, No. 2 Clear, No. 3 Clear. 

Drop Siding and Rustic—No. 1 Clear, No. 2 Clear, No. 3 Clear. 

Bevel Siding—No. 1 Clear, No. 2 Clear, No. 3 Clear. 

Stepping—No. 1 Clear E. G., No. 2 Clear E. G. 

Finishing—No. 1 Clear, No. 2 Clear, No. 3 Clear. 

Tank Stock—No. 2 Clear and Better. 

Wind Mill Stock—Selected Common. 

Turned Porch Columns—One Grade only. 

Common Boards—One grade only. 

Fencing—One grade only. 

Shiplap—One grade only. 

Joists and Scantling—One grade only. 

Timbers—One grade only. 

Battens—One grade only. 

Wagon Bottoms—One grade only. 

Pickets—Square or Flat—One grade only. 

Car Materials—Sills, Decking, Framing, Lining, Siding and Rooffing. 

FLOORING. 

No. 1 Clear—Edge Grain, 3, 4 and 6 inch. Shall be well manufactured and free from 
all defects. Angle of grain not less than 45 degrees. 4 

No. 2 Clear—Edge Grain, 3, 4 and 6 inch. Shall be well manufactured; angle of 
grain not less than 45 degrees. Will admit of slight roughness in dressing and from one 
to three small close pitch pockets, or equivalent defects. 

No. 3 Clear—Edge Grain, 3, 4 and 6 inch. Angle of grain not less than 45 degrees. 
Will admit of roughness in dressing, two or three small knots not over three-fourths 
inch in diameter or eight small pitch pockets, any three of which may be open. It is 
generally understood that this grade will admit such defects or combination of defects 
as will not impair its utility for cheap floors. 

No. 1 Clear—Flat Grain, 3, 4 and 6 inch. Shall be free from all defects; well manu¬ 
factured, and all flat grain. 

No. 2 Clear—Flat Grain, 3, 4 and 6 inch. Shall be well manufactured and flat grain; 
will admit of slight roughness in dressing. Either of the following also permitted with 
the above: three close pitch pockets not to exceed two inches each in length; three 
small, tight, smooth knots one-half inch in diameter, or their equivalent of combined 
defects. 

No. 3 Clear—Flat Grain, 3, 4 and 6 inch. Will admit of roughness in dressing; four 
small knots not over three-quarter inch in diameter, or eight small pitch pockets, any 
three of which may be open, or without above defects, three knots not over one inch in 
diameter, or the equivalent of combined defects. 

It is generally understood that this grade will admit such other defects or combina¬ 
tion of defects as will not impair its utility for cheap floors and sheathing. 




114 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


CEILING. 

No. i Clear—4 and 6 inch. Shall be strictly clear, well manufactured. Both edge 
and flat grain admissible. 

No. 2 Clear—4 and 6 inch. Shall be well manufactured. Will admit of slight rough¬ 
ness in dressing. Either of the following also permitted with the above: three close 
pitch pockets, not to exceed 2 inches in length; three small, tight, smooth knots, or their 
equivalent of combined defects. Both edge and flat grain admissible. 

No. 3 Clear—4 and 6 inch. Allows any three of the following defects: 25 per cent, 
of the face may be rough from dressing; 4-inch stock admits of not to exceed six tight 
knots three-quarters inch in diameter or two knots one inch in diameter, or three open 
pitch pockets not to exceed four inches each in length or an equivalent number of tight 
pitch pockets. 6-inch is correspondingly graded with proportionately greater defects. 
Both edge and flat grain admissible. 


PARTITION. 

Four and six inch. Shall be graded same as Ceiling on the face side, with the re¬ 
verse side not more than one grade lower. 

PORCH DECKING. 

Shall be graded the same as Drop Siding. 

DROP SIDING AND RUSTIC. 

No. 1 Clear—4, 6 and 8 inch. Shall be well manufactured and free from all defects. 
Both edge and flat grain stock admissible. 

No. 2 Clear—4, 6 and 8 inch. Shall be well manufactured. Slight roughness in 
dressing admissible; will allow three small tight knots not more than one-half inch in 
diameter or four tight pitch pockets, Or their equivalent of combined defects. 

No. 3 Clear—4, 6 and 8 inch. Will admit of roughness in dressing, four or five 
knots not larger than one inch in diameter or eight small pitch pockets, any three of 
which may be open, or their equivalent of combined defects. 

BEVEL SIDING. 

No. 1 Clear—4 and 6 inch. Shall be practically free from defects, will admit of very- 
slight defects on thin edge, which will cover when laid. 

No. 2 Clear—4 and 6 inch. Will admit of slight defects in dressing or two close 
pitch pockets or other minor defects, but each piece shall be suitable for use the full 
length without waste. 

No. 3 Clear—4 and 6 inch. Will admit of small sound knots, small pitch pockets, 
roughness in dressing, or other recognized defects, but not to exceed four of any of the 
said defects or their equivalent in any one piece. 

STEPPING. 

No. 1 Clear—r8 to 14 inch. Shall be well manufactured, edge grain, angle to be not 
less than 45 degrees. 

No. 2 Clear—8 to 14 inch. Shall be well manufactured, edge grain, angle of grain 
not less than 45 degrees. Will allow slight roughness in dressing and four close pitch 
pockets or equivalent defects. 

FINISH, CASE AND BASE. 

No. 1 Clear—4 to 12 inch. Shall be free from all defects on one side, any grain ad¬ 
missible. 

No. 2 Clear—4 to 12 inch. Shall be well manufactured, allowing slight roughness in 
dressing. Will admit three tight knots, not over one-half inch in diameter, or three 
close pitch pockets not over two inches in length or their equivalent of combined defects. 

No. 3 Clear—4 to 12 inch. Will admit of roughness in dressing, four small knots 
not over three-quarter inch in diameter, or eight small pitch pockets, any three of which 
may be open, o» without the above defects, three knots not over one inch in diameter or 
the equivalent of small knots or other defects. 

The above rules for Stepping and Finish are based on stock 8 inches to 10 inches 
in width, and sixteen feet in length. Wider stock in Stepping and Finish to take propor¬ 
tionately greater defects. 

Straight splits or checks not exceeding the width of the piece are admissible. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


115 


TANK STOCK. 

May be either vertical or slash grain; must be water-tight the full length of the 
piece unless it is for cutting stock. Small knots, or pitch pockets which do not go 
through the piece, not to be considered defects. Edges to be practically clear or to 
contain no defects that will prevent a water-tight joint when worked. 

Two-inch stock to contain practically no sap. Three-inch stock, when 12 inches 
wide, to allow three inches of sap on both edges of face side, not to extend over three- 
quarters- of an inch throughout the piece. 

SELECTED COMMON. 

Two by four to 2x12 and 3x4 to 4x6 shall be square-edged; will admit any quantity 
of sound knots not over one-inch in diameter, or small pitch pockets not over four 
inches in length. Sizes larger than 4x6 will admit sound knots not to exceed one and 
one-half inches in diameter; pitch pockets not to exceed six inches in length. 

It is understood that this is Selected Common, a grade lower than No. 3 Clear and 
not to be confused with it. 


WIND-MILL TOWER STOCK. 

Shall be graded as selected common. Shall be S. 4 S. or S. 1 S. & E. one-half inch 
scant each way. 

FENCING. 

Common Fencing must be manufactured from sound stock; may contain sound 
knots equal in diameter to not over one-third of the width of the piece, or spike knots 
the length of which is not over one-half the width of the piece. May contain wane one- 
half inch deep on edge, for one-half the length of any piece measured on one side. 

COMMON BOARD AND SHIPLAP. 

Common boards S. 1 S. and Common Shiplap shall be manufactured from sound 
stock. Will admit of any two of the following defects: Wane one-half inch deep on 
edge and one-sixth of the length of any piece, tight, sound knots, none of which shall be 
larger than three inches in diameter, or equivalent spike knots, one split not more than 
sixteen inches long. These boards should be firm and sound, Suitable for use in ordi¬ 
nary construction and serviceable without waste. Roughness in dressing admissible. 

JOISTS AND SCANTLING. 

Common Fir Joists and Scantling must be of good, sound character; will admit 
of coarser knots than one-inch common. Some wane edge admissible. Generally speak¬ 
ing, there should be no imperfections that seriously impair the strength of the piece. 

TIMBERS, ROUGH. 

Rough timbers 4x4 and larger shall not be more than one-quarter inch scant when 
green, and be evenly manufactured from sound stock, and must be free from knots that 
will materially weaken the piece. 

Timbers 10x10 in size may have a 2-inch wane on one corner, or its equivalent on 
two or more corners one-fourth the length of the piece. Other sizes may have propor¬ 
tionate defects. Season checks and checks extending not over one-eighth the length of 
the piece admissible. 


TURNED PORCH COLUMNS. 

No. 1 Column to grade 80 per cent, clear; the balance of 20 per cent, to admit of the 
following slight defects: Three small sound knots not over three-quarters of an inch 
in diameter on the smooth part of the turned shaft, or on the square; or three tight 
pitch pockets to be not over three inches long, or the equivalent in both knots and 
pitch pockets. Bright sap shall be no defect. The 5x5 and the 6x6 shall be bored 
through with not less than a i^4-inch bit. The 4x4 to be bored through the square 
ends at the option of the manufacturer. The Colonial Columns shall be bored through 
with not less than a 2-inch bit. 


WAGON BOTTOMS. 


To be graded the same as No. 2 Flooring. 




116 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


CAR MATERIAL. 

It is generally understood that Car material is sold under special contract between 
buyer and seller. In the absence of such agreement the following rules shall govern: 

Car Lines and End Plates —Yellow or Red Fir, free from all defects except sound 
knots and pitch pockets. 

Car Decking and Flooring.— Yellow or Red Fir, free from splits, shakes, waney 
edges or unsound knots. Will admit pitch pockets and sound knots. 

Riser Blocks and Deck Beams. —Yellow or Red Fir, free from splits and shakes. 
Will admit pitch pockets and live knots. 

Car Fascia— Yellow or Red Fir, free from shakes, splits or waney edges. Will ad¬ 
mit sound knots or tight pitch pockets. 

Car Posts, Braces, Girths, Side and End Rails. —Yellow or Red Fir, free from splits 
or waney edges. Will admit sound knots and pitch pockets. 

Inside Lining for Stock and Box Cars. —Yellow or Red Fir, to be of sound, common 
lumber. Will admit sound knots and pitch pockets. 

Car Purlines for Roofs, Roof Ribs, Ground Moulding, Furring, Blocks, Ribs over 
Doors, Fascia, Saddle Blocks, Roof Clamps, Roof Strips, Door Tracks, Base Strips and 
Ridge Poles. —Yellow or Red Fir, free from splits or waney edges. Will admit sound 
knots and tight pitch pockets. 

Car Roofing.— To be graded the same as T. & G. flooring. 

Car Siding.— To be graded the same as T. & G. flooring. 

Car Sills. —To be of sound Yellow or Red Fir, square edges and straight grain. 
Will admit pitch pockets and sound knots that do not impair strength of piece. 

Car Running-Boards and Saddle-Boards. —Yellow or Red Fir, free from splits and 
waney edges. Will admit sound knots and pitch pockets. 

Selected Common Car Stock. —Shall be graded according to the rules for Selected 
Common. 

Ties. —Shall be sound common lumber. 

Stringers. —Shall be sound common lumber, free from large, unsound knots or knots 
in clusters, or other defects that will materially weaken the piece. 

FACTORY LUMBER. 

Select and Better. —This grade shall consist of all lumber containing more than So 
per cent, of clear cuttings of the sizes ordinarily used in the manufacture of doors. 

No. i Shop. —Shall be eight inches and wider, excepting that 6-inch pieces containing 
one or more door stiles are admissible. This grade shall contain not less than 50 per 
cent, nor more than 80 per cent, of clear cuttings of sizes ordinarily used in the manu¬ 
facture of doors. 

No. 2 Shop. —Shall be of the same widths as No. 1 Shop, and shall contain not less 
than 25 per cent, nor more than 50 per cent, of clear cuttings of sizes ordinarily used 
in the manufacture of doors. 

i-Inch Shop. —There shall be but one grade of i-inch shop. Each piece must con¬ 
tain not less than 50 per cent, of clear cuttings six-inch and wider and three feet and 
longer. 


TURNING SQUARES. 

No. 1.—May contain any. defects that will dress or turn off, and may also contain 
defects that will cover with paint, such as sound knots or hard pitch pockets. If sur¬ 
faced, size shall be reduced one-quarter inch for each side dressed. 


SPRUCE. 

Description. 

Spruce is a soft, white wood, both odorless and tasteless in nature. It takes paint 
-freely, consequently has few equals for bevel siding, finish, sash and door stock and 
many other specialties. 


General Instructions. 

Spruce lumber shall be graded and classified according to the following rules and 
specifications as to quality, and dressed stock shall conform to the table of standard 
sizes, except where otherwise expressly stipulated between buyer and seller. 

There being but a limited amount of sap wood in spruce, bright sap in any grade 
shall not be a defect. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


117 


Names and Grades. 

Flooring. —Clear. —A—• —B—. 

Finish. —First and Second Clear. Third Clear. Selects. 

Ceiling. —Clear. —A—• —B—. 

Partition. —Clear. —A—• —B—. 

Porch Decking. —Shall be. graded same as flooring. 

Wainscoting. —Shall be graded same as ceiling. 

Bevel Siding.— Clear. —A— —B— —C—. 

Selects and Better. —No. i Shop. No. 2 Shop. 

Moulding Stock.—• 

Turning Squares.—No. 1. 

Box Lumber. —No. 1. No. 2. No. 3. 

FLOORING. 

Clear. —Shall be free from all defects on face. 

— A —Will admit two slight defects in dressing or three close pitch pockets, not to» 
exceed two inches in length. 

— B —Will admit of slight roughness in dressing, or four close pitch pockets, not to 
exceed three inches in length, or two small sound knots, not to exceed one-half inch in 
diameter. ' 


FINISH. 

First and Second Clear. —Being the highest grade in Spruce finish shall be free from 
serious defects and capable of use for finishing work without waste. 

May be of any width or length, and if under ten inches in width shall be free from 
defects. If ten inches or over, will admit slight defects, such as roughness in dressing. 

Third Clear. —Will admit of sound knots not over one-half inch in diameter, slight 
roughness in dressing, small close pitch pockets, or other minor defects. In widths 
under twelve inches there shall not be more than three of said defects to any one piece. 

Selects. —Will admit of sound knots up to one inch in diameter, roughness in dress¬ 
ing, close pitch pockets not over four inches long, or other proportionate defects. In 
widths twelve inches or less there shall not be more than four of the said defects to- 
any one piece. 

CEILING. 

Clear. —Shall be practically free from all face defects. 

—A —Will admit of two slight dressing defects, or close pitch pockets, not to ex¬ 
ceed a combined length of six inches. 

—B —Will admit slight roughness in dressing or close pitch pockets not to exceed 
a combined length of twelve inches, or two sound knots, not exceeding one-half inch, 
in diameter. 


PARTITION. 

Shall be graded same as ceiling on face side, with the reverse side not more than 
one grade lower. 


PORCH DECKING. 

Shall be graded same as flooring. 

WAINSCOTING. 

Shall be graded same as ceiling. 

BEVEL SIDING. 

Clear. —Shall be practically free from defects; will admit of very slight defects on 
thin edge which will cover when laid. 

—A —Will admit of slight defects in dressing, or two close pitch pockets, or other 
minor defects, but each piece shall be suitable for use the full length without waste. 

—B —Will admit of knots up to one-half inch in diameter, small pitch pockets, 
roughness in dressing or other recognized defects, not to exceed four of any said defects, 
or their equivalent, in any one piece. 

—C —Will admit all siding below a —B— grade, and may contain any of the rec¬ 
ognized defects, provided any piece can be used for the purposes intended, with a waste- 
not exceeding 15 per cent. 




118 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


SELECTS AND BETTER. 

This grade shall consist of all lumber containing more than 80 per cent, of clear 
cuttings of the sizes ordinarily used in the manufacture of doors. 

No. i Shop. —Shall be eight inches and wider, excepting that six-inch pieces con¬ 
taining one or more stiles are admissible. This grade shall contain not less than 50 per 
cent, nor more than 80 per cent, clear cuttings of the sizes ordinarily used in the manu¬ 
facture of doors. 


MOULDING STOCK. 

Shall consist of lumber ten to eighteen feet in length; suitable for ripping moulding 
strips from one inch to six inches wide. May contain defects, such as pitch pockets 
and splits, running lengthwise of the piece, or other recognized defects. 

This grade shall contain not less than 60 per cent, of rippings, running one inch 
and wider, ten feet and longer, 25 per cent, of which should average three inches and 
wider, and 80 per cent, be twelve feet and longer. 


RED CEDAR. 

Red Cedar is too well known to require a particular description here. The trade 
throughout the United States is acquainted with this wood in the form of shingles. 

As far as decay is concerned, red cedar is the most lasting of woods. For this 
reason it is especially adapted for shingles, siding and all outside finish, as well as for 
many special uses. 

BEVEL SIDING. 

Clear —4 or 6 inch, must be strictly clear except an occasional strip of white sap not 
over one-half inch in width on thin edge. Grain of all grades will be as lumber runs. 

—A —4 or 6 inch. The following defects will be allowed, but only two in any one 
piece: One and one-half-inch sap on thin edge, one-half-inch sap on thick edge. Slight 
roughness in dressing, or equivalent defects. 

—B —4 or 6 inch. All bevel siding that falls below the requirements of —A— and 
otherwise comes within the following rules will be in this grade: Roughness in dress¬ 
ing, sap full width of face. It is generally understood that this grade will admit such 
other defects as will not impair its utility for cheap siding. Defects that can be cut at a 
loss of not to exceed 20 per cent, of the board will be allowed. 

CEILING. 

To be graded the same as Fir ceiling. 

FINISH. 

No. 1. —4 or 6 inch. Must be strictly clear both sides; 8 inch must be clear on face 
side, excepting one inch sap or one small knot on reverse side; 10 and 12 inch must be 
strictly clear on face side, except one inch sap on face side or two small knots on re¬ 
verse side; 14-inch width proportionately more defects. 

No. 2 —4 to 8 inch. Allows the equivalent of i-inch sap or two small knots; 10 and 
12 inch allow equivalent of two inch sap or four small knots; 14 inch and wider allows 
proportionately more defects. 

CORRUGATED DECKING. 

No. 2 and Better. —Must be graded same as Fir ceiling. 

FLOORING. 

To be graded same as Fir flat-grain flooring. 


HEMLOCK. 

Western Hemlock is a wood well adapted to many uses. It is strong, holds nails 
well, and therefore makes good framing lumber for all purposes. It is hard and wears 
well as flooring. It is easily dressed to a smooth surface, and takes a fine polish, which 
together with the beauty of the grain and color makes a fine interior finish. 

The Western Hemlock is entirely free from the “wind shake” so common in the 
Hemlock of the East. 

This lumber has been sold in the East under various names, such as Alaska Pine, 
Columbia Pine, Gray Fir, Washington Pi'ne, etc., and has given good satisfaction. 

In a general way the rules for grading Fir and Spruce are applied to Hemlock. 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


119 


Pacific Coast Lumber Manufacturers’ Association. 

STANDARD OFFICIAL RULES FOR GRADING FIR AND RED CEDAR 

LUMBER. 

(Rail Shipment.' 

January 27, 1905. 


FINISHED SIZES OF FIR AND CEDAR LUMBER. 

Flooring. —1x4 and 1x6 shall be finished to 13-16x3^4 and 13-16x5^; iJ4-inch 
to 17-16. 

Finish.—1 inch to be S. 4 S. or S. 2 S. to 13-16, 1 54-inch to 17-16, ij4-inch to 
21-16, 2-inch to i^. When dressed on edge ^4-inch scant. 

Ceiling. —54-inch to be finished to 5-16, Yi to 7-16, 54 inch , to be finished to 9-16 

and 1 inch to be finished to 11-16. Width same as flooring. 

Fir Drop Siding, Shiplap, Common Boards and Fencing. —Shall be finished to 
inch in thickness. Drop siding same width as flooring. 

Dimension. —2x4 shall be S. 1 S. and E. to i 54 x 3^4> 2x 6 S. 1 S. and E. to i 54 x 554> 2x 8 

S. 1 S. and E. i54 x 7/4, 2x10 S. 1 S. and E. to i 54 x 9 V2, 2x12 S. 1 S. and E. to i54 xII /4, 

4x4, 5x5, 6x6 or 3x8 and up shall be S. 1 S. or S. 4 S. ^ 2 -inch scant each way. 

Bevel Siding. —4-inch shall be surfaced to 3-16 on thin edge and 14-inch on thick 
edge 2E/2 inches in width, 6-inch shall be same thickness as 4-inch, and 5J4 inches in 
width. 


Fir Lumber. 

All lumber shall be trimmed square, with fine saws, on both ends, and cut to even 
lengths. Rules based on sixteen-foot lengths. 

Flooring, ceiling, drop siding, bevel siding, stepping and all finishing lumber under 
twelve inches in width shall be kiln dried. 

Fir Flooring No. 1.—Clear, edge grain 4 to 6 inch, shall be free from all defects and 
well manufactured and vertical grain. Angle of grain not less than 45 degrees. 

Fir Flooring No. 2.—Edge grain 4 or 6 inch. Shall be well manufactured, vertical 
grain, angle of grain to be not less than 45 degrees. Will admit of slight roughness in 
dressing, bright sap one quarter of the width of the face. One of the following is also 
permitted, with one of the above two defects: three close pitch seams not to exceed 
two inches in length. 

Fir Flooring No. 1.—Slash grain 4 or 6-inch. Shall be free from all defects, well 
manufactured, all slash grain. Bright sap admissible not to exceed 1 inch on the face. 
No other defects allowed. 

Fir Flooring No. 2.—Slash grain 4 or 6-inch. Shall be well manufactured and slash 
grain. Will admit of slight roughness in dressing, bright sap one-half of the width of the 
face. The following is also permitted, with one of the above two defects: three close 
pitch seams not to exceed two inches in length; three small, tight, smooth knots one- 
half inch in diameter. 

Fir Flooring No. 3.—4 or 6-inch. All edge or slash grain flooring that falls below 
the requirements of No.2, and otherwise conies within the following rules, will be put in 
this grade': will admit of slight roughness in dressing, sap, two or three small knots not 
over three quarter inch in diameter, six to eight small pitch pockets, any three 
of which may be open, or without above defects two knots one inch in diameter. It is 
generally understood that this grade will admit such other defects as will not impair 
its utility for cheap floors. Defects that can be cut out at a loss not to exceed 20 per 
cent, of the board will be allowed. 

Fir Ceiling No. 1.—4 or 6 inch. Shall be strictly clear, well manufactured, no sap 
allowed. Both vertical grain and slash grain admissible. 

Fir Ceiling No. 2.—4 or 6 inch. Allows any two of the following defects: Slight 
roughness in dressing admissible, bright sap one-half the width of the face, three tight 
pitch seams or one open pitch pocket not over four inches long, or two small, tight knots 
three-quarter-inch in diameter, or one smooth knot not over one inch in diameter. No 
other defects allowed. Both vertical grain and slash grain admissible. 

Fir Ceiling No. 3.—4 or 6 inch. Allows any three of the following defects: 25 per 
cent, of the face may be rough from dressing; bright sap full width of face; 4-inch 
stock admits of not to exceed six tight knots three-quarter inch in diameter, or 
two knots one inch in diameter, or three open pitch pockets, not to exceed four inches 
in length, or an equivalent number of tight pitch seams. Six-inch correspondingly 
graded with proportionally more defects. Both vertical and slgsh grain is admissible. 







Marine and Mill 
Boilers 
Engines 
and Machinery 


We Also Build Brick-Lined Burners 


The MacKinnon Mfg. 

BAY CITY, MICHIGAN 




We are the Originators of the 

WATER SPACE BURNER 
























STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


121 


Fir Drop Siding No. x. —6-inch. Shall be well manufactured. Bright sap one- 
quarter width of face. We aim to put only slash grain in this stock. 

Fir Drop Siding No. 2. —6-inch. Shall be well manufactured. Slight roughness in 
dressing admissible. Shall allow three small tight knots not more than one-half inch 
in diameter, or four tight pitch pockets. 

Fir Drop Siding No. 3. —6-inch. All drop siding that falls below the requirements of 
No. 2, or otherwise comes within the following rules will be put in this grade: Will ad¬ 
mit of roughpess in dressing, sap entire width of face, four or five knots not larger than 
1 inch in diameter, or pitch pockets equal to above defects. Slightly loose knots not 
over three quarter-inch in diameter allowed. Knot holes not admissible. 

Fir Partition. —4 or 6-inch. Shall be graded same as ceiling on the face side with 
the reverse side not more than one grade lower. 

Fir or Cedar Wainscoting No. 1.—3 to 6 feet. Must be free from all defects, and 
must be well manufactured. Either slash or vertical grain admissible. 

Fir or Cedar Wainscoting No. 2.—3 to 6 feet. Bright sap across face no defect. 
Slight roughness in dressing admissible. With any of the above defects two small 
sound knots not more than three-quarter-inch in diameter are admissible. 

Fir Casing, Base or Jamb. —Shall be graded on the merits of the face side, same as 
ceiling. Short lengths should show no defects on the face side in No. 1. 

Fir Siding No. 1.—8 to 10-inch. Clear. Shall be well manufactured, vertical 

grain, angle of which must not be less than 45 degrees. No other defects allowed. 

Twelve-inch, clear, vertical grain. Shall allow one inch sap on edge next to riser. 

Fourteen-inch clear, vertical grain will allow very slight roughness in dressing. 
Bright sap not to exceed one and a half inches on edge next to riser. May have two 
close pitch seams. 

Fir Stepping No. 2. —8 to 10-inch. Same as No. 1 clear, except will allow slight 

roughness in dressing. Sap one and one-half inches on one face. Four close pitch 

seams two inches long. 

Twelve-inch will admit sap two inches wide, or three knots or pitch pockets not 
over four inches long, also slight roughness in dressing. 

Fourteen-inch will admit sap two inches wide, three knots or five pitch pockets not 
over four inches in length, also slight roughness in dressing. 

Fir Finish No. r. —4 to 8-inch. Shall be free from all defects on one side. Ten and 
12-inch will allow sap not to exceed two inches on face. We aim to put slash grain 
only in this stock, and in case vertical grain is desired, special contract must be made. 
These rules apply to all grades of Fir Finish. 

Fir Finish No. 2. 4 to 8-inch. Must be well manufactured except slight roughness 
in dressing. Two-inch bright sap on face side admissible. Will admit of two or three 
close pitch seams not over two inches in length. Ten and 12-inch proportional amount 
of defects allowed. 

Fir Finish No. 3.—4 to 8-inch. Shall be well manufactured. Will admit of following 
defects: Slight roughness in dressing, bright sap one-quarter width of face in 8 and 
10-inch and one-half width of face in 12-inch and wider. Will also admit of four or 
five pitch seams not over two and a half inches in length. 

Fir Wagon Bottoms. —To be graded same as No. 2 drop siding. 

Fir Common Boards and Shiplap. —Common boards S. 1 S. and common shiplap 
shall be manufactured from sound stock, of even thickness the entire length. Will 
admit of any two of the following defects: Wane one-half inch deep on edge, and one- 
sixth of the length of any piece; tight, sound knots, none of which shall be larger 
than three inches in diameter, or equivalent spike knots; one split not more than six¬ 
teen inches long, and blue sap. These boards should be firm and strong, suitable for 
use in all ordinary construction and serviceable without waste. Roughness against 
grain done in dressing is admissible. 

Fir Fencing S. 1 S. —Common fencing must be manufactured from sound stock. 
May contain sound knots equal in diameter to not over one-third of the width of the 
piece at any given point throughout its length, but must be free from spike knots the 
length of which is not over one-half the width of the piece. Also free from wane over 
one-half-inch deep on edge or one-half the length of any piece measured on one side. 

Fir Piece Stuff S. 1 S. and E. —Common piece stuff must be of good, sound charac¬ 
ter; will admit of coarser knots than i-inch common. Some wane edge is admissible; 
also sap. Generally speaking, there should be no imperfections that seriously im¬ 
pair the strength of the piece. 

Fir Rough Timbers. —6x6 and larger, shall not be more than one-quarter-inch scant 
when green, and be evenly manufactured from sound stock, with not less than three 
square edges, and must be free from knots that will materially weaken the piece. 

9 sir. 



122 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Timbers ioxio in size may have a 2-inch wane on one corner, or its equivalent on two 
or more corners, one-fourth the length of the piece. Other sizes may have propor¬ 
tionate defects. Seasoning checks and checks extending not over one-eighth of the 
length of the piece are admissible. 

Fir Tank Stuff.—May be either vertical or slash grain. Must be water-tight the full 
length of piece, unless it is for cutting stock. Small knots or pitch seams which do not 
go through the piece not to be considered defects. Edges to be practically clear, or to 
contain no defects that will prevent a water-tight joint when worked. Two-inch stock 
to contain practically no sap. Three-inch stock, when twelve inches wide, to allow three 
inches of sap on both edges of face side, not to extend over three-quarters of an inch 
through the piece. 

Fir Wind-Mill Tower Stock.—Shall be graded as a selected common; must contain 
no large or unsound knots that will materially weaken the piece for the purposes 
required. Sap no defect. Shall be S. 4 S. or S. 1 S. and E.,one-half-inch scant each way. 

f ’ ‘ CAR STOCK SPECIFICATIONS. 

Car Lines and End Plates.—Yellow fir, free from all defects, except sound live 
knots one inch or less in diameter, and pitch seams not over four inches in length. 

Car Decking, Flooring, Riser Blocks and Deck Beams.—Yellow or red fir, free 
from all defects, except pitch seams four or five inches in length, and sound live knots 
one and a half inches or less in diameter. 

Car Fascia.—Yellow or red fir, free from all defects, except sound live knots three- 
quarters of an inch or less in diameter. 

Car Posts, Braces, Girths, Side and End Rails.—Yellow fir, must be free from all 
defects, except sound live knots three-quarter inch or less in diameter, and pitch seams 
four inches or less in length. 

Inside Lining in Box and Stock Cars.—Yellow or red fir, free from all defects, ex¬ 
cept pitch seams five or six inches in length, and sound live knots one and a half inches 
' or less in diameter, and sap one-third the width of board. 

Car Purlines for Roofs, Roof Ribs, Ground Moulding, Furring Blocks, Ribs Over 
Door, Fascia, Saddle Blocks, Roof Clamps, Roof Strips, Door Tracks, Base Strips and 
Ridge Poles.—Yellow fir, free from all defects, except sound live knots three-quarters 
of an inch or less in diameter, and sap in moderate amount. 

Car Roofing, No. 1.—Free from all defects, 50 per cent, to run vertical grain. 

Car Roofing, No. 2.—Slash or vertical grain, dry sap no defect; will allow one or 
two sound knots a half-inch or less in diameter. 

No. 1 and No. 2 Clear Vertical Grain Car Siding.—Will allow three or four tight 
pitch pockets, not over three inches long, and sap not to exceed one-third the width 
of board—this to each ten lineal feet. 

No. 1 and 2 Clear Slash Grain Car Siding.—Sap no defect. Will allow three or four 
small pitch pockets or two small sound knots not over half-inch in diameter to each 
ten lineal feet. 

Car Sills.—Red or yellow fir. Will allow pitch seams five inches in length and 
sound live knots one and a half inches or less in diameter, well scattered. Sills to be 
free from cross grain, or any defects impairing it for use intended. 

Car Running-Boards and Saddle-Boards.—Yellow or red fir, free fro mall defects, 
except sound live knots one inch or less in diameter, or sap one-fourth the width of the 
board. 


Red Cedar Lumber. 


Red Cedar Bevel Siding No. 1.—4 or 6-inch. Must be strictly clear, except an 
occasional strip of white sap not over one-half inch in width on thin edge. Grain of 
all grades will be as lumber runs. 


Red Cedar Bevel Siding No. 2.—4 or 6-inch. The following defects will be allowed 
but only two in any one piece: One and one-half inch sap on thin edge, one-half-inch 
sap on thick edge Slight roughness in dressing. One of the following defects also per¬ 
mitted with one of the four above mentioned: Two hard sound knots one-half-inch in 
diameter. 


d Cedar B evel Siding No. 3.-4 or 6-inch. All bevel siding that falls below the 
requirements of No. 2 and otherwise comes within the following rules will be in this 
grade: Roughness in dressing, sap full width of face, two sound knots not exceeding 
one-half inch in diameter, or one loose knot one-half inch in diameter. It is generally 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK : 


123 


understood that this grade will admit such other defects as will not impair its utility for 
cheap siding. Defects that can be cut out at a loss of not to exceed 20 per cent, of the 
board will be allowed. 

Red Cedar Ceiling.—To be graded the same as fir ceiling. 

Red Cedar Finish No. 1.—4 or 6-inch. Must be strictly clear both sides, 8-inch 
must be clear on face side, excepting one inch sap or one small knot on reverse side. 
Ten and 12-inch must be strictly clear on face side, excepting one inch sap on face side 
or two small knots on reverse side; 14 to 18-inch proportionally more defects. 

Red Cedar Finish No. 2.—4 to 8-inch. Allows the equivalent of one inch sap or two 
small sound knots; 10 and 12-inch allow equivalent of two-inch sap or four small 
sound knots; 14 to 18-inch allows proportionally more defects. Both slash grain and 
vertical grain admissible. 

Red Cedar Corrugated Decking and Porch Flooring No. 2 and better.—Must be 
graded same as fir ceiling. 

Red Cedar Wainscoting.—To be graded same as fir wainscoting. 

Spruce Grading Rules. 

Description.—Spruce is a soft white wood, both odorless and tasteless in nature. 
It takes paint freely, consequently has few equals for bevel siding, finish, sash and door 
stock, and many other specialties. 

No arbitrary rules for the inspection of this lumber can be maintained with satis¬ 
faction. The variations from any given rule are numerous, and suggested by practical 
common sense, so nothing more than the general features of the different grades will be 
attempted by rules of inspection. 

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 

Spruce lumber shall be graded and classified according to the following rules and 
specifications as to quality, using 16-foot lengths as a basis, and dressed stock shall con¬ 
form to the subjoined table of standard sizes, except where otherwise expressly stipu¬ 
lated between buyer and seller. 

All lumber shall be trimmed square and cut to even lengths. 

A grade with separately defined defects may be considered in combinations of 
such defects, not to exceed the number specified. 

Wider and longer stock admits of more defects than narrower and shorter lum¬ 
ber in the same grade. 

Finishing lumber is always graded from the face, or the best side. 

Lumber for cutting purposes is graded from the poorest side, and grade is based 
upon the quantity of clear cuttings obtainable. 

Lumber sold rough must be accepted on grade as shown in the rough, and is not 
subject to any change in grade which may be caused by subsequent mill work. 

There being but a limited amount of sap wood in spruce the admission of bright 
sap in any grade shall not be a defect. 

DRESSED SIZES. 

Flooring.—1x4 and 1x6 shall be finished 13-16x3^ inch and 5% inch, inch to 
17-16 inch, flat back. 

Finish.—i-inch S. 2 S. to 13-16 inch, 1% inch S. 2 S. to 17-16 inch, 0/2 inch S. 2 S. 
to 21-16 inch, 2 inch S. 2 S. to i}i inch. Lumber dressed on edges if eight inches or 
less in width, to be half inch less when finished. If ten or twelve inches to be three- 
quarters of an inch less, and fourteen or sixteen inches to be one inch less than rough 
width. 

Ceiling % inch to be finished 9-16 inch, £4 inch to he finished 11-16 inch. Width 
same as flooring. 

Partition.—1 inch to be finished 12-16 inch. 

Porch Decking.—To be finished 12-16 inch. 

Bevel Siding.—4 inch and 6 inch shall be surfaced to 3-16 inch on thin edge and 
half inch on thick edge. Three and a half inches and five and a half inches in width 
respectively. 

Factory Lumber.—ij 4 inch S. 2 S. to 1 5-32 inch, 1 y 2 inch S. 2 S. to 1 13-32 inch, 2 
inch S. 2 S. to 1 25-32 inch, 2 j 4 , 3 and 4 inch S. 2 S. Y\ inch less rough. 

Moulding Stock.—1 inch S. 1 S. to inch, 1 inch S. 2 S. to 13-16 inch. 



124 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


FLOORING. 

Clear.—Shall be free from all defects on face. 

“A.”—Will admit two slight defects in dressing or three close pitch seams, not to 
exceed two inches in length. 

“B.”—Will admit of slight roughness in dressing, or four close pitch seams, not to 
exceed three inches in length, or two small sound knots, not to exceed one-half inch in 
diameter. 

FINISH. 

First and Second Clear.—Being the highest grade in Spruce finish, shall be free 
from serious defects and capable of use for finishing work without waste. 

May be of any width or length, and if under ten inches in width, shall be free from 
defects. If ten inches or over, will admit slight defects, such as roughness in dressings 

Third Clear.—Will admit of sound knots not over one-half inch in diameter, slight 
roughness in dressing, small close pitch seams, or other minor defects. In widths, 
under twelve inches there shall not be more than three of said defects to any one piece. 

Selects.—Will admit of sound knots up to one inch in diameter, roughness in dress^ 
ing, close pitch seams not over four inches long, or other proportionate defects. In 
widths twelve inches or less there shall not be more than four of the said defects to, 
any one piece. 

CEILING. 

Clear.—Shall be practically free from all face defects. 

“A.”—Will admit of two slight dressing defects, or close pitch seams, not to 
exceed a combined length of six inches. 

“B.”—Will admit slight roughness in dressing or close pitch seams, not to exceed 
a combined length of twelve inches, or two sound knots not exceeding one-half inch in. 
diameter. 


PARTITION. 

Shall be graded same as ceiling on face side, with the reverse side not more than, 
one grade lower. 


PORCH DECKING. 

Shall be graded same as flooring. 


WAINSCOTING. 

Shall be graded same as ceiling. 

BEVEL SIDING. 

Clear.—Shall be practically free from defects. Will admit of very slight defects on? 
thin edge which will cover when laid. 

"A.”—Will admit of slight defects in dressing, or two close pitch seams not over 
two inches in length, or other minor defects, but each piece shall be suitable for use 
the full length without waste, containing no defects that will not cover with paint, 
making a smooth surface. 

B. Will admit of knots up to one-half inch in diameter, small pitch pockets, 
roughness in dressing, or other recognized defects, not to exceed four of any of the said 
defects, or their equivalent, in any one piece. 

C-’ Will admit all siding below a “B” grade, and may contain any of the recog¬ 
nized defects; provided, any piece can be used for the purposes intended with a waste 
not exceeding 15 per cent. 


FACTORY LUMBER. 

Grades as described under this head are valued for cutting up qualities only, and 
should not be confounded, either in quality or value, with grades outlined for vard 
purposes. y 

Factory lumber of all kinds shall be graded for the percentage of clear door 
cuttings obtainable. 

Factory lumber shall be eight inches and wider, and eight to twenty feet long. 

Select and Better. This grade shall consist of all lumber containing more than, 
80 per cent, of clear cuttings of the sizes ordinarily used in the manufacture of doors. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


125 


No. i Shop Common.—Shall be eight inches and wider, excepting that six-inch 
pieces containing one or more stiles are admissible. 

This grade shall contain not less than 50 per cent, nor more than 80 per cent, clear 
cuttings of the sizes ordinarily used in the manufacture of doors. 

No. 2 Shop.—Shall be of same widths as No. 1, and shall contain not less than 25 
per cent, or more than 50 per cent, clear cuttings of sizes ordinarily used in the man¬ 
ufacture of doors. 

Inch Shop Common.—There shall be but one grade of inch shop common. Each 
piece must contain not less than 50 per cent, of cuttings six inches and wider, three feet 
and longer. 


MOULDING STOCK. 

Shall consist of lumber ten to eighteen feet in length, suitable for ripping moulding 
strips from one inch to six inches wide. May contain defects, such as pitch seams and 
splits, running lengthwise of the piece, or other recognized defects. 

This grade shall contain not less than 60 per cent, of rippings, running one inch and 
wider, ten feet and longer, 25 per cent, of which should average three inches and wider, 
and 80 per cent, to be twelve feet and longer. 

TURNING SQUARES. 

No. 1 Turning Squares.—May contain any defects that will dress or turn off; may 
also contain defects that will cover with paint, such as sound knots, or hard pitch 
seams. If surfaced, the size shall be reduced one-quarter inch for each side dressed. 

Clear Car Siding.—Will admit small tight pitch seams, sound knots up to one-half 
inch in diameter, or slight roughness in dressing, which will cover with paint, making 
a smooth surface. 


BOX LUMBER. 

The value and grade of this lumber is determined from its adaptability for the 
manufacture of ordinary packing boxes. Ordinary sizes being defined as boxes not 
over twenty inches in length nor more than fifteen inches in width. Wide boards, or 
those of special widths, will admit more defects than narrow or random widths. It is 
not intended that boxes shall be clear, and defects that do not impair the strength 
or the usefulness of ordinary boxes are not considered, except that if the cuttings are 
of better quality, a smaller percentage will be accepted in each grade. 

There shall be three recognized grades of box lumber, i. e., No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3. 

No. 1.—Shall be generally sound and contain from 75 to 90 per cent, of cuttings, 
suitable for boxes of ordinary sizes and quality, as referred to above. In computing 
percentages cuttings of assorted sizes shall be used. Assorted sizes to be defined as 
pieces running in widths from six inches to twelve inches, and in lengths twelve 
inches to twenty inches. 

No. 2.—Generally similar in character to No. 1, containing from 60 to 75 per cent, of 
box cuttings. 

No. 3.—Shall consist of all lumber below a grade of No. 2, and shall contain 40 to 
60 per cent, of box cuttings. 



126 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Pacific Coast Lumber Manufacturers’ Asscciaticn Bureau of 

Inspection. 

EXPORT GRADING RULES. 


Notes to Surveyors. 


SALE MEASURE. 

All fractional lengths shall be measured as of contents of next longer length unless- 
otherwise instructed by loading mill. 

All lumber sawn less than one inch in thickness shall be measured as of one inch, i. 
e., at surface measure. 

All rough lumber one inch and over in thickness shall be measured at board 
measure contents. 

All worked or surfaced lumber shall be measured at the board measure contents 
before working. 

Sizes four inches and under in thickness or six inches and under in width will be 
worked one-eighth inch less for each side or edge surfaced. 

Sizes over four inches in thickness or over six inches in width, will be worked 
one-quarter inch less for each side or edge surfaced. 

Tongued and grooved, surfaced one side, will be worked one-eighth inch less in 
thickness and five-eighth inch narrower on face. 

Above references being to “green” lumber, the worked sizes, if of partially or 
wholly seasoned lumber, will be proportionately less, as determined by the shrinkage. 

Surveyor, on completion of loading, shall furnish an inspector’s certificate, sworn 
to before a notary public, certifying as to the character of the shipment. 


RULES. 

MERCHANTABLE. 

This grade shall consist of sound, strong lumber, free from shakes, large, loose or 
rotten knots and defects that materially impair its strength; well manufactured and 
suitable for good substantial constructional purposes. 

Will Allow: 

Occasional variations in sawing or occasional scant thicknesses, sound knots, pitch 
seams and sap on corners one-third the width and one-half the thickness. Defects in 
all cases to be considered in connection with the size of the piece and its general quality. 

EXTRA MERCHANTABLE 

This grade applies only to sizes less than six inches in thickness and / or sixteen 
inches in width and / or forty feet long. 

It shall follow the rule for grade of merchantable, but sap and heart centers shall 
be considered defects. 


COMMON (No. 2). 

This grade shall consist of lumber having knots, sap and other defects which 
exclude it from grading as Merchantable, but of a quality suitable for rough kinds of 
work. 


SELECTS. 

Shall be sound, strong lumber, well sawn. 

Will Allow: 

In sizes 6x6 and less, knots not to exceed one inch in diameter, sap on corners one- 
fourth the width and one-fourth the thickness, small pitch seams when not exceeding 
six inches in length. 

In sizes over 6x6, knots not to exceed two inches in diameter, varying according 
to the size of the piece; sap on corner not to exceed two inches on both face and edge; 
pitch seams not to exceed six inches in length. ' 

Defects in all cases to be considered in connection with the size of the piece and its 
general quality. 








STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


127 


CLEARS. 

Edge Grain Clears in widths twelve inches and wider, shall show edge grain on face 
for at least three-quarters of width, and otherwise free from defects on one face and 
two edges. 

Other Clears shall be sound lumber, well sawn, one side and two edges free from 
knots and other defects impairing its use for the purpose intended. 

Will Allow 

In dimensions two inches and less in thickness of contents, twenty-four inches or 
less to the linear foot. 

Narrow pitch seams not over four inches long, when not extending through the 
piece and small knots when appearing on one side only. 

Small amount of light-colored sap when not exceeding one-eighth the width or one- 
fourth the length. 

In dimensions three inches to six inches thick, six inches to ten inches wide. 

Narrow pitch seams not over six inches long on one side or edge. 

Light-colored sap not exceeding one-fourth face or edge or half the length. 

Knots not exceeding one inch in diameter when on one side and lower half of edges. 

In dimensions larger than above. 

Pitch seams when not extending through the piece. 

Light-colored sap on corners not exceeding three inches on face and edge. 

Knots two inches and less in diameter, according to size of piece, when on one face 
and one-half of each corresponding edge, leaving one face and upper half of each edge 
clear. 

SHIP PLANK. 

Including outboard planking, garboards, wales, clamps, rails and lumber for similar 
purposes, shall be close-grained lumber, free from large knots or other defects impair¬ 
ing its use for the purposes required. 

Will Allow 

Sap on edges not exceeding one-fourth the face and one-third the length. 

Sound hard knots not exceeding one-fourth inch in diameter when not on corners 
or calking portion of edges. 

Pitch seams if narrow and not extending through the piece. 

DECK PLANK. 

Shall be uniformly sawn, close-grained and free from knots and defects on one 
face and calking edges. Flat sizes shall show edge grain on broad face. 

Will Allow 

Sap on corners of upper side not exceeding one-fourth face width or one-third 
length. 

Sound hard knots not exceeding one inch in diameter on lower side and lower 
half of calking edge. 


FLOORING. 

Fir Flooring No. i.—Edge grain shall be free from all defects and well manufac¬ 
tured. Angle of grain not more than 45 degrees. 

Fir Flooring No. 1.—Slash grain, shall be well manufactured and free from all de¬ 
fects except occasional slight roughness in dressing. 

Fir Flooring No. 2.—Shall be well manufactured, both edge and slash grain. Will 
admit of slight roughness in dressing, bright sap one-half of the width of the face. 
One of the following is also permitted with one of above two defects: Three close pitch 
seams not to exceed two inches in length; three tight smooth knots each not more than 
three-quarters of an inch in diameter. Based on sixteen-foot lengths. 

CEILING. 

Fir Ceiling No. 1.—Shall conform to the grade of No. 1 slash grain flooring. 

STEPPING No. 1. 

This grade shall show edge grain on face to extent of not less than three-quarters 
of width and be free from defects on face and edges, and shall conform generally 
to grade of ‘’Clears.” 




128 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


STEPPING NO. 2. 

This grade shall show edge grain on face to extent of not less than half its width 
and conform generally to grade of “Selects.” 

RUSTIC. 

Rustic No. x shall conform to the grade of No. I slash grain flooring. 

Rustic No. 2 shall conform to the grade of No. 2 flooring. 

PORT PIRIE MINING TIMBER. 

This grade shall consist of sound lumber free from shakes, splits and rotten knots. 
Will allow occasional variations in sawing. 

RAILROAD TIES. 

Must be of sound live timber, free from shakes, splits and large knots where the 
rails lie. Will allow occasional variations in sawing. 

PICKETS. 

Pickets l"x3"—4'—4'6"—5' will allow variation in size from one-eighth of an inch 
in thickness and one-eighth of an inch in width. Sap and two sound hard knots not over 
three-quarters of an inch in diameter allowed. 

STAVES. 

Staves i"x3"x4'. Sawn full size clear. If seasoned will allow one-eighth of an 
inch scant in width. 

LATH. 

, Lath, three thicknesses to one inch. Will allow sap. 


DOMESTIC GRADING RULES. 


Notes to Surveyors. 


SALE MEASURE. 

All intermediate (odd or fractional) lengths shall be measured as of the contents 
cf the next longer length, unless otherwise especially instructed by the proper parties. 

All lumber sawn less than one inch in thickness shall be measured as of one inch 
(i. e., at surface measure). 

All rough lumber one inch and over in thickness shall be measured at board meas¬ 
ure contents. 

All worked lumber shall be measured at board measure contents before working. 

Sizes 4 inches and under in thickness will be worked one-eighth inch less for each 
side surfaced. Sizes over 4 inches in thickness will be worked one-fourth inch less for 
each side surfaced. 

T. & G. S. 1 S. shall be worked one-eighth inch less in thickness and five-eighth 
inch narrower on face. 

All sizes are subject to natural shrinkage, whether “green” partially or wholly 
seasoned, and in such cases the surveyor will make allowance for variations from above. 

RECOGNIZED DEFECTS 

Are Knots, Knot-holes, Splits (either from seasoning, ring heart or rough handling), 
Shakes, Wane, Red-heart, Rot, Rotton Streaks, Worm-holes, Pitch-seams, Pitch-pockets, 
Solid Pitch, Chipped Grain, Torn Grain, Loosened Grain, Seasoning Checks, and Black 
Sap. 

Knots 

Shall be classified as Pin, Small, Standard and Large as to size; Round and Spike 
as to form; and Sound, Loose, Encased, Pith and Rotten as to quality. 

A Pin knot is sound and not over one-half inch in diameter. 

A Small knot is sound and not over one inch in diameter. 

A Standard knot is sound and not over one and one-half inches in diameter. 

A Large knot is sound, and any size over one and one-half inches in diameter. 







STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


129 


A Round knot may be oval or circular in form, and the mean or average diameter 
shall be considered in applying these rules. 

A Spike knot is one sawn in a lengthwise direction. 

A Sound knot is one solid across its face, as hard as the wood it is in, and so fixed 
i>y growth or position that it will retain its place in the piece. 

A Loose knot is one not held firmly in place by growth or position. 

An Encased knot is one surrounded wholly or in part by bark or pitch. 

A Pith knot is a small, sound knot with a pith hole not more than one-fourth inch 
in the center. 

A rotten knot is one not as hard as the wood it is in. 

Pitch. 

Seams are opening between the grain of wood containing more or less pitch and 
•shall be classified as large and small. 

A Large pitch seam is one one-eighth inch and over in open width, and not over 
-eight inches in length. 

A small pitch seam is one less than one-eighth inch in open width, and not exceed¬ 
ing four inches in length. 

A Pitch pocket is a well-defined accumulation of pitch at one point of the piece. 

A pitch seam or pocket showing open on both sides of the piece one-eighth inch or 
.more in width shall be considered the equivalent of a knot-hole. 

Grain. 

Chipped grain consists of a part of the surface being chipped or broken out in small 
particles below the surface, but shall not be classed as torn grain. 

Torn grain consists of a part of the wood being torn out in dressing, usually around 
jknots or curly places. 

Loosened grain consists of the point of one grain being torn loose from the next 
grain, noticeable on the heart side of a piece. 

Sap. 

Colored; blue or black. 

Bright sap shall not be considered a defect unless the surveyor shall receive from 
^the supervising inspector, or both buyer and seller, contrary instructions. 

Sundries. 

Firm re dheart shall not be considered a defect in any of the grades of Commons. 

Occasional variations in sawing, or occasional scant thickness, shall not be con¬ 
sidered a defect when not rendering the piece unfitted for its probable use. 

Imperfect manufacture in dressed stock, such as Chipped grain, Torn grain, Loos¬ 
ened grain, Broken knots, Mismatching, or Insufficient tongue or groove will reduce 
the grade, according to whether such defects are slight or serious, in their effect upon 
the use of the piece. 

Equivalent, in the application of these rules, means that the defects allowed, whether 
specified or not, are understood to be equivalent in damaging effect to those specially 
mentioned. 

The grades of all regular stock shall be determined by the number, character and 
position of defects visible in any piece. The enumerated defects permissible in any 
grade are intended to be descriptive of the coarsest piece such grade may contain here- 
tinder; the average quality of the grade should be about midway between such piece 
.and the coarsest piece allowed in the next higher grade. 


DOUGLAS FIR. 


Grades. 

Shall be known and designated as follows: 

Rough and Worked Commons—"Merchantable,” “Seconds,” “Refuse.” 

Rough Uppers—“Clear,” “Select.” Car stock: “No. i,” “No. 2.” Ship Stuff: “No. 
j,” “No. 2.” 

Worked Uppers—D. & M. Flooring: “No. 1,” “No. 2,” “No. 3.” Stepping: “No. 
i ” “No. 2,” “No. 3.” Rustic: “No. 1,” “No. 2,” “No. 3.” Ceiling: “No. 1,” “No. 2,” 
"“No. 3.” 

Rough Commons. 


MERCHANTABLE. 

This grade shall consist of lengths 10 feet and over (except shorter lengths be or¬ 
dered) of sound, strong lumber, free from loose or rotten knots, knot-holes, splits, 
•shakes, wane, rot, pitch-seams (open on both sides of the piece), or other defects that 
materially impair the strength of the piece; well manufactured, and suitable for good 
substantial construction purposes, or the purpose for which it is intended. 




130 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Will Allow: 

» • 

Occasional variations in sawing, or occasional scant thicknesses. 

Sound large knots. 

Large pitch seams. 

Bright or colored sap on corners one-third the width and one-half the thickness. 

Firm red heart. 

Recognized defects in all cases to be considered in connection with size of piece 
and its quality otherwise. 

Bill Stuff shall consist of sizes ordered for specific construction and not intended 
for “Yard Stock,” and must be inspected with the view of its adaptability to the uses- 
intended, and unless manifestly unfit therefor shall be surveyed under this grade, except 
the order be for a higher grade. 


SECONDS. 

This grade shall consist of lengths ten feet and over (except shorter lengths be- 
ordered) having any of the recognized defects which exclude it from grading as Mer¬ 
chantable. 

Will Allow: 

Recognized defects which render it unfit for good substantial construction pur¬ 
poses, but suitable for an inferior class of work. 

REFUSE. 

This grade shall consist only of commons absolutely unfit for any other use than 
firewood. 


Rough Uppers. 


SELECTS. 


Shall be sound, strong lumber, and in flooring, 
grain, well manufactured. 


Will Allow: 


ceiling and finish stock of good 


In sizes under six inches by six inches: 

Pin knots, bright sap on corners, one-quarter the width and one-half the thickness, 
and small pitch seams. Not more than two such defects in for each ten linear feet. 

In sizes six inches by six inches and over: 

Small and standard knots varying in diameter according to size of piece. 

Bright sap on corners not to exceed three inches on both faces and edges. 

Large pitch seams. 

Recognized defects to be considered in all cases in connection with size of piece and 
its general quality. 


CLEARS. 


Flooring, ceiling and finish stock shall be sound, close-grain, well sawn and on one 
side and two edges free from defects impairing its use for probable purposes intended. 

Edge grain in widths twelve inches and wider shall be so graded if showing grain 
on edge within an angle of 45 degrees, for at least three-fourths of width, and other¬ 
wise free from defects on one face and two edges. 

Slash grain (nearly parallel to surface) shall be otherwise free from recognized 
defects on one face and two edges. 

Other lumber in this grade shall be uniformly sawn and genet ally free from recog¬ 
nized defects. 

Will Allow: 

In dimensions containing twenty-four inches or less to the linear foot: 

Bright sap when not exceeding one-quarter the width, thickness or length. 

Small pitch seams whe nnot extending through the piece. 

In dimensions three inches to six inches thick and over eight inches to twelve inches 
wide: 

Pin knots when on one side and lower half of edges. 

Bright sap not exceeding one-fourth the face or edges, or one-third the length. 

Small pitch seams when not extending through the piece. 

In dimensions larger than above: 

Small knots, according to size of piece, when on one face and lower half of edges, 
leaving one face and upper half of edges clear. 

Bright sap on corners not exceeding three inches on face and edges, or one-half the 
length. 

Large pitch seams, when not extending through the piece. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


131 


SHIP STUFF. 

All lumber for this purpose shall be strong, of live wood, and close grain. 

No. i Plank. 

Includes outboard planking, garboards, wales, clamps, rails and lumber for similar 
purposes; if worked, to be fairly smooth. 

Will Allow: 

Small, tight, hard knots when not on corners or caulking seam. 

Bright sap on face side edges not exceeding one-quarter the width or thickness. 

Small pitch seams not extending through the piece. 

Said defects to be considered in connection with size of piece and its quality other¬ 
wise. 

No. i Decking. 

Shall be uniformly sawn,, close-grain, free from recognized defects on one face and 
both edges, and if worked to be of uniform size and fairly smooth. Flat sizes shall 
show edge grain on broad face, and both square and flat sizes be free from recognized 
defects on edge grain face. 

Will Allow: 

Pin knots on under side and lower part of caulking edges. 

Bright sap on face side edges not exceeding one-eighth the width and one-fourths 
the thickness. 

No. 2 Plank and Decking. 

This grade shall include all of above material not suited for grading as No. I here¬ 
under, but in quality shall be equal to the grade of Select. 

CAR. STOCK. 

Lumber in this grade shall be strong, of fine grain, and uniformly sawn. 

Sizes two inches thick and less and twelve inches and less wide shall be practically 
clear, free from all recognized defects that would impair it for its intended use. 

Will Allow. 

In dimensions over two inches thick and twelve inches wide: 

Small knots, according to size of piece. 

Bright sap in limited amount, according to size of piece. 

Small pitch seams. 

Said defects to be considered in connection with size of piece and its quality other- 


This grade shall include material impaired by recognized defects from grading as- 
No. i, but generally conforming to the grade of “Selects.” 

Car Siding and Roofing. 

To be graded under rules for D. & M. Ceiling. 


Worked Uppers. 

D. & M. FLOORING No. i. 

This grade shall consist of lengths ten feet and up (except shorter lengths be- 
ordered), edge grain on face for three-quarters of width; of sound, close-grain lumber^, 
and free from recognized defects on face and edges; well worked, and conform generally 
to grade of Clears. 

Will Allow: 

One pin knot in each piece. 

Bright sap when not extending over one-quarter face and length. 

Only one such defect allowed in any one piece. 

No. 2. 

This grade shall consist of edge or slash grain of lengths ten feet and up (except 
shorter lengths when ordered), well worked and conform generally to the grade o£ 
Selects. 




132 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Will Allow: 

Small knots, if not appearing on edges. 

Bright sap, whtfl not extending over one-half the face and length. 

Small pitch seams. 

Chipped grain. 

Said defects to be considered in connection with length of piece and its quality- 
otherwise. Not more than two such defects to each twelve linear feet. 

No. 3. 

This grade shall consist of lengths six feet and up regardless of grain, and conform 
generally to grade of Merchantable. 


STEPPING. 

This material shall consist -of lengths ten feet and over (except shorter lengths 
be ordered), and defects allowed shall be considered with regard to length of piece. 

No. 1. 

This grade shall conform generally to grade of clears, be worked smooth on one 
side, shall show edge grain on face to extent of not less than three-fourths of width, 
and free from defects on face and one edge. 

No. 2. 

This grade shall show edge grain on face to extent of not less than one-half the 
-width, and conform generally to grade of “Selects.” 

Will Allow: 

Pin knots on one face or one edge. 

Bright sap, when not extending over one-quarter the width. 

Small pitch seams. 

Chipped grain and other recognized defects impairing it from grading as No. 1. 


No. 3. 

This grade shall be regardless of grain, and conform generally to grade of Mer- 
<hantable. 


RUSTIC SIDING AND CEILING No. 1. 

Shall consist of lengths ten feet and up (except shorter lengths be ordered), sound 
dumber, regardless of grain, free from recognized defects on face and edges, well 
worked and conform generally to grade of “Clears.” 

Will Allow: 

One pin knot. 

Or bright sap not extending over one-quarter width or length of piece. 

Only one such defect allowed in any one piece. 

No. 2. 

This grade shall conform generally to grade of “Selects.” 

Will Allow: 

Small knots if not appearing on edges. 

Bright sap, when not extending over one-half the face and length. 

Small pitch seams if not extending through the piece. 

Chipped grain. 

Said defects to be considered in connection with size and length of piece. 

No. 3. 

Shall conform generally to grade of Merchantable. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


133 


Cypress Grading Rules, Southern Cypress Lumber Association, in Effect 

February 22, 1897. 


Adopted by The Hardwood Mfrs. Ass’n of the U. S January 28, 1903. 


TANK STOCK. 

Shall be 5" and over in width, 1^4" to 4" thick and 8' and over long. Pieces up to 
7" shall be free of sap. Pieces wider than 7" may have 1" of sound sap on one edge, 
not to exceed half the length and half the thickness of the piece. In all widths, sound 
knots that do not impair its usefulness for tank purposes may be admitted. 

FIRST AND SECOND CLEAR. 

Shall be 8" and over in width. Pieces 8" to 10" may have 1" of bright sap on each 
edge, or its equivalent on one edge, otherwise they must be clear. Pieces 10" and 
under 12" wide may have 1^2" of bright sap on each edge, or 3" on one edge, and one 
standard knot 1%" in diameter. 

Pieces 12" wide may have one standard knot and 2" of bright sap on each edge,, 
or the equivalent on one edge; or in lieu of sap may have two standard knots or their 
equivalents. Pieces wider than 12" may admit of defects in proportion as width in¬ 
creases. Pieces 14" and wider may have one straight split not over 10" to 12" long,, 
when comparatively free from other defects. Slight season checks allowed in above¬ 
grade. 

SELECTS. 

Shall have one face side and be 7" and over in width. Pieces 10" and under in 
width shall admit two standard knots of i%" in diameter, and an additional standard 
knot for every two inches in width, over 10”. Bright sap not considered a defect.. Un¬ 
sound knots that do not go through the piece to be allowed. Pieces free from other 
defects, 10" and over wide, to admit pin worm holes on one edge one-tenth the width 
cf the piece. Season checks, no defect. Slight wane on 10" piece and over allowed on 
one side, not over 3 feet in length. When no other defects appear, slight amount 
stained sap may be allowed. Pieces 10" and over in width may have a straight split 
not to exceed 12" in one end, when comparatively free from other defects. 

SHOP. 

Shop to be 6" and over in width, 8' and over in length, and to include all lumber that 
will not go into above grades, but that will cut for shop use 60 per cent, clear of waste. 

MERCHANTABLE OR COMMON. 

May be any width, admitting sap, knots, shake or peck, when the strength is not 
impaired. 

STRIPS. 

Four-inch to 6" strips shall be graded A, B, C, D, and read the same as flooring 
grades. 

SIDING. 

“Clear and A” siding may have 1" of bright sap on thin edge, and may contain one 
small sound knot. 

“B”—May have Yz of face bright sap if otherwise clear, or in lieu of Y sap, may 
contain two small sound knots. 

“C”—May be all bright sap or may have one to five knots, the whole not aggregat¬ 
ing over 3", or knots or other defects that can be removed in two cuts with waste not 
exceeding 12" in length, or three pin worm holes, and may have check or split at one 
end, not exceeding 12" in length. 

“D”—May have stained sap and pin worm holes, or may have other defects that 
will not cause a waste to exceed Yz the piece. 

DRESSED FINISHING. 

Seven inches (7") and up random width to be two grades, as described in first 
and Second Clear and Select. 





134 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


FLOORING, CEILING AND PARTITION. 

Clear must be free of sap and defects. 

"A”—May have i" bright sap on one edge, may contain one small sound knot, or 
may have bright sap % its width on one end for not exceeding two feet from end. 

“B”—May have 54 of its face bright sap if otherwise clear, or in lieu of bright sap, 
contain two small sound knots, or may have a split not to exceed 9" at one end. 

“C”—May have all bright sap, or may have one to five knots, the whole not aggre¬ 
gating over 3", or knots or other defects that can be removed in two cuts with waste 
not to exceed 12" in length, or may have three pin worm holes, or may have checks or 
split at one end, not to exceed 12" in length. 

“D”—May have stained sap and pin worm holes, or may have unsound knots or 
•other defects that will not cause a waste to exceed 54 of the piece. 

DRESSED FINISHING. 

Strips 1, and 1^x4 to 6 inches wide, to be graded as First and Second Clear and 
Select. The above First and Second Clear Strips, which are 1, 1% and D/2 thick shall 
Lave one heart face, and will admit one inch sap on one edge. Select may be all bright 
sap, or in lieu of sap may contain two standards knots. 2x4 and 2x6 to be graded 
dear and Select as described in above 1, 1% and ij 4 Strips. 


SQUARES. 

Squares to be graded Clear and Select 4x4 to 10x10. A Clear Square to admit 54 
Its size of sap on one corner. Select may have half bright sap. 


SHINGLES. 

Best. —A dimension shingle, 4, 5 and 6 inches, each width separately bunched, six¬ 
teen inches long, five butts to measure two inches, all heart free of shakes, knots and 
-other defects. 

Primes. —Dimension, 4", 5", 6", each width separately bunched, sixteen inches long, 
five butts to measure two inches, admitting tight knots, sap free of shakes and other 
defects, but with no knots within eight inches of the butt. 

Extra “A.” —Same as Primes, except random width and may admit of shingles four¬ 
teen inches long. 

Clippers. —Any shingles which are sound for five inches from the butts—worm 
holes excepted—and two and one-half inches or up in width. 


WEIGHTS. 

Lumber, rough, 2 inches and under. 

Lumber, rough, 254 and 3 inches. 

54 inch flooring and ceiling. 

54 inch ceiling . 

Y.t inch ceiling. 

54 inch ceiling. 

54 inch bevel siding . 

Shingles, all grades . 

54 inch plaster lath. 

54 inch fence lath. 

iY xI / 4 x 4 D & H Pickets. 

? 4 x 2 j 4 x 4 D & H Pickets. 

2 inch O. G. Battens. 

254 inch O. G. Battens. 

3 inch O. G. Battens. 


Lbs. per M. 

.3000 

. 35 oo 

.2300 

.1600 

.1300 

.1000 

...1000 

. 300 

. Soo 

. 900 

.1600 

.1800 

. 500 

. 600 

. 700 


GAUGES FOR MATCHED LUMBER. 

Flooring. —1x4 and 1x6 shall be 27-32x354" and 27-32x554". 
iY" flooring shall be 1 3-32". 

Ceiling.— 54 " shall be 5-16", 54 " shall be 7-16". 

54" shall be 9-16", 54" shall be 11-16", 
and the widths shall be the same as flooring. 



















STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


135 


UNIVERSAL STANDARD LOG SCALE. 


OFFICIAL SCALE OF 

The Hardwood Manfacturers’ Association of the United States. 

ADOPTED JUNE, 1902. 


Length in Feet. 




8 

IO 

13 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

24 


IO 

18 

23 

27 

32 

36 

4i 

46 

50 

54 


1 1 

24 

3i 

37 

43 

49 

55 

6l 

67 

74 


12 

32 

40 

48 

56 

64 

72 

80 

88 

96 


1 :: 

4° 

5o 

61 

71 

81 

9i 

IOI 

hi 

122 


14 

50 

62 

75 

88 

100 

112 

125 

137 

150 


15 

60 

75 

9i 

106 

121 

136 

151 

166 

181 


10 

72 

90 

108 

126 

144 

162 

180 

198 

216 


17 

84 

106 

127 

148 

169 

190 

211 

232 

253 


18 

98 

122 

147 

171 

196 

220 

245 

269 

294 


1» 

112 

141 

169 

197 

225 

253 

280 

309 

338 


30 

128 

160 

192 

224 

256 

288 

320 

352 

384 


31 

144 

181 

217 

253 

289 

325 

361 

397 

433 


33 

162 

202 

243 

283 

324 

364 

404 

445 

486 


35 

180 

226 

271 

313 

359 

406 

452 

496 

54* 

A 

34 

200 

250 

3°° 

35° 

400 

450 

500 

55o 

600 

O 

rt 

35 

220 

276 

33i 

386 

441 

496 

55* 

606 

661 

w 

36 

242 

302 

363 

423 

484 

544 

605 

665 

726 

PI 

37 

264 

330 

397 

463 

530 

596 

661 

726 

794 

• rH 

38 

291 

363 

43 6 

509 

582 

654 

728 

8 DO 

873 

<D 

39 

305 

381 

457 

533 

609 

685 

761 

838 

914 

"o 

SO 

328 

411 

493 

575 

657 

739 

821 

904 

9S6 

a 

SI 

355 

444 

532 

622 

710 

799 

888 

976 

1065 

Co 

• rH 

S3 

368 

460 

552 

644 

73 6 

828 

920 

1012 

1104 

P 

SS 

39 2 

490 

588 

6S6 

784 

882 

980 

IO78 

1176 


34 

400 

5°° 

600 

700 

800 

900 

1000 

IIOO 

1200 


35 

438 

547 

657 

766 

876 

985 

1095 

1204 

13*4 


SO 

462 

577 

692 

807 

923 

1088 

1152 

1268 

1384 


37 

5H 

644 

77 2 

901 

1029 

1158 

1287 

1415 

1544 


38 

534 

669 

801 

934 

1068 

120: 

1335 

I468 

1602 


39 

560 

700 

840 

980 

1120 

1260 

1400 

1540 

1680 


40 

602 

752 

903 

1053 

1204 

1354 

1505 

1655 

1806 


41 

636 

795 

954 

1113 

1272 

1431 

1590 

1749 

1908 


43 

671 

840 

1007 

1175 

1343 

I5H 

1679 

1846 

2014 


43 

698 

872 

1046 

1222 

1396 

* 57 i 

1745 

I918 

2092 


44 

740 

925 

mo 

1295 

1480 

1665 

1850 

2035 

2220 


45 

759 

949 

1139 

1329 

1518 

1707 

1898 

...» 

.... 


40 

793 

991 

1190 

1388 

1587 

1785 

1983 

, . . . 

.... 


47 

828 

1035 

1242 

1449 

1656 

1862 

2070 

. . . . 

.... 


48 

864 

1080 

1296 

1512 

1728 

1944 

2160 

.... 

.... 


The above rule is a combination of the Doyle and Scribner rules. Doyle, 27 inches and 
under. Scribner, 28 inches and over. 





































136 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Southern Cypress Manufacturers’ Association. 


STANDARD GRADES AND CLASSIFICATIONS OF CYPRESS LUM¬ 
BER AND SHINGLES. 


Adopted at Atlantic Beach, Fla., July 18 , 1906 . 


GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 

The aim of these grading rules is to harmonize the natural differences which exist 
in the timber sawed at the various mills in this Association, in an effort to make the 
shipments of lumber from the different mills uniform and of equal intrinsic value, grade 
for grade. 

To that end, cypress lumber shall be graded according to the following rules and 
specifications, bearing in mind that as no arbitrary set of rules and specifications can be- 
maintained in every case, much must be left to the common sense and best judgment 
of the inspector. 

Lumber shall be manufactured and shipped uniform and even in standard lengths 
and thicknesses. 

Tank, first and second and worked partition shall be graded from the poorer side. 

Select lumber, flooring, ceiling, bevel siding and finishing shall be graded from the 
better or finished side, but the reverse side shall in no case be more than one grade 
lower. 

All lumber shall be tallied surface or face measure, the tally counted up, and the 
one-quarter or one-half added to the total where the lumber is one and one-quarter or 
one and one-half inches thick, and two inches and thicker to be multiplied by the thick¬ 
ness. 

In the measurement of all lumber, fractions exactly on the one-half foot are to be 
given alternately to the buyer and seller, the fractions below the one-half foot are to be 
dropped, and all fractions above the one-half foot are to be counted to the next higher- 
figure on the board rule. 

Recognized defects in cypress are knots, knot holes, shake, splits, wane, worm 
holes, stained sap and peck. 


STANDARD DEFECTS. 

A standard knot is sound and not to exceed one and one-quarter inches in diameter- 
A small sound knot is one not exceeding thru quarters of .in inch in diameter. 
Two small knots not to exceed in extent or damage one iJ 4 -iuch knot. 

One straight split not to exceed in length the width of the piece. 

Worm, grub, knot and rafting pin holes not exceeding in damage one one-fourtli- 
inch knot. 

Ordinary season checks shall not be considered a defect in any grade. 

Bright sap is not a defect in select or below. 

Pin worm holes, sound knots and stained sap shall not be considered a defect im 
No. i common or below. 


STANDARD LENGTHS. 

Tank stock, shop and No. i common shall be 8 feet and longer. 

First and second and select shall be io to 20 feet. 

Finish flooring, ceiling, partition, bevel and drop siding shall be 10 to 20 feet. 
Moulding of all sizes 8 to 20 feet. 

No. 2 common 6 feet and longer. 

Cull or peck 4 feet and longer. 

STANDARD THICKNESSES. 

All lumber shipped in the rough shall be the even thickness. 

4/4 lumber SiS or S2S shall be 13-16 inch thick. 

5/4 lumber SiS or S2S shall be D/s inches thick. 

6/4 lumber SiS or S2S shall be iH inches thick. 

8/4 lumber SiS or S2S shall be 1 y A inches thick. 

10/4 lumber SiS or S2S shall be 2% inches thick. 

12/4 lumber SiS or S2S shall be 2 y A inches thick. 

All lumber SiE takes off three-eighths inch; S2E., one-half inch. 

All flooring shall be S2S and C. M. 






STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


137 


fA 2 r ing S M! u* 13-16 in & b r *X- inch > 354 -inch, 4%. inch, S54-inch face, 
fy* ooring shall be i 3-32, 6/4 shall be 1 11-32, by same widths as 4/4. 

H ceiling shall be worked 5-16 inch, SiS only. 

V* ceiling shall be worked 7-16 inch, SiS only. 

54 ceiling shall be worked 9-16 inch, SiS only. 

34 ceiling shall be worked it-16 inch, SiS only. 

All widths of ceiling to be the same as flooring. 

Drop siding shall be worked same as flooring. 

Bevel siding shall be worked one-half inch less 
measure. 


in width than the rough strip 


STANDARD WEIGHTS. 


Lumber, 254 inch and 3 inch. 

Lumber, 2 inch .. 

Lumber, 154 inch, 154 inch and 1 inch. 

54 -inch panel stock. 

34-inch panel stock. 

13-16-inch flooring, partition, drop siding, moulded 

34-inch ceiling . 

54-inch ceiling . 

34-inch ceiling . 

54-inch bevel siding. 

Shingles, all grades. 

Lath, 34 -inch . 

Lath, 34 -inch . 

1 54 xi 54 —4' pickets, D. & H. 

i 34 xi 34 — 4' pickets, D. & H. 

13-16x254—4' pickets, D. & H. 

O. G. battens, 2-inch. 

O. G. battens, 254-inch. 

O. G. battens, 3-inch . 

34x3 battens . 


Pounds per M. 


Green 

5,000 

5,ooo 

5,ooo 


Rough 

Dry. 

3 , 5 oo 

3,200 

3,ooo 


SiS 
or S2S. 
Dry. 
2,900 

2.600 

2.400 

1.400 
1,700 

2.200 

1.600 
1,300 
1,000 
1,000 

300 

500 

900 

1.200 
2,000 
1,700 

300 

350 

400 

300 


casing and base 


TANK STOCK. 

This grade shall be random widths, and will not be furnished in specified widths, 
and shall be graded from the poorer side. 

This grade shall be 5 inches and wider, 154 to 4 inches thick and 8 feet and over in 
length. Pieces up to 7 inches shall be free from sap. Pieces wider than 7 inches may 
have 1 inch of sound sap on one edge, not to exceed half the length and half the thick¬ 
ness of the piece. In all widths sound knots or slight season checks that do not impair 
usefulness for tank purposes may be admitted. 


FIRST AND SECOND CLEAR. 

This grade shall be random widths, and will not be furnished in specified widths, 
and shall be graded from the poorer side. 

This grade shall be 8 inches and wider, x to 4 inches thick and 10 feet and over in 
length. Pieces 8 to 10 inches may have 1 inch of bright sap on each edge, or its equiv¬ 
alent on one or both edges, otherwise, they must be clear. Pieces 10 inches and under 
12 inches may have i 54 inches of bright sap on each edge or 3 inches on one edge, and 
may have one standard knot. Pieces 12 inches wide may have 2 inches of bright sap 
on each edge, or 4 inches on one edge and may have one standard knot; or, in lieu of 
sap, may have two standard knots or their equivalent. Pieces wider than 12 inches 
may admit of defects as specified above in proportion as width increases. Pieces 10 
inches and wider may admit of one end split, which shall not exceed in length the width 
of the piece. Slight season checks allowed in this grade. Pieces free from other de¬ 
fects may have bright sap across one face at one end, but this sap shall not exceed in 
length one-tenth of the length of the piece. 

SELECTS. 

This grade shall be random widths, and will not be furnished in specified widths, 
and shall be graded from the better side, but the reverse side shall not be more than 
one grade lower. 

This grade shall be 7 inches and wider, but will not be furnished wider than 12 
inches; shall be 1 to 3 inches thick, 10 feet and longer. Pieces 10 inches and under in 
10 sir 


























138 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


width shall admit two standard knots and an additional standard knot for every 2 inches 
in width over io inches. Pie.ces free from other defects, io inches and over in width, to 
admit pin worm holes on one edge one-tenth the width of the piece. Bright sap is not 
a defect in this grade. Season checks are not a defect in this grade. Slight wane on 
pieces io inches and over in width is allowed on one edge not over 3 feet in length. 
When no other defect appears, slight amount of stained sap may be allowed. Pieces 
10 inches and wider may admit of one end split which shall not exceed in length the 
width of the piece. 

SHOP. 

This grade shall be random widths, and will not be furnished in specified widths; 
shall be 5 inches and wider, 1 to 3 inches thick, 8 feet and longer, and shall be graded 
No. 1 and No. 2 shop. 

No. 1 SHOP. 

In this grade the i-inch shall cut for shop use 60 per cent, or better of the follow¬ 
ing cuts and rips: 5 inches wide, or wider, by 3 feet long, or longer; and 9^ inches 
wide, or wider, by 18 inches long or longer; and strips 2 inches wide, or wider, ripped 
the entire length of the piece. In this grade 1 *4 inches and thicker shall cut for shop 
use 60 per cent, or better of the following cuts and rips: 5% inches wide, or wider, by 3 
feet long, or longer; 9 inches wide, or wider, by 2 feet 4 inches long, or longer; and 
strips 2 inches wide, or wider, ripped the entire length of the piece. In the above cut¬ 
tings bright sap shall be admitted. 


No. 2 SHOP. 

This grade shall cut for shop use 40 to 60 per cent, of the same size cuts and rips 
as the corresponding thicknesses in No. 1 shop. In the above cuttings bright sap shall 
be admitted. 

SELECTED COMMON TANK STOCK. 

This grade shall be 4 inches wide, or wider, and 2 inches thick, 8 feet and 
over in length. Sound sap no defect in this grade, but must be free from wane edge, 
unsound knots or other defects that extend through the thickness of the piece, and 
must be square edged to work the full length of the piece. 

No. 1 COMMON. 

This grade may be either random or specified widths, shall be 3 inches and wider, 1 
inch and thicker, 8 feet and over in length, admitting sap, bright or stained, shake, knots, 
pin worm holes, and a small amount of peck on one side and one edge, which defects, 
however, shall not be sufficient to seriously impair the strength, or prevent the use of 
each piece for “common” purposes in its full length and full width. 

No. 2 COMMON. 

This grade may be 1x6, otherwise random widths, 4 inches and wider, 1 to 2 inches 
thick, 6 feet and over in length, admitting all the defects allowed in No. 1 common grade, 
and in addition will admit peck on both sides, loose knots and knot holes; however, 
above defects shall not be sufficient to cause more than one-third waste in this grade, 
when used for ordinary boxing, crating and sheathing purposes. 

The 1x6 in this grade shall have sufficient strength to permit its use as low grade 
fencing. 

CULL OR PECK. 

This grade may be random or specified widths 3 inches and wider, 1 to 4 inches 
thick, 4 feet and over in length. Shall admit all pieces below the grade of No. 2 Com¬ 
mon, and shall also admit the product of that part of the log known as “pecky”; how¬ 
ever, each piece shall have sufficient strength and nailing surface to permit its use as a 
low-grade boxing, crating, sheathing and foundation material. 

FINISHING. 

Shall be specified widths 4 inches and wider, 1 to 2 inches thick, 10 feet and over 
long, and shall be graded from the better side A, B and C, but the reverse side shall 
not be more than one grade lower. All grades of finish, rough or SiS or S2S may vary 
one-fourth inch from the width specified. 

“A” Finish. —Pieces 4 and 5 inches wide shall be clear of sap, knots and other de¬ 
fects. Pieces 6 inches wide may have 1 inch of bright sap, or in lieu of sap one small 
sound knot. Pieces 7 and 8 inches wide may have 2 inches of bright sap, or in lieu of 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


139 


sap one small sound knot. Pieces 9 and 10 inches wide may have 3 inches of bright 
sap, or in lieu of sap two small sound knots, or 1^2 inches of bright sap and one small 
sound knot. Pieces 12 inches wide may have 4 inches of bright sap, or in lieu of sap 
one standard knot, or two small sound knots, or 2 inches of bright sap and one small 
sound knot. Pieces 14 inches or wider may have more defects in proportion as the 
width increases. 

“B” Finish.—Pieces 4, 5 and 6 inches wide may have 2 inches of bright sap and one 
or two small sound knots, or in lieu of knots may have all bright sap. Pieces 7 and 8 
inches wide may have 3 inches of bright sap and two small sound knots, or in lieu of 
knots may have all bright sap. Pieces 9 and 10 inches wide may have 4 inches of bright 
sap and one standard knot or three small sound knots, or in lieu of knots may have all 
bright sap. Pieces 12 inches wide may have 6 inches of bright sap and one standard 
or four small sound knots, or in lieu of knots may have all bright sap. This grade will 
not be furnished wider than 12 inches. 

“C” (or Shop) Finish.—All widths in this grade may have knots or other defects 
that can be removed with waste not to exceed one-tenth of the length of the piece, and 
may have a small amount of stained sap or three pin worm holes in addition to above 
to per cent, of wastage. 

“D” (or Selected Common) Finish.—This grade will not be furnished wider than 10 
inches. All widths will admit sound knots, stained sap, pin worms, slight shakes, and 
other defects; but none that will prevent the use of each piece in its full width and 
length for common finishing purposes. 

SIDING. 

Siding shall be 4 and 6 inches in width, 10 to 20 feet in length, and graded from the 
finished side, A, B, C and D. 

“A” Siding.—May have 1 inch of bright sap on thin edge, and may contain one 
small sound knot. 

“B” Siding.—May have any amount of bright sap, or if not all bright sap, may have 
three sound knots, or any other defect in wane on the thin edge, shake, split or pin 
worm holes not exceeding in damage the three small sound knots above described. 

“C” Siding.—May have one to five knots, the whole not aggregating over 3 inches 
in diameter, or knots, splits or other defects that can be removed in two cuts with 
waste not exceeding 12 inches in length, or may have small amount of stained sap and 
pin worm holes not exceeding in damage the five small knots above described. 

“D” Siding.—May have stained sap and pin worm holes, or may have other defects 
that will not cause a waste to exceed one-third the piece. 

FLOORING AND CEILING. 

Shall be specified widths, 10 to 20 feet in length and graded from the finished side, 
or if both sides are finished, it shall be graded from the better side, A, B, C and D. 

“A” —May have 1 inch bright sap on one edge, may contain one small sound knot 
or may have bright sap one-fourth its -width on one end for not exceeding two feet 
from end. 

“B” —May have one-half of its face bright sap if otherwise clear, or in lieu of sap, 
may contain two small sound knots, or may have a split not to exceed 9 inches at one 
end. 

“C”—May have all bright sap, or may have one to five knots, the whole not aggre¬ 
gating over 3 inches, or knots or other defects that can be removed in two cuts with 
waste not exceeding 12 inches in length, or may have three pin worm holes, or may have 
check or split at one end, not to exceed 12 inches in length. 

“D” —May have stained sap and pin worm holes, or may have unsound knots or 
other defects that will not cause a waste to exceed one-third the piece. 

PARTITION. 

Shall be same widths and lengths as flooring and ceiling, but shall be graded from 
the poorer side, A, B, C and D, same grading to apply as in flooring and ceiling. 

PICKETS. 

Shall be graded No. 1 and No. 2. 

No. 1. —Shall be well manufactured, bright sap no defect, and may contain one small 
sound knot. 

No. 2.—Shall admit stained sap, sound knots, pin worm holes, slight shake, and 
pickets thrown out of the No. 1 grade because of poor manufacture. 

TURNING SQUARES. 

Sizes, 4x4 to 8x8. Lengths, 8 feet and longer. 

Will admit one-quarter their size in sap on one corner, showing on two faces, and 
may contain one to five small sound knots. 




*B*5T.V 

"O’* 



LUNKENHEIMER 
Regrinding Valves 


Standard for Half a Century 















< 



A Few Min¬ 
utes regrind¬ 
ing and they" 
are as good as 
new. Notify" 
us if your deal¬ 
er can not fur¬ 
nish them 



The Lunkenheimer Co. 

Largest Manufacturers of High Grade 
Engineering Specialties in the World 

Gen’l Offices and Works, CINCINNATI, OHIO, U.S.A. 

Branches: New York, 66-68 Fulton Street London, S.E., 35 Great Dover Street 


































































STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


141 


SHINGLES. 

Bests. —A dimension shingle, 4, 5 and 6 inches in width, 16 inches long, each width 
packed separately, 5 butts to measure 2 inches, to be all heart and free of shake, knots 
and other defects. 

Primes. —A dimension shingle, 4, 5 and 6 inches in width, 16 inches long, each width 
packed separately, 5 butts to measure 2 inches, admitting tight knots and sap, but free 
-of shake and other defects, but with no knots within 8 inches of the butts. 

This grade may contain shingles clipped two-thirds of the width and one-eighth of 
the length on the point. 

Star A Star. —A random width shingle 3 inches and wider, 14 to 16 inches long, 
otherwise the same as primes. 

Economy. —Dimensions 4, 5 and 6 inches, each width separately bunched, admitting 
sap and sound knots, may have slight peck 5 inches from butts, imperfections on points 
no objection and admitting 14-inch shingles. 

Clippers. —-All shingles below the above grades which are sound for 5 inches from 
the butts, worm holes and slight peck excepted, random widths 2 l / 2 inches and wider. 

The count of our manufacture of shingles, of all grades, is based on 4,000 lineal 
inches in width, making 1,000 standard shingles, consequently there would be only 667 
€-inch shingles packed and counted as 1,000 standard shingles; 5-inch dimension being 
counted in like proportion. 


STANDARD SIZES OP 

Yellow Pine Ceiling 




% Ceiling. 

1_i i 

H 1 

'4 Ceiling. 

1 .* 

m _U 

) H 

j N? 12. /H 

L 

% Ceiling. 

ft i j 

:¥■_U 

f ^ 

> N? 13. 1 

; Vp : 

1 - 


r • -- ~ t ■ 1 » 1 

H Ceiling. 


STANDARD SIZE AND LOCATION 

OF 


...BEAD... 

ON 

4in. CEILING AND PARTITION 


* --* 



PATTERNS OF 

Yellow Pine Drop Siding 

Adopted at Memphis, Teno., Jan. 16 , 1901 . 

Revised at New Orleans, La., Jan. 25, 1905. 

Worked Shlplap-^xSK over Worked Tongue and Groove— 

all. allow J* inch for Cap. over all; SK.iu. Face. 



Orders for Stock Should Conform to Above Numbers. 



Partition. 1 

21 . 

































































































142 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


CLASSIFICATION AND INSPECTION FOR BAY POPLAR (TUPELO) 

LUMBER, 


Adopted at New Orleans, La., March i, 1906. 


GENERAL EXPLANATIONS. 

All lumber must be inspected on the poorer side. 

All tapering boards shall be measured at the narrow end and in lengths of even 

feet. 

Lumber shall be sawed of full and even thickness. 

Scant sawed lumber shall be reduced to the next standard thickness. 

The standard lengths are four to sixteen feet. 

The standard thicknesses are inch, y 2 inch, Y inch, Y inch, 1 inch, 1% inches, 0/2 
inches, 2 inches, 2^2 inches, 3 and 4 inches, when dry. 

All lumber less than one inch in thickness shall be measured face measure. 

Bright sap in bay poplar is not to be considered a defect, and sap shall be consid¬ 
ered bright which will show bright when planed once. 

Ordinary season checks are not to be considered defects. 

STANDARD DEFECTS. 

One knot 1 % inches in diameter. Two knots not exceeding in extent one standard 
knot. 

Worm holes, grub holes, or rafting-pin holes not exceeding in extent or damage 
one standard knot. 

One bark edge or wane not to exceed one inch in the aggregate, running not to 
exceed one-third the length of the board and showing on one edge only, said wane to 
be measured. 

Splits that do not diverge more than one inch for each foot in length are straight 
splits. 

Wide pieces of lumber that would take two or three standard defects may have one 
large defect equal to two or three standard defects. 

STANDARD GRADES. 

All standard grades of bay poplar shall be classified for the purpose of inspection, 
as follows: 

Box Boards, first and second clear, No. 1 Common, No. 2 Common and No. 3 
Common. 


BOX BOARDS. 

Shall consist of boards 13 inches and wider, 12, 14 and 16 feet in length; end splits 
amounting to six inches in length and three sound pin knots not exceeding three-quarter 
inches in diameter showing on one side only shall be admitted. Slightly discolored 
sap, which will dress up sound, not necessarily bright, but not black, shall be admitted. 

FIRST AND SECOND CLEAR. 

Shall be six inches and over in width, 10, 12, 14 and 16 feet in length, pieces six 
inches to eight inches wide shall be clear. Pieces nine inches to ten inches wide shall 
admit one standard defect or its equivalent; pieces 11 inches to 12 inches wide shall 
admit two standard defects or their equivalent; for each additional two inches in width 
over 12 inches an additional standard defect or its equivalent shall be admitted. In 
this grade straight splits shall be admitted which do not exceed in length the width of 
the pieces in inches. Slightly discolored sap which will dress up sound, not necessarily 
bright, but not black, shall be admitted. 

No. 1 COMMON. 

Shall be four inches and over in width, eight feet and over in length. Pieces four 
inches and five inches wide shall be clear one face and have two square edges; pieces 
six inches to eight inches wide shall admit two standard defects or their equivalent; 
pieces over eight inches wide shall admit two standard defects or their equivalent in 
addition to those allowed in firsts and seconds. This grade must work three-quarter 
clear one face; no cutting to be considered which is less than four inches wide and 
three feet long. Straight splits shall be admitted in this grade in pieces ten inches and 
over wide which do not exceed one-quarter the length of the piece. Slightly discolored 
sap shall be admitted in this grade. 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


143 


No. 2 COMMON. 

Shall be three inches and over in width, six feet and over in length, and shall admit 
all pieces below the grade of No. I Common which will work at least one-half without 
waste for ordinary box-making purposes. Stain, worm holes, warped and woolly pieces 
belong in this grade. 


No. 3 COMMON. 

Shall be three inches and wider, and four feet and longer, and must contain at least 
25 per cent, sound cutting, not less than three inches wide and two feet long. 

CAR SIDING STRIPS. 

Shall be eight or sixteen feet long, one inch thick and six inches wide, and shall 
have one clear face. 

BEVEL SIDING. 

A Grade. —Shall be absolutely clear face, except small defects within one inch of 
the thin edge. 

B Grade. —Shall admit slightly discolored sap, or three sound knots, not to exceed 
three-quarters of an inch in diameter. 

C Grade. —Shall comprise stock not up to grade of B, admitting unsound knots, 
splits, etc., provided three-fourths of the piece will work merchantable. 

DROP SIDING. 

A Grade. —Shall have one clear face and be otherwise sound. 

B Grade. —Shall admit of discolored sap, and in six-inch will admit of two standard 
knots, in eight-inch four standard knots, or their equivalent in smaller knots. 

FLOORING AND CEILING. 

A Grade. —Shall have one clear face and be otherwise sound. 

B Grade. —Shall admit of one standard knot or three small knots and slight sap 
stains. 

C Grade. —Shall comprise stock not up to grade of B, provided three-fourths of the 
piece will work merchantable. 

Four and six-inch flooring and ceiling shall be worked 2 > x A and 5 A inch face. 

PARTITION. 

A Grade. —Must be clear of knots on both sides. 

B Grade. —Will be graded the same as B flooring on both sides. 

WAINSCOTING. 

Shall be graded the same as flooring and ceiling. 

CASING, BASE AND MOULDINGS. 

Shall be based on Universal Moulding Book. 

STANDARD FINISHED SIZES OF DRESSED LUMBER. 

One-inch stock surfaces one or two sides to 13-16 inch. 

Lumber surfaced one edge takes off A inch; surfaced two edges takes off 34 inch. 
Flooring or ceiling from 1x4 inch finishes 13-16x334 inch face. 

Flooring or ceiling from 1x6 inch finishes 13-16x534 inch face. 

Drop siding D. & M. finishes 13-16 inch with same face as one-inch flooring. 
Four-inch and six-inch ceiling will have two beads. 

All flooring is S2S and center matched. 

Four-inch bevel siding is made from one-inch stock S4S to 13-16x334 inch and re¬ 
sawed. 

Six-inch bevel siding is made from one-inch stock S4S to 13-16x534 inch and re¬ 
sawed. 

All dressed lumber will be shipped standard sizes unless specified otherwise. 




144 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


I 


WEIGHTS. 


Pounds per M. 


Rough. 

Green. Dry. 


Lumber, 254-inch and 3-inch. 5,000 3,500 

Lumber, 2-inch . 5,000 3,200 

Lumber, 154-inch, 154-inch and i-inch. 5,000 3,000 

54-inch panel stock. 

5^-inch panel stock. 


13-16-inch flooring, partition, drop siding, moulded casing and base 

54-inch ceiling. 

54-inch ceiling . 

54-inch ceiling. 

54-inch bevel siding . 

Lath, 54-inch . 

Lath, 54-inch ... 

O. G. battens, 2-inch. 

O. G. battens, 254-inch. 

O. G. battens, 3-inch. 

54x3 battens . 


SiS 
or S2S. 
Dry. 
2,900 

2.600 

2.400 

1.400 
1,700 
2,200 

1.600 
1,300 
1,000 
1,000 

500 

900 

300 

350 

400 

300 


RULES 


Regulating the Classification and Inspection of Yellow Pine Lumber as Finally ^Adopted by 
Southern Lumber and Timber c/4ssociation, February- 14, 1883. 


CLASSIFICATION. 

Flooring shall embrace four and five quarter inches in thickness by three to six 
inches in width. For example: 1x3, 4, 5 and 6; i 54 x 3, 4> 5 an d 6. 

Boards shall embrace all thicknesses under one and a half inches by seven inches 
and up wide, including one and a half inches in thickness by seven in width. For exam¬ 
ple: 54, 1, 154 and i/4 inches thick by 7 inches and up wide. 

Scantling shall embrace all sizes from two to five inches in thickness and two to six 
inches in width. For example, 2x2, 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6, 3x3, 3x4, 3x5, 3x6, 4x4, 4x5, 4x6, 
5x5 and 5x6. ; 4 i 

Plank shall embrace all sizes from one and one-half to six inches in thickness, not 
including six inches by seven inches and up in width. For example: ij4, 2, 254, 3, 354, 
4- 4/4, 5, 554, 5/4, 5^4x7 inches and over wide. 

Dimension sizes shall embrace all sizes six inches and up in thickness by seven 
inches and up in width, including six by six. For example: 6x6, 6x7, 7x7, 7x8, 8x8, 8x9 
and up. 

Stepping shall embrace one to two and a half inches in thickness by seven inches 
and up in width. For example: 1, 154, i l / 2 , 2 and 254x7 and up wide. 

Rough-edge or Flitch shall embrace all sizes one inch and up in thickness by eight 
inches and up in width, sawed on two sides only. For example: 1, 154, 2, 3, 4 and up 
thick by 8 inches and up wide, sawed on two sides only. 

SQUARE-EDGED INSPECTION. 

Flooring shall show no wane, shall be free from through or round shakes or knots 
exceeding 154 inches in diameter, or more than six in a board; sap no objection. 

Boards shall show no wane, shall be free from round or through shakes, large or 
Unsound knots; sap no objection. 

Scantling shall be free from injurious shakes, unsound knots, or knots to impair 
strength; sap no objection. 

Plank shall be free from unsound knots, wane, through or round shakes; sap no 
objection. 

Dimension Sizes. —Sap no objection; no wane edges, no shakes to show on outside 
of stick. 

All Stock to be well and truly manufactured, full to sizes, and saw butted. 
























STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


145 


MERCHANTABLE INSPECTION. 

Flooring shall show one heart face, regardless of sap on opposite side, free from 
•through or round shakes or knots exceeding one inch in diameter, or more than four in 
-a board on the face-side. 

Boards nine inches and under wide shall show one heart face and two-thirds heart 
on opposite side; over nine inches wide shall show two-thirds heart on both sides, all 
free from round or through shakes, large or unsound knots. 

Scantling shall show three corners heart, free from injurious shakes or unsound 
knots. 

Plank nine inches and under wide shall show one heart face and two-thirds heart 
on opposite side; over nine inches wide show two-thirds heart on both sides, all free 
from round or through shakes, large or unsound knots. 

Dimension Sizes. —All square lumber shall show two-thirds heart on two sides, and 
not less than one-half heart on two other sides. Other sizes shall show two-thirds heart 
on faces, and show heart two-thirds of the length on edges, excepting where the width 
exceeds the thickness by three inches or over, then it shall show heart on the edges 
for one-half the length. 

Stepping shall show three corners heart, free from shakes and all knots exceeding 
-one-half an inch in diameter, and not more than six in a board. 

Rough-edge or Flitch shall be sawed from good heart timber, and shall be measured 
sin the middle on the narrow face, free from injurious shakes or unsound knots. 

All Stock to be well and truly manufactured, full to size, and saw butted. 

PRIME INSPECTION. 

Flooring shall show one entire heart face and two-thirds heart on the opposite side, 
•clear of splits, shakes or knots exceeding one inch in diameter, or more than four in a 
board. 

Boards shall show one heart face and two-thirds heart on opposite side, free from 
•shakes and large or unsound knots. 

Scantling shall show three corners heart and not to exceed one inch of sap on fourth 
• corner, measured diagonally, free from heart shakes, large or unsound knots. 

Plank shall show one entire heart face; on opposite face not exceeding one-sixth its 
width of sap on each corner, free from unsound knots, through or round shakes; sap 
to be measured on face. 

Dimension Size. —On all square sizes the sap on each corner shall not exceed one- 
sixth the width of the face. When the width does not exceed the thickness by three 
inches, to show one-half heart on narrow faces the entire length; exceeding three inches, 
to show heart on narrow faces the entire length; sap on wide faces to be measured as 
■ on square sizes. 

Rough-edge or Flitch shall be measured in the middle on narrow face, inside of sap 
■.free from shakes or unsound knots. 

CLEAR INSPECTION. 

Flooring, Stepping and Boards shall be free of knots, sap, pitch, and all other defects 

Scantling shall be free of sap, large knots and other defects. 

Plank shall be free of sap, large knots or other defects. 

Dimension Sizes shall be free from sap, large or unsound knots, shakes through or 
:round. 


DESIGNATIONS OF THE TRADE. 

Resawed Lumber —Lumber sawn on four sides. 

Rough-edge or Flitch —Lumber sawn on two sides. 

Timber —Hewn only. 



146 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


RULES OF THE SOUTHERN YELLOW PINE SASH, DOORj AND 
BLIND cTWANUFACTURERS’ (ASSOCIATION. 


Adopted at Birmingham, cAla., Nov. 15, 1904. 


GRADES OF DOORS. 

Four-A, A-A, B, and C. 

A-A Doors for Oil. —Material for A-A Doors for oil finish must be free from knots, 
blue stain, pitch streaks, or pitch pockets; workmanship must be good. 

A Doors for Paint. —Material in A Doors must be free from pitch pockets and knots 
exceeding three-eighths inch in diameter, admitting pitch streaks not over three-eighths 
inch wide and three inches long, and small streaks or blotches or slight stain; no piece 
to contain more than three such defects, and no door more than five such defects on 
each side. Season checking that paint will cover not considered a defect. Workman¬ 
ship must be good. 

B Doors. —Material in B Doors may contain knots not to exceed 1^4 inches in diam¬ 
eter, and blue sap showing on both sides not to exceed so per cent, in any one piece of 
the door, and gum spots showing on one side of a piece only, and other slight defects 
which shall not exceed six in number on each side. Any piece free from knots may con¬ 
tain any quantity of blue stain on one side; season checking not considered a defect. 
Slight defects in workmanship admitted. 

C Doors. —Material in C Doors may contain all stained sap and small worm holes, 
shakes that do not go through, and sound, firm knots of any size; plugs admitted; also- 
defects in workmanship. Twenty (20) defects allowed on each side, but not more than, 
six (6) defects to any one piece. Season checking not considered a defect. 

WINDOWS. 

Check rail windows may contain two knots, 54 inch in diameter, or one knot 5 i 
inch in diameter, in each piece of a window; white sap, and not over 2>2>Vi P er cent, blue 
sap may be admitted in any one window. Workmanship must be good. 

Plain rail windows and sash may contain blue sap and small knots. 

BLINDS. 

Outside blinds must be made of clear lumber, except that small sound knots—blue 
stain and white sap—may be admitted. Workmanship must be good. 

WOODS ADMISSIBLE. 

Long Leaf and Short Leaf Yellow Pine, and North Carolina Pine. 

Doors to be through-tenoned, blind-tenoned, or doweled. 

The Universal Sash, Door and Blind List of October 15, 1903, was adopted, and the 
following discounts decided upon: 

A-A Doors, 80 per cent, discount from list of A Doors, plus 15 per cent. 

A Doors, 80 per cent. 

B Doors, 82 per cent. 

C Doors, 80 per cent. 

Open Sash, 73 per cent. 

Blinds, 68 per cent. 

Glazed Sash, 8x12 light, 80 per cent. 

Glazed Sash, 2x4 light, 78 per cent. 

With freight allowance of 32 cents per Cwt. where freight is more than that amount; 
where less, actual freight only allowed. 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


147 


Yellow Pine Manufacturers’ Association. 


CLASSIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF YELLOW PINE FOR 
EXPORT, ALSO INTERIOR RULES. 


Adopted at New Orleans January 24, 1906. Copyrighted 1906 by Yellow Pine Mfrs. 
Ass’n. Also Used by Southern Kansas and Northern Oklahoma Retail Lumber 
Dealers’ Association. 


WEIGHT OF YELLOW PINE. 
Shipping Dry When Not Otherwise Specified. 


Long Leaf Pine District. 

Flooring, 13-16x314. 

Flooring, 13-16x514. 

Ceiling, 3/ 8 . 

Ceiling, y 2 . 

Ceiling, s / 8 . 

Ceiling, y A . 

(For Hollow Back Flooring, Ceil¬ 
ing and Drop Siding, deduct 200 
pounds.) 

Siding, from inch stock. 

Siding, from iJ 4 -inch stock. 

Drop siding 3 ) 4 x 5/4 and Moulded 

Casing, 13-16x4)4 to 5 % . 

Moulded Base, 13-16 from 8, 10, 12 

inch stock . 

Finish, inch, S2S to 13-16. 

Finish, 1%, i )4 and 2 inch, S2S to 


standard thickness.2,800 

Finish, inch, 1%, i)4 and 2 inch rough.3,400 

Shiplap and D. & M. 13-16.2,500 

Grooved Roofing 13-16.2,600 


Com. Boards and Fencing, SiS or 2S 

13-16 . 

Com. Boards and Fencing, rough.... 
2x4, 2x6 and 2x8, S 1 S 1 E to 1^5.. .. 

2x4, 2x6 and 2x8, rough. 

2x10 and 2x12, S 1 S 1 E to i§4. 

2x10 and 2x12, rough. 

2x14 and 3x12, S 1 S 1 E, green. 

2x14 and 3x12, rough, green. 

4x4 and 6x6, S 1 S 1 E, green. 


4x4 and 6x6, rough, green.4,200 

6x8 and over, rough, green.4,300 

6x8 and over, S 4 S, green.3,800 

Short Leaf Pine District. 

Flooring, 13-16, plain back.2,000 

Flooring, 13-16, hollow back.1,900 

Ceiling, y .1,000 

Ceiling, y 2 .1,300 

Ceiling, s / 8 .1,500 

Ceiling, y A .1,800 

Siding, from inch stock.1,000 

Siding, from 1% inch stock.1,250 

Drop Siding and Moulded Casing.... 1,800 

Moulded Base .2,000 

Finish, inch, S 2 S.2,500 

Finish, i)4, i/4 and 2 inch S 2 S.2,700 

Finish, inch, 1%, i l / 2 and 2 inch, rough.3,100 

Shiplap and D. & M.2,300 

Grooved Roofing .2,400 

Com. Boards and Fencing S 1 S or 

2 S. 2,500 

Com. Boards and Fencing, rough.... 3,200 
2x4, 2x6 and 2x8, S 1 S 1 E to iy... .2,500 

2x4, 2x6 and 2x8 rough.3,200 

2x10 and 2x12, S 1 S 1 E to 1^.2,600 

2x10 and 2x12, rough.3,200 

2x14 and 3x12, S 1 S 1 E .3,200 

2x14 and 3x12, rough.3,700 

3x4 and 6x6, S 1 S 1 E .3,200 

4x4 and 6x8, rough.4,000 

8x8 and over, rough.4,000 


2,100 

2.300 
1,000 

1.300 
1,600 
1,900 


1,000 

1,400 

2,000 

2,100 

2,600 


2,700 

3,400 

2,700 

3,400 

2,800 

3,400 

3,600 
4,200 
3,600 

Revised and adopted at Memphis, January 15, 1902. 


EXPORT CLASSIFICATION. 

GENERAL RULES. 

1. The term “Resawn lumber’’ shall include all of the sizes referred to in this classi¬ 
fication. 

2. All resawn lumber must be sound, well manufactured, evenly sawn, square 
butted with saw, square edge unless otherwise specified, free from unsound, loose and 
hollow knots, worm and knot holes, through splits and through shakes. 

3. Unless otherwise specified lumber shall be 12 feet and up long. All fractional 
sizes not herein otherwise provided for shall be classed and inspected as the next lower 
size if the fraction is less than half the difference between the two sizes given in the 
classification, but if it is half the difference, or more, it shall be classed as the next size 
above. All sizes one inch or less in thickness shall be counted as one inch thick. 

4. In the measurement of dressed lumber, the width and thickness of the lumber 
before dressing must be taken, less than one inch thick being considered one inch. 

5. When the term “per cent.” is used reference is made to pieces; for example, 
“80% free from knots” means that 80 of every 100 pieces shall be free from knots. 





















































148 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


6 . The limitation as to size and number of knots refers to the heart face. In the 
measurement of knots the average diameter must be taken. The distribution of knots 
need not be proportionate, i. e., one knot to each six feet or fraction thereof, means 
that a piece 24 feet long may have four knots anywhere in the piece and not one knot 
in each separate six feet. The allowance of one knot 0/2 inches in diameter to six feet 
means that the piece may have one knot 154 inches or a greater number of less than i)4 
inches but not exceeding the equivalent. In the limitations as to size, number and per¬ 
centage free from knots, no account shall be taken of knots one-half (or less) of the 
diameter of the maximum knot allowed in the grade, or, if no knots are allowed, of the 
maximum knot in the next grade below. Provided, that knots covered by this excep¬ 
tion shall not exceed three-fourths inch in diametter. 

7. In dimension where wane is allowed it shall not exceed one inch wide on the 
smallest size, allowing half inch increase to every inch increase in the dimension. Wane 
allowed may be anywhere on the corner and need not be continuous, but the aggregate 
must not exceed the total allowance. The larger dimension of the piece must be taken 
in the calculation of wane. Wane shall be measured across its face. 

8. When there is a percentage free from knots or centres, reference is made to the 
least thickness, the percentage to be decreased 10 for each inch increase in the thickness, 
.and proportionately for fractions of inches. 


ROUGH FLOORING. 

SIZES. 

1x3, 1 x 3 j A, 1x4, 1x414, 1x5, 1x6. 

1 54x3, 154x354, 154x4, 154x454, 154x5, i54x6. 

i54x 3, 154x4, 154x5, 154x6. 

1:54x3, 1)4x4, 1)4x5, 1)4x6. 

GRADES. 

Rift, Special, Standard and Square Edge. 

Rift. 

Rift—No. 1.—Must be all heart with exception of one inch sap on one corner, rift 
grain the entire length, free from splits, shakes and knots, and the heart face free from 
pitch pockets and resin streaks. 

No. 2.—Must be one heart face, rift grain the entire length, free from splits, shakes 
and knots exceeding one-half inch. Provided, that 50 per cent, shall be free from knots, 
pitch pockets and resin streaks on the heart face. 

Special.—Must be bright, one heart face, free from splits, shakes and centres. Not 
to have more than one knot one inch on the 3, 354, 4 and 454 inch, or one knot 154 inch 
on the five and six inch to each six feet or fraction thereof. Provided, that 80 per cent, 
shall be free from knots. 

Standard or South American.—Must be one heart face admitting sound knots. 

Square Edge.—General rules, second paragraph. 


BOARDS AND PLANKS. 

SIZES OF BOARDS. 

1x7 and up; i%x/ and up; 154x7 and up; 1)4x7 and up. 

SIZES OF PLANKS. 

2x7 and up; 254x7 and up; 254x7 and up; 2)4x7 and up. 

GRADES. 

Stepping, Special Prime, Prime, Standard or Genoa Prime, Merchantable or South 
American, and Square Edge. 

Stepping.—Must be three corners heart, free from pitch on the faces, splits and 
shakes. Not to have more than one knot one-half inch on the seven to ten inch, or one 
knot three-fourth inch on the eleven-inch and up, to each six feet or fraction thereof. 
Provided, that 50 per cent, shall be free from knots. 

Special—Boards.—Must be bright, one heart face, except sap one inch wide, free 
from splits, shakes and centres. Not to have more than one knot one inch on the seven 
to 10-inch or one knot 154 inch on the 11-inch and up, to each six feet or fraction there¬ 
of. Provided, that 80 per cent, shall be free from knots. 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


149 1 


Planks.—Must be bright, one heart face, except sap one inch wide, free from splits, 
shakes and centres. Not to have more than one knot \V± inch on the 7 to io-inch or 
one knot ij/2-inch on the n-inch and up, to each six feet or fraction thereof. Pro¬ 
vided, that 80 per cent, shall be free from knots. 

Prime—Boards.—Must be one heart face and two-thirds heart surface on other 
face, to show heart the entire length, free from pith on the faces, splits and injurious 
open shakes. Not to have more than one knot inch on the seven to io-inch or one 
knot inch on the n-inch and up, to each six feet or fraction thereof. 

Planks.—Must be one heart face and two-thirds heart surface on other face, to 
show heart the entire length, free from pith on the faces, splits and injurious open 
shakes. Not to have more than one knot one and a half inches on the seven to ten-inch 
or one knot one and three-quarter inches on the eleven-inch and up, to each six feet or 
fraction thereof. 

Standard or Genoa Prime.—Must be one heart face and two-thirds heart surface on 
other face, except that the twelve-inch may have one inch sap on each edge of the 
heart face and the thirteen-inch and up one and one-half inches. 

Merchantable or South American.—The seven to nine-inch must be one heart face 
and show heart on other face, and the ten-inch and up must be two-thirds heart surface 
on both faces. 

Square Edge.—General rules, second paragraph. 


DEALS. 


Sizes.—3x9 and up, 4x9 and up, 5x9 and up. 


GRADES. 

Special, prime, standard or Rio, merchantable or South American and square edge. 

Special.—Must be bright, one heart face, free from splits, shakes and centres. Not 
to have more than one knot one and a half inches on the three and four-inch or one 
knot one and three-quarter inches on the five-inch to each six feet or fraction thereof. 
Provided that 70 per cent, shall be free from knots. 

Prime.—Must be one heart face, and two-thirds heart surface on other face, to 
show heart the entire length, free from injurious open shakes, and knots exceeding two- 
inches on the three and four-inch, or two and a quarter inches on the five-inch. 

Standard or Rio.—Must be one heart face and two-thirds heart surface on other 
face, except that the twelve-inch may have one-inch sap on each edge of the heart face 
and the thirteen-inch and up one and a half inches. 

Merchantable or South American.—The nine-inch must be one heart face and show 
heart on other face, and the ten-inch and up must be two-thirds heart surface on both 
faces. 

Square Edge.—General rules, second paragraph. 


SCANTLING. 

SIZES. 

2x2, 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6; 3x3, 3x4, 3x5, 3x6, 3x7, 3x8; 4x4, 4x5, 4x6, 4x7, 

4x8; 5x5, 5x6, 5x7, 5x8. 

GRADES. 

Decking, prime, merchantable and square edge. 

Decking.—Must be all heart, free from splits, shakes, centres and corner knots. 
The 2x2, 2x3 and 2x4 to have no knots exceeding three-quarters of an inch, the 2x5, 2x6, 
3x3, 3x4, 3x5 and 3x6 no knots exceeding one inch, and other sizes no knots exceeding 
one and a half inches. 

Prime.—Must be three corners heart. 

Merchantable or South American.—Must be heart one edge or one face and free 
from loose and unsound knots. 

Square Edge.—General rules, second paragraph. 




150 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


DIMENSION. 

SIZES. 


A 

B 


C 



6x6 

6x7 

6x8 6x9 

6x10 

and 

up 

7 X 7 

7x8 

7x9 

7x10 

and 

up 

8x8 

8x9 

8x10 

8x11 

and 

up 

9 X 9 

9x10 

9x11 

9x12 

and 

up 

IOXIO 

IOXII 

10x12 

10x13 

and 

up 

IIXII 

IIXI2 

11x13 

11x14 

and 

up 

12x12 

12X13 

12x14 

12x15 

and 

up 

I3 X I3 

I3 X I4 

13x15 

13x16 

and 

up 

LtC. 

Etc. 


Etc. 



GRADES. 

Prime, standard, merchantable and square edge. 

Prime—Sizes A.—Must show two-thirds heart surface on two sides, and not less 
than half heart surface on two other sides. 

Sizes B.—Must show two-thirds heart surface on faces, and show heart two-thirds 
of the length on edges. 

Sizes C.—Must show two-thirds heart surface on faces, and show heart half the 
length on edges. 

Standard.—Must show two-thirds heart surface on two sides, and show heart half 
the length on other two sides. Sizes ten inches or over may have wane one-fifth the 
length on one corner, or one-tenth on two corners. 

Merchantable or South American.—Must be square edge except that sizes ten 
inches or over may have wane one-third the length on one corner, or one-sixth on two 
corners, or one-ninth on three corners. 

Square Edge.—General rules, second paragraph. 

SAWN TIMBER. 

To be sold as per general rules unless otherwise provided for by special contract 
between buyer and seller. 


KILN-DRIED SIDINGS. 

SIZES. 

1x3, 1x4, 1x5, ix6, 1x7 and up; 1^x3, iJ4 x 4, iJ4 x 5, i/4 x 6, i Va ^7 and up. 

GRADES. 

No. 1.—Must be free from splits and edge knots. Not to have more than one knot 
one inch on the three and four-inch, or one knot one and a quarter inches on the five, 
six, seven-inch and up, to each six feet or fraction thereof. Provided, that 80 per cent, 
shall be free from knots and sap stains on one face; slight wane that can be removed 
in dressing to be admitted on edge of poorest face. 

No. 2. —Must be free from splits and knots exceeding one and a quarter inches, and 
sap stain on one face. May have one and a half inches of wane on one corner extend¬ 
ing on edge three-eighths of an inch. 


GRADING RULKS FOR YELLOW PINE LUMBER. 

General Instructions. 

1. Yellow Pine Lumber shall be graded and classified according to the following 
rules and specifications as to quality, and dressed stock shall conform to the subjoined 
table of standard sizes—except where otherwise expressly stipulated between buyer 
and seller. 

2. Recognized defects in yellow pine are knots, knot holes, splits (either from 
seasoning, ring hearts or rough handling), shake, wane, red heart, pith, rot, rotten 
streaks, worm-holes, pitch streaks, pitch pockets, torn grain, loosened grain, seasoning 
or kiln checks, and sap stains. 

KNOTS. 

3. Knots shall be classified as pin, standard and large, as to size; and sound and 
spike as to form; and as sound, loose, encased, pith and rotten as to quality. 

4. A pin knot is sound and not over half-inch in diameter. 

5. A standard knot is sound and not over one and a half inches in diameter. 

6. A large knot is one any size over one and a half inches in diameter. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


151 


7. A round knot is oval or circular in form. 

8. A spike knot is one sawn in a lengthwise direction. 

The mean or average diameter of knots shall be considered in applying and con¬ 
struing the rules. 

9. A sound knot is one solid across its face, is as hard as the wood it is in, may be 
either red or black, and is so fixed by growth or position that it will retain its place 
in the piece. 

10. A loose knot is one not held firmly in place by growth or position. 

11. A pith knot is a sound knot with a pith hole not more than one-qurter of an inch 
in diameter in the center. 

12. An encased knot is one surrounded wholly or in part by bark or pitch. Where 
the encasement is less than one-eighth of an inch in width on both sides, not exceeding 
one-half the circumference of the knot, it shall be considered a sound knot. (See sec¬ 
tions 9 and 16.) 

13. A rotten knot is one not as hard as the wood it is in. 

PITCH. 

14. Pitch pockets are openings between the grain of the wood containing more or 
less pitch or bark, and shall be classified as small, standard and large pitch pockets. 

15. A small pitch pocket is one not over one-eighth of an inch wide. 

A standard pitch pocket is one not over three-eighths of an inch wide, or. three * 
inches in length. 

A large pitch pocket is one over three-eighths of an inch wide or over three inches 
in length. 

16. A pitch pocket showing on both sides of the piece one-eighth of an inch or 
more in width shall be considered the same as a knot-hole. 

17. A pitch streak is a well-defined accumulation of pitch at one point in the piece, 
and when not sufficient to develop a well-defined streak, or where fiber between grains 
is not saturated with pitch, it shall not be considered a defect. 

18. A small pitch streak shall be equivalent to not over one-twelfth the width and 
one-sixth the length of the piece it is in. 

A standard pitch streak shall be equivalent to not over one-sixth the width and one- 
third of the length of the piece it is in. 


WANE. 

19. Wane is bark, or the lack of wood, from any cause, on edge. 

SAP. 

20. Bright sap shall not be considered a defect in any of the grades provided for 
and described in these rules. The restriction or exclusion of bright sap constitutes a 
special class of material which can only be secured by special contract. 

21. Sap stain shall not be considered a defect in any of the grades of common 
lumber. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

22. Firm red heart shall not be considered a defect in any of the grades of com¬ 
mon lumber. 

23. Defects in rough stock caused by improper manufacture and drying will reduce 
grade, unless they can be removed in dressing such stock to standard sizes. 

24. All stock, except Dimension, shall be inspected on the face side to determine 
the grade. Stock surfaced one side, the dressed surface shall be considered the face 
side. Stock rough or dressed two sides, the best side shall be considered the face, but 
the reverse side of all such stock should not be more than one grade lower. 

25. Imperfect manufacture in dressed stock, such as torn grain, loosened grain, 
wane, broken knots, mismatched, insufficient tongue or groove on flooring, ceiling, 
drop siding, etc., shall be considered defects, and will reduce grade according as they 
are slight or serious in their effects on the use of the stock. 

26. Pieces of flooring, drop siding or partition with 3-16-inch or more of tongue 
and pieces of ceiling with one-eighth inch or more of tongue will be admitted in any 
grade. Pieces of flooring having not less than 1-16-inch tongue will be admitted in E. 
Pieces of drop siding, ceiling or partition, having not less than 1-16-inch tongue will be 
admitted in No. 2 common. 

27. In all grades of D. and better, flooring and No. 1 common and better, ceiling 
drop siding, etc., wane on the reverse side, not exceeding one-third the width and one- 
sixth the length of any piece, provided the wane does not extend into the tongue, nor 
over one-half the thickness below the groove, is admissible. 



152 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


28. Chipped grain consists in a part of the surface being chipped or broken out in 
small particles below the line of the cut, and as usually found should not be classed as- 
torn grain and shall not be considered a defect. 

29. Torn grain consists in a part of the wood being torn out in dressing. It occurs 
around knots and curly places, and is of four distinct characters—slight, medium, 
heavy and deep. 

Slight torn grain should not exceed 1-32 of an inch in depth, medium 1-16 of air 
inch, and heavy l /s of an inch. Any torn grain heavier than ]/& of an inch shall be 
termed deep. 

30. Loosened grain consists in a point of one grain being torn loose from the next 
grain. It occurs on the heart side of the piece, and is a serious defect, especially in- 
tlooring. 

31. The grade of all regular stock shall be determined by the number, character 
and position of the defects visible in any piece. The enumerated defects herein de¬ 
scribed admissible in any grade are intended to be descriptive of the coarsest pieces 
such grades may contain, but the average quality of the grade should be about midway 
between the highest and lowest pieces allowed in the grade. 

32. Lumber and timber sawed for specific purposes must be inspected with a view 
to its adaptability for the use intended. Material not conforming to standard sizes, for 
agricultural implement companies, wagon companies, car manufacturing companies, rail¬ 
way companies, etc., shall be governed by special contract and inspection. 

33. The standard lengths are multiples of two feet, ten to twenty-four feet, inclu¬ 
sive, for boards, fencing, dimension, joists and timbers, and multiples of one foot, ten 
to twenty foot inclusive for finishing, flooring, ceiling, siding, partition, casing, base 
window and door jambs—except as hereinafter specified. Longer or shorter lengths- 
than those herein specified are special. Odd and fractional lengths shall be counted as- 
of the next higher even length. 

34. The standard of widths for lumber S. 1 S. or S. 2 S. or rough, excluding dimen¬ 
sion, shall be multiples of one inch—three inches and up in width. 

35. On stock width shipments of No. 1 common and better lumber, either rough- 
or dressed one or two sides, no piece should be counted as of standard width that is 
more than one-fourth-inch scant on eight-inch and under; three-eighth-inch scant on 
nine and ten-inch, or half-inch scant on eleven and twelve-inch or wider. Such pieces 
should be measured as of the next lower standard of width and not reduced in grade. 
(For dimension see sections 84 and 91.) 

36. Yellow pine of a better grade than No. 1 common, up to four inches in width 
shall be classified as to grain as edge grain and flat grain. Edge grain has been vari¬ 
ously designated as rift sawn, vertical grain, quarter sawn, all being commercially 
synonymous terms. Edge grain stock is especially desirable for flooring and admits no 
piece in which the angle of the grain exceeds 45 degrees from vertical at any point, thus 
excluding all pieces that will sliver or shell from wear. Such as will not meet these 
requirements shall be known as flat grain. 

37. All dressed stock shall be measured and sold strip count, viz., full size of rough 
material necessarily used in its manufacture. 

All sizes one inch or less in thickness shall be counted as one inch thick. 

38. In standard manufacture of factory flooring, decking or thick dressed and 
matched stock, and stock grooved for splines, and for shiplap, the finished width shall 
be half-inch less over all than the count or measured width of the rough material 
used in manufacture, and the tongue and lap shall be measured to.determine the finished 
width, and face measure shall no longer be standard. 

39. Equivalent means equal, and in construing and applying these rules, the de¬ 
fects allowed, whether specified or not, are understood to be equivalent in damaging 
effect to those mentioned applying to stock under consideration. 

No arbitrary rules for the inspection of lumber can be maintained with satisfaction. 
The variations from any given rule are numerous and suggested by practical common 
sense, so nothing more definite than the general features of different grades should be 
attempted by rules of inspection. The following, therefore, are submitted as the general 
characteristics of the different grades. 

Lumber must be accepted on grade in the form in which it was shipped. Any sub¬ 
sequent change in manufacture or mill work will prohibit an inspection for the adjust¬ 
ment of claims, except with the consent of all parties interested. 

40. The foregoing general observations shall apply to and govern the application 
of the following rules: 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


153 


DRESSED YELLOW PINE FINISHING. 

Sizes.—Finishing shall be dressed to the following: i inch S. i S. or 2 S. to 13-16 
1 %-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 1-16, i}4-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 5-16, 2-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 

inches. 2-inch S. 4 S. J4 off each edge. 

Widths.—On stock width shipments of all finishing lumber, either rough or dressed, 
one or two sides, no piece should be counted as standard width that is more than ^4-inch 
scant on 8-inch and under; 54-inch scant on 9 or 10-inch, or J4-inch scant on eleven or 
twelve-inch or wider. Such pieces should be measured as of the next lower standard of 
width and not reduced in grade. 

Lengths.—Standard lengths are ten to twenty feet, and in shipments of mixed 
lengths, 5 per cent, of eight or nine-foot in grade of C and better shall be admitted. 

The above per cent, is allowed in all shipments of mixed lengths, even though the 
number of feet of each length in such shipment be specifically stated. 

Grades.—A, B and C. 

41. A Finishing.—Inch, one and a quarter, one and a half and two-inch, 
dressed one or two sides, up to and including eight inches wide, must show one face 
practically clear of all defects; nine or ten inches wide, in addition to one split not more 
than six inches long, will admit any one of the following defects: One small pitch 
pocket, one pin knot, pitch streak or sap stain not to exceed the equivalent of six square 
inches. One-third of any shipment of II, 12, 13 and 14-inch, in addition to one straight 
split not to exceed in length the width of the piece, will admit any one of the following 
defects or its equivalent: Three pin knots, one standard knot, three small pitch pockets 
or one standard pitch pocket, one small pitch streak, small kiln or seasoning checks, 
one sap stain one and a half inches wide running across the face of the piece. 

For each inch above fourteen inches in width, one additional defect as allowed in 
twelve-inch stock will be admitted. Pieces otherwise admissible, which have loosened 
or torn grain on the face side shall be put in a lower grade. 

42. B Finishing.—Inch, 1%, 1 y 2 and 2-inch, dressed one dr two sides, up to and in¬ 
cluding ten inches in width, in addition to one straight split not to exceed in length the 
width of the piece, will admit any two of the following or their equivalent of combined 
defects: Slight torn grain, three pin knots, one standard knot, three small pitch pockets, 
one standard pitch pocket, one standard pitch streak, three sap stains two inches wide 
across the face or sap stain not over eight inches deep on one end, wane not to exceed 
one inch in width, one-quarter-inch in depth and one-sixth the length of the piece, or 
small kiln or seasoning checks. Eleven inch and wider will admit three of the above 
defects or their equivalent. 

43. C Finishing.—Up to and including ten-inch in width will admit in addition to 
one split not to exceed in length the width of the piece, any two of the following or their 
equivalent of combined defects: Twenty-five per cent, of sap stain or firm red heart, 
two standard pitch streaks, medium torn grain in three places in one piece, slight shake 
or kiln or seasoning checks that do not go through, two standard pitch pockets, or six 
small pitch pockets, two standard knots or six pin knots, wane one inch in width, half¬ 
inch in depth and one-third the length of the piece. Defective dressing will also be 
allowed that does not prevent its use as finish without waste. For each inch in width 
above ten inch one additional defect or its equivalent of combined defects as enumer¬ 
ated above will be allowed. 

44. Special.—In case both sides are desired clear special contract must be made. 
Defective dressing on the reverse side of finishing is admissible. (See section 24.) 

FLOORING. 

Sizes.—D and better, 1x3, 1x4 and 1x6 inches shall be worked to 13-16x214. 3/4 and 
514 inches; ij4-i nc h flooring shall be worked to 1 3-32 inches thick. 

Lengths.—Standard lengths are ten to twenty foot. Five per cent, of eight or nine 
foot is allowed in mixed length shipments of B and better flooring, and in addition five 
per cent of six or seven foot in C and D and five per cent, of four or five foot in E. 

The above per cent, is allowed in all shipments of mixed lengths, even though the 
number of feet of each length in such shipment be specifically stated. 

Grades.—A, B and C flat, A, B, and C edge grain, D and E. 

Special Section.—Defects named in flooring are based upon a piece manufactured 
from 1x4—12, and pieces larger or smaller than this will take a greater or less number 
of defects, proportioned to their size on this basis. 

45. A Flat Flooring must be practically free from defects on the face side and well 
manufactured. 

46. B Flat Flooring will admit any two of the following or their equivalent of 
combined defects: Sap stain or firm red heart not to exceed 15 per cent of the face, 
three pin knots, one standard knot, three small pitch pockets, one standard pitch pocket 
one standard pitch streak, slight torn grain, or small kiln or seasoning checks. 

11 sir 



154 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing not over six small pin worm-holes 
shall be admitted in B. 

4 7 - C Flat Flooring will admit any two of the following defects or their equivalent 
of combined defects: Twenty-five per cent of sap stain, pitch streaks or firm red heart, 
medium torn grain, or other machine defects that lay without waste, slight shake or 
kiln or seasoning checks that do not go through; two standard or six small pitch 
pockets; two standard knots or six pin knots. Pieces otherwise as good as B may have 
thirty pin worm-holes. Pieces otherwise as good as A may have forty pin worm-holes. 
A piece otherwise as good as A may have I ^4-inch of waste such as a loose knot or knot 
hole. 

48. Edge Grain Flooring, A, B and C shall fake the same inspection as flat grain 
of those grades, except' as to the angle of the grain. 

49. Heart face edge grain shall be free from sap on face side. 

50. D Flooring will admit the following defects or their equivalent of combined 
defects: Sound knots not over one-half the cross section of the piece in the rough at 
any one point throughout its length, three pith knots, pitch, pitch pockets, sap stain, 
firm red heart, seasoning checks or shake that do not go through, a limited number of 
pin worm-holes well scattered, loosened or heavy torn grain, or other machine defects 
that will lay without waste; pieces otherwise as good as B can have one defect (like 
a knot hole) that can be cut out by wasting three inches of the length of the piece. 

51. E Flooring admits all pieces that will not grade as good as D flooring, that can 
be used for cheap floors without a waste of more than one-fourth the length of any one 
piece. (See section 26.) 

52. E Sheathing will admit of all pieces that can not be used as E flooring, but are 
still available as cheap sheathing or lathing. 

53. Center Matched Flooring shall be required to come up to grade on face side 
only. 

CEILING. 

Sizes.—Ceiling shall be worked to the following: 34-i n ch ceiling, 5-16 inch; j4-inch 
ceiling, 7-16 inch; ^-inch ceiling, 9-16 inch; ^4-inch ceiling, 11-16 inch. Same width as 
flooring. The bead on all ceiling and partition shall be depressed 1-32 of an inch below 
surface line of piece. (For size and location of bead see section 106.) 

Lengths.—Standard lengths are ten to twenty foot. Five per cent, of eight or nine 
foot is allowed in mixed lengths shipments of B and better ceiling, and in addition 
5 per cent, of six or seven foot in No. 1 common; and 5 per cent, of four or five foot in 
No. 2 common. 

The above per cent, is allowed in all shipments of mixed lengths, even though 
the number of feet of each length in such shipment be specifically stated. 

Grades.—A, B, No. 1 and No. 2 common. 

Special Section.—Defects named in ceiling are based upon a piece manufactured 
from 1x4—12, and pieces larger or smaller than this will take a greater or less number 
of defects, proportioned to their size on this basis. 

54. A Ceiling must be practically free from defects on the face side, and well 
manufactured. 

55. B Ceiling will admit of any two of the following defects' or their equivalent of 
combined defects: Slight torn grain, three pin knots, one standard knot, three small 
pitch pockets, one standard pitch pocket, one small pitch streak, small seasoning or kiln 
checks, sap stain or firm red heart not to exceed 15 per cent, of the face. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing ten small pin worm holes shall 
be admitted in B. 

56. No. 1 Common Ceiling will admit sound knots not over one-half the width of 
piece in the rough, sap stain, pitch streaks, pitch pockets, firm red heart, slight shake, 
heavy torn grain, kiln or seasoning checks, or defects in manufacture. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing one loose or unsound knot or 
knot hole one and a half inches in diameter or less, shall be graded No. 1 common. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for B, but containing twenty small pin worm-holes, 
shall be graded No. 1 common. 

37. No. 2 Common Ceiling admits of all pieces not as good as No. 1 common that 
can be used without waste of more than one-fourth the length of any one piece. (See 
section 26.) 

WAGON BOTTOMS. 

• 

Sizes.—Unless otherwise ordered (see section 32), shall be made in sets thirty-eight 
and forty-two inches face, and from stock* four inches or over in width. Standard 
thickness shall be 13-16-inch. 

Grades.—A and B. 

58. Wagon Bottoms, unless otherwise ordered (see section 32), shall be graded the 
same as A and B flat flooring. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


155 


DROP SIDING. 

Sizes.—D. and M. shall be worked to H x 3% and 5/4-inch face, $A over all. 
Worked shiplap to ^4x5-inch face, sA over all. 

Lengths.—Standard lengths ten to twenty foot. Five per cent, of eight or nine foot 
is allowed in mixed length shipments of B and better drop siding, and in addition 5 
per cent, of six or seven foot in No. 1 common and 5 per cent, of four or five foot in 
No. 2 common. 

The above per cent, is allowed in all shipments of mixed lengths, even though the 
number of feet of each length in such shipment be specifically stated. 

Grades—A, B, No. 1 and No. 2 common. 

Special Section.—Defects named in drop siding are based upon a piece manufac¬ 
tured from 1x6—12, and pieces larger or smaller than this will take a greater or less 
number of defects, proportioned to their size on this basis. 

For grades of 8-inch barn siding, see sections 69 and 71. For size see section in. 

59- A Drop Siding must be practically free from defects on the face side and well 
manufactured. 

60. B Drop Siding will admit any two of the following defects, or their equivalent 
of combined defects: Slight torn grain, three pin knots, one standard knot, three small 
pitch pockets or one small pitch streak, sap stain or firm red heart not to exceed 15 
per cent, of the face, and small kiln and seasoning checks. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing twenty small pin worm holes 
shall be admitted in B. 

61. No. 1 Common Drop Siding will admit one standard pitch streak or one 
standard pitch pocket,or their equivalent; and in addition, sound knots not over one- 
half the width of piece in the rough, sap stain, firm red heart, slight shake, heavy torn 
grain, defects in manufacture and kiln or seasoning checks. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing one loose or unsound knot or 
knot hole, one and a half inches in diameter or less, shall be graded No. 1 common. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for B, but containing a limited number of small pin 
worm holes, shall be graded No. 1 common. 

62. No. 2 Common Drop Siding admits of all pieces not as good as No. 1 common 
that can be used without waste of more than one-fourth the length of any one piece. 

BEVEL SIDING. 

Size.—To be made from stock S. 4 S. worked to 13-16x5^ and resawed on a bevel. 

Lengths.—Standard lengths ten to twenty foot. Five per cent, of eight or nine 
foot is allowed in mixed length shipments of B and better bevel siding and in addition 
5 per cent of six or seven foot in No. 1 common, and 5 per cent of four or five foot in 
No. 2 common. 

The above per cent, is allowed in all shipments of mixed lengths, even though the 
number of feet of each length in such shipment be specifically stated. 

Grades—A, B, No. 1 and No. 2 common. 

63. Bevel Siding shall be graded according to the rules for drop siding, and will 
admit in addition slight imperfections on the thin edge, which will be covered by the 
lap when laid four and a half inches to the weather. 

PARTITION. 

Sizes.—Partition shall be worked to A X 3 A and 5/4 inches. (For size and location 
of bead, see sections 106 and 107.) 

Lengths.—Same percentage of short lengths allowed as in ceiling. 

Grades—.4, B, No. 1 and No. 2 common. 

64. Partition shall be graded according to ceiling rules, and must meet the require¬ 
ments of the specified grades on the face side only, but the reverse side shall not be 
more than one grade lower. 

MOULDED CASING AND BASE—WINDOW AND DOOR JAMBS. 

Sizes of Moulded Casing and Base.—Shall be worked to 24-inch, as per patterns 
shown in Yellow Pine Manufacturers’ Association Moulding Book, 1906 edition. (See 
section 37.) 1x4 S. 4 S. shall be 3A inches wide, finished; 1x5 S. 4 S. shall be 4 A 
inches wide finished, and 1x6 S. 4 S. shall be 5A inches wide, finished. 

Window and Door Jambs.—(See section 37.) Dressed, rabbeted and plowed as 
ordered. 

Grades—A and B. . 

65. A Moulded Casing and Base must be practically free from defects on the face 
side and well manufactured. . 

66. B Casing or Base consists of rejections made after dressing stock inspected in 
the rough as A. The defects admitted in B ceiling shall be allowed. 

67. ^Window and Door Jambs shall be graded the same as moulded casing and base. 

See section 37 for width. 



156 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


BOARDS, SHIPLAP AND BARN SIDING. 

Sizes of Boards. —i-inch S. i S. or 2 S. to 13-16-inch. 

Widths. —On stock width shipments of No. 1 common, either rough or dressed one 
or two sides, no piece should be counted as standard width that is more than one-quarter 
inch scant on eight-inch and under; three-eighth-inch scant on nine or ten-inch, or half¬ 
inch scant on eleven or twelve-inch or wider. Such pieces should be measured as of the 
next lower standard of width and not reduced in grade. 

Sizes of No. 1 Common Shiplap or D. & M. and Barn Siding. —Eight, ten and 
twelve-inch shall be worked to 13-16, 7%, 9 y$ and 11% inches. 

Grades— No. I, No. 2, No. 3 and No. 4 common. 

68. No. 1 Common Boards, dressed one or two sides, shall be well manufactured; 
will admit any number of sound knots, not over one-fourth of the cross-section of the 
piece if located at the edge, nor over one-third of the cross-section of the piece if located 
away from the edge; two pith knots, one straight split not to exceed in length the width 
of the piece, torn grain, pitch, pitch pockets, slight shake, sap stain, seasoning checks, 
firm red heart, wane half-inch deep on edge, not exceeding one and a half inches wide, 
and one-third the length of the piece or its equivalent, and a limited number of pin 
worm-holes well scattered. 

69. No. 1 Common Shiplap or D. & M. and Barn Siding shall be graded by rules 
governing No. 1 common boards, except as to wane, which shall not be so deep as to 
extend into the tongue or one-half the thickness of the top lip on the groove in D. & M., 
or over one-half the thickness of the lap in shiplap on the face side. 

GROOVED ROOFING. 

Size of Grooved Roofing. —Ten and twelve-inch S. 1 S. and 2 E. shall be worked 
to 13-16x914 and n l / 2 . 

70. Grooved Roofing shall be graded by rules governing No. 1 common boards, 
omitting the pith knots, worm-holes and splits in end. 

No. 2 COMMON BOARDS, SHIPLAP, GROOVED ROOFING AND BARN 

SIDING. 

Size. —S. 1 S. or S. 2 S. to 13-16. 

Widths. —On stock width shipments of No. 2 common, either rough or dressed one 
or two sides, no piece should be counted as standard width that is more tha nhalf-inch 
scant on eight-inch and under; five-eighths on nine or ten-inch and three-quarter-inch 
on eleven and twelve-inch or wider. Such pieces should be measured as of the next 
lower standard of width and not reduced grade. 

7 1. No. 2 Common Boards, dressed one or two sides, No. 2 Common Shiplap, 
Grooved Roofing, D. & M. and Barn Siding will admit knots, not necessarily sound, 
none of which is over one-third the cross-section of the piece, if located at the edge, or 
one-half the cross section if located away from the edge; if sound may extend one-half 
the cross section if located on the edge; worm-holes, splits or through rotten streaks 
one-fourth the length of the piece, through heart shakes, and wane two inches wide, 
one-half the length of the piece, or defects equivalent to the above. 

A knot hole three inches in diameter will be admitted, provided piece is otherwise as 
good as No. 1 common. 

72. No. 3 Boards is defective lumber, and will admit of coarse knots, knot holes, 
very wormy pieces, red rot and other defects that will not prevent its use as a whole for 
cheap sheathing, or cutting three-fourths its length as No. 2 common. 

73. No. 4 Boards shall include all pieces that fall below the grade of No. 3 common. 
It is the lowest recognized grade and it is offered on its merits as defective lumber. 

74. Miscut i-inch boards which do not fall below three-quarters of an inch in thick¬ 
ness shall be admitted in No. 2 common, provided the grade of such thin stock is other¬ 
wise as good as No. 1 common. 

FENCING 3, 4, 5 AND 6 INCHES WIDE. 

Sizes. —One-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 13-16 inch. 

Widths. —On stock width shipments of 3, 4, 5 and 6-inch No. 1 common, no piece 
should be counted as standard width that is more than one-quarter of an inch scant in 
width. Such pieces should be measured as of the next standard of width and not reduced 
in grade. 

Grades —No. 1, No. 2, No. 3 and No. 4 Common. 

75. No. 1 Fencing will admit the following defects or their equivalent: Sound 
knots, not over one-half the cross-section of piece at any point throughout its length; 
three pith knots, or their equivalent, wane one-half inch deep on edge not exceeding 
one and a half inches wide and one-half of the length of the piece, torn grain, pitch, pitch 
pockets, sap stain, seasoning checks, firm red heart, and a limited number of small 
worm holes well scattered. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


157 


No. 2 FENCING. 

Size.—S. i S. or 2 S. to 13-16 inch. 

Widths. In 3, 4, 5 and 6-inch No. 2 common stock, no piece shall be counted as 
standard width that is more than half-inch scant in width. Such pieces should be 
measured as of the next lower standard of width and not reduced in grade. 

76. No. 2 Fencing, in addition to the defects allowed in No. 1 common, will admit 
the following defects or their equivalent: Knots, not necessarily sound, which do not 
occupy more than one-half o ftlie cross-section at any one point if located at the edge 
of the piece nor more than two-thirds of the cross-section if located away from edge, 
one straight split one-fourth the length of the piece, worm-holes, rotten streaks that do 
not go through; shake and wane, but must be good enough to be used in full length 
as fencing. 

A knot hole one and one-half inches in diameter or its equivalent in small hollow 
knots will be allowed, provided the piece is otherwise as good as No. 1 common. 

77. No. 3 Fencing is defective lumber, and will admit of coarse knots, knot-holes, 
very wormy pieces, red rot and other defects that will not prevent its use as a whole 
for cheap sheathing, or cutting three-fourths its length as No. 2 common. 

78. No. 4 Fencing shall include all pieces that fall below the grade of No. 3 com¬ 
mon. It is the lowest recognized grade and it is offered on its merits as defective lumber. 

79- Miscut i-inch fencing which does not fall below three-quarters of an inch in 
thickness shall be admitted in No. 2 common, provided the grade of such thin stock 
is otherwise as good as No. 1 common. 


DIMENSION, S. 1 S. 1 E. 

Sizes. — Dimension shall be worked to the following: 2x4 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to i 54 x 3§4 
inches; 2x6 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to 1^x5^ inches; 2x8 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to 1^x7^ inches; 
2x10 S. I S. and 1 E. to 154x9^2 inches; 2x12 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to i^xnj^ inches. Di¬ 
mension S. 4 S. -inch less than standard size S. I S. and 1 E. 

Heavy Joists shall be worked to the following: 2x14, 2]/ 2 and 3x10, 12 and 14, S. 1 S. 
and 1 E., green, %-mch off side and inch off edge. Heavy joists, rough, green, must 
not be over J<^-incli scant in width or thickness. 

Dry 2x14 shall be dressed to the standard thickness of 2x12. 

Grades—No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 Common. 

80. Inspection of Dimension is a question of strength and uniformity of size, and 
whatever reduces its strength in cross-section must be considered a defect to that ex¬ 
tent. In computing the area of cross-section occupied by defects the size of the piece in 
the rough shall be considered. 

81. No. 1 Common Dimension will admit sound knots, none of which in 2xq’s should 
be larger than two inches in diameter on one or both sides of the piece, and on wider 
stock which do not occupy more than one-third of the cross-section at any point 
throughout its length if located at the edge of the piece; or more than one-half of the 
cross-section if located away from the edge; pith knots, or smaller or more defective 
knots which do not weaken the piece more than the knot aforesaid, will admit of season¬ 
ing checks, firm red heart, heart shakes that do not go through, wane three-quarters of 
an inch deep on edge, one-quarter the width and one-third the length of the piece, pitch, 
sap stains, pitch pockets, splits in ends not exceeding in length the width of the piece, 
a limited number of small worm holes well scattered, and such other defects as do not 
prevent its use as substantial structural material. 

82. No. 2 Common Dimension may have knots, not necessarily sound, which do 
not occupy more than one-half of the cross-section at any one point if located at the 
•edge of the piece, nor more than two-thirds of the cross-section if located away from 
the edge; smaller, loose, hollow or rotten knots that do not weaken the piece more than 
the knots aforesaid, will admit rotten streaks, shake, wane, worm holes, split not to 
exceed one-quarter the length of the piece, and other defects which do not prevent its 
nse without waste. 

83. No. 3 Dimension will include all pieces falling below No. 2 grade which are 
sound enough to use for cheap building material, by wasting 25 per cent of one-third 
of any item in a shipment, but it must not be more than a half-inch scant of standard 
finished width or three-eighth-inch scant in thickness. 

84. Miscut two-inch stock which does not fall below one and a half inches in 
thickness or one-eighth-inch scant in width from standard size, shall be admitted in No. 
2 common, provided such pieces are in all other respects as good as No. 1 common. 





158 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


ROUGH YELLOW PINE FINISHING. 

Width. —On stock width shipments of C and better finish, either rough or dressed 
one or two sides, no piece should be counted as standard width that is more than one- 
quarter of an inch scant on eight-inch and under; three-eighth-inch scant on nine and 
ten-inch, or half-inch scant on eleven and twelve or wider. Such pieces should 
be measured as of the next lower standard of width, and not reduced in grade. 

Lengths. —Standard lengths are ten to twenty feet, and in shipments of mixed 
lengths 5 per cent of eight or nine foot in grades of C and better shall be admitted. 

The above per cent, is allowed in all shipments of mixed lengths, even though the 
number of feet of each length in such shipment be specifically stated. 

85. Finish must be evenly manufactured, and shall embrace all sizes from one to 
two inches in thickness by three inches and over in width. 

86. No inch, i 1 /^ and 1^2 finishing lumber, unless otherwise ordered, shall measure 
when dry more than 1-16-inch scant in thickness; on two-inch it may be one-eighth- 
inch scant. 

87. Wane and seasoning checks and other defects that will dress out in working to 
standard thickness and width are admissible. 

88. Subject to the foregoing provisions, rough finishing shall be graded according 
to the specifications applying to dressed finishing lumber. 

89. All rough finishing lumber, if thicker than specified thickness for dry or green 
stock, may be dressed to such standard thickness, and when so dressed shall be con¬ 
sidered as rough stock. 

When like grade on both faces is required, special contract must be made. 

COMMON BOARDS, FENCING AND DIMENSION. 

90. Rough common boards and fencing must be well manufactured, and should not 
be less than seven-eighth-inch thick when dry. 

91. Rough two-inch common shall be well manufactured, and not less than one and 
seven-eighth inches thick when green, or one and three-quarter inches thick when dry. 
The several widths must not be less than one-eighth-inch over the standard dressing 
width for such stock. 

92. Rough common dimension of a greater thickness than two inches and less than 
four inches, shall be subject to special contract as to thickness and width. 

93. Rough Dimension, if thicker than specified thickness for dry or green stock, 
may be dressed to such standard thickness, and when so dressed shall be considered as 
rough stock. 

94. The defects admissible in rough boards, fencing and dimension shall be the 
same as those applying to dressed stock of like kind and grade, and such further defects 
as would disappear in dressing to standard sizes of such material shall be allowed. 

No. 1. COMMON TIMBERS. 

Sizes. —Common timber shall be worked to the following: 4x4, 4x6, 6x6, ^$-inch oflf 
side and edge. Surfaced four sides, J^-inch off each side; 6x8^and larger S. 4 S., y^-inch 
off each side surfaced. 

95. Rough Timbers, 4x4 and larger, shall not be more than J^-inch scant at any 
point when green, and be well manufactured, with not less than three square edges, and 
will admit sound knots that do not occupy more than one-third the cross-section of the 
piece or small defective knots. 

Timbers 10x10 in size may have a two-inch wane on one corner, measured on faces, 
or its equivalent on two or more corners one-third the length of the piece. Larger 
sizes may have proportionately greater defects. 

Shakes extending not over one-eighth of the length of the piece are admissible, and 
seasoning checks shall not be considered a defect. 

96. Dressed timbers shall conform in grading to the specifications applying to 
rough timbers of same size. 

97. Rough timbers, if thicker than specified thickness for dry or green stock, may 
be dressed to such standard thickness, and when so dressed shall be considered as 
rough stock. 

98. Yellow Pine Plastering Lath. —No. 1 shall measure two inches in thickness to 

every five lath, green, the minimum thickness of any one lath shall not be less than 

5-16 of an inch, green, and should not be less than 1 7-16 inches in width, green, length 

four feet; 1% inches thickness to every five lath, dry, and should not measure less than 
1 5-16 inches in width dry. Will admit wane one-eighth of an inch deep, one-quarter 
of an inch on face and six inches long, pin worm-holes and one pin knot. Must not be 

more than half an inch scant in length. Blue sap stain shall not be considered a defect. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


159 


99. No. 2 shall consist of pieces that fall below the grade of No. 1, which are not 
less than one and a quarter inches in width, one-quarter of an inch thick, when dry, 
and are not more than three-quarters of an inch short in length. Will admit wane, 
worm holes, knots and other defects that will not prevent their use the entire length 
without waste. 


BYRKIT LATH. 

Size.— 34 x 3'/4 and 554 inches wide, length four feet and upward. 

Grades—Standard and Merchantable. 

100. Standard shall consist of such pieces as will be held firmly in place and sup¬ 
port plaster by ordinary nailing and will present a full surface without any openings 
over three-eighths of an inch in diameter. 

101. Merchantable shall consist of such pieces as fall below the grade of standard, 
yet can be used for the purpose intended by cutting out knot holes and other defects, by 
wasting not over sixteen inches of the length of any one piece. 

STANDARD SIZES OF DRESSED LUMBER. 

X02. Finishing shall be dressed to the following: i-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 13-16, 1 54 - 
inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 1-16, 1 54 -inch S. x S. or 2 S. to 1 5-16, 2-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 
iH inches, 2-inch S. 4 S. 54 off each edge. 

103. Moulded Casing and Base shall be worked to ^-inch as per patterns shown 
in Yellow Pine Manufacturers’ Association Moulding Book, 1906 edition. 1x4 S. 4 S. 
shall be three and a half inches wide finished; 1x5 S. 4 S. shall be four and a half inches 
wide, and 1x6 S. 4 S. shall be five and a half inches wide, finished. 

104. Flooring.—The standard of 1x3, 1x4 and 1x6 inches D and better shall be 
worked to 13-16x254, 354 and 554 inches; 15^4-inch flooring shall be 1 3-32 inches thick. 

105. Drop Siding. D. and M. shall be worked to 34 x 354 and 554 inches face, 554 
over all. Worked shiplap, 24 x 5 -inch face, 554 over all. Patterns that are not shown in 
Yellow Pine Manufacturers’ Association Moulding Book of January, 1906, edition, are 
considered special. 

106. Ceiling shall be worked to the following: 34 -inch ceiling, 5-16-inch; 54 -inch 
ceiling 7-16 inch; ^-inch ceiling, 9-16 inch; }^-\nch ceiling 11-16 inch. Same width as 
flooring. The standard working of ceiling shall be beaded center and edge with slight 
bevel on groove edge. The bead on all ceiling and partition shall be depressed 1-32 
of an inch below surface line of piece. 

107. Partition shall be worked to the following: 34 x 354 and 5 54 inches. Same stand¬ 
ard for location of and size of bead as applies to ceiling. (See section 106.) 

108. Bevel Siding.—To be made from stock S. 4 S. worked to 13-16x554 and re¬ 
sawed on a bevel. 

109. Window and Door Jambs.—(See section 37.) Dressed, rabbeted and plowed 
as ordered. 

no. Boards and Fencing.—One-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 13-16 inch. 

in. Shiplap and Barn Siding No. 1 Common. Eight, ten and twelve-inch shall be 
worked to 13-16x754, 9 % and 1154 inches. 

112. D. and M. No. 1 Common. 8, 10 and 12-inch. Shall be worked to the follow¬ 
ing: 13-16x754, 9/4 and 11 54 inches. 

113. Grooved Roofing. 10 and 12-inch S. 1 S. and 2 E. shall be worked to 13-16X 
954 and ii54. 

114. Wagon Bottoms, unless otherwise ordered (see section 32), shall be made in 
sets 38 and 42 inches face, and from stock 4 inches or over in width. Standard thick¬ 
ness shall be 13-16 inch. 

115. Dimension shall be worked to the following: 2x4 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to i§ 4 x 3§4 
inches; 2x6 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to 1^x554 inches; 2x8 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to i 34 x 754 inches; 2x10 
S. 1 S. and 1 E. to 1 ^ 4 x 954 inches; 2x12 S. 1 S. and 1 E. to i^xii ^4 inches. Dimension 
V S. 4 S. j 4 -inch less than standard size S. 1 S. and 1 E. 

116. Heavy Joists shall be worked to the following: 2x14, 254 and 3x10, 12 and 14, 
S. 1 S. and 1 E., green, 54-inch off side and 54-inch off edge. Heavy joists, rough, green, 
must not be over 54-inch scant in width or thickness. 

117. Heavy Flooring. For 1 54 , 2 and 254-inch matching the thickness should be 34 
of an inch less than the rough material. The tongue should be 34 -inch thick and 34-inch 
long. For 3-inch and thicker matching the tongue should be 34 -inch thick and 34 -inch 
long, and the thickness of the stock should be J^-inch less than the rough material. 
The groove in heavy matchings should be 1-16 inch wider than the thickness of the 
tongue, and 1-16 inch deeper than the length of the tongue. Tongue and groove shall 
be located one-fourth the thickness of the rough material from the bottom of the piece. 
In 2-inch and thicker material plowed for splines the groove should be the same width 
and depth as is provided for in matching material of the same thickness. 




Dixie Wood-Worker 



The only technical Lumber Journal published 
South. Covers, also, the commercial features 
of the Yellow Pine and Cypress Trade. 


ONE DOIyLAR PER YEAR 




DIXIE WOOD-WORKER is a 

Lumber Journal of unusual interest to 
Lumbermen, as it is the only periodi¬ 
cal published South that covers both 

the Technical and Commercial Feat¬ 
ures of the saw-milling and wood¬ 
working industries. 



It is of equal value to the employee 


w 

a 

and employer, manufacturer, retailer 
or wholesaler, and in all a paper that 
you will find well worth subscribing 

& 

C&J 

I 

]> 

to and reading regularly. 

f 

ft 

All the markets are covered by our 
own Special Correspondents; our 

columns devoted to Association 

News, and each issue contains Tech¬ 
nical Articles contributed to its 

columns by experts in saw-milling 
and wood-working. 

1 


Sample copies to Lumbermen upon 
application. 



Southern States Publishing Co. 

PUBLISHERS 
ATLANTA, GA. 

BENJ. F. ULMER, Mgr. Advertising and Editorial Departments 






















STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


161 


118. Timbers shall be worked to the following: 4x4, 4x6, 6x6, jHs-inch off side and 
edge. Surfaced 4 sides, %-inch off each side. 6x8 and larger S. 4 S., %-mch off each 
side surfaced. 

119. Yellow Pine Plastering Lath. No. 1 shall measure two inches in thickness ta 
every five lath, green, the minimum thickness of any one lath shall not be less than 5-16 
of an inch, green, and should not be less than 1 7-16 inches in width, green, length 4 feet. 
\ 7 /% inches thickness to every 5 lath, dry, and should not measure less than 1 5-16 inches 
in width, dry. Must not be more than one-half of an inch scant in length when dry. 

120. No. 2 must not be less than 1% inches in width, % of an inch thick, when dry, 
and not more than $4 inch short in length. 

121. Byrkit Lath. 54x3^4 and SYa inches wide, lengths 4 feet and upward. 


PICKETS. 

122. Square Pickets. From ik2-inch stock shall be worked to 1 5-16x1 5-16, 3 and 4 
feet long, dressed on 4 sides and pointed. From iJ 4 inch stock shall be worked to 1 1-16 
xi 1-16, 3 and 4 feet long, dressed on 4 sides and pointed. 

123. Flat Pickets. From 1x3 stock shall be worked to 24 x 2 / 4 j 3 and 4 feet long, 
dressed on four sides and headed. 


WESTERN PINE MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION. 


BUREAU OF GRADES. 

It is the aim of the Bureau of Grades of the Western Pine Manufacturers’ Associa¬ 
tion to adopt the grading rules in use by the Northern Pine Manufacturers’ Association, 
except, that white sap in Western Pine shall not be considered a defect. And as there 
is an entire absence of shake in the Inland Empire products, pitch and season check de¬ 
fects shall be given equal consideration to shake defects as described in the examples 
and general rules of the Northern Pine Manufacturers’ Association covering the various 
grades of their products. 

# 

CHECKED KNOTS AND SEASON CHECKS. 

Checked knots in tight red knotted stock in common lumber shall not be consid¬ 
ered a defect, unless the opening is so pronounced as to injure the piece for the pur¬ 
poses for which the grade was designed. 





162 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


United States Postal Rules. 


DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN MAIL MATTER. 


Classification. Conditions. Rates of Postage. 


GENERAL GUIDE TO CLASSIFICATION OF DOMESTIC MAIL MATTER 


FIRST CLASS. 

Includes all written matter, all matter closed against inspection, and all matter, 
though printed, which has the nature of actual and personal (individual) correspondence, 
except that certain writing or printing may be placed upon matter of the second, third, 
and fourth classes without increasing the rate. (See section 2.) 

SECOND CLASS. 

Includes all newspapers and periodicals which bear the authorized statement: “En¬ 
tered at the post-office as second-class mail matter.” (See section 2.) 

THIRD CLASS. 

Includes all printed matter upon paper not having the nature of actual, personal 
correspondence, except newspapers and periodicals bearing the statement: “Entered at 
the post-office as second-class matter..” (See section 2.) 

FOURTH CLASS. 

Includes all merchandise and all other matter not comprehended in the first, second, 
and third classes. (See section 2.) 

Note.—Matter of a higher class inclosed with matter of a lower class subjects the 
whole package to the higher rate. 

SECTION 1.—DOMESTIC MAIL MATTER. 

Domestic mail matter includes all matter deposited in the mails for local delivery, 
or for transmission from one place to another within the United States, or to or from 
or between the possessions of the United States. 

Porto Rico and Hawaii are included in the term “United States.” The Philippine 
Archapelago, Guam, Tutuila (including all adjacent islands of the Samoan group which 
are possessions of the United States), and the Canal Zone are included in the term 
“Possessions of the United States.” The term “Canal Zone” includes all the territory 
purchased from Panama, embracing the “Canal Zone” proper and the islands in the 
Bay of Panama named Perico, Naos, Culebra, and Flamenco. 

Domestic rates of postage also apply to mail matter sent from the United States 
to Canada, Mexico, Cuba, and the United States posal agency at Shanghai, China. 

SECTION 2.—CLASSIFICATION AND POSTAGE RATES. 

Domestic mail matter is divided into four classes: 

First Class.—Rate, 2 cents for each ounce or fraction. Limit of weight, 4 pounds. 
United States postal cards, 1 cent each; post cards, 1 cent each. 

Includes: Letters, United States postal cards, post cards manufactured by private 
persons all matter sealed or otherwise closed against inspection, and all matter wholly 
or partly in writing, whether sealed o runsealed. 

Note.—Typewriting and carbon and letterpress copies thereof are written matter 
and subject to the first-class rate. A printed communication having the character of 
actual personal correspondence is regarded as a letter. 

Second Class—Unsealed.—Rate, I cent for each 4 ounces or fraction. Full prepay¬ 
ment required. No limit of weight. 

This is the rate which applies to newspapers and other periodical publications bear¬ 
ing the printed statement “Entered at the post-office as second-class matter,” etc., when 
they are mailed by the public. 

Note.—The rates of postage on and the conditions applicable to second-class mat¬ 
ter, when mailed by publishers or news agents, are not treated in this pamphlet. 







STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


163 


Third Class—Unsealed.—Rate, i cent for each 2 ounces or fraction. Full prepay¬ 
ment required. Limit of weight 4 pounds, except it be a single book. 

Includes: Books, newspapers and periodicals not admitted to the second class, cir¬ 
culars, miscellaneous printed matter on paper not having the nature of personal corre¬ 
spondence, and proof sheets, corrected proof sheets, and manuscript copy accompanying 
the same, and all matter in point print or raised characters used by the blind. 

Fourth Class.—Unsealed.—Rate, 1 cent for each ounce or fraction, except seeds, 
bulbs, roots, scions, and plants, which are 1 cent for each 2 ounces or fraction. Full pre¬ 
payment required. Limit of weight, 4 pounds. 

Includes: All mailable matter not embraced in the first, second, and third classes. 


MONEY ORDER FEES. 

Fees for money orders payable in the Uhited States (including Guam, Hawaii, Porto 
Rico, and Tutuila, Samoa); also for orders payable in Canada, Cuba, Newfoundland, the 
United States postal agency at Shanghai (China), and the Philippine Islands: 


For sums not exceeding $2.50. 3 cents. 

Over $2.50 to $5.i. 5 cents. 

Over $5 to $10. 8 cents. 

Over $10 to $20. xo cents. 

Over $20 to $30. 12 cents. 

Over $30 to $40. 15 cents. 

Over $40 to $50.:. 18 cents. 

Over $50 to $60. 20 cents. 

Over $60 to $75. 25 cents. 

Over $75 to $100. 30 cents. 


FOREIGN. 

Fees for foreign money orders when payable in Austria, Bahamas, Belgium, Ber¬ 
muda, British Guiana, Bolivia, Chile, Costa Rica, Denmark, Egypt, Hungary, Jamaica, 
Japan, Leeward Islands, Liberia, Luxemburg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Nor¬ 
way, Peru, Sweden, Switzerland, Transvaal, Trinidad, and Windward Islands: 


For sums not exceeding $10. 8 cents. 

Over $10 to $20. 10 cents. 

Over $20 to $30. 15 cents. 

Over $30 to $40. 20 cents. 

Over $40 to $50. 25 cents. 

Over $50 to $60. 30 cents. 

Over $60 to $70.'. 35 cents. 

Over $70 to $80. 40 cents. 

Over $80 to $90. 45 cents 

Over $90 to $100. 5 ° cents. 


WHEN PAYABLE IN ANY OTHER FOREIGN COUNTRY. 


For sums not exceeding $10. 10 cents. 

Over $10 to $20. 20 cents. 

Over $20 to $30. 30 cents. 

Over $30 to $40. 40 cents. 

Over $40 to $50. 50 cents. 

Over $50 to $60. 60 cents. 

Over $60 to $70. 7 o cents. 

Over $70 to $80. 80 cents. 

Over $80 to $90. 90 cents. 

Over $90 to $100. 1 dollar. 


FOREIGN MAIL MATTER AND RATES OF POSTAGE. 

Articles for or from foreign countries (except Canada, Mexico, and Cuba) are classi¬ 
fied as “letters,” “post cards,” “prints,” “commercial or business papers,” and “samples 
of merchandise.” 

This is known as the “Postal Union” classification of mail matter. There is no 
provision in the Postal Union mails for merchandise other than samples. A package 
of merchandise sealed and prepaid in full at the letter rate is, however, transmitted in 
the Postal Union mails to destination as a “letter.” The right of its entry into the for¬ 
eign country is determined by the administration of the country of destination. 

Prohibited articles (see section 27), if mailed sealed against inspection, will not be 
delivered although they reach their destination. 

Note.—Mail matter for Hawaii, Porto Rico, the Philippines, the islands of Guam 
and Tutuila, the “Canal Zone,” and the United States postal agency at Shanghai, China, 
is subject to the domestic rates and conditions. (See section I. - * 

































164 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Articles addressed for delivery at the following places in China, viz.: Cheefoo 
(Yentai), Chin Kiang, Chung King, Foochow, Hankow, Hung Chow, Ichang, Kaiping, 
Kalgan, Iviukiang, Nanking, Newchwang orNiuchwang, Ningpo, Ourga, Peking, Shang¬ 
hai, Taku, Tientsin, Wenchow, Wuchang, Wuhu, Yentai (Cheefoo), are transmissible 
in the mails for the United States postal agency at Shanghai, but letters, postal cards, 
and prints for the places other than Shanghai are subject to the postage rates named in 
section 28. 


SECTION 26.—CANADA, CUBA AND MEXICO. 

Articles of every kind or nature which are admitted to the domestic mails of the 
United States will be admitted under the same conditions to the mails for Canada, Cuba, 
and Mexico, except that commercial papers and bona fide trade samples (including sam¬ 
ples of liquids and fatty substances) are transmissible in the regular mails at the postage 
rate and subject to the conditions applicable to those articles in Postal Union mails, 
and also that packages—other than single volumes of printed books—the weight of 
which exceeds 4 pounds 6 ounces are excluded from mails for Cuba. Sealed packages, 
other than letters in their usual and ordinary form, are unmailable to Canada, Cuba and 
Mexico. 


SECTION 27.—PROHIBITED ARTICLES 

The transmission of the following articles is absolutely prohibited in the foreign 
mails under any circumstances, viz.: publications which violate the copyright laws of 
the country of destination; packets, except single volumes of printed books, which ex¬ 
ceed 4 pounds 6 ounces in weight; poisons, explosive, or inflammable substances; live 
or dead (not dried) animals; insects (except bees) and reptiles; fruits and vegetables 
which quickly decompose and substances which exhale a bad odor; lottery tickets or 
circulars; all obscene or immoral articles, and all articles which may destroy or damage 
the mails or injure persons handling them. 

SECTION 28.—RATES OF POSTAGE. 

The rates of postage applicable to all foreign countries, other than those above 
mentioned, are as follows: 

Cents. 


Letters, for each half ounce or fraction of half ounce. 5 

Single postal cards (including souvenir cards), each. 2 

Double postal cards (including souvenir cards), each. 4 

Printed matter of all kinds, for each 2 ounces or fraction of 2 ounces. r 

Commercial papers for the first 10 ounces or less.!... .. 5 

And for each additional 2 ounces or fraction of 2 ounces. 1 

Samples of merchandise, for the first 4 ounces or less. 2 

And for each additional 2 ounces or fraction of 2 ounces. 1 

Registration fee in addition to postage. 8 


SECTION 29.—LETTERS. 

Rate of postage, 5 cents for each half ounce or fraction of half ounce. Limit of 
weight, 4 pounds. 

The postal conventions do not define the term “letter,” but it is held that a package 
upon which postage at the letter rate has been prepaid in full was intended by the sender 
to be sent as a letter; and when it does not contain prohibited articles is required to be 
considered and treated as a “letter.” Consequently packages addressed to foreign coun¬ 
tries, except Canada, Cuba, and Mexico (see section 26), which are fully prepaid at the 
rate of postage applicable to letters for the countries to which the packages are ad¬ 
dressed, are allowed to be forwarded by mail to their destinations, even though they 
contain articles of miscellaneous merchandise which are not sent as bona fide trade 
samples. 

Note. —Articles other than letters, in their usual and ordinary form, on their arrival 
at the exchange post-office of the country of destination, will be inspected by customs 
officers of that country, who will levy the proper customs duties upon any articles found 
to be dutiable under the laws of that country and not prohibited transmission in the 
mails. 

SECTION 30.—UNITED STATES POSTAL CARDS. 

The United States international 2-cent single and 4-cent (reply) postal cards should 
be used for correspondence with foreign countries, except Cuba, Canada, and Mexico, 
to which the domestic single and double i-cent cards are mailable; but when these cards 
can not be obtained, it is allowable to use the United States domestic i-cent single or 
2-cent (reply) postal cards with i-cent United States adhesive postage stamps attached 
thereto. 












STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


165 


By special arrangement with the Canadian Post-office Department, Canadian postal 
cards mailed in the United States bearing United States postage stamps (domestic 
rate), and United States postal cards mailed in Canada bearing Canadian postage stamps, 
are transmissible in the mails and deliverable without further charge. 

Post Cards.—Private mailing cards are transmissible to foreign countries at the rate 
of 2 cents each, provided they conform to the conditions prescribed for similar cards in 
our domestic mails. To Canada, Mexico and Cuba they may be sent at a rate of i 
cent each. 

Note.—“Reply” post cards (private mailing cards) are unauthorized, and therefore 
unmailable as such. 


SECTION 31.—PRINTED MATTER. 

Rate of postage, I cent for each 2 ounces or fraction. Limit of weight, 4 pounds 6 
ounces. 

Includes newspapers and periodical works, books stitched and bound, pamphlets, 
sheets of music, visiting cards, address cards, proofs of printing with or without the 
manuscripts relating thereto, papers with raised points for the use of the blind, engrav¬ 
ings, photographs, and albums containing photographs, pictures, drawings, plans, maps, 
catalogues, prospectuses, announcements and notices of various kinds, whether printed, 
engraved, lithographed, or autographed and in general all impressions or reproductions 
obtained upon paper, parchment, or cardboard, by means of printing, engraving, litho¬ 
graphing, and autographing, or any other mechanical process easy to recognize, except 
the copying-press and the typewriter. 

Facsimile copies of manuscript or typewriting obtained by a mechanical process 
(polygraphy, chromography, etc.) are assimilated to “prints”; but in order to pass at 
the reduced postage they must be mailed at the post-office windows, and in the minimum 
number of 20 perfectly identical copies. 

SECTION 32.—COMMERCIAL PAPERS. 

Rate of postage, for the first 10 ounces or less, 5 cents; and for each additional 2 
ounces or fraction of 2 ounces, 1 cent. Limit of weight, 4 pounds 6 ounces. 

Includes all instruments or documents written or drawn wholly or partly by hand, 
which have not the character of an actual and personal correspondence, such as papers 
of legal procedure, deeds of all kinds drawn jap by public functionaries, waybills or bills 
of lading, invoices, the various documents of insurance companies, copies of or extracts 
from deeds under private signature, written or stamped or unstamped paper, scores or 
sheets of manuscript music, manuscript of books or of articles for publication in peri¬ 
odicals, forwarded separately, corrected tasks of pupils, excluding all comment on the 
work,- etc. 



166 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


cATLANTA, BIRMINGHAM C& cATLANTIC RAILROAD 

CONSTRUCTION COMPANY. 


Specifications for Yellow Pine Lumber to be Used on Wooden Bridges 

and Trestles. 


All lumber to be cut from sound, live trees, sawed full size, square in section and 
out of wind. It must be close grained and free from wind shakes, large or unsound 
knots, pitch seams, decay or defects that will impair its strength or durability. Solid 
knots will be allowed, but not in groups, nor so located as to impair the strength of 
the piece. 

Stringers shall show some heart all along all four sides. 

Guard-rails shall show two-thirds heart all along top and bottom, or eight-inch 
sides, and some heart all along the other two sides. 

Ties shall show two-thirds heart all along two opposite sides and one-half heart all 
along the other two sides. 

Caps shall show two-thirds heart faces all along the twelve-inch sides and one-half 
heart all along the fourteen-inch sides—all twelve inches by twelve inches, lumber to 
show two-thirds heart all along the four sides. 

All 3x10 lumber to show two-thirds heart all along on both faces. 

All 6x10 lumber to show two-thirds heart all along on both faces and one-half heart 
all along the two edges. 

All 8x12 lumber to show two-thirds heart all along the two faces and one-half heart 
all along the two edges. 

All scantling shall show three corners heart. 

Plank nine inches and under shall show one heart face and two-thirds heart on 
opposite side—over nine inches shall show two-thirds heart on both sides. 

ALEX. BONNYMAN, Chief Engineer. 


cATLANTIC COAST LINE RAILROAD COMPANY. 


Specifications for Timber and Piles. 


GENERAL TERMS. 

Unless otherwise specified, all timber shall be made from sound, live trees, and cut 
full size, square-edged and out of wind; shall be close-grained, free from heart or wind 
shakes or any defects that will impair its strength or durability. It shall be long-leaf, 
yellow pine, black or red cypress. 

TIMBER FOR BRIDGE AND TRESTLE TIES AND FOR GUARD-RAILS. 

Shall be free also from all loose or unsound knots, or any knots over two (2) inches 
in diameter. Knots in groups will not be allowed. The two long sides shall show at 
least two-thirds heart and the other two sides some heart. 

TIMBER FOR STRINGERS. 

Shall be free also from all loose or unsound knots, or any knots over two (2) 
inches in diameter, and from pitch seams. Knots must not be in groups nor located 
so as to impair the strength of the piece (which means on the bottom or top side). 
Both of the long sides shall show at least two-thirds heart and the other two sides 
some heart. 


TIMBER FOR CAPS, SILLS AND POSTS. 

Shall be free also from loose or unsound knots. Knots up to two (2) inches in 
diameter will be allowed, but groups of knots will not allowed. Two opposite sides 
shall show at least one-half heart and the other two sides some heart (where the sec¬ 
tion is oblong the two long sides must show the one-half heart); measurement to be 
taken across the surface at any point in the length of the stick. 








STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


167 


TIMBER FOR BRACING, ETC. 

Two-inch and three-inch plank shall be free also from large, loose or unsound 
knots; one long side shall show at least three-fourths and the other three sides some 
heart; to be measured across the surface at any point in the length of the side. 

PILES—WHITE OAK. 

Piles shall be cut from straight, sound, growing trees, free from wind or heart 
shakes, large, loose or unsound knots, decay or other defects that will impair the 
strength or durability of the pile. They shall be reasonably straight and uniformly 
tapering. The wood shall be close, firm grained and with sap ring not over two (2) 
inches thick. They shall not be less than twelve (12) inches in diameter, six (6) feet 
from the butt, and when less than thirty (30) feet long shall not be less than ten (10) 
inches in diameter at point; thirty (30) to thirty-nine (39) feet in length, nine (9) 
inches at point; forty (40) feet and over in length, eight (8) inches at point. 

PILES—LONG-LEAF YELLOW PINE, BLACK OR RED CYPRESS. 

They shall be cut from sound, live trees, close grained, free from wind or heart 
shakes, large, loose or unsound knots, decay or other defects that will impair the 
strength or durability of the pile. They shall be hewn square for twenty-five (25) feet 
from the butt or large end, except that one (1) inch wane will be allowed on two cor¬ 
ners for one-half the length of the hewn part. The balance of the pile may be left 
round. The hewing must be reasonably smooth, and deep score hacks will not be 
allowed. The piles shall not be less than twelve (12) inches square nor more than four¬ 
teen (14) inches square ?t the butt, and not less than ten (10) inches in diameter at 
the point for piles thirty-five (35) feet long and under, and not less than eight (8) inches 
in diameter at point for lengths over thirty-five (35) feet. The hewn part must show 
not less than four (4) inches heart on all four sides measured across the surface at any 
point. Piles having a bend not exceeding four (4) inches in twenty (20) feet, six (6) 
inches in thirty (30) feet and eight (8) inches in forty (40) feet or over will be consid¬ 
ered straight. No short crooks will be allowed. 

Where unhewn piles are to be provided they must fill all the requirements of the 
above, except as to hewing, and in place of that it is herein specified that they shall not 
exceed sixteen (16) inches in diameter at the butt, and shall be at least twelve (12) 
inches in diameter at a point twenty-five (25) feet from same, and show at least twelve 
(12) inches diameter at the large end. 

PILES FOR FOUNDATIONS. 

Subject to permanent moisture, false work or other temporary work, may be 
hickory, elm, gum, pine, cypress or any other sound timber that will stand driving. 
They must be as straight as specified for cypress and yellow pine piles above; they 
shall not be less than twelve (12) inches nor more than sixteen (16) inches in diameter 
at the butt, nor less than nine (9) inches in diameter at the point. 

TIMBER FOR BUILDINGS, PLATFORMS, ETC. 

Dimension sizes shall embrace all sizes six inches and up in thickness by six inches 
and up in width. 

Plank shall embrace all sizes from one and one-half to six inches in thickness by 
six inches and over in width. 

Scantling shall embrace all sizes exceeding one and one-half inches, and under 
six inches in thickness, and from two inches to six inches in width. 

Boards shall embrace all thicknesses under one and one-half inches by over six 
inches wide. 

Stepping shall embrace one to two and a half inches in thickness by six inches and 
up in width. 

Boards shall be sound, square, well manufactured, full size, free from unsound, 
loose and hollow knots, worm holes and knot holes, through shakes or round shakes; 
unless otherwise specified, sap and short-leaf pine no objection. 

Flooring shall be free from through or round shakes, or knots exceeding one inch 
in diameter, or more than four in a board on face side in a twelve-foot length. 

Stepping shall show one long face side heart, free from shakes and all knots exceed¬ 
ing one inch in diameter, and not more than six in a board of sixteen feet length. 

Scantling shall be free from through or round shakes or unsound knots; unless 
otherwise specified, sap and short-leaf pine no objection. 



168 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Plank.—All plank shall be free from large, loose or unsound knots, and when orders 
are marked “heart,” must, show one long face of heart entire length of board, but where 
heart is not specified, sap and short-leaf pine no objection. 

Dimension.—All dimensions shall be free from all defects that will injure its 
strength and durability, and show two-thirds heart at top end on all four sides, except 
where orders read square and sound, then sap and short-leaf pine will be no objection. 

Approved, 

E. B. PLEASANTS, Chief Engineer. 

Wilmington, N. C., March 24, 1906. 


CENTRAL OF GEORGIA RAILWAY COMPANY. 


SPECIFICATIONS AND CLASSIFICATION. 


Bridge, Trestle and Other Roadway Lumber. 

All lumber to be long-leaf yellow pine, red or black cypress, as specified, cut true 
and out of wind, to exact dimensions, and sawed square at both ends, shall be free 
from wind shakes, cracks, worm holes, decayed wood, large knots, loose or unsound 
knots, red heart, or any other defect that would impair life and strength of the piece. 

All lumber to be sawed unless otherwise specified. 

ROUGH LUMBER. 

Flooring will embrace one inch and one and a quarter inches in thickness by three 
to six inches in width, and shall have one entire heart face and two-thirds of the width 
of the opposite face heart; free from splits, shakes or knots. 

Boards will embrace all the thickness one and a half inches and under by seven 
inches and over in width; shall show no wane and be free from round or through 
shakes, large knots, loose or unsound knots; bright sap no objection. 

Scantling will embrace all sizes fro mtwo inches to five inches in thickness by two 
inches to six inches in width; shall show no wane and be free from injurious shakes, 
unsound or loose knots, or large knots that would impair the strength of the piece; 
bright sap no objection. 

Plank will embrace all sizes from one and a half inches to six inches in thickness by 
seven inches and over in width, and shall have one heart face and two-thirds of the width 
cf the opposite face heart; to be free from round or through shakes, large, loose or un¬ 
sound knots, blue sap or damaging worm holes. 

Dimension sizes (sawn or hewn) will embrace all sizes six inches and over in 
thickness by six inches and over in width; shall have not more than one and a half 
inches of sap measured diagonally across the corners; to be free from large, loose or 
unsound knots, through or round shakes. 

DRESSED LUMBER. 

All the foregoing sizes shall be dressed when specified to the sizes given, and will 
be inspected under the same specifications as for rough lumber. 

Dressed Finishing, Flooring, Ceiling, Drop Siding, Bevel Siding.—Shall be speci¬ 
fied as clear or heart face clear. Clear shall be free from all defects except that bright 
sap is admissible. Heart face clear shall have one heart face and be free from all defects 
cn face side. 

Shingles shall be No. 1 cypress all heart, four inches or five inches wide by sixteen 
inches or eighteen inches long, and to be 1-16 inch thick at small end and two-fifths of 
an inch or over thick at butt end. 

Laths shall be three-eighths of an inch thick by one and a half inches wide by four 
feet long, free from loose knots. 

PILES. 

All piles to be made from straight, sound, live timber, free from cracks, shakes and 
large, loose or unsound knots, cut from long-leaf yellow pine, red or black cypress, as 
specified. They must be so straight that a straight line taken in any direction from the 
center of each end of the pile and run the length of it shall show that the pile is at no 
point over one-eigth of its diameter at such a point out of a straight line. 

Sawed or Hewed Piles.—Piles will bear the same inspection as “Dimension Lum¬ 
ber,” shall have not more than one and a half inches of sap measured diagonally across 
the corners. Ends must be cut square. Piles 30' o" long and under must be not less 
than I2"xi2" square; 30' o" to 50' o" long and over must be not less than 14x14" at butt 
end and may show an even gradual taper of two inches in each 25' 0" from end to »nd 






STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


169 


Round Piles.—Piles must have not less than 12" diameter heart at butt or large end r 
measured across the narrowest diameter, and for lengths 30' o" and under, shall show 
10" diameter heart at small end, and at no point more than 20" diameter. Thirty to- 
fifty feet long must have not less than 14" diameter heart at the butt, or large end, and! 
a decrease in diameter of heart of 2" in each 25', and at no part more than 20" in diam¬ 
eter. 

Savannah, Ga., May 26, 1905. 

Approved: 

T. S. MOISE, HENRY M. STEELE, 

General Manager. Chief Engineer. 


THE CINCINNATI, HAMILTON CS, DAYTON RAILWAY 

COMPANY. 


All lumber purchased for this system to be as follows: 

Car sills 70 per cent, heart yellow pine; bridge timbers of 90 per cent, heart yellow 
pine; car siding and roofing of No. 1 common short-leaf yellow pine and car lining of 
No. 1 common either long-leaf or short-leaf yellow pine. 

Yours truly, 

A. L. SANGER, Purchasing Agent. 

Cincinnati, Ohio, March 30, 1906. 


CHICAGO, ROCK ISLAND & PACIFIC RAILROAD. 


Also Used by Grand Trunk Railway System, Approved September 23 , 1898 . 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR LONG-LEAF YELLOW PINE TIMBER. 

1. General specifications for all classes of timber: All timber shall be sawed from 
sound, live, long-leaf yellow pine, and shall be cut square and out of wind, with adjacent 
faces at right angles to each other. No piece shall vary more than one-eighth inch 
plus four per cent, from the specified dimensions. All timbers shall be free from wane, 
splits, shakes, black, rotten, soft or loose knots, and from any defects which would in¬ 
jure its strength. 

2. With regard to proportions of sap and heartwood, timber shall be divided into 
four grades as follows: 

Grade 1. Ninety-five per cent, heartwood, including stringers, large joists, caps and 
timber designed for transverse loading. One of the narrower faces to be used for the 
under face shall also be all heartwood. The two faces adjacent to this shall be not less 
than 90 per cent, heartwood. The top face shall show an average of 33 per cent, heart- 
wood. 

Grade 2. Ninety per cent, heartwood, including ties, guardrails, caps, etc., or timber 
for bearing and transverse loading combined. The bearing face to be all heartwood. 
The two faces adjacent to this to be not less than 65 per cent, heartwood. The remain¬ 
ing face to show an average of 40 per cent, heartwood. 

Grade 3. Eighty-five per cent, heartwood, including posts, sills, girts, etc., or tim¬ 
ber for bearing compression loading. One corner to be all heartwood. Faces adjacent 
to this to be not less than 70 per cent, heartwood. Other two faces to be at least 40 
per cent, heartwood. 

Grade 4. Eighty per cent, heartwood, including plank, studding, etc., for platform 
stuff, braces and rough or temporary work; 90 per cent of one face to be heart; 60 per 
cent, of opposite face to be heart. The two faces above named to be wider faces of the 
piece. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR YELLOW PINE COAL CAR SIDES AND ENDS. 

Must be well manufactured from sound, long-leaf, live timber. Sound knots not 
exceeding one and a half inches in diameter will be allowed, provided their location is 
such as not to impair the strength or durability of the piece for the purpose intended. 

Must be free from shakes or splits. Inspectors must be careful to reject any piece 
in which a number of knots are located near each other which would weaken the piece. 

12 sir 








T70 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR YELLOW PINE CAR FLOORING. 

Must be well manufactured from sound, long-leaf, live timber, cut full size and 
free from splits, shakes, coarse or black knots and discolored sap. No wane will be 
allowed, except such as will dress out in the process of manufacture. It must be free 
from sap on one face. The sap face of the poorest piece should have not more than 
four inches of sap at any point of its length. 

Rough flooring must be two inches and two and a half inches thick by six inches, 
eight inches, ten inches, or twelve inches wide; about 5 per cent, of the total of the 
twelve-inch width and remainder in about equal proportion of the other widths. It 
must finish one and three-quarters inches and two inches thick respectively, with five 
and a quarter inches, seven and a quarter inches, nine and a quarter inches and eleven 
.and a quarter-inch face. 


CINCINNATI, NEW ORLEANS <T& TEXAS PACIFIC 
RAILWAY COMPANY. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR YELLOW PINE LUMBER. 


Above to be heart close-grained, long-leaf yellow pine, sawed true and out of wind. 
Must be full size and free from wind shakes, large, loose or black knots, decayed brash 
-or sap wood, worm holes, or other defects impairing its strength or durability.” 


THE DELAWARE HUDSON COMPANY. 


(For lumber use prime quality, by rules Southern Lumber and Timber Associa¬ 
tion, 1883.) 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR YELLOW PINE CROSSTIES. 

To be cut in Florida, Southern Georgia or along the Gulf—ties from the Carolinas 
and other sections will not be accepted—manufactured from green, living, long-leaf vir¬ 
gin pine, untapped, perfectly sound and free from rotten spots, worm holes, heart 
shakes, large, loose or unsound knots and unsound hearts; hewn nine inches wide on 
two parallel faces, not less than seven, nor more than eight inches thick, and eight 
and a half feet long, smoothly hewn on all four sides, with both ends square butted 
with the saw. Ties to be practically clear of sap; there will, however, be an allowance 
of one-inch sap on the corners, the sap, if any, to be on the corners of the same face, 
leaving one nine-inch face entirely clear; in no case will ties having more sap be classed 
as No. 1 or market ties. Ties splitting logs through center of heart will be rejected. 


INTERBOROUGH RAPID TRANSIT COMPANY. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRACK TIMBER. 

1. The timber to be of long-leaved, first growth, Florida, Georgia or Alabama yellow 
pine, straight, square edged, free from shakes, loose, large or rotten knots, and every 
other material imperfection, planed on all sides, and of the full schedule dimensions after 
planing. 

2. In no case will any stick be accepted with less than three corners, or with 
more than one inch of sap on the fourth corner, or more than two and a half inches of 
sap on either side at either end of the stick. 

3. The timber to be delivered as required by this company, under the foregoing 
requirements, irrespective of trade usage or conventional specifications, and to be sub¬ 
ject to the inspection and acceptance or rejection of the company’s authorized inspector. 

GEO. H. PEGRAM, Chief Engineer. 

October 15, 1904. 











STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


171 


ILLINOIS CENTRAL RAILROAD. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR LONG LEAF YELLOW PINE TIMBER, 


Also Used by Yazoo & Mississippi" Valley Railroad, Approved May 12, 1902. 


1. General specifications for all classes of timber: All timber shall be sawed from 
sound, live, long-leaf yellow pine, and shall be cut square and out of wind, with adjacent 
faces at right angles to each other. No piece shall vary more than one-eighth-inch 
plus four per cent, from the specified dimensions. All timber shall be free from wane, 
splits, shakes, black, rotten, soft or loose knots, and from any defects, which would 
injure its strength. 

2. With regard to proportions of sap and heartwood, timber shall be divided into 
four grades as follows: 

Grade 1. Ninety-five per cent, heartwood, including stringers, large joists, caps, and 
timber designed for transverse loading. One of the narrower faces to be used for the 
under face shall also be all heartwood. The two faces adjacent to this shall be not less 
than 90 per cent, heartwood. The top face shall show an average of 33 per cent, heart- 
wood. 

Grade 2. Ninety per cent, heartwood, including ties, guardrails, caps, etc., or timber 
for bearing and transverse loading combined. The bearing face to be all heartwood. 
The two faces adjacent to this to be not less than 65 per cent, heartwood. The remain¬ 
ing face to show an average of 40 per cent, heartwood. 

Grade 3. Eighty-five per cent, heartwood, including posts, sills, girts, etc., or timber 
for bearing compression loading. One corner to be all heartwood. Faces adjacent to 
this to be not less than 70 per cent, heartwood. Other two faces to be at least 40 per 
cent, heartwood. 

Grade 4. Eighty per cent, heartwood, including plank, studding, etc., for platform 
stuff, braces and roughs, or temporary work; 90 per cent, of one face to be heart; 60 
per cent, of opposite face to be heart. The two faces above named to be wider faces 
of the piece. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR CYPRESS BRIDGE TIMBER. 

All cypress bridge timber shall be of the red cypress variety, or what is usually 
called “Louisiana cypress.” It shall be divided into several grades corresponding to the 
above division for yellow pine timber, in accordance with the use to which it is to be 
put, and shall be generally classed as merchantable heart timber, free from extensive 
honey-comb peck. Timber shall not be rejected on account of small wind shakes 
running in one direction only, provided the timber can be used so that such shakes are 
vertical or at right angles to the bearing faces of the timber. Timber containing ex¬ 
tensive honey-comb peck, black, rotten knots and holes shall be rejected. Sap wood 
may be permitted in the several cases as specified above for yellow pine timber. 


THE LAKE SHORE AND MICHIGAN SOUTHERN R'Y. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


LONG-LEAF YELLOW PINE BRIDGE TIES AND RIBBON. 

Must be strictly all heart, except that not to exceed one inch of sap will be allowed on 
two corners if piece is otherwise first-class. 

Must be tight-hearted, sawed full size, with square edges, to the dimensions given. 
Must be free from rot or decay, loose, rotten or unsound knots, through shakes or 
splits. Must be sawed from live, thrifty, green timber, and be well manufactured. 

LONG-LEAF YELLOW PINE CAR SILLS. 

Sills ten inches and up wide require two-thirds heart on both faces the entire length 
of the sill; under ten inches wide requires one heart face and two-thirds heart on 
opposite side the entire length. Must be free from round or through shakes, large, 
lose or unsound knots, rot or decay. Must be sawed full size with square edges. 









172 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


LONG-LEAF HEART-FACED YELLOW PINE CAR DECKING. 

Must be free from sap on one face, knots must be sound and not too coarse; a ten- 
inch piece to admit of larger knots than six-inch piece. The location of the knots 
must be such as to not impair the strength or usefulness of the piece, nor occur on the 
edge where the plank are tongued and grooved, except they be absolutely sound and 
firmly imbedded in the piece. Decking must be free from rot or decay, loose, rotten, 
unsound, or exremely coarse knots, round or through shakes. 


LEHIGH VALLEY RAILROAD. 

« 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR YELLOW PINE CROSSTIES. 


All ties must be of good Georgia, Florida or Alabama sound, long-leaf yellow pine 
timber, free from loose knots and other imperfections. 


CLASS “A” CROSSTIES FOR MAIN TRACKS. 

Class “A” No. i Ties must be eight and a half feet in length, seven inches thick on 
both edges for their entire length, and not less than nine inches on face or width. They 
must be well hewed on four sides, straight and out of wind. Ends cut square, of even 
thickness throughout and entirely free from sap, except on the corners, where not 
more than one inch of sap will be allowed. No sawed ties will be accepted as No. x. 

No variations will be allowed in length or thickness. 

Class “A” No. 2 Ties must have a face or width of not less than eight inches, and in 
other respects conform to the specification for No. i ties. Not more than io per cent, 
of Class “A” No. 2 ties will be accepted on any order for No. 1 ties. 


CLASS “B” CROSSTIES FOR BRANCHES, SIDINGS AND YARDS. 

Class “B” No. 1 Ties must be exactly eight feet in length, six inches thick on both 
edges for their entire length, and not less than nine inches on face or width. Quality 
and manufacture same as for Class 'A No. 1 ties. No sawed ties will be accepted 
as No. 1. K 

No variations will be allowed in length or thickness. 

Class “B” No. 2 Ties must have a face or width of not Jess than eight inches, and 
in other respects conform to specifications for No. 1 Ties. Not more than 10 per cent, 
of Class “B” No. 2 ties will be accepted on an order for No. 1 ties. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR YELLOW PINE SWITCH TIES. 


All switch ties must be of good Georgia, Florida or Alabama sound, long-leaf or 
fectfons^ 1116 timber ’ straight and free from decayed knots, loose knots or other imper- 


• A1 J switch ties must be sawed full seven inches by ten inches, and no variation in 
size will be allowed. They must be sawed to length as specified in order, and both 
ends must be cut square. In quality they must conform to the “Merchantable inspec¬ 
tion of the Southern Lumber and Timber Association, Savannah Rules adopted Feb¬ 
ruary 14, 1883. ^ cu 

South Bethlehem, Pa., January 1, 1902. 


LONG ISLAND RAILROAD COMPANY. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR CROSSTIES. 


1. Ties may be made from timber of the following varieties: White oak burr or 
lock oak, post oak, chestnut oak, white chestnut, white cedar and long-leaf yellow pine 
grown south of North Carolina. p 

•and Februtry^My mUSt ^ during the months of November, December, January 

. 3 - Ties must be made of sound thrifty timber, free from all defects and imperfec¬ 

tions which affect their strength or durability. Must be hewed with faces true and par¬ 
allel, and of the thickness specified; the thickness at opposite ends in no case to varv 
more than one-half inch, the faces to be out of wind, as smooth and free as practicable 









STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


173 


from any inequality of surface, such as deep or bad score marks or splinters, and to be 
sawed to length specified. They must not be more than one inch out of straight in any 
direction. No slab ties will be accepted. 

4. Yellow pine ties must be hewed on four sides, and have not more than one inch 
of sap showing on any face at edge of ties. 

5. All ties of other timber than yellow pine must be hewed on two sides only. 

6. Sawed ties will not be received unless so ordered, and they then must have the 
dimensions given in paragraphs 7 and 8. 

7. The standard first-class yellow pine tie should be eight feet long, six inches 
thick and nine inches wide. It must not be less than eight feet nor more than eight 
feet one inch long, nor less than six inches nor more than seven inches thick, and not 
less than the width specified. 

8. Second-class yellow pine ties include all ties filling the requirements for quality 
set forth in paragraph 3, but not of the dimensions required for first-class ties, pro¬ 
vided they are not less than eight feet nor more than eight feet one inch long, nor less 
than six inches thick and eight inches wide. The inspector may, at his discretion, 
accept as second-class any tie showing imperfections which lie outside of the mini¬ 
mum measurement of a second-class tie. 

9. The standard first-class pole tie should be eight feet long, six inches thick and 
seven inches wide between bark at narrow end. It must not be less than eight feet nor 
more than eight feet one inch long, nor less than six inches thick, nor less than seven 
inches wide between bark at narrow end, nor more than twelve inches wide at wide end. 

10. Second-class pole ties to include all ties filling the requirements for quality set 
forth in paragraph 3, but not of the dimensions required for first-class ties, providing 
they are not less than eight feet nor more than eight feet one inch long, nor less than 
six inches wide between bark and narrow end. The inspector may, at his discretion, 
accept as second-class any tie of the dimensions of a first-class tie, showing imperfec¬ 
tions which lie outside of the minimum measurements of a second-class tie. 

11. Ties not passing inspection for either firsts or seconds will, unless worthless, 
be accepted as culls. 

12. Pole ties made of timber other than white cedar, must have the bark removed. 

13. The company reserves the right to refuse to receive more than 15 per cent, of 
second-class ties from any cargo. 

14. All ties coming by vessel are to be either unloaded and piled on pier or bulk¬ 
head, or to be delivered in the sling on cars, as this company may elect. 

15. All ties delivered along the line of the railroad must be stacked up neatly, with 
ends to the track and at least seven feet away from the nearest rail and on ground, 
wherever possible, as high or higher than the grade of the railroad. A written mem¬ 
orandum must be left with agent at the nearest station stating number of ties and 
exact location, and the same information should be mailed to the purchasing agent, 
Long Island City. All ties will be at owner’s risk until inspected and accepted by this 
company, which will be done as soon after notice is received as the company finds 
it convenient to take them up. 

16. All ties to be subject to inspection and count of the purchasing agent, or his 
authorized agent, whose decision in counting and receiving or rejecting shall be final 
and conclusive. 

Long Island City, N. Y., January 1, 1903. 


GULF & SHIP ISLAND RAILROAD COMPANY. 


All timber for this railroad company is purchased as follows: 

Timber for trestles to be 90 per cent, heart, allowing one and a half inches of sap 
on two corners. 

Lumber for car sills, car decking, bracings, etc., to be square edge and sound. 
Material for depots, car roofing and car siding to be No. 1 Common. 

W. T. STEWART, Purchasing Agent. 

Gulfport, Miss., March 29, 1906. 






174 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


THE MINNEAPOLIS & ST. LOUIS RAILROAD COMPANY. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR PILING. 


GENERAL. 

All piles must be cut from sound, growing timber, free from heart or wind shakes, 
splits, decay or pecky wood, or any other defect impairing their strength or durability. 
They shall have all the bark peeled off, and knots smoothly trimmed, be straight and 
free from twists in the fibre, and shall be sawed off square at both ends; and no pile 
shall contain any of the ground swell of the tree. 

OAK. 

Oak piles shall be of the variety known as white or post oak, and shall be of close, 
firm grain. No pile will be accepted which has a sap ring over two inches in thickness. 

They shall not be less than ten inches in diameter at the small end, nor less than 
eleven inches (34/4 inches in circumference) nor greater than thirteen inches in diam¬ 
eter at a point fourteen feet from the small end, nor be less than twelve inches in diam¬ 
eter at the butt or larger end of the pile. 

CEDAR. 

Cedar piles shall not be less than twelve inches in diameter (37^/2 inches in cir¬ 
cumference) at a point fourteen feet from the small end, nor less than fourteen inches 
at the butt or larger end of the pile. 

In the case of white cedar piling paper heart rot will be accepted, provided the defect 
does not exceed one-fourth of the diameter of pile. Dry rot and pipe rot will not be 
accepted. 


CYPRESS. 

Cypress piles shall be of the varieties known as red or yellow cypress, of a close, 
f'rm grain; no pile will be received which has been cut from a tree having an excessive 
amount of sap wood, it being considered one of the indications of a true red or yellow 
cypress that the sap ring around the tree shall be thin. 

All cypress piles of any length shall be hewed square with all of the sap removed. 
They must be well and smoothly hewed and no pile will be accepted which has large 
or deep score hacks. They shall not be less than ten inches square at the small end, 
and shall not be less than twelve inches nor greater than fourteen inches at the butt or 
larger end of the pile. 


TREATED. 

Treated piles shall be either from Southern yellow pine or Northern Norway pine. 

They shall be not less than nine inches in diameter (28^4 inches in circumference) 
at the point or small end of the pile. 

The process of treatment shall be by injection of creosote oil (dead oil of coal tar) 
and the piling after treatment shall contain not less than twelve pounds of creosote oil 
per cubic foot of timber treated. 

(1) The tar oil must be clear; that is, there must be no substances in suspension. 
This is best tested by putting a drop of the oil on a piece of filter paper. The resulting 
spot must be clear and translucent. 

(2) The specific gravity must be about 1.04 to 1.05 at a temperature of 20° C., 68 F. 

(3) Boiling points. Up to 150° C. nothing must come off. Up to 200° C. not 
more than 10 per cent, may come off. Up to 235 0 C. not more than 25 per cent, may 
come off. Uup to 355 0 C. at least 90 per cent, must come off. 

(4) The oil must be absolutely soluble in benzine or absolute alcohol. 

INSPECTION. 

Will be made by an authorized inspector of the railroad company. All piles will be 
inspected upon the ground, or before loading on cars. 

Ample notice must be sent to the purchasing agent advising when piles will be 
ready for inspection and at what points they will be loaded. 

December, 1904. 








STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


17 & 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR SWITCH TIES. 

All ties must be manufactured from sound, straight, growing timber, free from wind 
shakes, splits or decay and of full and true dimensions as hereinafter specified. They 
shall have parallel faces out of wind, with both ends squared, and be free from wane,, 
score hacks, or large or unsound knots, impairing their strength or durability. 

If sawed, the ties must be of exact dimensions with square edges. 

If hewed, the ties must be smooth on top and bottom faces and be uniformly 
seven (7) inches thick. 

Headblocks must always be sawed and be of full and true dimensions with, 
square edges. 


INSPECTION 

Will be made by an authorized inspector of the railroad company. All ties will be 
inspected upon the ground, or before loading into cars. 

Ample notice must be sent to the purchasing agent advising when ties will be 
ready for inspection and at what points they will be loaded. 

Sets must be shipped complete as ordered. 

Length must be marked plainly on face or end of each tie. 

Sets must be kept separate in loading cars. 

November 10, 1903. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRACK TIES. 

GENERAL. 

All ties must be cut from sound, straight, growing timber, free from wind shakes, 
splits or decay, and of full and true dimensions as hereinafter specified. No ties will be 
accepted which are less than seven feet eleven inches (7 ft. 11 in.) in length or more 
than eight feet one inch (8 ft. 1 in.). They shall have parallel faces out of wind, be sawed 
off square at both ends, and be free from wane, score hacks or large or unsound knots, 
impairing their strength or durability. Oak ties must have all the bark peeled off. 

OAK TIES 

Must be either of white, post or burr oak timber. They must be hewed and not 
sawed, and may be of the kind known as “pole ties” or “split ties.” 

Pole Ties. —Must be smoothly hewed on top and bottom faces, and must be uni¬ 
formly six (6) inches thick between faces; each face side to be not less than seven 
(7) inches nor more than ten (10) inches wide, and to be eight (8) feet long. 

Split Ties. —Must be six (6) inches thick, eight (8) inches wide and eight (8) feet 
long, smoothly hewed on all four sides. 

CEDAR TIES 

May be either hewed or sawed and be of two distinct sizes, to be designated as 
“seven-inch pole ties” and “six-inch ties.” 

Seven-Inch Pole Ties. —Must be hewed or sawed on top and bottom faces and must 
be uniformly seven (7) inches thick between these faces; each face must be not less 
than seven (7) inches nor more than twelve (12) inches wide and eight (8) feet long. 

Six-Inch Ties. —Must be either sawed or hewed on top and bottom faces, and may 
be sawed on all four sides. If pole ties, they shall not be less than six (6) inches thick 
between faces; and each face to be not less than six (6) inches nor more than twelve 
(12) inches wide and eight (8) feet long. If sawed on all four sides they must be six 
^6) inches thick, eight (8) inches wide and eight (8) feet long. 

SOFT WOOD TIES 

Will include ties cut from tamarack and hemlock timber. They must all be pole 
ties hewed smooth on top and bottom faces, and be uniformly six (6) inches thick 
between their faces; each face to be not less than six (6) inches nor more than ten (10) 
inches wide and eight (8) feet long. 

SECOND-CLASS TIES 

Will be understood to include ties of the above specified kinds which fail to fulfill 
the specifications in exact dimensions and may be accepted by the railroad company at 
its option at prices provided for second-class ties in the contract or order. 



170 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


INSPECTION 

Will be made by an authorized inspector of the railroad company. All ties will be 
inspected upon the ground, or before loading into cars. 

Ample notice must be sent to the purchasing agent advising when ties will be 
ready for inspection and at what points they will be loaded. 

II. G. KELLEY, FRED WING, 

Chief Engineer. Purchasing Agent. 

October 17, 1903. 


LOUISVILLE & NASHVILLE RAILROAD COMPANY. 


RULES FOR INSPECTION OF LUMBER FOR MECHANICAL 

DEPARTMENT. 

Office of Superintendent of Machinery, 
Louisville, Ky., Nov. 14, 1903. 

All lumber must be manufactured from sound, growing timber, true to dimensions, 
straight grained, and free from bark edge, splits, shakes, rot, worm holes, loose or rotten 
knots, or sound knots above dimensions given, or so located as to materially impair the 
strength or durability of the piece. 

In framing material where the cross-section is four by eight inches and upward, 
sound knots one and a half inches in diameter will be allowed, if not less than three 
lc-et apart and not less than one-quarter the width of the piece from the edge. Pieces 
which contain the heart center must be cut so the center of heart will not be less than 
two inches from either side or edge. Pieces which do not contain the center heart, as 
c bove, shall not be sawed less than one inch on side or edge, or two inches on corner 
from center. Bright sap will be allowed to the extent of half an inch measured at its 
least depth, provided that when o nthe side of a piece the poorest edge shall show 
three-quarters of thickness sound heart; when sap is on one corner of a piece it must 
show two-thirds the depth and half the thickness of good heart timber; when on two 
corners it must show sound heart three-quarters of width and depth respectively on 
poorest edge and sap side; when it shows on four corners the edges must show three- 
quarters, and the sides svn-eighths of heart timber. 

In smaller dimensions the knots and all other defects must decrease in proportion. 

All main sills, side plates, side boards, running boards, ridge poles, purlines and 
pine flooring must be of long-leaf yellow pine, cut in the States of Georgia, Florida, 
Mississippi or Alabama. 

Side boards, flooring, running boards, ridge poles, purlines, etc., must have one 
entire heart face, and not less than three-quarters of the width on opposite sides, with 
half the thicknes on both edges heart. 

Siding and lining for freight cars should be ordered in 1x4 inch strips, or proper 
widths to make them, and such strips should have one clear heart face; bright sap 
on opposite side and two sound knots three-quarters of an inch in diameter to each 
strip of eight feet in length will be accepted. When ordered in wide boards the in¬ 
spection will be in accordance with this. This timber must be free from pitch streaks 
and pockets. 

For Winslow roofing in strips of six inches wide, bright sap to the extent of one- 
third the width and two sound knots three-quarters of an inch in diameter in a piece 
five feet long will be admissible, if not near the edge. 

For double board roofing one face must be clear heart and free from knots, opposite 
side and edges not less than one-half heart. 

Stock boards ten inches and over will be accepted with perfectly sound knots of 
two inches in diameter, if fairly intergrown to prevent falling out, to the extent of three 
in a length of twelve feet, if not located near the edge. Sap should not exceed one-third 
width of board on either side. 

Common boards can be all bright sap if clear from knots, or one-half sap with 
sound knots, as in stock boards. 

Blue sap will not be accepted in anything, but in common boards a slight stain will 
be admissible. 

As these rules are descriptive of the poorest quality that will be accepted, it is 
expected that at least 75 per cent, of each shipment will be of a superior quality, and in 
making reports of inspection to purchasing agent on form 261, the number of pieces 
coming under different classifications will be reported, or in case of boards the oer- 
centage of the carload. ’ v 

In making requisitions, and reporting on form 261, the different grades needed and 
received will be indicated by numbers as follows: 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


177 


No. i. To be clear heart throughout and contain no center heart. This grade to 
be used for pattern making, fine cabinet work, pilots, passenger car siding, platform 
and truck timbers for passenger equipment only. 

No. 2. To have three corners free from sap and contain no center heart. To be 
used for brake beams, draft timbers, body bolsters, passenger car framing, etc. 

No. 3. To be in accordance with general description and cuts for framing material. 
For general use. 

No. 4. To be as per general description for side boards, flooring, etc. 

No. 5. To be as per general description for siding and lining. 

No. 6. To be as per general description for Winslow roofs. 

No. 7. To be as per general description for double board roofs. 

No. 8. To be as per general description for stock boards. 

No. 9. To be as per general description for common boards. 

As these rules apply to all kinds of wood, requisitions and orders should be made 
out giving quality, kind of wood, dimensions, for what use, and then designate the grade 
or quality by number, care being taken not to designate a superior quality to what is 
really needed, as it is but reasonable to expect that prices will be governed by the 
grading. 

THEO. H. CURTIS, 

Superintendent Machinery, Office of Chief Engineer. 

Louisville, Ky., Feb. 1, 1902. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR YELLOW PINE LUMBER TO BE USED BY THE 

ROAD DEPARTMENT OF THE L. & N. 

All lumber must be of good, sound, long-leaved yellow pine, cut from live timber, 
free from large, unsound, loose and hollow knots, injurious shakes, through splits, 
decayed parts, or other defects which might impair its strength or durability. 

Deadened lumber, or lumber which has been bled for turpentine, will not be 
received. 

All lumber must be evenly sawn, true to size, square-edged and square-butted with 

saw. 

Any lumber not coming up to sizes and lengths specified will be rejected. 

Unless otherwise specified, lumber shall betwelve feet or more in length. 

Lumber of a size 12x12 inches, or less must be all heart. On lumber over 12x12 
inches sap will be allowed at corners not to exceed one inch. 

It is understood that all lumber not coming up to the requirements above will be 
condemned. 

The lumber will be inspected at the mill. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR CROSSTIES. 

1. The ties to be of sound, thrifty white oak, post oak, or long-leaf yellow pine, 
hewn smooth and straight on two sides to parallel faces, and to have the bark taken 
off the other two sides, timber to be perfectly sound and without twists. Ties made 
from deadened or worm-eaten timber will not be received at any price. 

2. The ties to be eight and a half feet long, not less than nine inches wide on face, 
and seven inches thick. Length and thickness must be exact, within one-fourth of an 
inch, ends of ties to be sawed off square. 

No sawed ties will be accepted, except by special agreement. 

NASHVILLE, CHATTANOOGA & ST. LOUIS RY. SPECIFICATIONS. 

All timber will be strictly close-grained, slow growth, long-leaved, live yellow pine, 
free from wane edges, shakes, heart-ring, doat, large, loose or otherwise injurious knots 
or defects, sawn true to dimensions and out of wind. Timber showing excessively 
ragged ends from cut-off saw will not be received. Sap allowance as follows: Timber 
having no dimension as large as twelve inches must be free from sap. Timber having 
one dimension as large as twelve inches may have one inch sap on two corners, meas¬ 
uring with the face. Timber having one dimension larger than fourteen inches must 
show two-thirds heart at all points on every face, measuring with the face. 

THE KANSAS CITY SOUTHERN RAILROAD CO. 

Practically all lumber for our system is purchased according to the grades of the 
Southern Lumber Manufacturers’ Association. 

We furnish to sellers blue-print showing the sap allowance on the several sizes of 
long-leaf yellow pine timbers used in bridge construction. 

L. F. JORDON, Purchasing Agent. 

Kansas City, Mo., March 30, 1906. 




178 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


NEW YORK CENTRAL & HUDSON RIVER RAILROAD. 


LEASED AND OPERATED LINES—ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT, 


Specifications for Lumber. 


GENERAL. 

All lumber must be sawed square-edge, and shall be of the dimensions spccitjed, 
after seasoning. 

All lumber which fails to pass the railroad company’s inspection shall be removed 
from the company’s premises at once, and at the shipper’s expense. 

No lumber which is ordered as one grade and which fails to pass the inspection of 
that grade will be accepted at a lower grade, except by special permission of the chief 
engineer. 

Should one-third (^3) of any order fail to pass inspection, the railroad company 
reserves the right to reject the entire order. 

All lumber must be delivered F. O. B. cars on New York Central leased or operated 
lines. 

All lumber must be cut within eighteen (18) months of the time of. delivery, from 
living trees, of good quality, and unless otherwise specified must be free from decay, 
splits, shakes, twists, loose knots, worm holes, bark and other imperfections, which will 
impair its strength, durability or fitness for the purpose intended. 

When sap is mentioned it is intended to refer to measurements along the side or 
face of the piece, unless otherwise specified*. 

When dressed lumber is required, the dimensions given shall refer to rough sizes, 
except flooring, ceiling, or where otherwise specified. Allowance will be made of one- 
eighth-inch for each planer cut. No rough lumber shall be admissible that is more than 
one-quarter-inch scant on eight-inch or under; three-eighth-inch scant on ten-inch, or 
half-inch scant on twelve inches or wider. 

No rough yellow pine one inch, one and a quarter-inch, one and a half-inch shall 
measure, when dry, more than 1-16 inch scant in thickness, and on two inches it may 
be one-eighth-inch scant. 

Where defects are specified in defining grades, they refer to the worst piece which 
will be accepted. The average should be midway between the piece described and the 
worst piece of the higher grades. 


PILES. 

Piles shall be of Norway pine, white or burr oak, or yellow pine as required. The 
diameter measured two (2) feet from the butt or larger end shall be not less than four¬ 
teen inches nor more than sixteen (16) inches, and the diameter of the small end of 
piles under forty (40) feet in length shall be not less than eight (8) inches; over forty 
(40) feet in length, not more than six (6) inches. No splay butts. All branches shall be 
cut close to the trunk. Piles need not be peeled unless so specified in the order. They 
shall show a gradual taper from one end to the other, and piles twenty (20) feet in 
length and less shall be so straight that a straight line drawn between the centers of the 
ends shall at no point come nearer the circumference of the pile than one-quarter i}/\) 
of the diameter of the pile at that point. Piles over twenty (20) feet in length shall be 
so straight that a straight line drawn beween the centers of the ends shall at all points 
come within the circumference of the pile. The ends shall be cut square. The piles shall 
be cut from living trees, and be free from decay and other injurious defects. 

Piles for temporary work may be of spruce, red oak, beech or other available mate¬ 
rial, and shall be of the dimensions specified for No. 1, unless a smaller diameter is 
specified in the order. 

SHINGLES. 

Shingles for high-grade work shall be of pine, cedar or cypress as specified, sixteen 
(16) or eighteen (18) inches in length, one-sixteenth (1-16) inch in thickness at the 
point and one-half O/2) inch in thickness at the butt. 

No butt less than seven-sixteenths (7-16) inch. Shall be absolutely free from sap, 
knots and other defects; four-inch, five-inch or 6-inch wide as specified. They shall be 
packed in uniform bunches of two hundred and fifty (250) shingles. 

Shingles for common work will be of pine, cedar or cypress as specified, clear not 
less than eight (8) inches from the butt, and of the dimensions specified for clear or of 
random widths when so specified. 







STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


179 ' 


LONG-LEAF YELLOW PINE LUMBER. 


Lumber must be cut south of North Carolina; short-leaf or loblolly timber will not 
be accepted. 

All lumber must be sound, commercial long-leaf yellow pine (pine combining large 
coarse knots, with coarse grain, is excluded under these rules), well manufactured, full to- 
size, and saw-butted, and shall be free from the following defects: Unsound, loose and 
hollow knots, worm holes and knot holes, through shakes or round shakes that show 
on the surface, and shall be square-edge, unless otherwise specified. 

A through shake is hereby defined to be through or connected from side to side,, 
or edge to edge, or side to edge. 

In the measurement of dressed lumber the width and thickness of the lumber before 
dressing must be taken—less than one-inch thick shall be measured as one inch. 

The measurement of wane shall always apply to the lumber in the rough. 

Where terms one-half and two-thirds are used they shall be construed as referring 
to the area of the face on which measured. 


In the dressing of lumber, when not otherwise specified, one-eighth inch shall be 
taken off by each planer cut. 

a. Flooring shall embrace four, five and six quarter inches in thickness by three to 
six inches in width, excluding i) 4 "x 6 ". For example: i"x3", 4", 5" and 6"; iY" x 3", 4", 
5" and 6"; l^"x 3 ", 4" and 5". 

b. Boards shall embrace all thicknesses under one and a half inches by over six 
inches wide. For example: YE' , 1", D/E' and 1 YE' thick by over six inches wide. 


c. Plank shall embrace all sizes from one and one-half to under six inches in thick¬ 
ness by six inches and over in width. For example: 1J 4 ", 2", 2 y 2 ", 3", 3 ) 4 ", 4", 4Y2", 5"> 
5 Y\", SX", by 6" and over in width. 

d. Scantling shall embrace all sizes exceeding one and one-half inches and under 

six inches in thickness, and from two to under six inches in width. For example: 2"x2", 
2 X3 , 2 X4 , 2 x5 , 3 X3 , 3 X4 , 3 x5 , 4 X4 , 4 x5 , 5 x5 . 

e. Dimension Sizes shall embrace all sizes six inches and up in thickness by six 

inches and up in width. For example: 6"x6", 6"x7", 7"x7", 7"x8", and 8"x9", and up. 

f. Stepping shall embrace one to two and a half inches in thickness by seven inches 
and up in width. For example: 1", 1 YE’, 1 / 4 ", 2" and 2)4"x7", and up in width. 

g. Rough Edge or Flitch shall embrace all sizes one inch and up in thickness by 
eight inches and up in width, sawed on two sides only. For example: 1", i) 4 ", 2", 3",. 
4", and up thick by eight inches and up wide, sawed on two sides only. 

h. Bridge Stringers shall embrace 8"xi6", 24 to 30 feet in length. • 

All lumber shall be sound. Wane may be allowed one-eighth of the width of the 

piece measured across face of wane, extending one-fourth of the length on one corner,, 
or its equivalent on two or more corners, provided that not over 10 per cent, of the 
pieces of any size shall show such wane. 

All sizes under nine inches shall show some heart entire length on one side; nine 
inches and over shall show some heart the entire length on two opposite sides. Wane 
may be allowed one-eighth of the width of the piece measured across face of wane and 
extending one-fourth of the length of the piece on one corner or its equivalent on two- 
or more corners, provided that not over 10 per cent, of the pieces of any size shall 
show such wane. 


Clear heart-faced flooring shall be clear heart-faced, rift-sawed, free from knots, 
shakes or sap. Face to be not more than two and a half inches. 

Prime flooring shall show one heart face free from through or round shakes or 
knots exceeding one inch in diameter, or more than four in a board on the face side,, 
not more than two and one-half inches face. 


Boards seven inches and under wide shall show one heart face; over seven inches 
wide shall show two-thirds heart on both sides, all free from round or through shakes, 
large or unsound knots. 

Plank seven inches and under wide shall show one heart face; over seven inches 
wide shall show two-thirds heart on both sides, all free from round or through shakes, 
large or unsound knots. 

Scantling shall show three corners heart, free from through or round shakes or un¬ 
sound knots. 

Dimension Sizes— All square lumber shall show two-thirds heart on two sides, and 
not less than one-half heart on two other sizes. Other sizes shall show two-thirds- 
heart on face and show heart two-thirds of length of edges, excepting when the width 
exceeds the thickness by three inches and over, then it shall show heart on the edges- 
for one-half the length. 



-- 

Union - Pinopolis 
Saw Mills 

M. F. AMOROUS, President 

Atlanta, Ga. 

Genuine Georgia 
Long-Leaf Pine 

Bills Cut* t>o Order 

SHIP BY RAIL OR WATER 

Shipping Ports: Brunswick We are now Open to 

Savannah or Jacksonville Cut Orders for 1907 


BRASS and Iron Machine Screws. w e cast eighteen times daily 

STOVE BOLTS, Cap and Set Screws, Cotter Pins and Split Keys. 
BRONZE, Brass, Copper and Aluminum Castings from 1 oz. to 
2,000 lbs. 

SHEET Copper and Brass Sheet, Rod and Wire. 

GEAR Cutting, Machine Shop Equipment, the Latest Improved. 

F. H. KORETKE BRASS MFG. CO., Ltd., 

L. D. Phane 3407 Main 922, 924 and 926 Magazine Street, New Orleans, U. S. 















STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


181 


Stepping shall show three corners heart, free from shakes and all knots exceeding 
half inch in diameter and not more than six in a board. 

Rough Edge or Flitch shall be sawed from good heart timber, and shall be meas¬ 
ured in the middle, on the narrow face, free from injurious shakes or unsound knots. 

Wane on not over five per cent, of the pieces in any one size shall be allowed as 
on merchantable quality. 

Bridge stringers 8"xi6"—24' to 30' must show not more than two inches of sap on 
each corner of any point; shall have the heart near the center of the piece and be free 
from shakes, wane, knot clusters and all other defects which would impair the strength 
for the purpose intended. 

NORTH CAROLINA PINE. 

Edge-grain, kiln-dried, matched, tongued and grooved, width and thickness specified; 
well manufactured and free from all defects on face side of strip, such as knots, pitch 
pockets, edge splinters, grain slivers, etc. This material is intended for high-grade work, 
and should be first-class in every respect. _ , . 

North Carolina Pine, width and thickness specified, no division as to grain, kiln- 
dried, matched, tongued and grooved; well manufactured from sound stock. The worst 
piece 16 feet long may contain four pine knots or two standard knots if sound and 
smoothly dressed, slight pitch streaks half sap stain; must lay without waste. 

Width and thickness as specified, kiln-dried, tongued and grooved, double beaded. 
Shall be graded as No. 1 and No. 2 flooring. No. 1 shall be flat grain and carefully 
dressed, No. 2 no division as to grain. 

OREGON (YELLOW) FIR. 

All lumber shall be trimmed square, with fine saws on both ends, and cut to even 
lengths—the following rules are based on 16-foot lengths. 

6"x6" and larger shall not be more than *4 inch scant when green, and be evenly 
manufactured from sound stock with not less than three square edges, and must be 
free from knots, that will materially weaken the pieces. Timbers io"xio" in size may 
have a 2" wane on one corner, or its equivalent on two or more corners, y the length 
of the piece. 

Other sizes may have proportionate defects. Seasoning checks and checks extend¬ 
ing not over l /& the length of the piece are admissible. 

For select bridge material such as stringers, etc., shall be clear, free from cross 
grain or any defects impairing its usefulness; sound live knots not more than y in 
diameter one to each 10 lineal feet are admissible. Small tight pitch pockets equally 
well scattered will also be admissible. 

OAK, WHITE OR BURR (FIRSTS AND SECONDS). 

Dimension sizes, including 4"x4" to I2"xi2", 10 feet and over, shall be manufac¬ 
tured from the butt of young thrifty trees, large enough to have the heart in the center; 
tree from knots, checks and other defects. 

The same as firsts, except that 6"x6" and over may have one inch sap on two cor¬ 
ners; the heart need not be in the center; sound knots will be allowed if they do not 
impair the strength of the piece. 

Plank, one to four inches thick and eight inches and over wide. Ten inches and 
under shall be clear; 11" to 14" will admit one standard knot or equal defect; 15" and 
over will admit two standard knots or equal defects. 

Live sap admitted on one side not exceeding one-fifth the surface; one side shall 
be free from sap; a few sound knots one inch in diameter will be admitted. 

Thickness shall be three inches, widths may be mixed 8, 10 and 12 inches; lengths 
may be mixed 12, 14 and 16 feet. Ends sawed square. Sound knots and two inches of 
sap on two corners allowed. 

The entire face of the board must show figures produced by quartering. Great care 
must be exercised in the manufacture, and, where possible, a band-saw shall be used. 
Widths six inches and upward. Six to eight inches shall be clear; nine inches and over 
shall admit one or two standard knots in a piece sixteen (16) feet long. 

POPLAR (WHITEWOOD) FIRSTS AND SECONDS. 

Widths of ten inches and under; one face must be clear; over ten inches, one- 
twelfth bright sap will be allowed or one standard or two three-quarter knots in a 
board eight feet long, if there is no sap. 

Widths of eight inches and under shall be clear on one side, and the other side may 
be half sap; over eight inches, one-tenth the face may be bright sap; or if there is no 
sap, two standard knots will be allowed. 





182 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


HEMLOCK (FIRSTS, SECONDS, SHEET-PILING AND BOARDS). 

Must be free from wanes, shakes, large, loose or unsound knots, thoroughly sea¬ 
soned and true to size. 

Dimension pieces of 6"x6" and under, and plank 2"xio" and under, shall be free 
from sap; over 6"x6" may have one inch sap on two corners, over 2"xio" may have 
one inch sap on two corners, one side shall be free from sap. 

This material is intended for joists and framing of standard buildings, and should 
be good quality throughout. 

Shall be well manufactured and of the size specified. 

Dimension pieces 6"x6" and under may have one wane edge one inch diagonally, or 
one inch sap on two corners; over 8"x8" may have one inch sap on each corner, with 
one wane edge one inch diagonally. Knots will be accepted if their size and location 
do not weaken the piece. Pieces one to three inches thick and 6, 8, io and 12 inches 
wide Chicago “Common” shall have not more than one and a half inches sap on two 
corners. Unsound or large knots, which impair the strength of the piece shall not be 
allowed. When the material is to be used for flooring one side shall be clear of sap. 

This material is to be used for temporary structures, framing for buildings of less 
importance, and for heavy flooring, etc. 

Sheet piling shall be of the size specified. The ends shall be free from shakes and 
splits, which would weaken them in driving. The ends must be sawed square. Any 
defects will be admitted which will not weaken the piece for temporary use, or cause 
leakage. The edges shall be true and full. 

For sheathing, snow fences, wing fences, etc., must be good, sound lumber, one 
inch in thickness, knots shall be sound and tight, and not large enough to injure the 
piece. Slight splits and shakes may be accepted. 

SPRUCE. 

Spruce will be graded the same as hemlock. 

MAPLE. 

Flooring shall be thoroughly seasoned, free from knots—face to measure not more 
than 2j4 inches—shall be tongued and grooved, free from planer marks, edge splinters 
or other defects. Ends to be matched hollow back, in lengths of from 4' to 16'. 

Ceiling and wainscoting shall be the same quality as flooring, and be double beaded. 

CHESTNUT (FIRSTS AND SECONDS). 

Include widths of 8 inches and over; eight to eleven inches wide shall be clear; 
twelve to fifteen inches will admit one standard knot. 

Include widths of six inches and over; six to seven inches wide shall be clear; 
eight to eleven inches will admit two standard knots. 

WHITE PINE. 

Eight inches must be perfectly clear, and includes all clears, above 8". 10" to 12" 

will admit one small knot, the size of a ten-cent piece, and must be free from sap and 
shakes. 

Twelve inches to fourteen inches wide will admit of two small knots, or one knot, 
and a small amount of bright sap, on one side, and free from shakes. 

Eight inches to twelve inches same as 4/4". 

Fourteen inches and up, will admit of one 2-inch knot, near one end, or a small 
amount of dark sap, on one face, otherwise perfect. 

Eight to twelve inches wide admits of two small knots, with 2 to 4 inches of bright 
sap on back, or one clear face, with a very small amount of dark sap on one edge of 
back. 

Twelve inches to fourteen inches will admit of three small knots or more, if pine 
be very wide, otherwise perfect, or small amount of bright sap on both sides, and one 
or two very small knots, or one clear face, with two or three inches of dark sap on back. 

Practically the same as 4/4" with some extra defects, for thickness and wide pieces. 
Very wide pieces may have a little shake on one end. 

Eight inches to ten inches may have one or two small knots on face, and bright sap 
on back, or one practically clear face, with sap or fine shake on back. Very wide pieces 
will admit of some shake running clear through the piece, on one end. 

The amount of knots, shakes and sap allowable on a piece, depends on width, and 
length of piece. 

Must cut clear or better, of all defects, and any kind of defect allowed, providing 
they do not interfere with cutting good lengths, between defects. 

Must cut Yi clear of all defects. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


183 


Practically clear, with very little shake on face, and any amount of shake on back. 
Allows any number of small sound knots, in center of piece, but none on edges. 
Size of knots depends on width, and length of piece. No dark sap allowed. 

Same as dressing,, but must be 13 inches or over in width. 

Allows any number of red knots, providing they are not of a size to weaken the 
piece. Edges practically free from knots. None but very tight knots allowed. Very 
little dark sap. No shake. 

Allows any number of red knots of any size, and very few small black knots, that 
will not dress out. Black sap allowed on back. No rot, or bad splits. 

Takes any amount of red knots, of any size, and some black knots, providing they 
do not weaken the piece. Some shake, and a good proportion of black sap on one side. 
Some heart checks allowed. 

Will allow shake, black knots, heart checks, black sap and a few small worm holes. 
The same as Hemlock Sheet-Piling. 

Approved, C. J. PARKER, Prin. Ass’t Engineer. 

O.K., W. H. K. 

Grand Central Station, January 1, 1902. 

Revised March 1, 1906. 


THE NEW YORK, CHICAGO & ST. LOUIS RAILROAD CO. 


OFFICE OF THE PURCHASING AGENT. 


INSTRUCTIONS GOVERNING THE INSPECTION OF HARDWOOD LUMBER. 

Where no specifications are furnished, it is understood that sound lumber, sawed 
from living timber, only, is to be accepted. 

When lumber is shipped without inspection, it will be inspected at point of destina¬ 
tion by inspectors of the department to which the material is consigned. 

Pieces that do not pass company’s inspection will be culled and shown on inspec¬ 
tion sheet under heading, “Culls, "Company’s Inspection.” If parr of the culls can be 
used by sawing off unsound parts, they will be shown on inspection sheet under heading, 
■“Milled to Company’s Inspection.” 

Culls that can not be used by company for any purpose will be held subject to the 
order of the shipper. If returned to the shipper he must bear cost of loading and all 
freight charges. 

Culls not disposed of by the shipper within thirty (30) days after inspection, will 
be taken by this company, but no compensation will be allowed therefor, unless special 
arrangement has been made. 

Cleveland, Ohio, May 25, 1900. 


SPECIFICATION AND BILL OF TIMBER FOR ONE SET OF SWITCH TIES 

FOR STANDARD SPLIT SWITCH. 

Bill of Timber. 


2 

pieces 

7x10"— 

i6'-o" 

Head Blocks . 


.187 

feet 

B.M. 

3 

pieces 

7 x 

9 "- 

8-0" 

Switch 

Ties . 



feet 

B.M. 

7 

pieces 

7 x 

9 "- 

8-6" 

Switch 

Ties . 


.312 

feet 

B.M. 

7 

pieces 

7 x 

9 "- 

9 '-o" 

Switch 

Ties . 


. 33 i 

feet 

B.M. 

5 

pieces 

7 x 

9 "— 

• 9 - 6 " 

Switch 

Ties . 


.249 

feet 

B.M. 

4 

pieces 

7 x 

9 "- 

io'-o" 

Switch 

Ties . 


.210 

feet 

B.M. 

4 

pieces 

7 x 

9 "- 

-10-6" 

Switch 

Ties . 



feet 

B.M. 

3 

pieces 

7 x 

9 "— 

Il'-o" 

Switch 

Ties . 


. 173 

feet 

B.M. 

3 

pieces 

7 x 

9 "~ 

-1T-6" 

Switch 

Ties . 


.181 

feet 

B.M. 

3 

pieces 

7 x 

9 "— 

-12’—0" 

Switch 

Ties . 


.189 

feet 

B.M. 

3 

pieces 

7 x 

9 "~ 

-12-6" 

Switch 

Ties . 


..197 

feet 

B.M. 

3 

pieces 

7 x 

9 "~ 

-13-0" 

Switch 

Ties . 


.205 

feet 

B.M. 

2 

pieces 

7 x 

9 "- 

- 13 - 6 " 

Switch 

Ties . 


.142 

feet 

B.M. 

I 

piece 

7 x 

9 "~ 

-14-0" 

Switch 

Ties . 


. 74 

feet 

B.M. 

50 

pieces. 

, ■>* 




Specifications. 


2,796 

feet 

B.M. 


All timber must be sawed from green or living white or burr oak, free from rotten 
knots, dote or shake. They must conform to dimensions given. When loaded by mill 
men, they must be loaded in complete sets. When piled on right of way, they must be 
in distinct sets, not closer than six feet to main or side track. 

Cleveland, Ohio, August 28, 1905. 






















184 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR YELLOW PINE BRIDGE AND CAR TIMBERS. 

Long Leaf Yellow Pine Bridge Ties. —Must be strictly all heart, except that not to 
exceed one inch of sap will be allowed on two corners if piece is otherwise first-class. 
Must be tight-hearted, sawed full size, with square edges, to the dimensions given. 
Must be free from rot or decay, loose, rotten or unsound knots, through shakes or 
splits. Must be sawed from live, thrifty, green timber, and be well manufactured. 

Long Leaf Yellow Pine Car Sills. —Sills ten inches and up wide require two-thirds 
heart on both faces the entire length of the sill; under ten inches wide requires one heart 
face and two-thirds heart on opposite side the entire length. Must be free from round 
or through shakes, large, loose, or unsound knots, rot or decay. Must be sawed from 
live, thrifty, green timber. Must be sawed full size with square edges. 

Long Leaf Heart Faced Yellow Pine Decking. —May be six, eight or ten inches 
wide, and must be dressed to blue-print plate 1968-A. Must be free from sap on one 
face; knots must be sound and not too coarse, a ten-inch piece to admit of larger knots 
than a six-inch piece. The location of the knots must be such as to not impair the 
strength or usefulness of the piece, nor occur on the edge where the planks are lapped, 
except they must be absolutely sound and firmly imbedded in the piece. Decking must 
be free from rot or decay, loose, rotten, unsound or extremely coarse knots, round or 
through shakes. 

Short Leaf Yellow Pine Car Siding. —It shall consist of A and B strips of first and 
second clear quality. The poorest strip in this assortment shall at the length of 16 feet 
not have more than two sound knots, each not over one-half inch in diameter, or if one, 
the equivalent thereof, and no loose, or rotten knots allowed, and must be entirely free 
from splits, shakes or rot. The different grades above described must be furnished in 
equal proportions, but the lowest line strips shall not exceed 25 per cent, of the whole 
quantity. 

W. P. DITTOE, Purchasing Agent. 

Cleveland, Ohio, December 2, 1903. 


INSTRUCTIONS 

FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF LUMBER, TIE AND TELEGRAPH 
POLE MANUFACTURERS AND INSPECTORS. 


These Rules Also Used by the Cumberland Valley Railroad Company and New York, 

Philadelphia & Norfolk Railroad Company. 

SPECIFICATION No. 1. 


White Pine, Missouri and Arkansas Short Leaf Pine and California White Pine, for 
Refrigerator Cars and for Steamboats. —Must be furnished for roofs to length as ordered. 
Must be dry, for roofing shall consist of strips i-inch thick, known in Chicago grad¬ 
ing as first and second clear. Must be full thickness and width. No. 2 strip will admit 
of a narrow bright sap, or one or two small sound knots on one side only and shall not 
consist of more than 40 per cent, of the whole quantity. When roofing is ordered fin¬ 
ished, the best strips to be worked with the grooves on the best side and poorest strips 
on the face which contains the knots. This is based on a 6-inch strip. California White 
Pine, bright sap no defect. 

For Steamboat Siding, it must be perfectly dry and only first clear will be admitted. 
Must be full thickness and width ordered. Must be free from knots, sap, shakes and 
splits and may be ordered dressed on one side and matched, or dressed on both sides 
and matched. In both cases it must be full seven-eighth inches thick, length 8 to 16 feet 


SPECIFICATION No. 2. 

White Pine Missouri and Arkansas Short Leaf Pine and California White Pine 
Car Siding and Stock Car Roofing. —Must be furnished to length as ordered Must 
be dry and shall consist of strips one inch thick. Must be perfect in thickness and 
width, known in Chicago grading as first and second clear, and A and B strips. The 
poorest piece will admit of not more than four sound knots, not over one inch in diam¬ 
eter, based on a 6-inch strip 16 feet long; and on an 8-foot strip 6 inches wide, not more 

^ ^h 1C h eS t° f +k ng * lt ® a P on the fac . e s ^ de > a11 to be entirely free from shakes and 
splits. The best strips to be worked with the best side out, and the poorest strips with 
the face or sap side out. The poorest strips shall not consist of more than 30 per cent 
of the whole quantity. California White Pine, bright sap no defect J P 








PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD COMPANY. 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


185 


SPECIFICATION No. 3. 

White Pine, Missouri and Arkansas Short Leaf Pine and California White Pine, 
Car Roofing and Flooring for Below Decks of Boats. —Shall be a good grade of common 
flooring and except for boats, one inch thick, there may be a number of small sound 
knots, but none at the edges that will damage the piece by dressing and matching. 
Ihe poorest strip shall not contain in a width of 6 inches on the hear.t face side, more 
than 2 inches of bright sap and not more than 3 inches on the opposite side, and it can 
be distributed over the face. It must be free from through shakes and large or loose 
knots. The finished thickness of the flooring for below decks of boats is 1% inches, to 
be dressed on one side and matched. Length 8 to 16 feet. 

No shipment of any of the White Pine described in this specification to be accepted 
if it contains more than 25 per cent, of the poorest strips. California White Pine, bright 
sap no defect. 


SPECIFICATION No. 4. 

White Pine No. 1 Barn. —This grading in White Pine is known to us in the Buffalo 
market as “No. 1 Barn Boards.” It must be absolutely a tight, sound-knotted board, 
free from shakes and splits, and will not admit of any imperfections that will weaken 
the piece. This lumber will be graded from both sides, but the knots can be slightly 
larger on one side than on the other. Must be full thickness as ordered. 

SPECIFICATION No. 5. 

White Pine, Missouri and Arkansas Short Leaf Pine, “No. 2 D Stock.” —This is a 
selection known at this company’s yard as “No. 2 D Stock” boards, strictly a grade 
between No. 1 Common and No. 1 D Stock. It shall be inspected in accordance with 
the following specifications. The width shall be 8, 10 or 12 inches, as required. All 
lound knots must be sound and not over two inches in diameter, fairly intergrown to 
prevent falling out. Cat knots that do not weaken the boards are not objectionable. 
If there are only a few knots, they may be larger, provided they do not impair the 
strength of the boards. A split 12 inches long at one end, if straight, may be accepted, 
but such boards shall not exceed 5 per cent, of the whole amount. Must be full thick¬ 
ness. 

SPECIFICATION No. 6. 

White Pine, “Select.” —Its width will vary from 8 to 16 inches. It must be free 
from splits and shakes. Two or three sound knots one-half inch in diameter will be 
allowed, according to width of piece and location. Bright sap will be allowed equal 
to iH inches on one edge or its equivalent on both edges of face of a 10-inch board, 
increasing proportionately with width and must be full thickness as ordered. 

SPECIFICATION No. 7. 

White Pine, “Fine Common,” Missouri and Arkansas Short Leaf Pine and California 
Pine. —To be 8 inches and up wide. Must be free from splits and shakes. At 10 inches 
may show bright sap equal to 2 inches on face side on one edge or its equivalent on 
both edges. Three sound knots not over one inch in diameter will be allowed. In 
wider lumber, additional sap will be allowed, in proportion to the increased width. To 
be full thickness as ordered. California White Pine, bright sap, no defect. 

SPECIFICATION No. 8. 

White Pine, “First and Second Clear.” —Should be 10 inches and over in width. 
When 10 inches, should be free from all defects. A 12-inch piece must have a perfect 
face. One-half inch of white sap on each edge or one inch of sap on one edge of back 
will be allowed. In the absence of sap, one or two small pin knots not to exceed one- 
half inch in diameter are admissible. Pieces wider than 12 inches must have a perfect 
face, but can have sap or knot defects proportionately greater as the piece is wider, 
but not of such character as to decrease its value beyond the standard of a 12-inch piece 
of above description. In every case shakes will not be permitted. For wide pieces, 
specify the percentage of widths. Must be full thickness as ordered. 

SPECIFICATION No. 9. 

White Pine, “No. 1 Dressing.” —This grade is known to 11s in the Buffalo market 
as “No. 1 Dressing.” It must be absolutely a tight, small, sound, red-knotted board, 
tree from shake and splits, and must have one clear edge. Sap boards not admitted. 
It is to be graded from the best side, and will not admit of any imperfections that will 
weaken the piece. Must be full thickness as ordered. 

13 sir 




186 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


SPECIFICATION No. io. 

White Pine, “No. i Cuts or Shop Lumber.”— This lumber to be known as No. i 
Cuts or Shop Lumber, for general use, such as'sash, doors, cases, etc. To be 7 inches 
and up wide, and to cut three-fourths clear lumber in lengths of 4 to 6 feet. The knots 
may be large and unsound but so located that the piece will cut in the proportion as 
noted above. To be free from shake, and full thickness as ordered. 

SPECIFICATION No. n. 

“Piece Stuff.”— To be White Hemlock, White Pine, Norway Pine or Chestnut. It 
will be ordered of the following dimensions, as required: 2x4, 2x6, 2x8, 2x10, 2x12, 2x14, 
and 3 inches thick of any required widths; also 4x4 and 4x8 and up. This lumber will 
be inspected under the following specifications: Must be free from blue sap, bad splits 
and shakes, especially when not straight, must be full width and thickness and well 
manufactured. A few small worm holes are not objectionable in dimension sizes, but 
not enough to weaken the piece or of a generally unsightly character. The knots must 
be tight and sound, and not coarse enough to weaken the piece. 

Long Leaf Yellow Pine. —When inquiries are sent out from the purchasing agent s 
office asking for quotation of prices for Southern Yellow Pine, such inquiries are for 
orice subject to the lumber being inspected before shipment. 

To insure prompt shipment and loading of Yellow Pine from the Southern Pine 
districts that is to be inspected before shipment, the following plan should be pursued 
by the shipper: 

First: The lumber should be at the wharf, and just as soon as vessel is ready for 
loading, the purchasing agent should be notified to avoid sending an inspector too soon, 
and in order to send him promptly, that vessel may be loaded in its time allowance. 

Second: Orders placed with the mills to be shipped by rail should be so nearly 
completed that when the inspector arrives he should be able to load all of it on the 
cars in the usual time required for loading vessels. 

Lumber inspected at the shipping points will be stamped with the inspector’s mark, 
but not counted; it will be counted, not inspected, when it is unloaded from vessel or 
cars. 

Description.—All the Yellow Pine described in Specifications Nos. 12, 13, 14 and 15 
must be Long Leaf Yellow Pine cut in the interior of the Yellow Pine belt in Georgia, 
Florida, Alabama or Mississippi. No Short Leaf Yellow Pine or loblolly will be ac¬ 
cepted; pine combining large, coarse knots with coarse grain is excluded under these 
lules; sound knots will be allowed providing the number, size and location of same 
does not impair the strength of the piece for the purpose intended. No cluster of kuots 
will be allowed. Must be free from wane, injurious checks, splits, shakes, decay in 
form of red streaks shown on end or face of the piece, generally known as red heart, 
or any other defects which will impair the strength or durability of the piece for the 
purpose intended. Must be of full size, square-edged and butt-sawed, a standard knot 
being considered 1^2 inches in diameter. See Classification, Specification No. 39. 

SPECIFICATION No. 12. 

Yellow Pine, “Boards and Planks.” —First common and long leaf Yellow Pine in 
boards and plank 9 inches and under wide, the poorest piece shall show one heart face 
and two-thirds heart on opposite side. When of widths greater than given above, the 
poorest piece shall show not less than two-thirds heart on both sides. 

“Side and End Planks for Gondola Cars.” —Must be square-edged, knots must be 
intergrown, perfectly sound and not over 2 inches in diameter, and must show at least 
two-thirds heart on both sides. 

SPECIFICATION No. 13. 

Yellow Pine, “Car Flooring.” —If car flooring is ordered rough, it must be of the 
width, thickness and length as may be specified on the order. If ordered to be dressed 
and matched by the shipper, it must be manufactured in accordance with sample or 
blue-print furnished by this company. It must be perfectly sound lumber, clear of splits, 
shakes and knots exceeding i / 2 inches in diameter. Sound knots less than inches’ 
in diameter will be allowed, but not more than four in a piece. The poorest piece shall 
show one entire heart face and not less than two-thirds heart on the opposite side. 

SPECIFICATION No. 14. 

Yellow Pine, “For Side Sills, Stringers, Plates, Rock Plank and Roof Ribs.” —Nine 
inches and under wide shall show one heart face and two-thirds heart on opposite side. 
Over nine inches wide, shall show two-thirds heart on both sides, entire length. All 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


187 


free from round or through shakes and large or unsound knots. (Note.—Designate 
nailing sills as scantling, Specification No. 39.) 

For passenger car sills the poorest piece must show one heart face and two-thirds 
heart on other sides entire length. All free from round or through shakes and large 
or unsound knots. 


SPECIFICATION No. 15. 

Norway Pine, White Pine. —To be free from rot, large or loose knots, bad shakes 
and splits. In boards and plank 9 inches and under wide, the poorest piece shall show 
one heart face and two-thirds heart on opposite side; greater widths shall show two- 
thirds heart on both sides. 

SPECIFICATION No. 16. 

Cypress. —For tank stock it may have sap one inch wide on one side, to extend not 
over one-half the length, and half the thickness of the piece, and sound knots that do 
not impair its usefulness for tank purposes, in widths of 5 inches and over, and 8 feet 
long and over. 

Oak and Hickory. —All the oak and hickory described in these specifications are 
based on inspection adopted from years of experience by the Pennsylvania Railroad 
Company. Hickory and red oak will only be accepted when regularly ordered and 
specified, and will be inspected under the same conditions governing Nos. 17, 18 and 19. 

Description. —All the oak on these specifications must be free from decay, splits and 
shakes, full size as ordered and square-edged, except when ditched lumber is specified. 
All ditched lumber to be sawed on two face sides only and not on edges and for ship 
purposes cut from crooked trees. For description of knots see specidcations. 

SPECIFICATION No. 17. 

Second Growth White Oak, Burr Oak, Rock or Chestnut Oak and Red Oak.— To 

be manufactured with the heart boxed. Must be free from large or unsound knots. 
Sound knots not exceeding D/2 inches in diameter may be allowed, if they do not affect 
the strength of the piece. 

SPECIFICATION No. 18. 

White Oak, Burr Oak, Rock or Chestnut Oak, Red Oak and Hickory. —Must be 
manufactured from tough logs. It must be free from large or unsound knots. Pieces 
having sound knots, so located as to impair their strength or durability, will be re¬ 
jected. The hickory may be pig-nut or shell-bark, and will be inspected for defects 
precisely as is the case with oak. 

SPECIFICATION No. 19. 

White Oak, Burr Oak, Rock or Chestnut Oak and Red Oak Flooring. —Must be free 
from sap on one side. Knots to be sound and not exceeding ij 4 inches in diameter. 

SPECIFICATION No. 20. 

Quartered White Oak. —It shall be graded and inspected as first and second. The 
width must be 5 inches and upwards. Must be free from all defects up to 8 inches in 
width. In pieces up to 11 inches wide, from one to two standard knots may be allowed, 
and more knots in proportion to the greater width. The entire face of the board must 
show the figures brought out by proper quartering. This lumber being required for 
ornamental purposes only, should be manufactured from large logs, by band-saw. Ten 
per cent, must be 13 inches and up in width. 

SPECIFICATION No. 21. 

White Ash “First and Second.” —Firsts and Seconds must be 6 inches wide and over, 
and clear up to 8 inches. At 8 inches defects may be allowed equivalent to two standard 
Jj 4 -inch knots, and *n allowance of more defects may be made in proportion to the in¬ 
creased width and thickness. Must be free from hearts and dry rot. Sap shall not be 
considered a material injury if bright and in good condition. Ten per cent, to be 12 
to 14 inches wide. 

SPECIFICATION No. 22. 

Yellow Poplar “First and Second.” —Firsts must be 10 inches or more in width and 
free from all defects. Seconds shall not be less than 8 inches in width, and clear up to 
10 inches; but at 10 inches, may have two knots of standard size, or one inch of bright 
sap. If the pieces be wider, more standard knots may be allowed in proportion to the 
width. The two grades above enumerated may be combined in one grade, to be desig¬ 
nated as firsts and seconds, in which the proportion of seconds shall not exceed 50 per 
cent, of the whole quantity. 




188 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


SPECIFICATION No. 23. 

“Telegraph Cross-Arms.” —Must be made of seasoned cypress, Norway pine, white 
pine, spruce or Oregon fir. To be furnished of lengths as ordered. It must be staight, 
close-grained, sound and must not contain splits or shakes. No piece shall show more 
than 5 per cent, sap, and no large, loose or unsound knots will be allowed. Knots 
not larger than 5-10 inch will be permitted if they do not impair the strength of the 
piece. 

SPECIFICATION No. 24. 

"Push Poles.” —Must be of Oregon fir, heart lumber, sound, free from shakes, splits, 
knots and close-grain. 


SPECIFICATION No. 25. 

White Maple, “First and Second.” —Firsts and seconds must be six inches wide and 
over. At eight inches, one, and ten inches, two standard knots'or equal defects may be 
allowed. 

An allowance for more defects of this character may be in proportion to. increased 
width. 


SPECIFICATION No. 26. 

White Maple Flooring for Passenger Equipment Cars. —The quality shall consist 
of firsts, must be clear, kiln dried, furnished to length, width and thickness ordered, 
dressed, polished, tongued and grooved, hollow back and bored for nailp. When or¬ 
dered for Dormant scales, say how it shall be worked. 

SPECIFICATION No. 27. 

For Side Fenders for Tug Boats. —To be made of hickory, oak or Svveet gum, in 
lengths from four and a half feet to five and a half feet, and cut from trees about seven 
inches in diameter, one side to be flattened and the other to be left in its natural state, 
the bark being removed and small knots trimmed down; to be free from large knots 
and of fairly smooth surface; both ends to be rounded and to have a hole for the fen¬ 
der rope one and a half inches in diameter, cut from fourteen inches to twenty inches 
from the smaller end, bored through the edge, edges of these holes to be chamfered; 
diameter of the fender not to vary more than one inch from the siz£ specified, and 
preferably to be cut from the butt end of young trees. 

SPECIFICATION No. 28. 

Hackmatack Knees. —Hackmatack knees must be furnished to the thickness speci¬ 
fied on order. Must be sound and free from bad cracks. To be inspected and selected 
before shipment. 

SPECIFICATION NO. 29. 

First Quality Locust for Cross-Arm Pins. —All the pins required for cross-arms 
must be well and correctly manufactured to size. Must be first quality, sound, clear, 
split locust, free from knots, worm holes and sap. Will be ordered to finished size, or 
as shown on blue print. 


SPECIFICATION No. 30. 

Spruce. —To be well manufactured.to full size as ordered, straight-grained, square- 
edged, free from decay, splits, shakes, large, loose or rotten knots, grub-worm holes or 
any other defects which will materially impair its strength. 

SPECIFICATION No. 31. 

Ship-Yard Classification—Description and Quality. —To be long-leaf yellow pine, 
cut in the interior belt of Georgia, Florida, Alabama or Mississippi. No short-leaf or 
loblolly will be accepted. 

Description. —Must be sound, well manufactured, evenly sawn, square-butted with 
saw, free from unsound knots, wane, worm holes, injurious checks, splits, shakes, decay 
in any form, or any other defect that will impair the strength or durability of the lum¬ 
ber. Must be furnished to full size as ordered, whether dressed or rough. 

Dimension Sizes. —All square lumber, the poorest piece shall show two-thirds heart 
on two sides, and not less than one-half heart on two other sides. Other sizes shall show 
two-thirds heart on faces and show heart at least two-thirds of the length on edges, 
excepting where the width exceeds the thickness by three inches or over, then it shall 
show heart on the edges for at least one-half the length. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


189 


Deck Plank. —Will be ordered to size. Shall show one entire heart face and not 
less than three-fourths heart on opposite side. Sound knots admitted not exceeding one 
inch in diameter, nor closer than four feet apart. When ordered finished the plank 
must be worked on the sap side and with either square or caulking edges, as will be 
specified, and if necessary a sketch will be furnished. 

Deck Sheathing. —To be five inches wide,- two inches thick when finished, dressed 
on heart side and both edges, opposite side to show not less than two-thirds heart. 

Boards, Plank and Scantling. —For boards, plank and scantling, see specifications 
Nos. 12 and 39. 

SPECIFICATION No. 32. 

Dimension Sizes, for Bridges, Trestles and Piers—Yellow Pine. —For stringers, caps 
and sills, floor beams and chords, the poorest piece shall show two-thirds heart on op¬ 
posite faces and heart throughout the entire length on other two sides, in order to get 
heart wood for bearings, mortises, etc. Such pieces to be designated on order. For 
posts and braces, see dimension sizes, specification No. 39. 

SPECIFICATION No. 33. 

Original Growth White Pine, Oregon Fir. —If white pine or Oregon fir should be 
used for bridges, etc., the poorest pieces shall be free from blue sap, splits and shakes. 
The knots must be tight, sound and not coarse enough to weaken the piece. 

This specification includes stringers, cap sills, vertical pieces, braces, etc. 

SPECIFICATION No. 34. 

Locust, White Oak, Rock Oak or Post Oak Switch Timber. —Switch-ties must be 
made of living timber, of good quality, free from decay, decayed knots or other unsound 
parts. White oak, rock oak, post oak and locust in complete sets will be the only 
kinds of timber admitted unless otherwise specified. 

Standard size, seven inches thick and ten inches face. Must be sawed on four sides, 
except pieces twelve feet and longer; these may be sawed on two sides only if desired. 
Wane will be allowed to the extent of two inches on the two face sides. Must be full 
thickness. To be sawed off square at each end and stripped of the bark. 

For length and number of pieces to the set, ask for special specifications. 

SPECIFICATION No. 35. 

Oak Crossing Plank. —Unless otherwise specified, red oak will be ordered. It must 
be free from rot, splits and bad shakes; will allow one inch of wane on two corners 
(measured diagonally across) on the same face side. Will be ordered to size. When 
yellow pine is ordered, specify plank, specification No. 12. 

SPECIFICATION No. 36. 

Fence Posts. —Fence posts to be of white oak, rock oak, post oak, chestnut, yellow 
pine, locust or cedar, to be free from decay, splits and shakes. 

HARDWOODS. 

Walnut, Cherry, Mahogany, Chestnut, Etc.- —Hardwoods, other than those already 
provided for in the specifications, such as walnut, cherry, mahogany, chestnut, etc., 
when ordered should be specified as “firsts and seconds,” the percentage of seconds, 
width and thickness should be given and say to be dry. 

PILING. 

Will be bought by the lineal foot. Top and butt measurements as well as length 
should be given, also specify the kind of wood. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR CROSS-TIES No. 37. 

Revised March 24; 1902. 

Kinds of Timber. 

The approved timber for cross-ties shall be white oak, rock oak, burr oak, post oak, 
locust, walnut, yellow pine or chestnut. Other kinds of wood will not be accepted, 
unless regularly ordered and specified. 



190 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Quality and Manufacture. 

The timber should be cut in the fall and winter, say from September 1st to March 
ist. All ties must be cut from good, sound living timber, well manufactured to size and 
length, straight, free from large, loose or decayed knots, splits, shakes or any other 
defects that may impair the strength and durability of the timber for the purpose in¬ 
tended; pole ties must have two parallel face sides, hewn or sawed with the grain of the 
wood out of wind or twist, and stripped of bark. Square sawed ties must be sawed 
with the grain of the wood; square hewed ties may be made of split timber, but must be 
straight and out of wind or twist. Yellow pine must be long-leaf, grown in the interior 
belt of Georgia, Florida, Alabama or Mississippi. Yellow pine ties must be square, 
and may be hewed or sawed; the heart should be in the center and not more than one 
inch of sap, measured on the face or side, will be allowed on each corner. All ties must 
be sawed off square at the ends. 

Pole ties less than six inches face, square-sawed or square-hewed ties less than 
seven inches face, and yellow pine ties less than eight inches* face, will be classed as 
culls, and will not be accepted unless specially ordered. 

CLASSES OF TIES. 


The following tabe shows the kind, size and permitted variation of cross-ties: 


KIND OF TIES 

SIZE 

VARIATIONS IN 
THICKNESS 

VARIATIONS IN 
WIDTH 

VARIATIONS IN 
LENGTH. 

No. 1 Pole. 

No. 2 Pole. 

7" thick x 7" face x 8' 6" long. 

Not less than 6" face 

34" under and 34" over 7".. 

Not exceeding A" under 7" 

34" under and 34" over 7"... 

Not exceeding %" under 7" 

34" under and 34" over 7"... 

Not exceeding %" under 7'' 

34" under and 34" over 7"... 

34" under and 34" over 7"... 

7" over. 

1" under and over 

l34"underandover 

1" under and over 

134" under and over 

No. 1 Square Sawed. 

No. 2 Square Sawed. 

7" thick x 9" face x 8' 6" long. 

Not less than l ,r face. 

1" under and 5" over.. 

No. 1 Square Hewed... 

No. 2 Square Hewed... 

No. 1 Yellow Pine. 

No. 2 Yellow Pine. 

7" thick x 9" face x 8' 6" long. 

Not less than l n face. 

1" under and 5" over.. 

1" under and ov 

134" under and ove 

7" thick by 9" face x 8' 6" long. 

*Not less than 8" face, including ) 
sap allowance. If face is all 
heart, should be classed as No. 1) 

Not over 5". 

1" under and over 

134" under and over 


The number of second-class ties required should be specified when ordering. 

All ties in the above classes that are longer than the limiting figures given will be 
taken at a reduction of five cents each to pay for cutting them to standard length. 

INSPECTION, LOADING AND STACKING. 

Ties will be inspected when delivered at designated suitable and convenient places. 
This company reserves the right to inspect ties at point of shipment or at destination. 
When inspected at point of shipment, contractor in shipping by rail must load the dif¬ 
ferent classes of ties in separate cars if required. Ties furnished along the line of the 
railroad must be delivered at suitable and convenient places, stacked up in square stacks 
of about fifty each, with alternate layers crossing each other, with sufficient space be¬ 
tween ties to allow a free passage of air; two ties only should form the bottom layer, 
placed on stones or logs. They should be stacked in a location which is as high or 
higher than the grade of the railroad, in such position as to permit of being easily 
counted and inspected. 

Shipments by Water. 

Ties transported by water must be delivered by the shipper F. O. B. the unloading 
wharf designated by the railroad company, or F. O. B. cars, if cars are within reach of 
the unloading derrick. 

Payments. 

Bills will be made for all ties received and accepted prior to the 15th day of each 
month. Payments for same will be made on or about the 15th day of the following 
month. 

SPECIFICATION No. 38. 

For Standard Telegraph Poles. —Telegraph poles shall be of three classes. 

Along the main lines of the system or where the ultimate capacity of the line will 
exceed eight (8) wires, the poles must be in general of the first-class and thirty feet long. 



































STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


191 


On other parts of the line where cross-arms are used, the poles must be in general 
of the second-class and thirty feet long. 

On pole lines not intended for cross-arms, but where the wires are carried on 
brackets, the poles may be of the third class. 

General Specifications. —All poles must be of the best quality, second growth, live 
white chestnut cut during the winter months, butt cuts, squared at both ends, reasonably 
straight, well proportioned from top to butt, peeled, knots trimmed close, and subject 
to inspection at points of shipment. Any pole failing to meet all the requirements of 
these specifications will be rejected. 


First-Class 

Poles. —First-class poles must conform 

to the following dimensions: 

Length 

Minimum Circumference 

Minimum Circumference. 

in 

at Top 

Six Feet from Butt 

Feet. 

in Inches. 

in Inches. 

25 

25 

33 

30 

25 

36 

35 

25 

40 

40 

25 

43 

45 

25 

47 

50 

25 

50 

55 

25 

53 

60 

25 

56 

65 

25 

59 

70 

25 

62 

75 

25 

65 

Second-Class Poles. —Second-class poles must conform to the following dimensions: 

Length 

Minimum Circumference 

Minimum Circumference. 

in 

at Top 

Six Feet from Butt 

Feet. 

in Inches. 

in Inches. 

25 

22 

3 i 

30 

22 

32 

35 

22 

34 

40 

22 

38 

45 

22 

* 43 

50 

22 

47 

55 

22 

50 

60 

22 

53 

65 

22 

56 

70 

22 

59 


Third-Class Poles. —Poles which do not conform to the standard dimensions for the 
second-class poles will be classed as third-class poles, but such poles must be at least 
nineteen inches in circumference at the top. 


SPECIFICATION No. 39. 


Classification. 


Flooring shall embrace four and five-quarter inches in thickness by three to six 
inches in width. For example, 1x3, 4, 5 and 6; ij 4 x 3 > 4> 5 and 6. 

Boards shall embrace all thicknesses under one and a half inches by seven inches 
and up wide, including one and a half inches in thickness by seven in width. For 
example, 34, 1, and i l / 2 inches thick by 7 inches and up wide. 

Scantling shall embrace all sizes from two to five inches in thickness, and two to 
six inches in width. For example, 2x2, 2x3, 2x4, 2x5, 2x6, 3x3, 3x4, 3x5, 3x6, 4x4, 4x5, 


4x6, 5x5 and 5x6. 

Plank shall embrace all sizes from one and a half to six inches in thickness, not 
including six inches by seven inches and up in width. For example, i l / 2 , 2, 2 * 4 , 3, 3 l A, 
4, 4J4, 5, 5 J A, 5 l A, 5H x 7 inches and over wide. . . , . , 

Dimension Sizes shall embrace all sizes six inches and up in thickness by seven 
inches and up in width, including six by six. For example, 6x6, 6x7, 7x7, 7x8, 8x8, 8x9 
and up. 


Inspection. 

Scantling shall show three corners heart, free from injurious shakes and unsound 
knots. 

Dimension Sizes. —All square lumber shall show two-thirds heart on two sides, and 
not less than one-half heart on two other sides. Other sizes shall show two-thirds 
heart on faces, and show heart two-thirds of the length on edges, excepting where 
the width exceeds the thickness by three inches or over, then it shall show heart on the 

edges for one-half the length. , , 

All stock to be well and truly manufactured, full to sizes and saw-butted. 


t 




92 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


SPECIFICATION No. 40. 

Dunnage Braces.—Can be made out of any kind of strong wood. May be furnished 
in single or double lengths; to be sawed on two sides straight. The ends to be 
beveled back from one inch thick to twelve inches long. Large knots or defects of any 
kind that will weaken the piece will not be accepted. The pieces to equal in size 3x4 or 
4x4. Will be bought by the piece or board measure foot. 

SPECIFICATION No. 41. 

Cord Wood.—Can be pine, oak, chestnut or cedar, intermixed. Must be dry and 
cut in lengths of four feet, 128 feet to the cord. Can be split or round, three to six 
inches in diameter. Slab wood may be furnished but not less than three inches thick. 


PHILADELPHIA & READING RAILWAY COMPANY. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR STANDARD CROSS-TIES. 

All ties must be made of sound or living white, rock or chestnut oak or white 
chestnut timber of good quality, straight and free from decayed knots, wind shakes, 
sap, rot or other imperfections. 

First Class. —Ties hewed or slabbed must be eight and a half feet long, seven inches 
thick, and not less than seven inches nor more than fourteen inches on narrowest face, 
with ends cut square and peeled. 

Sawed ties must be sawed straight and true, parallel with the grain, and free from 
wane or wind shakes, and must be seven inches thick for their whole length, and not less 
than nine inches on narrowest face. No variation will be allowed in length and thick¬ 
ness above given. 

Second Class. —The same as first, but not less than six inches face; of which not 
more than 20 per cent, of total deliveries will be received. 

Ties of less than six inches face will be considered as culls, only a limited number 
of which will be received, at the option of the company, and at such prices as may be 
from time to time agreed upon. 

Hewed ties shall be hewed smooth and true upon two parallel faces, with a uniform 
thickness. Ties slabbed with a saw, and only one tie from a section of a tree, will be 
counted as hewed ties. 

Where ties are delivered on the line of the railway they must be stacked up in 
square stacks of fifty each, with alternate layers crossing each other, on the ground 
fully as high or higher than the grade of the railway, and in such position as to admit of 
being counted and inspected. In case of neglect to do this on the part of the owner he 
will be charged with the increased cost of inspection and loading in consequence thereof. 
When loaded on cars ties must be delivered on tracks of this company.free of freight 
charges. 

Oak and chestnut ties must be piled or loaded separately, and should be plainly 
marked with the name of the owner to insure the payment being made to the proper 
person. 

Ties will be at owner’s risk until accepted, and when rejected must be removed 
from the premises of the company within thirty days, after the expiration of which 
time ground rent will be charged. 

Specifications for Standard Yellow Pine Cross-Ties. 

All ties must be made of green or living long-leaf Georgia or Florida yellow pine 
timber of good quality, that has not been bled or tapped; hewn smooth and straight 
on four sides, with ends sawed square, free from injurious knots, wind-shakes, doty 
hearts, worm holes, or other imperfections, and to be considered first-class must be 
seven inches thick, not less than nine inches face and eight and a half feet long, with 
not more than one inch of sap on each corner. No variation will be allowed in length 
and thickness above given. 

Before any ties will be received, a contract in the shape of a formal order from 
purchasing agent, and an acknowledgment from shippers of their acceptance of the 
same subject to the above specifications must be received. 

Ties will be at owner’s risk until accepted, and when rejected must be removed 
promptly from the premises of the company, or storage and cost of extra handling, if 
any, will be charged. 

Approved: 

THEODORE VOORHEES, J. D. LANDIS, 

First Vice-President Purchasing Agent. 





STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


193 


THE PITTSBURG & LAKE ERIE RAILROAD COMPANY. 


ROAD DEPARTMENT LUMBER SPECIFICATIONS. 


White pine 1x6 up to 24 inches by 16 feet, surfaced two sides for shop use, must be 
thoroughly dry, free from dead and knots, wind shakes, sap, deep sun checks and decay. 
Must not have more than eight small live knots in each board 1x12 up to 24 inches by 
16 feet, and not more than four live knots in each board 1x6 up to 12 inches by 16 feet. 

White pine flooring, finished sizes^"x3^4"xi6'. Must be thoroughly dry, free from 
dead and large knots, wind shakes, sap, deep sun checks and decay. Will allow three 
small live knots in each board %"x354"xi6'. 

White pine siding. Finished sizes ^"x6"xi6'. Must be thoroughly dry, free from 
dead and large knots, wind shakes, sap, deep sun checks and decay. Will allow six 
small live knots in each board %"x6"xi6\ 

Yellow poplar 1x10 up by 16 feet. Must be kiln dried, free from all knots, wind 
shakes, sap, deep sun checks and decay. 

Quartered oak for shop use must be kiln dried, free from worm holes, stains or 
blemishes and black knots. 

Long-leaf yellow pine bridge ties and timber. To be cut from live, thrifty green 
timber, free from decay, wind shakes, split ends or decayed knots. Timber to be cut to 
dimensions given, to be strictly of heart wood, excepting that not to exceed one and 
one-half inches of sap will be allowed on two corners, provided the timber is first class 
otherwise. 

White cedar and chestnut fence posts. To be made from live, sound, thrifty green 
timber; must be straight and the bark peeled off and cut to dimensions given. 

Beech and hard maple crossing plank, to be sawed from live, thrifty, green timber, 
and sawed to dimensions given with square edges, free from decay, split ends or de¬ 
cayed knots. 

White oak plank and timber must be sawed from live, thrifty, green timber, and 
sawed to the dimensions given, with square edges, free from decay, split ends and de¬ 
cayed knots. 

White oak piles to be from live, thrifty, white or burr oak timber, free from wind 
shakes or decay. Piles to be straight, bark peeled off. Piles to be not less than nine 
inches in diameter on small end and fourteen inches at the butt. Piles to have a grad¬ 
ual and even taper from small end to butt. Slim piles with swell butts or crooked 
piles can not be used. 

Cypress piles. Same as for white oak piles. 

Softwood piles. Same as for white oak piles, excepting that they need not have 
the bark peeled off. 

Fir or Oregon pine timber, to be c^ from live, thrifty, green timber, sawed square 
edges and to dimensions given, free from wind shakes, cross-grain, pitch seams or 
unsound knots, and must not have at any point sap wood running over one and one-half 
inches in width; must be free from knots over two inches in diameter. 

CAR LUMBER SPECIFICATIONS. 

White pine i"xi2"xi6' and i"x6"xi6', for siding, roofing and general work. Must 
be thoroughly dry, free from dead and large knots, wind shakes, sap, deep sun checks 
and decay. Must not be more than six small live knots in each board i"xi2"xi6', and not 
more than four live knots in each board i"x6"xi6'. 

White pine (clear) iy 2 "x\2 ,r up by 16' for caboose work. Must be thoroughly 
dry, free from sap, deep sun checks and decay. Will allow three small live knots 
diameter in each board. 

White pine car siding, finished sizes, H"x 3 l 4 " x 8' and 9', J 4 "xsY"x 8 ' and 9’. 
Must be thoroughly dry, free from dead and large knots, wind shakes, sap, deep sun 
checks and decay. Will allow one knot in each board y'x3Y"x8' and 9', and two knots 
in boards %" x 5Y"x8' and 9'. 

White ash, 2"xi2"xi6' up, I^"x8"x8' up, 4"x8"x8', for passenger car and caboose 
work. Must be thoroughly dry and free from all knots, wind shakes, sap, deep sun 
checks and decay. 

Yellow poplar (soft) i"xu" up by 16', i^4"xi2" up by 16', 2"xi2" up by 16', for 
passenger car work. Must be kiln dried, free from all knots, wind shakes, sap, deep 
sun checks and decay. 

Cherry (clear) lYY’xiY'xiY up to 16', for passenger car work. Must be thoroughly 
dry, free from all knots, wind shakes, sap, deep sun checks and decay. 

Mahogany i"x2"xi2' up, for passenger car work. Must be thoroughly dry, perfectly 
clear and free from split ends, stains or blemishes, which will in any way interfere 
with its use. 





194 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


Quarter-sawed oak, for passenger car work. Must be kiln dried, free from worm 
holes, stains or blemishes which will in any way interfere with its use. 

Long-leaf yellow pine car sills. Sills io" up wide require two-thirds heart on both 
faces the entire length of the sill; under io" wide requires one heart face and two- 
thirds heart on opposite side the. entire length. Must be free from through or round 
shakes, large, loose or unsound knots, rot or decay. Must be sawed from live, thrifty,, 
green timber. Must be sawed full size with square edges. 

Long-leaf yellow pine top sides 3"xi2"x34' and 36', 3"xio"x34'and 36', i}4"xio"x34' 
and 36'. Must be free from round or through shakes, large, loose or unsound knots 
and decay, and to be sawed from live, thrifty timber. 

Long-leaf heart-faced yellow pine car decking. May be 2J 4 ”x 6 ", 8" or 10" wide by 
8' 9". Must be free from sap on one face, knots must be sound and not too coarse, a 
10" piece to admit of larger knots than a 6" piece. The location of the knots must be 
such as to not impair the strength or usefulness of the piece, nor occur on the edge 
where the planks are lapped, except they be absolutely sound and firmly imbedded in 
the piece. Decking must be free from decay o rrot, loose, rotten, unsound or extremely 
coarse knots, round or through shakes. 

White oak. All sizes for car work. Must be of the best live oak, free from dead) 
knots, wind shakes, deep sun checks and decay. 

Oak car decking, 2"x6" up by g'. Must be free from dead knots, deep sun checks,, 
decay and warp. 

All lumber must be milled to specified sizes. Should any lumber be consigned to 
this company for use at car shops which does not comply with these specifications, as 
it is our privilege to condemn such lumber and dispose of it without holding it for in¬ 
spection. All such lumber condemned a report of same to be sent to the office of 
Superintendent of Motive Power, giving in detail the number of pieces and sizes and 
reason why it is condemned. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR LUMBER REQUIRED IN CAB AND TENDER 

WORK. 

Soft yellow poplar 2 "xi 6 " and up by 12' to 16', 3" and 12" and up by 12' to i6' r 
for cab work. Must be kiln dried and free from all knots, wind shakes, deep sun checks, 
decay and sap. 

White ash, 2"xi2"xi2' to 16', for cab and pilot work. Must be dry and free from 
all knots, wind shakes and decay. 

Cherry i"x8" and up by 12' to 16', Ij 4 "x 8 " and up by 12'. Must be thoroughly dry 
and free from all knots, wind shakes, sap, deep checks and decay. 

Long-leaf yellow pine tender sills to finish 5"xio"x2o', and 5H”xi2"x24'. Requires 
two-thirds heart on both faces the entire length of the sill. Must be free from round or 
through shakes, large, loose or unsound knots, rot or decay. Must be sawed from live, 
thrifty, green timber. 

Long-leaf yellow pine 2 "xi 6 " and up by 16', for running boards. Must be dry, must 
be free from round, loose or unsound knots, free from round or through shakes and 
decay. To be sawed from live, thrifty, green timber. 

White pine i"x8" and up by 12' to 16', 2"xio" and up by 12' to 16', 2 y 2 "xio" and up 
by 12' to 16', for pattern work. Must be kiln or thoroughly dried, free from knots, wind 
shakes, sap, deep checks, and decay. 

White pine, first and second common, I^4"xi2"xi6', 2"xi2"xi6', for tender and 
general work. Must be free from large and loose knots, sap, rot and decay. 

White oak all sizes for engine and tender work. Must be of best live oak, free from 
dead knots, wind shakes, deep checks and decay. 

Note. —All lumber must be properly milled to specified sizes. Should any lum¬ 
ber be consigned to this company for use at cab and tender shop which does not com- 
piy with these specifications, it is our privilege to condemn such lumber and not hold it 
lor inspection. A report of all lumber condemned to be sent to the office of the Master 
Mechanic, giving in detail the number of pieces and sizes, and the reason why it is con¬ 
demned. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR SWITCH TIES. 

To be made from live, green, white or burr oak timber and sawed to dimensions 
given; free from rot, decay, unsound knots, splits and wind shakes; must not have 
to exceed one inch of wane and to be shipped in sets, each set loaded separately on car. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR LONG-LEAF YELLOW PINE BRIDGE TIMBER. 

To be cut from live, thrifty, green timber, free from rot or decay, round or through 
shakes, split ends or rotten knots. Timber is to be cut to dimensions given, and to be 
strictly of heart wood, excepting that not to exceed one and one-half inches of sap 
will be allowed on two dimensions: 8"xi6"x3o' long, 8"xi2"xio' to 16' lone 7"xq"xio'' 
long, 7"x8"xi6' to 30' long, 6"x8"xi6' to 30' long. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


195 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR WHITE CEDAR AND CHESTNUT FENCE POSTS. 

To be made from sound, live, thrifty, green timber; must be straight and the bark 
peeled off and cut to dimensions given. Dimensions: 7 to 8 feet long and not less than 
four inches in diameter. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR WHTE OAK, BEECH AND HARD MAPLE CROSSING 

PLANK. 

Plank to be sawed from live, thrifty, green timber, and sawed to dimensions given 
with square edges, free from rot or decay, split ends or rotten knots. Dimensions: 3V2" 
x8H"xi6' long. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR WHITE OAK PLANK AND TIMBER FOR BRIDGES 

AND BUILDINGS. 

Must be sawed from live, thrifty, green white oak, and sawed to dimensions given, 
with square edges, free from rot or decay, rotten knots, splits or bad ends. Dimensions: 
7"x9"xio' to 16' long, 8"xi2"xio' to 22' long, 2"x6"xi6' long, 2"x8"xi6' long, 2"xio"xi6' 
long. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR WHITE HICKORY FOR GENERAL USE. 

To be sawed from thirfty, green timber, sawed square edges and to dimensions 
given; straight grained, free from rot or decay, loose, or rotten knots and wind shakes. 
Dimensions: 4"x4"x8' to 16' long. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR WHITE OAK PILES. 

To be from live, thrifty, white or burr oak timber, free from rot or decay. Piles to 
be straight, bark peeled off. Piles to be not less than nine inches in diameter on small 
end and fourteen inches at the butt. Piles to have a gradual and even taper from small 
end to butt. Slim piles with swell butts or crooked piles can not be used. Lengths: 
Twenty to forty feet long. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR CYPRESS PILES. 

Cypress piles to be same specifications as for white oak piles. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOFT WOOD PILES. 

Same as for white oak piles, excepting that they need not have the bark peeled off. 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIR OR OREGON PINE TIMBER FOR BRIDGES AND 

BUILDINGS. 

To be cut from live, thrifty, green timber, sawed square edges, and to dimensions 
given; free from wind shakes, cross-grain, pitch seams or unsound knots, and must not 
have at any point sap wood running over one and one-half inches in width; must be free 
from knots over two inches in diameter. Dimensions: i2"xi2"xio' to 30' long, io"x 
I2"xio' to 30' long, io"xio"xio' to 30' long, 8"xi2"xio' to 30' long, 8"xio"xio' to 30' long, 
7 "x 8 "xi 6 ' to 30' long, 6"x8"xi6' to 30' long, 4"xi2"xi2' to 30' long, 3"xi2"xi6' to 30' 
long, 2 "x 6 "xi 6 ' long, 2 "x 8 "xi 6 ' long, 2 "xio"xi 6 ' long, 2"xi2"xi6' long, i"x6"xi6' long, 
l"xi2"xi6' long, 2 "x 4 "xi 6 ' to 20' long, 3 "x 4 "xi 6 ' long, 4 "x 4 "xi 6 ' long, 4 "x 6 "xi 6 ' long, 
4 "x 8 "xi 6 ' long. 


ST. LOUIS & SAN FRANCISCO RAILROAD COMPANY. 


Revised “ Standard ” Long and Short Leaf Pine, Etc., Specifications. 


Based on the Specifications of the Southern Lumber Manufacturers’ Association, 
Adopted at Memphis, Tenn., January 15th, 1902. 

St. Louis, Mo., August 1st, 1902. 

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. 

1. Yellow pine lumber shall be graded and classified according to the following 
rules and specifications as to quality, and dressed stock shall conform to the subjoined 
table of standard sizes—except where otherwise expressly stipulated between buyer and 
seller. 

2. Recognized defects in yellow pine are knots, knot holes, splits (either from sea¬ 
soning, ring hearts or rough handling), shake, wane, red heart, rot, rotten streaks, worm 
holes, pitch streaks, pitch pockets, solid pitch, torn grain, loosened grain, seasoning or 
kiln checks, and black or blue sap stains. 






196 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


KNOTS. 

3. Knots shall be classified as pin, standard and large, as to size; and round and 
spike as to form; and as sound, loose, encased, pith and rotten as to quality. 

4. A pin knot is sound and not over half-inch in diameter. 

5. A standard knot is sound and not over one and a half inches in diameter. 

6. A large knot is sound and any size over one and a half inches in diameter. 

7. A round knot is oval or circular in form, and the mean or average diameter of 
the same shall be considered in applying and construing the rules. 

8. A spike knot is one sawn in a lengthwise direction. 

9. A sound knot is one solid across its face, is as hard as the wood it is in, may be 
either red or black, and is so fixed by growth or position that it will retain its place in 
the piece. 

10. A loose knot is one not held firmly in place by growth or position. 

11. A pith knot is a small, sound knot with a pith hole not more than one-quarter- 
inch in diameter in the center. 

12. An encased knot is one surrounded wholly or in part by bark or pitch. 

13. A rotten knot is one not as hard as the wood it is in. 

PITCH. 

14. Pitch pockets are openings between the grain of the wood containing more or 
less pitch or bark, and shall be classified as large and small pitch pockets. 

15. A standard pitch pocket is one not over three-eighths of an inch in open width, 
or three inches in length. 

A small pitch pocket is one less than one-eighth of an inch in open width. 

16. A pitch pocket showing open on both sides of the piece one-eighth of an inch 
or more in width shall be considered the same as a knot hole. 

17. A pitch streak is a well-defined accumulation of pitch at one point in the piece, 
and when not sufficient to develop a well-defined streak, it shall not be considered a 
defect. 

18. A small pitch streak shall be equivalent to not over one-twelfth the width and 
one-sixth the length of the piece it is in. 

A standard pitch streak shall be equivalent to not over one-sixth the width and one- 
third of the length of the piece it is in. 


SAP. 

19. Bright sap shall not be considered a defect in any of the grades provided for 
and described in these rules. The restriction or exclusion of bright sap constitutes a 
special class of material which can only be secured by special contract. 

20. Blued sap shall not be considered a defect in any of the grades of common 
lumber. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

21. Firm red heart shall not be considered a defect in any of the grades of common 
lumber. 

22. Defects in rough stock caused by improper manufacture and drying will reduce 
grade, unless they can be removed in dressing such stock to standard sizes. 

23. All stock shall be inspected on the face side to determine the grade. And for 
stock surfaced one side the dressed surface shall be considered the face side. And' for 
stock rough or dressed two sides, the best side shall be considered the face, but the 
reverse side of all such stock should not be more than- one grade lower. 

24. Imperfect manufacture in dressed stock, such as torn grain, loosened grain, 
broken knots, mismatched, insufficient tongue or groove on flooring, ceiling, drop 
siding, etc., shall be considered defects and wilL reduce grade according as they are 
slight or serious in their effects on the use of the stock. 

25. Pieces of either flooring, ceiling or drop siding having less than 3-16-inch of 
tongue shall not be admitted in any grade above No. 2 common. Pieces with 3-16-inch 
or more of tongue to be admitted in any grade. 

26. In all grades of flooring, ceiling, drop siding, etc., wane on the reverse side, not 
exceeding one-third the width and one-sixth the length of any piece, provided the wane 
does not extend into the tongue, nor over one-half the thickness below the groove, is 
admissible. 

27. Chipped grain consists in a part of the surface being chipped or broken out 
in small particles below the line of the cut, and, as usually found, should not be classed 
as torn grain and shall not be considered a defect. 

28. Torn grain consists in a part of the wood being torn out in dressing. It occurs 
around knots and curly places. 

29. Loosened grain consists in a point of one grain being torn loose from the next 
grain. It occurs on the heart side of the piece, and is a serious defect, especially in 
flooring. 



STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


197 


30. The grade of all regular stock shall be determined by the number, character and 
position of the defects visible in any piece. The enumerated defects admissible in any 
grade are intended to be descriptive of the coarsest pieces such grades may contain. 
The average quality of the grade should be about midway between such pieces and the 
coarsest pieces allowed in the next higher grade. 

31. Lumber and timber sawed for specific purposes must be inspected with a view 
to its adaptability for the use intended. Material not conforming to standard sizes, for 
agricultural implement companies, wagon companies, car manufacturing companies, rail¬ 
way companies, etc., shall be governed by special contract. 

32. The standard lengths are multiples of two feet, ten to twenty-four feet, inclusive, 
for boards, strips, dimension, joists and timbers. Longer or shorter lengths than those 
herein specified are special. Odd and fractional lengths shall be counted as of the next 
higher even length. 

33. On stock width shipments of No. 1 common and better lumber, either rough 
or dressed ong or two sides, no piece shall be admissible that is more than one-quarter- 
inch scant on eight-inch and under; three-eighth-inch scant on 10-inch, or one-half-inch 
scant on 12-inch or wider. All 4-inch and wider No. 2 common stock may go one-half¬ 
inch scant in width. 

34. Yellow pine of a better grade than No. 1 common, up to four inches in width, 
shall be classified as to grain as edge grain and flat grain. 

Edge grain has been variously designated as rift sawn, vertical grain, quarter sawn, 
all being commercially synonymous terms. Edge grain stock is especially desirable for 
flooring, and admits no piece in which the angle of the grain exceeds 45 degrees from 
vertical at any point, thus excluding all pieces that will sliver or shell from wear. Such 
as will not meet these requirements shall be known as flat grain. 

35. All dressed stock shall be measured and sold strip count, viz.: Full size of 
rough material necessarily used in its manufacture. 

All sizes one-inch or less in thickness shall be counted as one-inch thick. 

36. Equivalent means equal, and in construing and applying these rules, the de¬ 
fects allowed, whether specified or not, are understood to be equivalent in damaging 
effect to those mentioned applying to stock under consideration. • 

37. The foregoing general observations shall apply to and govern the application' 
of the following rules: 

DRESSED YELLOW PINE FINISHING. 

(Grades: 1st and 2d clear; 3d clear.) 

38. First and Second Clear. —Inch, i) 4 , D / 2 and 2 inch, rough or dressed one or two 
sides up to and including eight inches wide, must show one face practically clear of all 
defects. Ten inches wide will admit any one of the following defects: One split not 
more than six inches long, one small pitch pocket, one pin knot, pitch streak or blue 
sap stain not to exceed the equivalent of six square inches. One-third of any shipment 
of 12 and 14-inch in addition to one straight split not to exceed in length the width of 
the piece, will admit any one of the following defects or its equivalent: Three pin 
knots, one standard knot, two small pitch pockets, or one large pitch pocket, one small 
pitch streak, small kiln or seasoning checks, one blue sap stain one and a half inches 
wide running across the face of the piece. 

Each two inches above fourteen inches in width, in addition to one straight split, 
not to exceed in length the width of the piece, will admit any two of the defects allowed 
in twelve-inch or their equivalent. Pieces otherwise admissible, which have loosened or 
torn grain on the face side, shall be put in a lower grade. 

39. Special. —In case both sides are desired clear special contract must be made. 
Defective dressing on the reverse side of finishing is admissible. 

40. Third Clear. —Inch, 1%, \]/ 2 and 2 inch, rough or dressed one or two sides up to 
and including ten inches in width, in addition to one straight split not to exceed in 
length the width of the piece, may have any two of the following defects or their equiv¬ 
alent: Slight torn grain, three pin knots, one standard knot, three small pitch pockets, 
one standard pitch pocket, one standard pitch streak, three blue sap stains two inches 
wide across the face or blue sap not over eight inches deep on one end, wane not to 
exceed one inch in width and one-sixth the length of the piece, or small kiln or season¬ 
ing checks. Twelve or fourteen inches will admit three of the above defects or their 
equivalent. 

FLOORING. 

(Grades: A and B flat, A, B and C edge grain, No. 1 and 2 Common.) 

41. A Flat Flooring must be practically free from defects on the face side and well 
manufactured. 

42. B Flat Flooring may have any two of the following defects or their equivalent: 
Blue sap stain not to exceed 15 per cent, of the face, three pin knots, one standard 



198 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


knot, three small pitch pockets, one standard pitch pocket, one standard pitch streak, 
slight torn grain, or small kiln or seasoning checks. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing not over six small pin worm 
holes that have no blue sap about them, shall be admitted in B. 

43. Edge Grain Flooring shall take the same inspection as flat grain, except as to 
the angle of the grain. 

43 / 4 . Heart face edge grain shall be free from sap on face side. 

44. No. 1 Common Flooring will admit of sound knots, not over one-half the width 
of the piece in the rough, blue sap, pitch streaks, pitch pockets, firm red heart, slight 
shake, torn grain, defects in manufacture, kiln or seasoning checks. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing one loose or one unsound knot 
or knot hole one and a half inches in diameter or less, shall be graded No. 1 common. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing not over ten small pin worm 
holes that have no blue sap stain about them, shall be admitted in the grade of No. 1 
common. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing one pith knot, shall be admitted 
in the grade of No. 1 common. 

45. No. 2 Common admits of all pieces that will not grade No. 1 common which 
can be used for cheap floors or sheathing without waste of more than one-fourth the 
length of any one piece. 

46. Center Matched Flooring shall be required to come up to grade on face side 
only. 

CEILING. 

(Grades: A, B, No. 1 and No. 2 Common.) 

47 - A Ceiling must be practically free from defects on the face side, and well man¬ 
ufactured. 

48. B Ceiling will admit of any two of the following defects or their equivalent: 
Slight torn grain, fchree pin knots, one standard knot, three small pitch pockets, one 
standard pitch pocket, one small pitch streak, seasoning or kiln checks that do not go 
through, blue sap stain or firm red heart not to exceed 15 per cent, of the face. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing not over six small pin worm 
holes that have no blue sap about them, shall be admitted in B. 

49. No. 1 Common Ceiling will admit sound knots not over one-half the width of 
piece in the rough, blue sap, pitch streaks, pitch pockets, firm red heart, slight shake, 
torn grain, kiln or seasoning checks, or defects in manufacture. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing one loose or unsound knot or 
knot hole one and a half inches in diameter or less, shall be graded No. 1 common. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing not over ten small pin worm 
holes that have no blue stain about them, shall be graded No. 1 common. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing one pith knot, shall be admit¬ 
ted in the grade of No. 1 common. 

50. No. 2 Common Ceiling admits of all pieces not as good as No. 1 common that 
can be used without waste of more than one-fourth the length of any one piece. 

DROP SIDING. 

(Grades: A, B and No. 1 Common.) 

52. A Drop Siding must be practically free for defects on the face side and well 
manufactured. 

53- B Drop Siding will admit any two of the following defects, or their equivalent: 
Slight torn grain, three pin knots, one standard knot, blue sap stain or firm red heart not 
to exceed 15 per cent, of the face, and slight kiln and seasoning checks. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing not over six small pin worm 
holes that have no blue sap about them, shall be admitted in B. 

54. No. 1 Common Drop Siding will admit one standard pitch streak or one large 
pitch pocket, or their equivalent; and in addition, sound knots not over one-half the 
width of piece in the rough, blue sap stain, firm red heart, slight shake, torn grain, 
defects in manufacture, and kiln or seasoning checks that do not go through the piece. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing one loose or unsound knot or 
knot hole one and a half inches in diameter or less, shall be graded No. 1 common. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing not over ten small pin worm 
holes that have no blue stain about them, shall be graded No. 1 common. 

Pieces otherwise good enough for A, but containing one pith knot, shall be admitted 
in the grade of No. 1 common. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


199 


BEVEL SIDING. 

(Grades: A, B and No. i Common.) 

55 - Bevel Siding shall be graded according to the rules for drop siding, and will 
admit in addition slight imperfections on the thin edge, which will be covered by the 
lap when laid four and a half inches to the weather. 

PARTITION. 

(Grades: A, B and No. i Common.) 

56. Partition shall be graded according to Ceiling rules, and must meet the require¬ 
ments of the specified grades on the face side only, but the reverse side shall not be 
more than one grade lower. 

MOULDED CASING AND BASE—WINDOW AND DOOR JAMBS. 

(Grades: A and B.) 

57. A Moulded Casing and Base must be practically free from defects on the face 
side and well manufactured. 

58. B Casing or Base consists of rejections made after dressing stock inspected in 
the rough as “A.” The defects admitted in B ceiling shall be allowed. 

Window or Door Jambs shall be graded the same as moulded casing and base. 

See section No. 35 for width. 

COMMON BOARDS, SHIPLAP AND BARN SIDING. 

8, 10 and 12 Inches Wide. 

(Grades: Nos. 1, 2 and 3 Common.) 

59. No. 1 Common Boards, dressed one or two sides, and No. 1 common shiplap 
and barn siding shall be well manufactured; will admit any number of sound knots, not 
over one-fourth of the width of the piece if located at the edge, nor over one-third of the 
width of the piece if located away from the edge; or their equivalent spike knots; pro¬ 
vided, however, that the spike knots when located on the edge do not occupy more than 
one-half the thickness of said edge; two pith knots, one straight split not to exceed in 
length the width of the piece, pitch, pitch pockets, blue sap, seasoning checks that do 
not go through, firm red heart, wane half-inch deep on edge, and one-third the length 
of the piece or its equivalent, and a limited number of small pin worm holes well scat¬ 
tered. These boards should be firm and strong and suitable for use in all ordinary 
construction. 

GROOVED ROOFING. 

Grooved Roofing shall be graded by rules governing No. 1 boards, omitting the pith 
knots, worm holes and splits in end. 

60. No. 2 Common Boards dressed one or two sides, and No. 2 common shiplap, 
No. 2 common grooved roofinng may contain any number of knots, none of which are 
over four and a half inches in diameter, or their equivalent spike knots, worm holes, one 
straight split one-fourth the length of the piece, but must be free from through rotten 
streaks, through heart shakes over one-half of the length of the piece, and wane over 
two inches wide exceeding one-half the length of the piece. 

A knot hole one and a half inches in diameter, or its equivalent in small knot holes 
or rotten streaks, will be allowed, provided the piece is otherwise as good as No. 1 
common. 

FENCING. 

3, 4 and 6 Inches Wide. 

(Grades: No. 1, 2 and 3 Common.) 

61. No. 1 Fencing may contain the following defects or their equivalent: Sound 
knots, not over one-half width of piece at any point throughout its length; spike 
knots, whose length is not over one-half the width of the piece, and if on the edge not 
to exceed one-half the thickness, three pith knots, or their equivalent, wane one-half 
inch deep on edge and one-half of the length of the piece, pitch, pitch pockets, blue sap, 
seasoning checks, firm red heart, and a limited number of small pin worm holes well 
scattered. 

62. No. 2 Fencing, in addition to the defects allowed in No. 1 Common, will admit 
the following defects or their equivalent: Knots that do not badly weaken the piece at 
any point, small, unsound or loose knots, one straight split one-fourth the length of the 
piece, worm holes, rotten streaks that do not go through; shake and wane, but must 
be good enough to be used in full length as fencing. 




THE, ONLY GENUINE 

“HEALD’S CHAIN” 

Best, Strongest and Most Durable Chain on the Market 

Send for Catalogue and Prices 

UNION MALLEABLE IRON CO. 

Agents Allis-Chalmers Co., Milwaukee, Wit.; 

Woodward, Wight (EL Co., Ltd., New Orleans, La.; 

The Riechman-Crosby Co., Memphis, Tenn. 


Walsh Lumber Co. 

MANUFACTURERS OF 

LONG LEAF YELLOW 
PINE LUMBER 

WOODBURY, GEORGIA 


JAS E. TARVER. Pres. JNO MOORE, Vice-P. 
Augusta, Ga. Augusta, Ga. 

J. D. DEEPH, Gen. Mgr. J. E. McMlEEAN, S. & T. 
Savannah, Ga Savannah, Ga. 

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL $25,000 

Delph-McMillan Lumber Co. 

WHOLESALE DEALERS IN 

Yellow Pine Lumber of All Kinds 

QuicR Steamer Shipments a Specialty 

Codes : Southard’s. McMillan’s Supplementary 

Office, Room 21 Provident Building, SAVANNAH, GA. 


THE TEGGE LUMBER CO. 

Manufacturers and Dealers In 

Hardwood Lumber, Yellow Pine, Mahogany and Cedar 
Phone, South 414 684 Park Street, MILWAUKEE, WIS. 


MALLARY MILL SUPPLY CO. 

- MACON, r.Fowr.iA 

High Grade Saw and Planing Mill Supplies, Saws, Saw Bits and Planer Knives in Stock, Mechanics’ and Saw- 
makers’ Tools, Best Prepared Roofing and Roofing Paints. Quick Shipments our Specialty. 

CORRESPONDENCE SOLICITED. 


REPPARD IRON COMPANY 

- SAVANNAH, r.FOWr.IA - 

STEEL RAILS FOR RENT SOLICITED 




























STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


201 


A knot hole ij 4 inches in diameter or its equivalent in small hollow knots will be 
allowed, provided the piece is otherwise as good as No. 1 Common. 

63. No. 3 Fencing and No. 3 Boards is defective lumber, and will admit of coarse 
knots, knot holes, very wormy pieces, some red rot and other defects that will not 
prevent its use as a whole for cheap sheathing, or cutting one-half its length as No. 2 
Common. 

64. Miscut i-inch Boards and Fencing which do not fall below 24 -inch in thickness 
shall be admitted in No. 2 Common, provided the grade of such thin stock is otherwise 
as good as No. 1 Common. 

DIMENSION, S. 1 S. 1 E. 

(Grades: No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3.) 

65. Inspection of Dimension is a question of strength and uniformity of size, and 
whatever reduces its strength in cross-section must be considered a defect to that extent. 

66. No. 1 Common Dimension may contain sound knots, none of which in 2x4s 
should be larger than two inches in diameter on one or both sides of the piece, and on 
wider stock which do not occupy more than one-third of the cross-section at any point 
throughout its length if located at the edge of the piece; or more than one-half of the 
cross-section, if located away from the edge; two pith knots, or smaller or more de¬ 
fective knots which do not weaken the piece more than the knot aforesaid; will admit 
of seasoning checks, firm red heart, heart shakes that do not go through, wane, pitch, 
blue sap stains, pitch pockets, splits in ends not exceeding in length the width of the 
piece, a limited number of small pin worm holes well scattered, and such other defects 
as do not prevent its use as substantial structural material. 

67. No. 2 Common Dimension may have knots which do not occupy more than 
one-half of the cross-section at any one point if located at the edge of the piece, nor 
more than two-thirds of the cross-section if located away from the edge; smaller, loose, 
hollow or rotten knots that do not weaken the piece more than the knots aforesaid; 
will admit rotten streaks, shake, wane, worm holes, and other defects which do not pre¬ 
vent its use without waste. 

68. No. 3 Dimension will include all pieces falling below No. 2 grade which are 
sound enough to use for cheap building material. 

69. Miscut 2-inch stock which does not fall below ij 4 inches in thickness shall be 
admitted in No. 2 Common, provided such pieces are in all other respects as good as 
No. 1 Common. 

ROUGH YELLOW PINE FINISHING. 

70. Finish must be evenly manufactured, and shall embrace all sizes from 1 to 2 
inches in thickness by 4 inches and over in width. 

71. No inch, i *4 and O/2 finishing lumber, unless otherwise ordered, shall measure 
when dry more than i-16-inch scant in thickness and on 2-inch it may be y &-inclj scant. 

72. Wane and seasoning checks that will dress out in working to standard thick¬ 
ness and widths are admissible. 

73. Subject to the foregoing provisions. Rough Finishing shall be graded accord¬ 
ing to the specifications applying to dressed finishing lumber. 

All rough finishing lumber, if thicker than specified thickness for dry or green 
stock, may be dressed to such standard thickness, and when so dressed shall be consid¬ 
ered as rough stock. 

When like grade on both faces is required, special contract must be made. 

COMMON BOARDS, FENCING AND DIMENSION. 

74. Rough Common Boards and Fencing must be well manufactured, and should 
not be less than 7 /$-inch thick when dry. 

75. Rough 2-inch Common shall be well manufactured, and not less than D/% inches 
thick when green, or 1^4 inches thick when dry. The several widths must not be less 
than 14 -inch over the standard dressing width for such stock. 

Rough Common Dimension of a greater thickness than 2 inches and less than 4 
inches, shall be subject to special contract as to thickness and width. 

76. Rough Dimension, if thicker than specified thickness for dry or green stock, 
may be dressed to such standard thickness, and when so dressed shall be considered as 
rough stock. 

77. The defects admissible in Rough Boards, Fencing and Dimension shall be the 
same as those applying to dressed stock of like kind and grade, and such further defects 
as would disappear in dressing to standard sizes of such material shall be allowed. 

14 sir 



202 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


No. i COMMON TIMBERS. 

78. Rough Timbers, 4x4 and larger, shall not be more than %-inch scant when 
green, and be well manufactured, with not less than three square edges, and must be 
free from knots that will materially weaken the piece. 

Timbers 10x10 in size may have a 2-inch wane on one corner, measured on faces, 
or its equivalent on two or more corners, one-third the length of the piece. Larger 
sizes may have proportionately greater defects. 

Shakes extending not over one-eighth of the length of the piece are admissible, and 
seasoning checks shall not be considered a defect. 

79. Dressed Timbers shall conform in grading to the specifications applying to 
rough timbers of same size. 

80. Rough Timbers, if thicker than specified thickness for dry or green stock, may 
be dressed to such standard thickness, and when so dressed shall be considered as 
rough stock. 


CAR MATERIAL. 

81. Passenger Car Flooring. Rough dry, 1^2 and 2x4 inch, 16 feet long, plump 
sizes ordered, will take same inspection as grades 41 or 43, as may be ordered. 

82. Baggage Car Flooring, etc. Rough dry, i l / 2 and 2x6 inches, 10 feet or 20 feet 
long, plump sizes ordered, will admit of sap on one corner, not to exceed 1 inch meas¬ 
ured diagonally, but no kiln or season checks; other defects in grade 41, not conflicting 
with above, admitted. 

83. Engine Running Boards, Coach Steps, etc. Rough dry, plump sizes ordered, 
2% inches thick, 12 to 18 inches wide, 16 feet long and i%xio inches, 10, 12, 14 or 16 
feet long, will admit sap on two corners on same side, not to exceed one inch, measured 
diagonally; other defects in grade 41, in proportion to the width, not conflicting with 
above, admitted. 

84. Box Car Flooring.. Rough, 2x8 inches, 9 or 18 feet long, plump size ordered, 
admits sap on two corners on same side, not to exceed one inch, measured diagonally 
on each corner; may admit standard knots, provided they are at least once their diameter 
from either edge. 

85. Baggage Car Ceiling, etc. Rough dry, 1x6 inches, 14 or 16 feet long, plump 
size ordered, will take same inspection as 41 or 42, as may be ordered. 

86. Car Siding, Lining and Roofing. 1x4 inches, 16 feet long, finished per standard 
blue-print, will take same inspection as grades 41 or 42, as ordered. 

87. Coal Car Sideboards. Rough, plump size ordered; must be well manufactured 
from sound, long leaf live timber. Sound knots not exceeding i l / 2 inches in diameter 
will be allowed, provided their location is such as not to impair the strength or dura¬ 
bility of the piece for the purpose intended. Must be free from shakes or splits. In¬ 
spectors must be careful to reject any piece in which a number of knots are located near 
each other, which would weaken the piece. One side to be free from sap, other side 
and two edges may have not to exceed 50 per cent, of sap. 

88. Freight Car Sills and Plates. Rough, plump sizes ordered. Must be evenly 
manufactured from sound, growing timber, free from black, loose or rotten knots, wind 
shakes, red heart or red heart streaks. Sticks io l / 2 xioy 2 inches and under will admit of 
sap on one corner, not to exceed 33 per cent, on face and edge. Sticks over ioy 2 xioy 2 
inches will admit sap on two corners, not to exceed 33 per cent, on one face and two 
tdges. Must be sawed so heart will not split out. Sticks injured by grapple irons will 
be rejected. 

89. Passenger Car Sills and Plates. Rough, plump sizes ordered. Must be evenly 
manufactured from sound, growing timber, free from black, loose or rotten knots, wind 
shakes, red heart or red heart streaks. Will admit of sap on one corner, not to exceed 
20 per cent, on face and edge. Must be sawed so heart will not split out. Sticks injured 
by grapple irons will be rejected. 

90. Inspection and Disposition of Culls. Inspection at destination will conform 
strictly to specifications, and no allowance will be made for pieces rejected, as their 
value will be less than the freight. 

STANDARD SIZES OF DRESSED LUMBER. 

Finishing, i-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 13-16, iJ 4 -inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 3-32, ij^-inch 
S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1 11-32, 2-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 1^ inches. 

Moulded Casing and Base. 13-16 to patterns as per Southern Lumber Manufactur¬ 
ers’ Association Moulding Book, 1901 edition. 1x4 S. 4 S. shall be y/ 2 inches wide, fin¬ 
ished; and 1x6 S. 4 S. shall be inches wide, finished. 

Flooring. The standard of 1x3, 1x4 and 1x6 inches shall be 13-16x2%, 3% and 5% 
inches; i* 4 -inch Flooring shall be 1 3-32 inches thick. 




STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


203 


Drop Siding. D. and M. Y x 3/4 and 5 % inches. Drop Siding Shiplap, J^xS-inch 
face, 5)4 over all. 

Partition. Y x 3/4 and 5 % inches. 

Ceiling, 54 -inch Ceiling, 5-16-inch; * 4 -inch Ceiling, 7-16-inch; 54 -inch Ceiling, 9-16- 
inch; 54 -inch Ceiling, 11-16-inch. Same width as Flooring. The bead on all Ceiling 
and Partition shall be depressed 1-32 of an inch below surface line of piece. 

Bevel Siding. To be made from stock S. 4 S. to 13-16x5*4 and resawed on a bevel. 

Window and Door Jambs. (See section 35.) 

Dressed, rabbeted and plowed as ordered, work 54 -inch scant of width. 

Boards and Fencing, i-inch S. 1 S. or 2 S. to 13-16-inch. 

Shiplap. 8 , 10 and 12 inch. 13-16x754, 9)4 and 11*4 inches. 

D. and M. 8 , 10 and 12 inch. 13-16x7*4, 9/4 an d ii )4 inches. 

Grooved Roofing. 10 and 12 inch S. 1 S. and 2 E. to 13-16x9*4 and ii^ 4 . 

Dimension. 2x4 D. 1 S. and 1 E. to i 54 x 354 inches; 2x6 D. 1 S. and 1 E. to i 54 x 534 
inches; 2x8 D- 1 S. and 1 E. to 15 4 X 754 inches; 2x10 D. 1 S. and 1 E. to i 54 x 9/4 inches; 
2xi2 D. 1 S. and 1 E. to i 54 x hJ 4 inches; 4x4 and 4x6 D. 1 S. and 1 E. to 54-inch off 
side and edge; S. 4 S. % inch off each side. 

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR BRIDGE AND WATER SERVICE 

TIMBERS. 

All timber shall be sawed from sound, live long-leaf yellow pine, and shall be cut 
square and out of wind, with adjacent sides at right angles to each other. 

All timber shall be free from wane, splits, shakes, black, rotten, soft or loose knots, 
and from any defects that would injure its strength. 

The proportion of sap and heart wood timber to be divided into five grades, as 
follows: 

No. 1 Scale, Turntable and Howe Truss Bridge Timbers: Rough plump size as or¬ 
dered, allows tight knots not greater than two inches in diameter, but no sap, red heart 
01 other defects. 

No. 2 Stringers and Caps 7x16" and 12x14": Bottom face 100 per cent. Adjacent 
sides 90 per cent., and top 50 per cent, heart wood face and sap to be about equally 
divided as to upper corners. 

No. 3. Posts, Sills, Girts and Timbers for Bearing and Compression Loading: One 

corner to be of heart wood. Faces adjacent to this to be not less than 75 per cent, 
heart-wood face. Other two sides to have at least 50 per cent, heart wood. 

No. 4. Sway Bracing, 3x10": One face to be of heart wood. Other side 75 per 
cent, heart wood. 

No. 5. Ties and Guard Rails 6x8", 8x8" and 5x8": Bearing face to be all heart. 
The two faces adjacent to this to be not less than 35 per cent, heart. The remaining 
face to average at least 50 per cent, heart. 

St. Louis, March 6, 1902. 

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. 

Oak Piling. —To be of white burr oak (no cow oak or overcup oak so-called). Must 
be cut when sap is out, between October 15th and April 1st, from sound, live trees, free 
from rot, loose or rotten knots and wind shakes, straight-grained and regular taper. 
Without crooks exceeding one-third width of body. Piles twenty feet or under must 
measure not less than twelve inches in diameter at small end, and piles twenty-two feet 
and over in length must measure not less than ten inches in diameter at small end. 

Cypress Piling. —To be sound and straight, with bark peeled off; free from shakes 
and an injurious amount of peck. Made from trees that have not passed their prime, 
and with at least ten inches of heart wood at top or small end. 

Fence Posts. —To be of white or burr oak and bark removed. Must be split from 
sound, straight body timber and not less than eighteen inches of wood at the small end. 
To be not less than seven feet or more than seven and one-half feet in length. No 
round posts will be accepted. 

Stock Yard Posts. —To be of white or post oak, 9, 10, 12, 14 and 16 feet long. To 
be not less than six inches in diameter at the small end. All posts to be of gradual 
taper, and reasonably straight, so that boards or plank can be nailed to them without 
any adzing or straightening. 

Car Oak. —To be sawed from good, sound, growing white or burr oak. Straight 
grained, sawed full size to dimensions given. Free from rot, wane, worm holes, large, 
loose or rotten knots, or other defects affecting strength or durability. Small amount 
of sap allowed. 

Track and Bridge Oak. —Shall be sawed from sound, growing white or burr oak, 
free from rot, wane, worm holes, large, loose or rotten knots, or other defects affecting 
strength or durability. 

H. P. JACQUES, Purchasing and Timber Agent. 



204 


STANDARD LUMBER REFERENCE BOOK. 


TOLEDO, ST. LOUIS C& WESTERN RAILROAD CO. 


SPECIFICATIONS FOR BRIDGE TIMBER. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 

Chief Engineer’s Office, April 17, 1901. 

All bridge timber must be of long-leaf yellow pine, cut in Georgia or Alabama, and 
bidders must specify the State and county in which timber they propose to furnish will 
be cut. Only live trees must be used, and timber must be perfectly sound, free from 
decay, large or loose knots, windshakes, wane, and other imperfections that would re¬ 
duce its life or affect its durability. It must be sawed true and full size. Sap must not 
show on any more than one-fourth the width of any face at any point. 


VANDERBILT E. W. 

(Late Vanderbilt & Hopkins) 


. . . Lumber Manufacturer . . . 


White and Yellow Pine, Oak and Cypress Plank and Dimension Lumber sawed to order. 

Cypress Shingles, Railroad Ties. 

126 Liberty Street NEW YORK, N. Y. 
















MERITT W. DIXON 
President 


JNO. E. FOY 
Vice President 


JAS. M. DIXON 
Sec. and Treas. 






Manufacturers of and Dealers in 
All Kinds of 


Soulhern Yell 




Wholesale 
BRICK, COAL 
AND WOOD 


Lumber and Timber 

SSUflMNfiH, OS. 


Wholesale 
GROCERIES, 
HAY, CRAIN, 
PROVISIONS 


Use Southard’s, Lumbermen’s and Ulmer’s Yellow Pine Codes 


GRANGER & LEWIS 

0 

710-715 NATIONAL BLDG. 
SAVANNAH 
GA. 

Baltimore Office New York Office 

213 Courtlandt Street 11 Broadway 

Jacksonville Office, Dyal-Upchurch Building 

SHIPPING PORTS 
Savannah, G a . 
JacKsonville, Fla. 
Fernandina, Fla. 

Yellow Pine 
LUMBER 

Send us Your Inquiries. WRITE US FOR ORDERS 


HENRY P. TALMADGE WM. B. STILLWELL 

President Secy. & Treas. 

SOUTHERN PINE 
COMPANY OF GEORGIA 


TIMBER. AND LUMBER. 
By Cargo or Carload 



Quick Steamer Shipments 
a Specialty 

■ ' '■ SHIPPING PORTS - 

Savannah and Brunswick, Ga. 
Jacksonville and Fernandina, Fla. 

7 and 8 Provident. Building 
SAVANNAH, GA. 

New York Correspondents: The Haviland Lumber Co. 
—- - 52 Pine Street ===== 




























































































































































































< 




l 







PRIVATE CYPHER CODE 

LUNKENHEIMER CO., 

Cincinnati, Ohio 


[For use iu Telegraphic Orders.] 


Valves, Lunkenheimer Regrinding, Brass, Globe, Screw Ends.Fermeald. 

Valves, Lunkenheimer Iron Body, Globe, with Yoke, Flange Ends...'..Tuscan, 

Valves, Lunkenheimer “Victor,” Iron Body Gate, with Yoke, Flange Ends... .Verdant. 

Valves, Lunkenheimer Brass, Double Disc Gate, Screw Ends.Fligness. 

Valves, Lunkenheimer Regrinding, Brass Horizontal Check, Screw Ends.Fielder. 

Valves, Lunkenheimer Brass, Wedge Disc Gate, Screw Ends.Ranch. 

Valves, Lunkenheimer Brass, Pop Safety, Screw Ends.Fluggan. 

Valves, Lunkenheimer Iron Body Pop Safety, Screw and Flange Ends.Magazine. 

Valves, Lunkenheimer “Duro” Blow-off, Iron Body, Flange Ends.Terage. 

Valves, Lunkenheimer Improved Pattern Generator..-..Yawning. 

Water Columns, Lunkenheimer “Vigilant” Safety.Wishbone. 

Water Gauges, Lunkenheimer Plain Pattern, Three-rod.Frumety. 

Whistles, Lunkenheimer Plain Pattern.%.Foment. 

Whistles, Lunkenheimer Single Bell Chime..T..Founder. 

Whistles, Lunkenheimer Combination Fire Alarm and Piston.Fouldage. 

Injectors, Lunkenheimer Automatic.Rabatine. 

Ejectors, Lunkenheimer Improved Pattern.Unsound. 

Lubricators, Lunkenheimer “Junior” Sight-feed, Single Connection.Gardant. 

Lubricators, Lunkenheimer “Senior” Improved Sight-feed.Ganghurn. 

Lubricators, Lunkenheimer “Major” Sight-feed.Gardenia. 

Lubricators, Lunkenheimer “Paragon” Gas Engine Sight-feed.Haunt. 

Lubricators, Lunkenheimer “Mars” Gas Engine Sight-feed.Mateless. 

Oil Pumps, Lunkenheimer Mechanical.Tornado. 

Oil Pumps, Lunkenheimer “Alpha” Hand.Gentian. 

Grease Cups, Lunkenheimer “Ideal” Automatic.Gordian. 

Grease Cups, Lunkenheimer Screw Feed “Marine”.Graduate. 

Grease Cups, Lunkenheimer “Tiger,” plain pattern.Graffage. 

Grease Cups, Lunkenheimer “Lion” Automatic.Seminary. 

Oil Cups, Lunkenheimer “Pioneer”.Gramfun. 

Oil Cups, Lunkenheimer “Sentinel” Sight-feed.Harmless. 

Oil Cups, Lunkenheimer “Reserve” Pressure. Quitman. 

Oil Cups, Lunkenheimer “Royal” Sight-feed. Granite. 

Oil Cups, Lunkenheimer Plain Brass.Hapless. 




















































General Instructions 


Care should be exercised in the use of the Combination Words used herein in making 
cypher words covering Car Numbers, Dollars and Cents, etc., for while they are entirely 
practicable, yet might be incorrectly translated if not plainly written. They should also be 
written as one word, and not disjointedly. 

All cypher words commencing with the letter D refer to Queries, or phrases asking 
questions. 

All cypher words commencing with W refer to various Rules and paragraphs of the 
Lumber Reference Book section. 

The letter Q covers all phrases starting with “Quote,” “Quotations,” and other 
phrases commencing with Q. 

Options, Regarding Ports of Shipment; Steamship Lines; Quotations and phrases 
regarding Terms will be found in very complete form in separate sections of the Code. For 
Qualities, see Lumber Reference Section. 



ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


3 


ULMER’S CAR NUMBER 


Bab 

Bac. 

Bad 

Baf. 

Bag 

Bib 

Bic. 

Bid 

Big. 

Bil . 

Bim 

Bip. 

Bis . 

Bit. 

Biv. 

Bub 

Buc 

Bud 

Buf 

Bug 


10,000 

20,000 

30,000 

40,000 

50,000 

60,000 

70,000 

80,000 

90,000 

100,000 

110,000 

120,000 

130,000 

140,000 

150,000 

160,000 

170,000 

180,000 

190,000 

200,000 


Aba . 100 

Abe. 200 

Abi. 300 

Abo.400 

Aby . 500 

Aca.600 

Ace . 700 

Aci. 800 

Aco .... . 900 

Acu .1000 

Acy.1100 

Ada.1200 

Ade.1300 

Adi.1400 

Ado.1500 

Adu.1600 

Ady.1700 

Aga.1800 

Age.1900 

Agi .2000 

Ago. 2100 

Agu.2200 

Agy.2300 

Aha .2400 

Ahe. 2500 

Ahi. 2600 

Aho.2700 

Ahu.2800 

Ahy. 2900 

Aja.3000 

Aje..,.3100 

Aji .3200 

Ajo. 3300 


Aju. 


Ajy. 

. 35 oo 

Aka. 

.3600 

Ake. 

. 37 oo 

Aki. 

.3800 

Ako . 

. 390 ° 

Aku. 

.4000 

Aky. 


Ala . 

.4200 

Ale . . . . :. 

.4300 

. Ali. 


Alo. 

. 4500 

Alu. 

.4600 

Aly. 

. 47 oo 

Ama . 

.4800 

Ame. 

.4900 

Ami . 

.5000 

Amo. 


Amu. 

.5200 

Amy. 

. 53 oo 

Ana . 

. 54 oo 

Ane. 

. 5500 

Ani. 

. 5600 

Ano . 

. 57 oo 

Anu . 

. 5800 

Any. 

. 5900 

Apa. 

. 6000 

Ape. 

.6100 

Api. 

.6200 

Apo. 

.6300 

Apu . 

.6400 

Apy. 

.6500 

Ara. 



Example : Bufayurlyt—Car No. 199,999. 

































































































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


4 


CYPHER CODE 

(Copyright, 1904, by B. F. Ulmer.) 


Are . 

.6700 

Lac . 

. 1 

Lew . 

. 34 

Low . 

. 67 

Ari . 

.6800 

Lad . 

. 2 

Lex . 

. 35 

Lox . 

.68 

Aro . 

.6900 

Lae . 

. 3 

Ley . 

.36 

Loy . 

.69 

Aru . 

.7000 

Laf . 

. 4 

Lie . 

. 37 

Lub . 

.70 

Ary . 

.7100 

Lag . 

. 5 

Lid . 

. 38 

Luc . 

. 7 i 

Asa . . .. 

.7200 

Lah . 

.6 

Lie . 

. 39 

Lud . 

.72 

Ase . 

. 7300 

Lak . 

. 7 

Lif .... 

. 40 

Lue . 

. 73 

Asi . 

. 7400 

Lai . 

. 8 

Lig . 

. 4 i 

Luf . 

. 74 

Aso . 

. 7500 

Lam . 

. 9 

Lik . 

. 42 

Lug . 

. 75 

Asu ... 

.7600 

Lau . 

.10 

Lil . 

. 43 

Lui . 

. 76 

Asy . 

.7700 

Lao . 

.11 

Lim . 

. 44 

Luk . 

. 77 

Ata . 

.7800 

Lap . 

.12 

Lin . 

. 45 

Lul . 

. 78 

Ate . 

...... 7900 

Lar . 

. 13 

Lio . 

.46 

Lum. 

. 79 

Ati .... 

....... 8000 

Las . 

.14 

Lip . 

. 47 

Lun. 


Ato . 

. 8100 

Lat . 

. 15 

Lir . 

.48 

Luo . 

. 81 

Atu . . . 

.8200 

Lau . 

.16 

Lis . 

. 49 

Lup . 

. 82 

Aty . 

.8300 

Lax . 

. 17 

Lit . 

.50 

Lur . 

.83 

Awa 

.8400 

Lay . 

.18 

Lix . 

. 5 i 

Lus . 

. 84 

Awe. 

.8=;oo 

Lee . 

. 19 

Lob . 

. 52 

Lut . 

. 85 

Awi . 

.8600 

Led . 

.20 

Loc . 

. 53 

Luv . 

.86 

Awo. 

.8700 

Lef . 

.21 

Lod . 

. 54 

Lux . 

.87 

Awu .... 


Leg . 

.22 

Loe . 

. 55 

Lyd . 

.88 

Awy. 

.8900 

Lek . 

.23 

Lof . 

. 56 

Lye . 

.89 

Axa . 

.9000 

Lek . 

.24 

Log . 

. 57 

Lyf . 

.90 

Axe . 

.9100 

Lei . 

.25 

Lok . 

. 58 

Lyg . 

. 9 i 

Axi . 

..9200 

Lem . 

.26 

Lol . 

. 59 

Lyk . 

. 92 

Axo ... 

. 93 °° 

Len . 

.27 

Lom. 


Lyl . 

. 93 

Axu . 

.9400 

Lee . 

.28 

Lon . 


Lvm . 

. 94 

Axy .... 

. 95 oo 

Leo . 

.29 

Loo . 

. 62 

Lyn . 

. 95 

Aya .... 

.9600 

Lep . 

.30 

Lop . 

.63 

Lyo . 

.96 

Aye .... 

.9700 

Ler . 

. 3 i 

Lor .... 

.64 

Lyp . 

. 97 

Ayo . 


Les . 

.32 

Los . 

.65 

Lyr . 

. 98 

Ayu . 


Let . 

. 33 

Lot . 

.66 

Lyt . 

. 99 

—-=— , , 



























































































































































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


5 


Gab 

Gac 

Gad 

Gaf . 

Gag 

Gah 

Gai 

Gak 

Gal 

Gam 

Gan 

Gap 

Gar 

Gas 

Gat 

Gau 

Gav 

Gaw 

Gax 

Gay 

Gaz 

Geb 

Gee 

Ged 

Gef 

Geg 

Gek 

Gej 

Gek 

Gel 

Gem 

Gen 

Gep 

Ger 

Ges 

Get . 

Gev 

Gew 

Gex 

Gey 


BOARD MEASURE CONTENTS. 
-FEET- 


10,000 

Gez .... 



Gub . 

. 810,000 

20,000 

Gib ... 


... 420,000 

Guc . 


30,000 

Gic . . 


....430,000 

Gud . 

. 830,000 

40,000 

Gid . 


. . . 440,000 

Gue . 

.840,00a 

50,000 

Gif ... 


... 450.000 

Guf . 

. 850,000 

60,000 

Gig 



Gug . 

. 860,000 

.70,000 

Gih ... 


. ...470,000 

Guh . 

. 870,000 

80,000 

Gij .... 



Guj . 

. 880,000 

90,000 

Gik .... 


. . ..490,000 

Guk . 

. 890,000 

100,000 

Gil .... 


. . . .500,000 

Gul . 

. 900,000 

110,000 

Gim.... 


. . . 510,000 

Gum. 

. 910,000 

120,000 

Gin . . . 


. . . 520,000 

Gun . 

. 920,000 

130,000 

Gip .... 


. . . 530,000 

Gup . 

... . 930,000 

140,000 

Gir .... 


. . . 540,000 

Gur . 

. 940,000 

150,000 

Gis . 


. . ..550,000 

Gus ....... 


160,000 

Git .... 


. . . 560,000 

Gut . 

. 960,000 

170,000 

Giv .... 


-570,000 

Guv . 

. 970,000 

180,000 

Giw.... 


. . . .580,000 

Guw . 

. 980,000 

190,000 

Gix ... 


-590,000 

Gux . 

. 990,000 

200,000 

Giy . 


600,000 

Guy . 

.1,000,000 

210,000 

Giz .... 


. . . .610,000 

Guz . 

. ... 1,010,000 

220,000 

Gob . . 


... 620,000 

Gyb . 

.1,020 j 000 

230,000 

Goc .... 


...630,000 

Gyc . 

... 1,030,000 

240,000 

Gof .... 


....640,000 

Gyd . 

.... 1,040,000 

250,000 

Gog ... 


....650,000 

Gyf . 

. . . 1,050,000 

260,000 

Goh... 


. . 660,000 

Gyg. 

.... 1,060,000 

270,000 

Goj .... 


... 670,000 

Gyh . 

. . .. 1,070,000 

280,000 

Gok ... 


....680,000 

Gyj • • • •. 

.1,080,000 

290,000 

Gol .... 


....690,000 

Gyk . 

.. ..1,090,000 

300,000 

Gom . . 


... 700,000 

Gyl . 

.1,100,000 

310,000 

Gon ... 


.. . 710,000 

Gym . 

.1,110,000 

320,000 

Gop .... 


....720,000 

Gyn . 

. . . 1,120,000 

330,000 

Gor ... 



Gyp . ■ - 


340,000 

Gos ... 


... 740,000 

Gvr. 

.1,140,000 

350,000 

Got .... 


....750,000 

Gys . 

.T,T50.000 

360,000 

Gou. .. 


. . . .760,000 

Gyt . 

. . . 1,160,000 

370,000 

Gov. . 


. . . . 770,000 

Gyu . 

.1,170,000 

380,000 

Gow .. . 


... 780,000 

Gyv. 

.1,180,000 

390,000 

Goy ... 


. . 790,000 

Gyx 

.... 1,190,000 

400,000 

Goz .... 


... 800,000 

Gyz . 

.1,200,000 


Example : Galitomoe—98,860 feet, b. m. 




































































































































6 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


BOARD MEASURE CONTENTS. 


FEET 


Iba. 

. IOO 

Iho . 

. 34 oo 

Ipa. 


Ibe . 

. 200 

Ihu. 

. 3500 

Ipe . 


Ibi.. 


Ihy . 

.3600 

. 


Ibo. 

.400 

Ija. 


Ipo. 


Ibu. 


Ije. 

.3800 

Ipu. 


Iby. 

.600 

Iii 

3 QOO 

Ipy. 

. 7200 

Ica . 

. 700 

• • • • 

Ijo . 

.4000 

Ira . 

. 73 °° 

Ice . 

. 800 

Iju . 


Ire . 

. 74 oo 

Ici. 

. 900 

ijy . 

.4200 

Iri . 

. 7500 

Ico. 

.1000 

Ika. 

.4300 

Iro . 


Icu. 

.1100 

Ike . 

.4400 

Iru . 


Icy. .. 


Iki . 


Iry . 


Ida . 

..1300 

Iko. 

.4600 

Isa . 

.7900 

Ide. 

.1400 

Iku. 

.4700 

Ise . 


Idi. 

.1500 

Iky. 

.4800 

Isi . 


Ido . 


Ua . 

.4900 

Iso . 

.8200 

Idu . 


He . 

. 5 °o° 

Isu . 

.8300 

Idy . 


Hi . 

. 5 100 

Isy . 


Ifa. 


Ilo . 

. 5 2 °° 

Ita . 

.8500 

Ife. 


Ilu. 

53 oo 

Ite . 


Ifi . 


ny . 

. 54 oo 

Iti . 


Ifo . 


Ima. 

. 55 oo 

Ito . 


Ifu . 


Ime . 

.5600 

Itu . 


.. 


Imi. 

. 57 oo 

ity . 


Iga. 

. 2500 

I mo. 

.5800 

Iva . 


Ige . 


Imu. 

. 59 oo 

Ive . 


Igi. 


Imy. 

.6000 

Ivi . 

. 93 oo 

Igo . 


Ina. 

.6100 

Ivo. 


Igu. 


Ine . 


Ivu. 

. 95 oo 

igy . 


Ini . 

.6300 

Ivy. 

.9600 

Iha . 

. 3 i°o 

Ino. 

.6400 

Ixa . . . . . 

..9700 

Ihe . 

... 3200 

Inu . 

.6500 

Ixe. 

.9800 

Ihi . 

. 33 oo 

Iny. 


Ixi . 





















































































































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


7 


BOARD MEASURE CONTENTS. 
-FEET- 


Mab. 


. 1 

Mac . 


. ... 2 

Mad . 


. 3 

Mae . 


. 4 

Maf . 


. 5 

Mag. 


. 6 

Mah . 


. 7 

Mak. 


.. .. 8 

Mai . . . 


. . . 9 

Mam. 



Man. 



Map. 



Mar ....... 


. 13 

Mas . 


. . . . 14 

Mat . 


. 15 

Mau . 



Mav . 


. 17 

Maw. 


. 18 

Max. 


....19 

May. 



Meb . 


... .21 

Mec . 


. 22 

Med . 


. .. 23 

Mef . 


.24 

Meg . 


■ ■ • 25 

Meh . 



Mek . 

• 

. . .27 

Mel . 


. 28 

Mem. 


.29 

Men . 


. 30 

Mep. 


. 31 

Mer . 


. 32 

Mes . 


. 33 


Met . 34 

Meu .35 

Mev . 36 

Mew.37 

Mex .38 

Mey . 39 

Mib .40 

Mic . 41 

Mid .42 

Mie . 43 

Mif . 44 

Mig . 45 

Mih .46 

Mik . 47 

Mil . 48 

Mim. 49 

Min .50 

Mip . 51 

Mir . 52 

Mis . 53 

Mit . 54 

Miv . 55 

Mix .56 

Mob . 57 

Moc .58 

Mod. 59 

Moe...60 

Mof . 6r 

Mog ... .62 

Moh.63 

Mok.64 

Mol .65 

Mom.66 


Mon .... .67 

Moo .68 

Mop ...69 

Mor . 70 

Mos .... .71 

Mot . .. 72 

Mou .73 

Mov .74 

Mow.75 

Mox.76 

Moy .77 

Mub.78 

Muc .79 

Mue . 80 

Mud.81 

Muf .*.82 

Mug.83 

Muh.84 

Muk. 85 

Mul . 86 

Mum.87 

Mun. 88 

Muo.89 

Mup.90 

Mur ..9t 

Mus .92 

Mut. 93 

Muv.94 

Muw.95 

Mux. 96 

Muy.97 

Mye . 98 

Myo. 99 
















































































































8 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE 


DOLLARS AND CENTS 


Rab. 


Ric. 

. $4100 

Rud. 


. $Sioo 

Rac. 

. 200 

Rid. 

.4200 

Ruf. 


. 8200 

Rad. 

. 3 °° 

Rif. 

. 43 °° 

Rag. 


. 8300 

Raf. 

. 400 

Rig . 

.. . .... 4400 

Rub. 



Rag. 

. 50° 

Rih. 

. 45 oo 

Ruj. 


. 8500 

Rah. 


Rij . 

. 4600 

Ruk. 


. 8600 

Raj . 

. 700 

Rik. 

. 4700 

Rul. 


. 8700 

Rak . 

. 800 

Ril . 

. 4800 

Rum ... . 


.8800 

Ral. 

. .... . QOO 

Rim. 

. 4900 

Run . 


. 8900 

Ram . 


Rin. 

. 5000 

Rup 


. 0000 

Ran. 


Rip. 

. 5 100 

Rur. 


. 9100 

Rap. 

. 1200 

Rir. 

. 5200 

Rus. 


. 9200 

Rar. 

. I 3 °° 

Ris . 

. 5300 

Rut. 


. 9300 

Ras. 


Rit . 

.... 54 oo 

Rux. 


. 9400 

Rat. 

. 1500 

Riv. 

. 55 oo 

Ruy . 


. 9500 

Rau. 


Riw. 

. 5600 

Ruz. 


.... 9600 

Rav. 

. 1700 

Rix. 

. 5700 

Cab. 


9700 

Raw. 


Rob .. 

.5800 

Cac. 


. 9800 

Rax. 


Roc . 

. 59 oo 

Cad. 


. 9900 

Ray. 

. 2000 

Rod . 

. 6coo 

Caf. 


. I0000 

Reb. 


Rof. 


Cag. 



Rec. 


Rog. 

. 6200 

Cah. 



Red. 

. 2300 

Roh . 

. 6300 

Caj. 


.10300 

Ref . 


Roj. 

. 6400 

Cak. 



Reg. 

. 2500 

Rok. 

. 6500 

Cal. 


.10500 

Reb. 

. 2600 

Rol . 


Cam. 


.I0600 

Rej . 

. 2700 

Rom. 

.6700 

Can. 


. I0700 

Rek . 

. 2800 

Ron. 


Cap. 


.10800 

Rel. 

. 2900 

Rop. 


Car. 


.10900 

Rem. 


Ror. 


Cas. 


.11000 

Ren . 

. 3 100 

Ros . 


Cat. 



Rep . 


Rot. 


Cau. 


..II200 

Rer. 


Rou... 


Cav . 

> 

.11300 

Res. 

. 34 oo 

Rov. 

. 74 oo 

Caw. 


.11400 

Ret. 

. 35 oo 

Row. 

. 75 oo 

Cax. 


. 11503 

Rev. 

. 3600 

Rox. 


Cay. 


.11600 

Rew. 


Roy. 


Caz . 


.11700 

Rex . 

. 3 8o ° 

Roz . 

. 7800 

Ceb . 


.... I1800 

Rey. 

. 39 °° 

Rub ... 


Cec. 


.11900 

Rib . 

. 4000 

Rue . 


Ced. 


.12000 


Example: Caswacdoe —$i 1,095.50, 


































































































































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


9 




DOLLARS 

AND CENTS. 



Cef. 

.$12100 

Col . 

.$16100 

Jap. 


Ceg. 

.12200 

Com. 

.16200 

Jar. 


Ceh . 

.12300 

Con. 

. 16300 

Jas . 


Cej. 

.12400 

Cop . 

.164oo 

Jat. 


Cek. 

.12500 

Cor. 

.16500 

Jau. 


Cel. 

. I2600 

Cos. 

.16600 

Jav . 


Cem. 

.12700 

Cot . 

.16700 

Jax. 


Cen. 

. ..i2800 

Cov. 

. 16800 

Jaz. 


Cep. 

. I290O 

Cow. 

. 16900 

jeb . 


Cer . 

.13000 

Cox. 

.17000 

Jec ....... 


Ces . 

. I3IOO 

Coz. 

.17100 

Jed. 


Cet . 

.13200 

Cub. 

.17200 

Jef. 


Cev. 

.t 33 °° 

Cue. 

. 173 °° 

Jeg . 


Cex . 

. 13400 

Cud. 

. 17400 

Jek. 


Cez . 

.13500 

Cuf. 

. 17500 

Jel. 


Cib . 


Cug . 

.17600 

Jem. 


Cic . 

.T3700 

Cuh . 

.17700 

Jen . 


Cid. 

.13800 

Cuj.. 

.17800 

J e P. 


Cig. 

.13900 

Cuk. 

.17900 

Jer. 


Cif. 


Cul.. . 

.18000 

Jes. 


Cij. 

.14x00 

Cum. 

.18100 

Jet. 


Cik . 

.14200 

Cun. 

.18200 

Jev. 

.23100 

Cil. 

.14300 

Cup. 

.18300 

Jew. 


Cim. 


Cur . 

.18400 

Jez. 

.23300 

Cm . 

.14500 

Cus. 


Jib . 

.23400 

Cip. 

. 14600 

Cut. 

.18600 

Jic. 

.23500 

Cir. 

.14700 

Cuv . 

. . ..18700 

Jid. 

.. 23600 

Cis. 

. 14800 

Cuw. 

.18800 

Jif. 

.23700 

Cit. 

.T4900 

Cux. 

.18900 

Jig . 

.23800 

Civ. 

. 15000 

Cuz . 

.19000 

Jik . 

.23900 

Cix. 

.15100 

Jab. 

. 20000 

Jil . 

.. 24000 

Ciz. 

.15200 

Jac. 

. 20100 

Jim.. 

. 24100 

Cob . 

.15300 

Jad. 

.20200 

Jiu . 

. 24200 

Coc. 

. 15400 

Jaf. 

.20300 

Jip. 

.24300 

Cod. 

.15500 

Jag. 

.20400 

Jir . 

.24400 

Cof ... . 

. 15600 

Jah. 


Jis. 

.24500 

Cog. 

. 15700 

Jak. 

.20600 

Jit. 

. 24600 

Cob. 

.15800 

jal . 

.20700 

Jiv. 

.24700 

Coj . 

. 15900 

Jam. 


Jix. 

.24800 

Cok. 


Jan. 

.20900 

Jiz . 






































































































































IO 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


DOLLARS AND CENTS. 


Emab. 

.1 i 

Epas . 

. #34 

Esal . 

. #67 

Emac. 


Epat .... 


Esam. 

. 68 

Emad. 

. 3 

Epau . 

. 36 

Esan . 

. 69 

Emae. 

. 4 

Epav . 

. 37 

Esap . 

. 70 

Emaf . 

. 5 

Epaw. 

. 38 

Esar . 

. 7 i 

Emag. 

. 6 

Epax. 

. 39 

Esas . 

. 72 

Email. 

. 7 

Erab . 

. 40 

Esat . 

. 73 

Emak . 

. 8 

Erac . 

. 4 i 

Esau . 

. 74 

Emal . 

. 9 

Erad . 

. 42 

Esaw . 

. 75 

Etnam. 

. IO 

Erae .. 

. 43 

Esax . 

. 76 

Eman. 

. ii 

Eraf . 

. 44 

Evab . 

. 77 

Emao. 

. 12 

Erag . 

. 45 

Evac . 

. 78 

Emap. 

. 13 

Erak . 

. 46 

Evad . 

. 79 

Emar. 

. 14 

Erak . 

. 47 

Evae . 

. 80 

Emas . 

. 15 

Eral . 

. 48 

Evaf . 

.81 

Emat. 

. 16 

Eram. 

. 49 

Evag. 

. 82 

Emau. 

. 17 

Eran . 

.50 

Evak . 

. 83 

Emav. 

. 18 

Erap . 

. 5 i 

Evak . 

. 84 

Emaw. 

. 19 

Erar . 

. 52 

Eval . 

.85 

Emax. 

. 20 

Eras . 

. 53 

Evam . 

. 86 

Epab . 


Erat . 

. 54 

Evan . 

. 87 

Epac . 


Erau . 

. 55 

Evap . 

.88 

Epad . 

. 23 

Erav . 

. 56 

Evar . 

. 89 

Epae . 

. 24 

Eraw. 

. 57 

Evas . 

.90 

Epaf . 

. 25 

Erax . 

. 58 

Evat . 

. 9 i 

Epag . 


Esab . 

. 59 

Evau. 

. 92 

Epah . 

. 27 

Esac . 

.... 60 

Evaw. 

. 93 

Epak . 

.28 

Esad . .. 

. 61 

Ewab. 

. 94 

Epal . 

. 29 

Esae . 


Ewac. 

. 95 

Epam. 

. 30 

Esaf . 

. 63 

Ewad . 

. 96 

Epan . 

. 31 

Esag . 

. 64 

Ewae . 

. 97 

Epap . 

. 32 

Esah . 

. 65 

Ewaf . 

. 98 

Epar . 

. 33 

Esak . 

. 66 

Ewag. 

. 99 













































































































ULMER'S YELLOW PINE CODE 


ii 


DOLLARS AND CENTS. 


CENTS. 


Dab . 


Dac . 


Dad . 

. 3 

Daf . 

. 4 

Dag . 

. 5 

Dak . 

. 6 

Dal . 

. 7 

Dam. 

. 8 

Dau . 

. 9 

Dap . 


Dar . 


Das . 


Dat . 

. 13 

Dau . 

. H 

Dax. 

. 15 

Deb . 


Dec . 


Ded . 

.18 

Def . 


Deg. 


Dek . 


Del .... 


Dem . 

. 2X 

Den . 

. 24 

Dep .... 




Der . 


Des 

. 27 

Det . 


Dev . 

. 29 

Dex . 


Dib . 

. 3 1 

Die . 


Did . 

. 33 


CENTS. 


Dif . 

. 34 

Dig . 

. 35 

Dik . 

. 36 

Dil . 

. 37 

Dim . 

. 38 

Din . 

. 39 

Dip . 

. 40 

Dir . 

. 4 i 

Dis . 

. 42 

Dit . 

. 43 

Div . 


Dix . 

. 45 

Diz . 

. 46 

Dob . 

. 47 

Doc . 

.48 

Dod . 

. 49 

Doe . 

.50 

Dof . 


Dog . 

.52 

Dok .. 

. 53 

Dol . 

. 54 

Dom. 

. 55 

Don . 

. 56 

Dop . 

. 57 

Dor . 

. 58 

Dos . 

.S 9 

Dot . 

. 60 

Dov . 

.61 

Dow. 

. 62 

Dox . 

. 63 

Doy . 

.64 

Doz . 

.65 

Dub . 

. 66 


CENTS. 


Due . 

.67 

Dud. 

.68 

Due . 

.69 

Duf . 

. 70 

Dug. 

. 71 

Duh . 

. 72 

Dui . 

. 73 

Duk . 

. 74 

Dul . 

. 75 

Dum. 

. 76 

Dun . 

. 77 

Duo . 

. 78 

Dup . 

. 79 

Dur . 

.80 

Dus . 

.81 

Dut . 

. 82 

Duv . 

. 83 

Duw. 

.84 

Dux. 

. 85 

Duy . . . . 

. 86 

Dye . 

.8 7 

Dyf .. 

.88 

Dyg. 

..... 89 

Dvk . 

.90 

Dyl . 

. 9 i 

Dym. 

. 92 

Dyn . 

.93 

Dyo . 

. 94 

Dvp . 

. 95 

Dyr . 

. 96 

Dys . 

. 97 

Dyt . 

. 98 

Dyv . 

. 99 














































































































12 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


PIECES, number of; to be used alone, or as prefix' to Specified Lengths, as per examples given 

below. 


Paba. 

. 1 

Peja. 

. 26 

Pisa .... 

. 51 

Puca. 

. 76 

Paca. 

. 2 

Peka. 

.27 

Pita .... 

. 52 

Puda. 

. 77 

Pada. 

. 3 

Pela. 

.28 

Piva .. . 

. 53 

Pufa. 

. 73 

Pafa. 

. 4 

Pema . 

.29 

Pixa .... 

. 54 

Puga. 

. 79 

Paga. 

. 5 

Pena . 

. 3 ° 

Poba . ... 


Puha. 

.80 

Paha. 

. 6 

Pepa. 

. 3 i 

Poca ... 

. 56 

Puja. 

.81 

Paja. 

. 7 

Pera. 

.32 

Poda ... 

. 57 

Puka. 

. 82 

Paka. 

. 8 

Pesa. 

. 33 

Pofa . . . . 

. 58 

Pula . . . . 

.S3 

Pala . 

. 9 

Peta . 

. 34 

Poga .... 

. 59 

Puma. 

.84 

Pama. 

.10 

Peva . 

. 35 

Poha .... 


Puna.. 

. 85 

Pana. 

.11 

Pexa. 

. 36 

Poja .... 

.61 

Pupa ...... 

.86 

Papa. 


Peya. 

. 37 

Poka .. . 


Pura. 

. 87 

Para. 

. 13 

Piba. 

. 33 

Pola .... 

.63 

Pusa. 

.S8 

Pasa . 

. 14 

Pica . 

. 39 

Poma . . . 

.64 

Puta. 

.89 

Pata. 

.15 

Pida. 

. 40 

Pona .... 

. 65 

Puva . 

.90 

Pava. 

. 16 

Pifa . 

. 4 i 

Popa .... 

.66 

Puwa. 

• . 9 i 

Pawa ... . 

. 17 

Piga. 


Pora .... 

.67 

Puxa. 

. 92 

Paxa . 

. 18 

Piha. 

. 43 

Posa . . 

.68 

Puya .... 

. 93 

Paya. 

.19 

Pija . 

. 44 

Pota . .. 

.69 

Pyca. 

. 94 

Peba. 

.20 

Pika. 

. 45 

Pova .... 

. 7 o 

Pyda .... 

. 95 

Peca. 

.21 

Pila . 

.46 

Powa.... 

. 7 i 

Pyfa. 

. 96 

Peda . 

.22 

Pima. 

. 47 

Pt-xa ... 

. 72 

Pyla . 

. 97 

Pefa . 

.23 

Pina. 

. 43 

Poya .. . 

. 73 

Pyma. 

.98 

Pega. 

.24 

Pipa. 

. 49 

Poza . . . 

. 74 

Pyra. 

. 99 

Peha ..". 

.25 

Pira . 

. 50 

Puba ... 

. 75 



Oba . 


Oby . 

. 600 

Ocu .... 

.1100 

Odo . 

.1600 

Obe . 


Oca . 

. 700 

Ocy .... 

. 1200 

Odu . 

.1700 

Obi . 

. 3 °° 

Oce . 

. 800 

Oda .... 

.13 00 

Ody. 

.1800 

Obo . 

.400 

Oci . 


Ode .... 

.1400 

Ofa .... 

.1900 

Obu . 

.500 

Oco ...... 

.1000 

Odi .... 

.i 5 °° 

Ofe . 

.2000 


Examples : Peya—37 pcs. Obapeda—122 pcs. 

Obapedatago —122 pcs. 24 feet long (with affix of specific feet). 
Obapedatagoyam—122 pcs. 24 feet, 7 inches long. 

Pasatafuyal—14 pcs. 20 feet, 6 inches long. 






































































































































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


13 




SPECIFIC LENGTHS IN FEET AND INCHES. 
To be used alone or as affix to “Pieces.” 


FEET. 


FEET. 


FEET. 


Taba 
Tabe 
Tabi 
Tabo . 
Tabu. 
Taca 
Tace . 
Taci . 
Taco 
Tacu . 
Tada . 
Tade 
Tadi 
Tado 
Tadu . 
Tafa . 
Tafe 
Tafi . 
Tafo . 
Tafu . 
Taga . 
Tage 
Tagi . 
Tago . 
Tagu 
Taka . 
Take . 
Taki . 
Tako . 
Taku 
Tala . 
Tale . 
Tali . 


. . . I 

Talo . . 

. . . 2 

Talu . . . 

• • • 3 

Tama . 

... 4 

Tame 

• • 5 

Tami. . . 

. . . 6 

Tamo . . 

... 7 

Tamu . . 

... S 

Tapa . . . 

•• 9 

Tape .. 


Tapi . .. 


Tapo . . . 

. . 12 

Tapu . . . 

• •13 

Tara . .. 

. .14 

Tare ... 

• 15 

Tari ... 

.. 16 

Taro . . . 

.17 

Taru . . 

. .18 

Tasa . . . 

.19 

Tase . . . 

. 20 

Tasi . . 


Taso . .. 

. 22 

Tasu . 

• 23 

Tava . . . 

• .24 

Tave . . . 

• 25 

Tavi . . . 


Tavo . . . 

27 

Tavu . . . 

.28 

Tuba . .. 

.29 

Tube . .. 

• 30 

Tubi . .. 

• •31 

Tubo . .. 

• 32 

Tubu.. . 

• 33 

Tuca . . . 


34 

35 
■36 

37 

38 

• 39 
.40 

4 1 

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

5 1 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58 


Tuce 

Tuci 

Tuco 

Tucu 

Tuda 

Tude 

Tudi 

Tudo 

Tudu 


Yab 

Yac 

Yad 

Yaf 

Yag 

Yal 

Yam 

Yap 

Yar 

Yas 

Yat 

Yaw 


59 

60 

61 

62 

63 

64 

65 

66 


INCHES. 


67 

68 

69 

70 

7 1 

72 

73 

74 

75 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 


Example: Tado—14 ft. Yam—7 inches. Tadoyam—14 feet, 7 inches. 

































































































SPECIFIC DIMENSIONS, THICKNESS BY WIDTH, IN EVEN INCHES. 


14 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


co 

W 

f-t 

Q 


£ 


vO 


>0 


rO 


X 

01 

to 

n> 

a 

M 

•H 

XI 

H 




Td 




HI 




G 




O 

cd 

cd 

4-» 

»0 

b£ 


C/3 

G 

G 

cd 

3 

0 ! 

cd 



X2 

rC 


C 

<c 

<4 


'O 

n> 

n 

cd 

X 


u 

01 

(0 

cd 

X 

< 


03 1 - 

G 

O 


P 

OJ 


<u 

u 

G 

a 

cd 

cd 

cd 

cd 


XI 

JX 

<1 <1 

< 

<J 


<u 

c /1 

cd 

X 


1 ) 

hi 


V- 

c 


3 

0 

cd 

Td 

nd 

0 

C/3 

G 

G 

cd 

3 

cd 

cd 



XI 

X 


< 

< 

<4 


X! 

hi 

cd 

X 

<3 


01 

c 

jd 

2 

<d 


4-» 

0 

CW 

nd 

’O 

^3 

cd 

cd 

•Q 

X3 


<4 


cd 

hi 

cd 

X 

«3 


M CS cO lO VO 


CTv 


CO 


(-i 

HI 

-M 

Cd 

X 

<3 


t 3 

hi 

* 

cd 

X 

*4 


a 

.2 

‘C 

01 

nd 

X 

< 


g 

H> 

B 

o 

TJ 

X 

<3 


a 

CS 

V 

X 

<4 


a 

<u 

<L> 

1-. 

3 

4-* 




u 

O 

S 

V 

+-* 

HI 

cd 

Id 

O 

-4-» 

-4-J 

u 

p 

cd 

cd 

X2 




JX 


X 



rO 

<3 

<«3 

< 

<5 

<3 

< 


<D 

0 

cd 

0 

cd 

cd 

rO 

X2 

•Q 

X 

X1 

X 

<3 

■< 


< 


cd 

hi 

•r* 

Td 

X) 

<3 


a 

o 

• T—< 

4-» 

u 

p 

n3 

JX 

< 


a; 



*» 

G 


2 

cd 

■ 4 -* 

u 

0 

4 -J 

HI 

rt 

0 

■ 4 -* 

cd 

cd 

cd XI 

■5 


JX 

X> 

X3 X2 

Xl 


< 

<3 

C <4 


< 


CO 

Vi 

a 

rO 


h3 

<v 

vi 
•»—< 
4 -* 

cd 

JX 

<5 


co 

CO 

<V 

JX 

JX 


a 

<U 

o 

3 

23 

JX 

< 






<3J 


XI 

cn 

CO 

• H 

*3 
• ^ 

X 

HI 

4-* 

’V4 

a; 

HI 

HI 

3 

cd 

cd 

cd 

X 


id 

X 

JX 

X 

X 

JX 

X 

<1 

<5 

<3 

«3 

<3 

<3 


H N r<)Tf- lO'O 


00 


CO 


cd 

}-< 

l-» 

a> 

rO 

«3 


a 

cd 

^ s 

<l> .p 
xj jx 

«3 < 


(V 

4-» 

Cd 4_| 

bX) 3 
2 cd 

•»—1 »—< 

jo JD 

<1 <j 


< 


-w v 

r 1 


c 

Cd 

i~ 

E 

ai 

X 

<1 


a M g, 

2 -5 


<a 

HI -3 

<3 <3 


TJ 
3 a) 

X* 2 

< «3 


to 

fX 

01 

2 

<1 


a £ 
■2^ 
01 4 J 

X X 
<4 << 


>, G 

rs .2 

n> +3 

HI d 
*»—> ■—• 

«3 <3 


cn 

uj 

HI 

a 

HI 

2 

<3 


a 

o 


nd 

HI 

xi 

< 


HI 

2 

2 

<3 


hi 

42 
xT 2 
<3 < 


jj HI 

E 2 

be 

HI 


«3 


be a 

G HI 


U 

cd 

a; 

JX 


<L> 

a 

3 

'd 

*JS 

< 


u 

<u 


<! <1 < 


u 

cd 

<D 

JO 

<1 


u 

&# 
X X 

<3 <3 


HI 4 ) 

- N 

3 oS 

• '-> --' 

X X 

C <J 


M CS rO Tf lo VO 


Example: Abanga—Ableness— 6 X/ x I6'' 



























































SPECIFIC DIMENSIONS, THICKNESS BY WIDTH, IN EVEN INCHES. 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE, 


15 


C/3 

S3 

H 

Q 


a\ 


00 


Xb 

tO 

to 

(D 

n 

M 

U 

• H 

X3 

H 


x 3 

CO 

J 3 

3 

< 


ct! 

73 

O 

n 

x1 

<3 


n 

o 

1-. 

o 

JO 

«3 


V 

be 

73 

• H 

u 

X 


4-» 

rH 

53 

4-» 

•a 

co 

73 

V 

-t-t 

<v 

•V 

rH 

<L> 

r —h 

O 

u 

O 

at 

u 

3 


X 

X 

X 

c 

<3 

<3 

<3 

<3 


V 

a 

*—H 

X 

< 


v 

•a to 

3 r* 

be .5 

73 

a o 
x: x 
< < 


o 

X) 

<3 


00 



co 

.5 

X 

<3 


s 

o 

’> 

3 

3 

<1 




<U 

*—H 

X 

<3 


t'' 00 OS O M M 


rO 







4J 


<D 

4-» 

j3 

u 

<D 

V 

O 

3 

co 

D 

a 

a 

0 

a 

"d 

ct! 

j. 

<u 

0 

4-» 

3 

aj 

a 

4-» 

a 

u 

4J 

73 

3 

■J1 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

3 


x> 




X3 

<3 

<3 

<3 

< 

<3 

< 


>, 

*3 

4-J 

<D 

n 

<u 

be 

3 

a 

a 


a 

• rH 

u 

3 

<v 

O 

4 -» 

44 

u 

cO 

CO 

co 

CO 

X2 


X 

JO 

XJ 

<3 

<3 

<3 

<3 

<3 


<U 

£X s 
g V 

»h C/5 

X> X> 

«3 <5 


Vn 

<L> 

X> 

u 

O 

co 

X 

< 


'd 

V 

4-» 

a 

cti 

H 

4-» 

co 

X> 


a 

C/3 

X> 


a; 


<u 
T3 
a 3 a 
bC O 
O o 

C/5 

X X 

< < 


a 

<u 

X 


a fe 


o 

a 

H 

4-» 

CO 

X> 

<3 


a 

C/D 

rQ 

< 


h3 

03 

o 

x> 

< 


"d 

a 

o 

a 

C/3 

X} 

«3 


<D 

C/5 

H 

1/ 

4-» 

CO 

x> 

«3 


rd 

a 

03 

o 

u. 

X 

«3 


C/3 

a 

o 

a 

o 

co 

-O 

<3 


<D 

6L £ 

u S 

v 2 

4 -* a 

CO CO 

,0 ua 

<3 <3 


CO 


Os O H 
W W 




CO 


vO 


<V 

co 

a 

X> 

<3 


a 


4 -* 

or) 

4-» 

to 

a 

!>> 

XJ 

X3 

<3 

<3 


>> 

l| 

c2 

73 C 


a 

a 

0 

0 

0 

0 

<3 <3 

<3 


<u 

CO 

a 

X> 

«3 


a 


CO 

a 

u. 

<v 

a 

’S 

a 

0 

a 

a 

H 

<V 

• rH 

4J 

a 

4-> 

CO 

T3 

u 

<L> 

a 

> 'i 

a 

a 

O 

X 

X 

0 

a 

O 

<3 

< 

<3 

<3 

<3 


<D 

bO 

a 

CO 4 -* 

a =1 

X X 

<3 <3 


a a 

a v 

to 73 
0) 

X CJ 

<3 <3 


o 

.2 

'S 

CtJ 

o 

<3 


<u 

*—t 

<D 


a> 

rH 

a 


X) 

> 


6 

X3 

CO 

3 

• rH 


<u 

4 ~* 

3 

■x 

3 

CO 

3 

1) 

na 

a 

a 

a 

u 

a 

X2 

X2 

X2 

0 

a 

0 

<3 

<3 

<3 

<3 

<3 

< 


a 

o 


g -s* S -a 37 c. 

h 2 2 W Xh Vh 

a a 3 oj ca c6 


to 

X3 3 

cd ft 2 

T, 1> 


XXX 


u a 


<3 <3 <3 <3 <3 <3 


a 

3 

73 

3 

3 

X 

<3 


3 

to 

to 

X 

< 


73 


tO'C 

WWW 


CO 


Example : Abnegate—S^xio" Abusion—ifx^- 


















































































i6 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


THICKNESSES AND WIDTHS IN INCHES AND FRACTIONAL INCHES. 


THICKNESS 

WIDTHS 

Inches 

Fractional 

Inches 

Inches 

Fractional 

Inches 

Uba 


1 

Nac .. 

. ... I-16 

Vara . 

. . . . 1 

Zab . 


Ube 


. 2 

Nad . 

. 1-8 

Vare . 

. . . . 2 

Zac . 

. 1-8 

Ubi 


• 3 

Naf . 

.... 3-16 

Vari . 

.... 3 

Zad . 

. 3 - >6 

Ubo 


4 

Nag . 

. 1-2 

Varo . 

.... 4 

Zaf . 


Ubu 


■ 5 

Nal . 

. 5 -lb 

Varu . 

■ • • 5 

Zag . 

. s t. 

Uby 


6 

Nam . 

. 3-8 

Vary . 

.... 6 

Zak . 

.38 

Uca 


7 

Nap . 

. 7-16 

Vera . 

....7 

Zal . 

.7-16 

Uce 


8 

Nar . 

. 1-2 

Vere 

8 

Zam . 

. 1-2 

Uci 


• 9 

Nas . 

. 9-16 

Veri . 

.... 9 

Zap . 

.9-16 

TJco 


IO 

Nat 

5-8 

Vero 

. 10 

Zar . 

.5-8 

Ucu 


I I 

Naw . 

11-16 

Veru . 

II 

Zas . 

.... 11-16 

Ucy 


12 

Nuc . 

. 3-4 

Very . 

. . . 12 

Zat . 

.3-4 

Uda 


13 

Nud . 

.1316 

Vira . 

•13 

Zub . 

.I 3- j 6 

Ude 


• 14 

Nuf . 

. 7-8 

Viri . 

• • 14 

Zud . 

. 7-8 

Udi 


1 5 

Nusr 

15-16 

Viro . 

... 15 

Zuf . 

. ... 15-16 

Udo 


16 



Viru . 

... l6 



Udu 


17 



Viry . 

...17 



Udy 


18 



Vora . 

.. 18 



Ufa 


19 



Vore . 

.19 



Ufe 


20 



Vori . 

. 20 



Ufi 


21 



Voro . 

... 21 



Ufo 


22 



Voru . 




Ufu 


23 



Vasa . 

....23 



Ufy 

. 

24 



Vase . 

24 



Ula 


25 



Vasi . 

■ 25 



Ule 


26 



Vaso . 

... 26 



Uli 


27 



Vasu . 

... 27 



Ulo 


28 



Visa .. 

. . 28 



Ulu 


.29 



Vise ... . 

. ... 29 



Uly 

* * * * .. 

30 



Viso . 

....30 

- 



Example : Uba—i inch. Nad—1-8 inch. Ubanad—I 1-8 inch thick. 

Example : Varuzam— 5 1-2 inches wide. 

See pp. 15 and 16 for Specific Dimension*, giving thickness and width in even inches. 


























































































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE 


C/3 

w 

H 

2 

O 


Q 

2 

(73 

W 

w 

w 

£ 


>< 

w 

> 

•4 

w 

o 

pH 

o 

w 

S 

i—i 

H 


O 

H 

I 


VO 


C /3 

<L> 


C /5 

M 

<v 

CD 

£ 

cO 


c /3 

<L> 

<L> 


C *3 
cd co 


'd 

CD 


cO 

C 

CO 

^ o CJ 

yG rO J3 (J O 

cO cO cO cO cO 

pq pq pq pq pq 


^ S ^ 

C/3 9 Oj 

03 .r-, O 

jD XI u 
cO cO cO cO 

n n « w 


U 

PO JO 
cO a! 

pq pq 


o 

o 

PO 

cO 

pq 


u 

« rZ 

3 .22 

pq JO 
cO cO 

« pq 


JO 

P3 

cO 

pq 


kH 


C/3 

C/3 

Vi 

Vi 

o 


M 


M 


pp; 

pq 

a; 

<D 

v 

<v 

<v 

<u 

V 

V 

(V 

V 

£ 

£ 

& 

& 

z 


M 

cs 

rO 


to 


cn 

P4 

y 

V 

£ 

On 


co 

M 

v 

o; 

> 


co 

M 

4 > 

<u 

> 


u 

O 

O 

nO 

P<! 

y 

CO 


pq pq pq 


nO 

u 

M 

y 

CO 

pq 


5>n 4) 

U HJ 


u 

P3 

y 

CO 


a 

& 

o 

no 

P4 

y 

cO 


pq pq cq pq 


no no 

O 53 a 

° (0 o 

<U JO JO 

pq P 4 M 

O U V 
cO CO cO 

pq pq pq 


22 «" 

2 3 

pq pq 

y ra 
y y 
cO cO 

pq pq 


53 

cO 

pq 

y 

y 

cO 

pq 


CO CO CO CO 

p*l p< P 4 P 4 y 

<u y y <u y 

4» OJ 4> 4) fe 

£ & £ £ o 

vO 00 O' i-i 


VO 


CO 

pq 

H-> 

a 

o 

S 

cO 


M 

sq 

• H 

P<i 

y 

co 


a 

Vh 

O 

£ 

M 

y 

cO 


pq pq pq pq 


v 

co 

3 k . « 

O no 
pq Ph eo 
M M M 
y y o 
o 3 cd c 3 

PQ « PQ 


T3 

v- 

cS 

£ 

M 

o 

OJ 

PQ 


TJ 

G c /3 

2 8 t 

4-3 r-« C /3 

^ M 
o u u 
rt rt cfl 

pq pq pq 


T3 

a 

o 

s s 

04) .—i 
P4 P4 
y y 

CO CO 

pq pq 


P4 

y 

cO 

pq 


CO CO co CO 

pq P3 jo P3 pq 

H-» -*-► .*-» H-* H-* 

a a a a a 

o o o o o 

a a a a a 

K CH CO T}< IO 















































i8 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


DATES ADDENDA. 


MONTH. 


Jan. January 

Feb.February 

Mar. March 

Apr. ... April 

May.May 

Jun.June 

Jul. July 

Aug. August 

Sep.September 

Oct. October 

Nov. November 

Dec.December 


DAYS. 


Awab. i 

Awad.2 

Awae . 3 

Awaf .4 

Awag. 5 

Awal . 6 

Awam. 7 

Awan. 8 

Awap. 9 

A war . io 

Awas . ii 

Awat . 12 

Aweb . 13 

Awed .14 

Awef .15 

Aweg. 16 

Awek. 17 

Awel . 18 

Awem .19 

Awen.20 

Awep. 21 

Awer ..22 

Awes. 23 

Awet . 24 

Awob.25 

Awod.26 

Awoe . .27 . 

Awof .28 

Awog .29 

Awok .30 

Awol .31 


YEATS. 


Kab. 

.1900 

Kac . 

.1901 

Kad. 

..1902 

Kaf . 

.. -1903 

Kag . 

. 1904 

Kal . 

. 1905 

Kam. 


Kan . 

. 1907 

Kap . 


Kar . 

.1909 

Kat . 
































































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


19 


TIME TABLE BY HOURS, DAYS AND MONTHS. 


Caaba 

Noon 

Cabbage 

Midnight 

Cab 

i P. M. 

Cabbler 

1 A. M. 

Cabal 

2 P. M. 

Cabbling 

2 A. M. 

Cabalism 

3 P. M. 

Cabesse 

3 A. M. 

Cabalist 

4 P. M. 

Caber 

4 A. M. 

Cabalistic 

5 P. M. 

Cabezon 

5 A. M. 

Cabalize 

6 P. M. 

Cabin 

6 A. M. 

Cabal ler 

7 P. M. 

Cabinet 

7 A. M. 

Caballine 

8 P. M. 

Cabirean 

8 A. M. 

Cabaret 

9 P. M. 

Cabiric 

9 A. M. 

Cabas 

10 P. M. 

Cable 

10 A. M. 

Cabassou 

11 P. M- 

Cabled 

11 A. M. 

Cablet 

1 Day 

Cacaine 

1 Week 

Cabman 

2 Days 

Cacao 

2 Weeks 

Cabob 

3 Days 

Cachalot 

3 Weeks 

Caboched 

4 Days 

Cache 

4 Weeks 

Caboodle 

5 Days 

Cachepot 

5 Weeks 

Caboose 

6 Days 

Cachet 

6 Weeks 

Cabotage 

7 Days 

Cachou 

7 Weeks 

Cabrerite 

8 Days 

Cackerel 

8 Weeks 

Cabrilla 

9 Days 

Cackle 

9 Weeks 

Cabriole 

10 Days 

Cackling 

10 Weeks 

Cabriolet 

15 Days 

Cacolet 

11 Weeks 

Cabrit 

20 Days 

Cacoon 

12 Weeks 

Caburn 

30 Days 

Cactus 

13 Weeks 

Cadastral 

1 Month 

Cadency 

7 Months 

Cadaver 

2 Months 

Cadent 

8 Months 

Caddish 

3 Months 

Cadenza 

9 Months 

Caddow 

4 Months 

Cadet 

10 Months 

Caddy 

5 Months 

Cadew 

11 Months 

Cadence 

6 Months 

Cadge 

12 Months 















20 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


QUESTIONS. 

Dabb.Advise by letter immediately 

Dabber.Advise by telegraph immediately 

Dabble.Advise car numbers and initials 

Dabbler. Are you 

Dabbling.At what dock or wharf will vessel discharge cargo. 

Dabchick.At what dock or wharf will vessel load 

Dabster.At what price 

Dace...At what price can you 

Dachshund.At what price can you buy 

Dacian.At what price can you charter 

Dacoit.At what price can you deliver 

Dactylic .. .At what price can you groove 

Daddle.At what price can you plane 

Daddock. At what price per 1000 pieces will you deliver 

Daddy.At what price per 1000 ft. B.M. will you deliver 

Daffodil.At what price per 1000 ft. B.M. will you deliver f. o. b. 

Daft..At what price per 1000 ft. B.M. will you deliver on cars at 

Daftness.At what rate can you insure cargo 

Dag. By what vessel shall we ship order 

Dagger.Can it be 

Daggle. Can we 

Daglock.Can we agree to 

Dago. Can we buy 

Dagon.Can we draw 

Dagswain.Can we draw on you for 

Dagtailed. . Can we draw on you with B.L. attached 

Dahlia. Can we deliver 

Dahlin.Can we fill vessel with portion of order 

Daint. . Can we fill vessel with randoms 

Daintify.Can we take order on your account for 

Daintily.Can we take order on your account, price per 1000 ft. to be 

Daintiness. Can you 

Daintrel.Can you agree to 

Dainty.Can you buy 

Dairy.Can you cancel order 

Dairying.Can you change delivery to 

Dairyman.Can you charter a vessel with capacity of 

Daisied.Can you charter for 

Daisy.Can you charter prompt vessel; if so, name rate, capacity 

and when will sail 

Dale. .Can you charter vessel to commence loading in 

Dalesman. Can you deliver 

Dalliance.Can you engage freight room by sail for 

Dallier.Can you engage freight room by steamer for 

Dallop. Can you complete vessel with 

Dally..Can you furnish 

Dalmania..Can you furnish and deliver at 

Dalmanites.Can you furnish and deliver at shipping port in 

Dalmatian.Can you double quantity of order 

Dalmatica. .... Can you increase your price to 

Dalsegno -.Can you make firm offer 

Daltonian.Can you reduce your price to 

Daltonism.Can you make shipment by 

Daman.Can you ship 

Damascene.Can you ship by steamer sailing 



























































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


QUESTIONS—Continued. 

Damascus.Can you ship on same vessel addition to order 

Damask.Can you ship this week, complete, order 

Damaskin.Do you accept our offer 

Damasse.. Do you guarantee freight at 

Damassin...Do you guarantee time of delivery 

Dambonite.Do you want schedule rough or dressed 

Dambose...From what point will you ship. 

Damiana... .From what port will you ship 

Damianist.Have you 

Dammara.Have you answered our letter 

Damp.... . Have you answered our telegram 

Dampen..Have you any report from 

Damper. Have you bought 

Damsel. .Have you chartered for schedule 

Damson.Have you closed at our price 

Danaide.Have you drawn on us 

Danaite.Have you received car 

Danalite.Have you received our letter of 

Danburite.Have you received our telegram of 

loanee...Have you remitted 

Dancer. Have you sent us 

Dancing.Have you shipped car 

Danc y.Have you shipped order 

Dandelion ..How do you want order dressed 

Dandie.How fast can you deliver 

Dandify.How many 

Dandle.How many bills of lading will be required 

Dandruff. .How much have you yet to saw to complete order 

Dandyism. How much may we draw on you for 

Dane ... . How much per 1000 ft. will you advance 

Danewort.. . How much will vessel carry 

Danger. .How soon, after receipt of order, will you guarantee ship 

ment 

Dangerous.How soon can you deliver 

Dangle .. How soon can you ship 

Dangler.How shall we load vessel 

Dabiel. .Is cargo insured 

Danish .... .Is cargo ready 

Danite.Is vessel ready to sail 

Dank.May we cut in multiples 

Dankish.May we draw on you to cover contents car 

Danseuse.May we draw on you to cover invoice of 

Dantean.Name earliest possible time you can deliver here 

Danubian..Name loading port 

Dapatical.Name price and pro-rata quantity you will furnish 

Daphnetin. . .Name price by sail and also by steamer 

Daphnid.Shall we 

Dapper.Shall we accept 

Dapple.Shall we agree to 

Darby.'.. Shall we bid on 

Dardanian .Shall we buy 

Dare.Shall we buy for your account 

Dareful.Shall we charter 

Daric.Shall we charter vessel for 

Dark.Shall we close on terms offered, if same best can do 

Darken.Shall we effect insurance on cargo per 


21 



























































22 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


QUESTIONS—Continued. 

Darkening .Shall we engage freight 

Darkle. .Shall we ship portion of order now sawn 

Darkling.State length you can furnish 

Darkness.State quantity of each item you can furnish 

Darksome.State quantity of each length you can furnish 

Darling.State quantity of each width yoii can furnish 

Darnel.To whom shall we consign car 

Darner. .... To whom shall we consign cargo 

Darrain..What are 

Darter.What are the terms 

Dartle.What are you offered for 

Dartoid.What can you 

Dartrous... .What can you agree to have 

Darwinian.What can you do about 

Dash. ... What can you do with 

Dasher.What can you pay 

Dashing.What can you use 

Dashism.What has the vessel now on board 

Dashpot.What have you shipped of order 

Dastard.What is the 

Datable.What is the best offer you can get 

Dataria..What is the best offer you will make 

Dative.. .... What is the best you can do 

Datolite.What is the latest report concerning 

Datum. What is the present position of the vessel 

Datura.What is the present status of the order 

Daub.What is the prospect of securing 

Dauber . .What is the quality of 

Daubing.What is the vessel’s capacity 

Daughter ..What is your next mail address 

Daunt.What is j r our telegraphic address. 

Daunter .What quantity have you received for us of 

Dauntless.What quantity have you sawn on order 

Dauphin .. . .What quantity will you guarantee to furnish 

Davenport. What shall we do 

Davit.What shall we fill vessel with 

Dawdle.What shall we load on 

Dawdler. .What shall we load first 

Dawn..What shall we load last 

Dawsonite.What shall w T e offer 

Daze..What shall we reply 

Dazzle.What will be the 

Deacon.What will be the cost of 

Deaconess .What will you accept 

Deaden.What will you offer for 

Deafen.-. . .. What will be the additional cost of 

Deanery. When can you 

Deanship.When can you commence delivery 

Dearborn.When can you commence shipment of order 

Dearth.When did you 

Dearn. When did you ship car 

Debar..'.When is it to be delivered 

Debark. . When do you expect to be here 

Debarment. When do you expect to be in 

Debase.When may we expect 

Debasement.When will vessel be loaded and sail 



























































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


QUEST IONS—Continued. 

Debatable.. .. When will you 

Debate.. . ..When will you ship order 

Debateful.Where is it to be delivered 

Debating ..Will the parties 

Debauch.Will you 

Debonair.Will you accept 

Debosh.Will you charter vessel 

Debris.Will you give us refusal for 

Debtor. Will you make us an offer 


Instructions, Miscellaneous Phrases, Etc. 

Eager.. .. Accept offer 

Eagle.Accept offer, provided 

Eardrop .Accept t_e conditions 

Earldom.Accept your offer for 

Earnest. Accept your offer of 

Earpick .... . According to 

Earth.>.According to schedule 

Earthen..Account sales for 

Earthly. .Add to 

Earthquake.Add to order 

Easeful..Add to price your commission 

Easement.Additional cost will be 

Easiness.All next month 

Easter.All next week 

Eastward .All this morih 

Eatable.All this week 

Eavedrop .All this and next month 

Ebonite.All this and next week 

Ebony .Already sawed on order 

Ebrious.Already sawed the complete order 

Ecbasis.And over 

Ecboline !.And under 

Eccentric. .Answer at once 

Echo. Answer by letter 

Eclectic.Answer by telegraph 

Eclipse.Answer delayed account absence 

Ecliptic. Are authorized to arrange 

Eclogue .Arrived at 

Ecostate . . .Arrived here on 

Ecphoneme.As near specified thickness as possible 

Ecphractic.As per our inquiry of 

Ecru.As per our inquiry designated 

Ecstasy.As per our order of 

Ectasis.As per our order designated 

Edentate.As per our letter of 

Edictal.As per our telegram of 

Edify .. As per your inquiry of 

Editor.As per your inquiry designated 

Educate.As per your order of 

Education. .As per your order designated 

Effection.As per your letter of 

Effectual.As per your telegram of 

Egoism.As soon as 



























































24 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC—Continued. 

Egret. As soon as it is decided 

Eider .As soon as possible 

Ejection .As soon as we can 

Eking .As soon as we receive reply 

Elapse.As soon as you can 

Elastic. As soon as you receive reply 

Elate.As stated in 

Elative .At any cost 

Elbow.. . .At best obtainable price 

Elder.i.At more per 1000 ft. B. M. than 

Eldest .At more than 

Elect .At not to exceed per 1000 ft. B. M. 

Election.At our offer 

Elector. At our option 

Electric..At our risk 

Electrify.As per 1000 ft. B. M. 

Elegance .. .At price named 

Element. .. At price named by us 

Elephant. .At price named by you 

Elevate.Attend to 

Elevator. ..Attend to matter of 

Elfish .Attend to subject-matter and report 

Elimate.At the lowest possible price 

Elixate.At your limit 

Ellagic.At your offer 

Elodian. At your option 

Elongate.Average feet long 

Eloper.Average inches wide 

Eloquent. Average length in feet is 

Elusion. Average length in feet must be 

Eluxate.Average of lengths must be full 

Elysian.Average price is 

Emaciate.Average width in inches is 

Emanant.Average width in inches must be 

Embrace.Bad weather has delayed cutting 

Embalm.Bad weather has delayed loading 

Embank.Bad weather is delaying loading 

Embase. Balance of bill 

Emblem.Balance of cargo, if any 

Embolden.Balance of cargo is 

Embolus.Balance of cargo may be 

Emboss..Balance of order 

Embow . Balance of order not yet sawn 

Emulous. .. Balance of order No.-must be 

Enamel.Balance of order No.-must be shipped by 

Encamp .Balance of order No. -must be shipped at once 

Enchain.Balance of order No.-will be shipped- 

Enchant .Balance to your credit is 

Envy. . .Be sure that 

Epact.Before receipt of your letter of 

Epaulet. Before receipt of your telegram of 

Epicure. Before time named 

Epidemic.Before we commence 

Epidote.Before you commence 

Epigram.Best price we can name is- 

Epistle.Best we can do is 
































































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


25 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC.—Continued. 

Epitaph.Best we can do on chartering 

Epithet.Bills of lading 

Epoch . .Bills of lading and specifications of each 

Epsomite.Bills of lading and specifications to cover car 

Equate.Bills of lading must be attached to draft 

Equip.Bills of lading to be made in our name as shippers 

Equity. Bills of lading to be made on blanks sent by us 

Erect. . Bills of lading to be made on blanks to be sent by us 

Erection.Bills of lading to be made to order 

Ergot.Boring not to exceed 1 yi in. diameter per lineal foot 

Ermine . ..Boring not exceeding i }4 in. diameter per piece 

Errant.Boring and turning not exceeding in, diameter per lineal 

foot 

Erratic. Boring and turning not exceeding in. diameter per piece 

Erupt.Buy at best price possible 

Escapade. Buyer accepts 

Escape.Buyer to pay 

Escort. Buy for delivery in 

Escrow.Buy for us 

Espouse.,.By express 

Esquire.By first steamer you can have order ready for 

Essay.By later vessels 

Essence.By mail 

Estate. By mail to-day we send you 

Esteem.By measurements at 

Ester. By rail 

Estrange. By sail 

Estreat. . By steamer 

Esurine.By steamer to sail 

Etching.By telegraph 

Eternal.By vessel to sail in about 

Etherize. •.... By you 

Ethics . Can buy 

Euchre.Can buy from 

Euclid.Can buy now at 

Eugenic .Can charter 

Evade.Can charter spot vessel 

Evoke .Can charter to commence loading in 

Evolute. Can deliver 

Fabella.Can furnish 

Fable..Can get refusal 

Fabric.Can guarantee 

Fabulist.Can only advance 

Facient. Can only net you about 

Faction.Can pay 

Factor .Can probably charter at rate per ioco ft. b. m. 

Faculty.Can probably close 

Fagging.Can probably sell at 

Faint.Can probably ship your order 

Fairy.Can probably ship by steamer at 

Faithful .Can secure for you 

Fake.Can sell 

Falcon. Can sell at 

Fallen.Can ship 

Falter.Can ship by 

Familist.Can ship by steamer to sail 



























































26 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC. Continued. 

Famish.Can ship by vessel now loadiug to sail in 

Famous. Can use 

Fanatic. Can use vessel here 

Fancy.Cancel order for 

Fang.Cancel order for schedule designated 

Farce. Cannot accept 

Fare ... Cannot accept at your figures 

Farina. . Cannot accept offer, but will accept at 

Farm.Cannot accept offer, but will accept if 

Faro. Cannot accept offer, but will accept if delivery is made 

Farrier.Cannot accept schedule designated 

Farther. Cannot answer until return of 

Fascet. Cannot be changed 

Fashion. Cannot buy 

Fasten...Cannot cancel order 

Fathom.Cannot charter at less than 

Fatigue.Cannot commence delivery before 

Fatten.Cannot commence sawing before 

Fawn..Cannot communicate with mills before 

Feast. .Cannot communicate with mills except by mail 

Feat. .Cannot cut anything under days 

Feather. ... ... Cannot decide about 

Feature.Cannot deliver 

Federal.Cannot deliver balance of order before 

Feeble. . .Cannot deliver in time named 

Feeder.Cannot dress it for less than per 1O00 ft. b. m. 

Feign. .Cannot dress it; too large for planer 

Fellow. .Cannot duplicate 

Felon.Cannot fill order as per your letter of 

Female.Cannot fill order as per your telegram of 

Fence.Cannot furnish 

Fender.Cannot furnish any addition to schedule 

Fennel.Cannot furnish at less than 

Ferment. Cannot furnish at price named 

Fern..Cannot furnish balance of order 

Ferret. Cannot furnish balance in time 

Ferry. Cannot furnish schedule 

Fertile. ..Cannot guarantee 

Fervent. Cannot increase order 

Festive. Cannot make any advance 

Fetch. Cannot make a price on 

Fetter.Cannot make delivery in less time than 

Feud ... .Cannot meet you until 

Fever.Cannot name time of delivery until 

Fiasco .Cannot obtain offer; you must name price 

Fibre. Cannot pay 

Fickle.Cannot pay more than 

Fiction.Cannot pay over 

Fiddle.Cannot possibly ship sooner than 

Fidelity. .Cannot reduce price 

Field..Cannot secure 

Fiend .Cannot sell 

Fight.Cannot ship 

Figment.T.Cannot ship before steamer of 

Filbert.Cannot use 

Filch.Car initials are 



























































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


27 


INSTRUCTIONS. ETC.—Continued. 

Filler.Car number is 

Film . . . Car number and initials are 

Finch.Cargo is all ready 

Finical.Cargo to be consigned in B. L. to 

Finny. Cargo will not be ready until 

Fissure.Cash on B. L. at 

Fitter. Cash on delivery 

Flag.Cash within ten days from delivery, less per cent 

Flake. .Cash within ten days from delivery, without discount 

Flange.Change from 

Flannel. .Changed from 

Flapper.Change to 

Flare.Changed to 

Flash.Charter party 

Flaunt. Check on 

Fleece.. Check to balance 

Fleet.Close at very best price possible 

Flesh.. Close if possible 

Flight. Close immediately 

Flinch..Close on terms offered, if you cannot do better 

Flint...Close schedule 

Flirt..Closed at your figures 

Flock. Closed at your figures subject to confirmation 

Floral. . Commence cutting immediately 

Florid.Commence cutting immediately order No 

Floss. Commence delivery 

Flounder.Commission of 1 per cent 

Flower ..Commission of 1 1-2 per cent 

Fluent.Commission of 2 per cent 

Fluid. Commission of 2 1-2 per cent 

Flush.Commission of 5 per cent 

Flute..Commission of 25 cts per M ft 

Flutter .Commission of 50 cts per M ft 

Foible. Complete delivery 

Folly. Complete delivery if possible, in days 

Forage .Conditions named in your 

Forbear.. Conditions you require 

Forge.Confirm by letter your telegram of 

Forlorn.Confirm by letter your quotation of 

Fortress . .Consign to 

Fossil.Consign to us at 

Fracture.. Corrected invoice 

Freeze.Corrected schedule 

Friar.Cost, freight and insurance 

Fringe.Cost, of shipment by steamer over sail will be 

Frolic.Cut all you can 

Froth. Cut all you can of 

Frown.Cut all you can in multiples 

Fulcrum.Cut and ship by 

Function.Cut and ship quick 

Fusil.. Cut and ship this week 

Gabble . .. ..Days from receipt of order 

Gaiter. . Declines to take order 

Gallant.Deck load by 

Galley . .Deck load capacity 

Garden.Delay in delivery 






























































J 


28 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC.—Continued. 

Garnish .Delay in delivery account no cars 

Gastric. Deliver at once 

Gaudy.Deliver by rail 

Gaunt. Deliver by steamer 

Gelatin.Deliver f. o. b. cars at 

Gentle. Deliver f. o. b. cars here 

German .Deliver f. o. b. steamer at 

Gesture.Deliver f. o. b. vessel at 

Geyser.Deliver within lighterage limits New York Harbor 

Giant.Deliver per month 

Gilder.Delivery can be 

Girdle.•.Delivery must be guaranteed 

Glacier. .. .Delivery must be made in time specified 

Glazier.Delivery to vessel 

Gleam..Delivery to vessel to commence after acceptance of your bid 

in about 

Glide.Delivery withiu lighterage limits 

Gloat. Dimensions after dressing 

Gloom. Dimensions are 

Glory.Direct letters to me at 

Gnash. Direct telegrams to me at 

Gobble.Do all you can 

Gospel.Do not act before receipt of 

Graft.Do not agree to 

Grammar.. .. Do not buy 

Grange..Do not buy any more until you hear from us 

Grapple.Do not saw any more on 

Grass.Do not saw any more than 

Groom.Do not ship 

Gunner.Do not understand telegram ; repeat it 

Habit.:.Do not want the order 

Hacker .... .Do what you think best for us 

Harmony.Draft at one day’s sight 

Hawk.Draft at three days’ sight 

Heather.Draft at five days’ sight 

Heave...Draft at ten days’ sight 

Hectic .Draft at fifteen days’ sight 

Hedge.Draft at thirty days’ sight 

Helm.Draft at sight for 

Helot.Draft presented and accepted to-day 

Hemmer.Draft presented and paid to-day 

Henbane.Draft presented ; cannot accept 

Herald. Draw on us 

Heresy. Draw on you 

Hermit.Due date is 

Heroine.During the month of 

Hessian.Each item of 

Hinge.Each length 

Hippish.Each size 

Hirsute.Earlier if possible 

Historian. .Feet and over long 

History.Fill the order 

Hither.Fill the order excepting 

Hobby. Fill the vessel 

Hockey.First cargo to be delivered in 

Homage .First cargo to be shipped in 


























































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


29 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC.—Continued. 

Honey.Forward my letters to 

Hoosier.Four sides to be dressed 

Horizon.Free from black sap 

Horned. Free from rot 

Horologe.Free from sap 

Horror.Free from wane 

Hortense...From date of shipment 

Hostage.From receipt of order 

Hound.Full to size 

Hover.Get price from 

Howler.Give us particulars 

Huckster.Give you particulars 

Hulk.Go at once to 

Human. .Guarantee delivery 

Humid..Has been changed 

Humorist.Has been paid 

Hunger.Has been protested 

Hunter.Have accepted 

Husband. , .Have agreed to 

Husk.Have an inquiry for 

Iceland. Have bought 

Ideal.Have bought of 

Image.Have cancelled 

Imagine.Have closed order on your quotations 

Imitate...Have drawn on 

Impose. Have drawn on you 

Income.Have made best settlement possible 

Indent..Have no letter from you to-day 

Indian.Have not agreed to 

Indict. Have paid 

Infamous. ... Have received 

Infuse.Have received from 

Inherit.Have received letter from 

Insight.Have received telegram from 

Instinct.Have received your letter of 

Intrude. . . . Have received day telegram of even date 

Invest...Have received your red telegram of 

Invoke.Have replied 

Jacket. Have replied by letter to-day 

Jacob.Have sold to 

Jade. Have telegraphed 

Jasmine.Have written full particulars 

Jealous.Have written you to-day 

Jelly.. . .Hold proceeds subject to order of 

Jostle.Holidays and Sundays excepted 

Joyous.If absolutely necessary, not otherwise 

Jumper.If accepted 

Jungle .If accepted immediately 

Junket. If accepted within 

Keeper.If declined 

Kitchen. If declined wil! not renew offer 

Knack.If it can be sawn and shipped at once 

Label.If later than 

Ladder.If necessary 

Lament.If order is received immediately 

Lance.If possible 




























































30 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


INSTRUCTIONS. ETC.—Continued. 

Landau.If so 

Lanky.If that is the best you can do 

Lantern.If we can 

Latin.If we cannot 

Lattice.If you can 

Launder..If you cannot 

Lavish .... If you can deliver 

Lawless. . .If you cannot deliver 

Leach.If you cannot ship on steamer 

Leather.If you decline our offer, wire your best price 

Leaver. It you have 

Leaven. Immediate delivery 

Ledge.Immediate decision 

Leech .Impossible to delay longer 

Levant.Impossible to furnish 

Level.Impossible to furnish at price named 

Liberty.Impossible to furnish in time specified 

Lime ...In about 

Linger.In addition to 

Lion.In a few days 

Liquid..In box cars 

Lizard.In flat cars 

Loathe . .Increase lengths of 

Lobby.... . ... In less than 

Locality.In lots of equal quantity each 

Locust..In time named 

Lodge.Including dressing 

Logic.Inquiry from 

Loiter.Inquiry No 

Lotto.I9 all sawn 

Lounge. Is all sawn and will be shipped 

Loyal.Is away from home 

Lurch.. It can be 

Luster.It cannot be 

Lyric.It is 

Magic.It is impossible 

Magnet.It is impossible to get cars 

Maiden.It is impossible to ship any 

Major.It is impossible to ship before 

Mallard.It is possible 

Malady.It is probable 

Mandolin.It is to be delivered 

Manse.. It is wanted 

Maroon.It must all come together 

Marshal.It mu 9 t be 

Maitinet.It must be shipped 

Marvel..It must be shipped by 

Mask...It should be 

Masonry.It will be 

Master.It will not do 

Mastiff.Keep offer open until 

Maxim.Keep us posted by letter 

Mechanic.Keep us posted by telegram 

Medicine.Largest size we can plane is 

Menace.Last half of 

Mental .Latest report from vessel 




























































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


3 i 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC.—Continued. 

Mercy.Lay days commence 

Merino...Lay days not to commence 

Meteor.Leave out of 

Mica. Lengths to average 

Militate. .Lengths may be 

Millet. Lengths must be 

Mince . . Letter not received ; telegraph contents if important 

Minister.Let us have 

Miser.Let us know 

Mission. ..Let us know when 

Mister..Let us know where 

Mitten.Lineal feet 

Moderate.. . Load first 

Monetize.. .Load immediately 

Mongrel.Load in order named 

Monkey.Load last 

Monstrous. .Load next 

Moose.Loading port will be 

Moral.Long leaf 

Morbid...Lowest obtainable rate 

Mortal...Lumberman’s Yellow Pine and Cypress Reference 

Book (COPY) 

Mortify.. .Mailed you on 

Motto.Make a price 

Mount.May be 

Mouse..May be changed 

Mumble.May be cut in multiples 

Mushroom..May be shipped 

Mutable.Measured as 

Mutual.Measured at butt end 

Mystic.Measured at top end 

Naked.Measured in Middle 

Nerve.Measured in rough before planing 

Nickel..Measured net after planing 

Nipple.More per 1000 feet b. m. 

Nitrous.More than 

Normal. .. .Must be 

Nostril .Must be cut to length ; no multiples received 

Notion . .Must be delivered 

Nutrition...Must be delivered here 

Objective..Must be sawn full to sizes given 

Oblong.•.Must consult mills before answering about 

Obscure .Must withdraw 

Observant . .My next mail address is 

Obvert.My next telegraphic address is 

Occupy.Name of vessel is 

Oddness .No change can be made in 

Offend. . . .No seconds will be received 

Oilcloth .Note is due 

Oleander.. .Note is payable at 

Omega.Note on account 

Omnibus.Not later than 

Opiate.Not to be planed 

Opium..Not yet decided 

Optical.Numbers of the cars shipped 

Opulent.On account of 

























































32 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC —Continued. 

Orange..On account shipment by 

Ordeal.On arrival at your port 

Ordinate.On arrival here 

Organic .On arrival of vessel 

Orient.... . On cars at 

Ornate.On cars at your mill 

Orthodox.On cars here 

Osculate.On condition (s) named 

Ounce .On deck 

Outlaw.,.On delivery 

Oxford.On demurrage 

Oyster.On his return 

Ozone.On my arrival at 

Pabulum.On my return to 

Palate .On our account 

Palm..On your account 

Pamper. .On receipt of 

Pansy.On same terms as 

Pantry.On terms named 

Parade.On usual terms 

Paragon.On your contract 

Parch.One side to be dressed 

Parish. .One side and one edge to be dressed 

Parole. .Order cars for 

Parquet.Order cars placed at 

Partake .Order cars placed at our mill for 

Partner. . ..Order goes to mill to-day 

Passion.Other conditions 

Pastel.Other conditions as per our letter of 

Patent.Other conditions as per our offer 

Patron.Other conditioas as per our telegram of 

Paving.Other conditions as per your letter of 

Peasant..Other conditions as per your offer 

Peculate. ..Other conditions as per your telegram of 

Penance.Other parties 

Penitent.Other parties have taken order for 

Pension.Our bid was by sail 

Pentecost.Our bid was by steamer 

Penury.Our bid was for rough 

Pepper.Our letter of 

Perceive. .. .Our telegram of 

Perform .Our lowest price 

Perish. ... Our offer for 

Perishable . Our offer of 

Perjury.Our parties 

Permit. .Our present offer 

Perplex. Our prices are net f. o. b. 

Persian.Our prices are net f. o. b. Bruuswick, Ga 

Persuade.Our prices are net f. o. b. Fernandina, Fla 

Petition.Our prices are net f. o b. Jacksonville, Fla 

Petrify.Our prices are net f. o. b. Savannah, Ga 

Pewter .Our prices are net f. o. b. Brunswick or Savannah our option 

Phase ..Our prices are net f. o. b. Fernandina or Jacksonville our option 

Pickle. Our prices are net f. o. b. Savannah or Jacksonville our option 

Picture.Our prices are net f. o. b. Fernandina or Savannah our option 

Pigment. Our prices are net f. o. b. steamer dock at 



























































tJLMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 33 

INSTRUCTIONS, ETC.—Continued. 

Pilgrim.Our prices are net f. o. b. vessel at 

Pillow.Our red telegram of 

Pious. .Our shipment by 

Piping.Our telegram of 

Pirate .Payable by us 

Pistol. .. Payable by you 

Plaster.Payable on the 

Plater.Payable to our order 

Plead.Payable to the order of 

Pledge.Payable to your order 

Plodding . .Pay all expenses 

Pluck.\ Payment to be made 

Plume.Per cent 

Plump.Per piece 

Plunge.Per schedule 

Plural.Per 1000 ft. B.M. 

Poacher.Place of delivery 

Pointer.Place of shipment 

Poison...Planed I side and i edge 

Poker.i.Planed I side and 2 edges 

Polar.Planed 2 sides and 1 edge 

Police.Planed 4 sides 

Politic.Planed 1 side, edges tongued and grooved 

Pontoon.Planed 2 sides, edges tongued and grooved ( 

Pool.Planed 1 side, edges T. & G., beaded on 1 E. 

Poppy.Planed 1 side, edges T. & G., beaded on 2 Es. 

Porridge. Planed 2 sides, edges T. & G., beaded on 2 Es. 

Portal.Plane off only 

Porter.Plane off to make thickness 

Portray..Planing here will cost per 100 ft. B. M. 

Potent.Planing to be done before shipment 

Pottery.Planing will be done here 

Pouch . . .*.. Port to be named on closing of order 

Poultry.Price named allows 

Pound.Price named is net 

Poverty.Privilge of 

Powder.Probable time of sailing 

Practice.Pro-rata quantity of each item 

Praise.Pro-rata quantity of each length 

Preach.Pro-rata quantity of each size 

Precious.Provided nothing over 

Preface.Provided that 

Prelude.Provided we can 

Prescribe.Provided you can 

Press.Quality to be as good as 

Pride.Quality to be as per 

Primary.Quality to be suitable for 

Primer...Quantity in bills of lading 

Quadrant.Quote price (s) f. o. b. cars at 

Quadrille.. .Quote price (s) f. o. b. vessel at 

Quail.Quote lowest price at which you will deliver 

Quake.Quote lowest price f. o. b. dock at our port 

Quarrel.Quote lowest price at which you will deliver 

Quarry.Quote lowest price f. o. b. dock at your port 

Quart.Quote lowest price at which you will deliver f. o. b. vessel 

at Baltimore 


























































34 ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE, 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC—Continued. 

Queen.Quote lowest price at which you w r ill deliver f. o. b. vessel 

at Boston 

Quench.Quote lowest price at which you will deliver f. o. b. vessel 

at Brunsw ick 

0 

Quest.Quote low T est price at which you will deliver f. o. b. vessel 

at Fernandina 

Quibble.Quote lowest price at wdiich you will deliver f. o. b. vessel 

at Jacksonville 

Quill.Quote lowest price at which you will deliver f. o. b. vessel 

at New York 

Quince.Quote lowest price at which you will deliver f. o. b. vessel 

at Pensacola 

Quinine.Quote lowest price at which you will deliver f. o. b. vessel 

at Philadelphia 

Quire.Quote lowest price at which you will deliver f. o. b. vessel 

at Port Tampa 

Quoin.Quote lowest price at wdiich you will deliver f. o. b. vessel 

at Savannah 

Rabble. Random lengths 

Racket.Random lengths to average 

Radiant.Random widths and lengths 

Radical.Random wddths to average 

Radius.Reduced quantity pro-rata 

Raffle.Reduce length of 

Rakish.Reduce size of 

Rambler.Reduce your price to 

Ramify.Referring to our letter of 

Rampage.Referring to our telegram of 

Ranch.Referring to your letter of 

Ransack.Referring to your telegram of 

Rapture.Rely on prompt delivery 

Rascal.Remitted by mail 

Ratchet.Reply by first mail 

Ratify.Reply by red message to-night 

Rational .Reply by telegraph immediately 

Rattle. Reply by wire in plain language 

Raven. Sailed from 

Razor.Same terms and conditions as 

Realize.Same terms and conditions as last shipment 

Reamer.Saw r n or hewn 

Rebate.. . Sawn or hew n, or both 

Reception. .Sawn and hewn 

Recover.Schedule to be furnished in accordance with 

Recruit. .Seconds, if any, at one-half price 

Reform .Seconds, if any, subject to your order 

Register.Send instructions by mail 

Regulate.Send instructions by wire 

Relapse.Send us 

Relent.. Send us by mail 

Reliance.. .Send us specifications covering cargo 

Reluctant..Send us specifications covering car 

Remedy.Sent you 

Remorse.Sent you by mail 

Renounce.Shall w r e do so 

Repeal.Ship all you can by 

Repent.Ship all you can by steamer of 


















































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


35 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC—Continued. 

Replevin. . .Ship balance on steamer of 

Repose.Ship by 

Reproach.Ship by steamer to sail 

Reptile. Ship each carload as soon as ready 

Repulse.Ship immediately 

Repute.. Ship immediately all you have sawn 

Rescue...Ship on same ve c sel 

Reside.Ship the whole order together 

Resign. .. Ship without fail by 

Resist..Shipping documents 

Resolute. .Shipping documents mailed you 

Resolve.Size (or sizes) after dressing 

Resort.Sooner if possible 

Resource. ... .Sound and square-edge, Long Leaf 

Respite.Sound and square-edged, Short Leaf 

Restive. Specifications and bills of lading 

Restore.Square-butted 

Restrain.Square-edged, without restriction as to species of pine 

Resultant. ... Steamer dock at 

Retaliate.Stop cutting on 

Reticence.Stop shipping 

Retort...Straight and well hewn 

Retract. .... Subject to 

Retrench. Subject to confirmation by wire 

Reveal. Subject to confirmation by letter 

Revenge.Subject to order of 

Reversal.Subject to reply by wire immediately 

Review.Sundays and holidays excepted 

Revolt.Telegram came too late 

Rhyme ..Telegram received 

Ribbon.Telegraph answer until 

Riddle.Telegraph answer at once whether you accept or decline 

Riding. Telegraph authority to close 

R'fle.Telegraph authority to draw for 

Rig° r .Telegraph immediately 

Riotous.Telegraph immediately best you can do 

Ripple.- . .Telegraph immediately best priee at which you will furnish 

Ritual. . .■.Telegraph immediately car numbers 

Rivalry.Telegraph immediately car numbers and initials 

Rivet.Telegraph immediately quickest delivery you will guarantee 

Roach.Telegraph quantity you can furnish 

Roast.Telegraph reply at our expense 

Rocket.Telegraph us 

Rodent.Telegraph us as soon as 

Rogue .Telegraph us when you ship 

Roman.Telegraph us your best offer 

Romantic.Terms are 

Rooster.. ..Terms as per 

Rosin.Terms net cash 

Rotary..Terms 30 days, net cash 

Rouge.Terms 60 days, net cash 

Routine.Terms 90 days, net cash 

Royal.Terms 30 days, less 1 per cent, for cash in 10 days 

Ruby.Terms 60 days, less 1 per cent, for cash in 10 days 

Rudder. Terms 90 days, less 1 per cent, for cash in 10 days 

Rudiment.Terms 30 days, less 2 per cent, for cash in 10 days 




























































36 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETCContinued. 

Ruffian.Terms 60 days, less 2 per cent, for cash in io days 

Rumble. .Terms 90 days, less 2 per cent, for cash in 10 days 

Rummage .Terms quoted subject to 1 per cent, discount if 

paid by 

Rumpus.Terms quoted subject to 2 per cent, discount if 

paid by 

Runner. . Terms quoted subject to 3 per cent, discount if 

paid by 

Rural. .Terms quoted subject to 5 per cent, discount if 

paid by 

Rustic.The best information we can obtain is 

Savian.The cargo is 

Saffron.The quality is 

Sage.The quantity is to be 

Saint.. .. The quantity must be 

Saliant.The rate will be 

Salmon.The terms of 

Salvage.The terms of payment are 

Sandal.There is 

Satan..There is no 

Savage.Thickest we can plane is 

Scandal..Thickness after dressing 

Scarlet. Think it advisable to 

Scholar.Think we can 

Scold.This is best we can do 

Scorch..This is best we will do 

Scorn,.This may be 

Scotch.This order is in addition to 

Scottish.This order is in place of 

Scowl.This price covers only cost, freight and insurance 

Scream.Time named for delivery 

Seaman.Time named for delivery of order 

Secular....Time too short 

Sedate. To be 

Senior.To be delivered 

Serene.To be delivered at 

Serpent.To be delivered within lighterage limits New York 

Servant.To be delivered here 

Session.To be delivered immediately 

Setter.To be delivered on dock at 

Sexton.To be delivered on dock here 

Shadow.To be furnished 

Shark.To be hewn 

Shaver.To be in full 

Shelter.To be inspected at 

Shield.To be paid for size after planing 

Shiver....; ...To be sawn 

Shooter.To be shipped 

Shouter.To be shipped in box cars 

Shrine ....Tongued and grooved 

Signal. Too late to 


invoice 

invoice 

invoice 

invoice 


















































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


37 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC.—Continued. 

Transportation Lines. 

Silence.Clyde Line steamer 

Silicate.Clyde Line steamer for Boston 

Silicon. Clyde Line steamer for Boston to sail 

Silky.Clyde Line steamer for New York 

Silver.Clyde Line steamer for New York to sail 

Simper.Merchants & Miners Transp. Co.’s steamer 

Simplify.Merchants & Miners Transp. Co.’s steamer for Baltimore 

Simulate.Merchants & Miners Transp. Co.’s steamer for Baltimore to sail 

Sincere.Merchants & Miners Transp. Co.’s steamer for Philadelphia 

Sinecure.Merchants & Miners Transp. Co.’s steamer for Philadelphia to 

sail 

Sinful.Mallory Line steamer 

Singing. .... Mallory Line steamer for Boston 

Sinister. .Mallory Line steamer for Boston to sail 

Sinker.Mallory Line steamer for New York 

Siphon. . .. Mallory Line steamer for New York to sail 

Siren...Ocean S. S. Co.’s steamer 

Sitting .... .Ocean S. S. Co.’s steamer for Boston 

Skate.Ocean S. S. Co.’s steamer for Boston to sail 

Skeleton.... .Ocean S. S. Co.’s steamer for New York 

Skeptic....Clyde Line steamer for New York to sail 

Sketch.Try and ship all before 

Skiff.ULMER’S CAR NUMBERS CODE 

Skimmer.ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE 

Skirt.Unable to fill order 

Skunk.Unable to fill in time named order 

Slack.Under deck 

Slam...Under our contract 

Slang.Unless you can 

Slashed.Unless you can deliver in time named 

Slave.Until you have received our letter of 

Slaw .Until you hear further from us 

Slay.Use Standard Lumber Ref. Book and Code in answering 

Sledge.Use Ulmer’s Car Numbers Code in telegraphing car numbers 

Sleep.Use Ulmer’s Yellow Pine Code in answering 

Sleeve. Usual terms 

Sleigh .Very important 

Slice.Vessel arrived at 

Slide.Vessel cleared from 

Sling.Vessel commenced loading 

-Sliver.Vessel due at your port about 

Slogan. Vessel has arrived 

Slope.Vessel has arrived for your schedule 

Sloth.Vessel has finished her hold 

Slumber ..Vessel has finished loading 

Smack.Vessel has now on board 

Smart.Vessel is now at 

Smear.Vessel is now ready to sail 

Smell.Vessel is now loading for 

Smile..Vessel is now loading at 

Smite.Vessel is now on the way to 

Smoke.Vessel is too large for our order 

Smolder...Vessel is too small for our order 






















































33 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC.—TRANSPORTATION LINES—Continued. 

Smudge.Vessel is waiting 

Snail..Vessel left here for 

Snap.Vessel left -for - 

Snarl.Vessel sailed 

Snipe.Vessel sailed for 

Snout..Vessel to have 

Snow.Vessel to load at rate per day of — ft. 

Snuff. ... .Vessel to pay all towages 

Snug..Vessel will finish her hold 

Soapy.Vessel will finish complete cargo 

Sober.Vessel will carry 

Socialist.Vessel will commence loading 

Socket .Vessel will be loaded and ready to sail 

Sodium. .;.Vessel will finish loading 

Solace.Vessel will sail 

Soldier.Vessel will sail about 

Solemn.Vessel’s capacity is 

Soloist.Vessel’s capacity does not exceed 

Soluble.Vessel’s capacity must not exceed 

Sonnet.Vessel’s present position is 


Options as to Ports of Vessel’s Loading. 

Soprano. Vessel to be loaded at Brunswick or Savannah, our option 

Sordid .Vessel to be loaded at Brunswick or Savannah, your option 

Sororis.Vessel to be loaded at Brunswick, Savannah or Jackson¬ 

ville, our option 

Sorry.....Vessel to be loaded at Brunswick, Savannah or Jackson¬ 

ville, your option 

Spangle..Vessel to be loaded at Brunswick or Fernandina, our 

option 

Spank. Vessel to be loaded at Brunswick or Fernandina, your 

option 

Spark.Vessel to be loaded at Fernandina or Jacksonville, our 

option 

Speaker. .Vessel to be loaded at Fernandina or Jacksonville, your 

option 


Sperm.Want the order 

Spice.We accept 

Spider . ..We accept your offer if you allow 

Spinster.We advise 

Spirit.We agree to 

Splendor.We are 

Splint. .We are drawing on you for 

Sponge.We are drawing on you through 

Spoon.We are now sawing the order 

Spout . ..We are delayed by 

Spring .We are mailing you check on account for 

Spurn.We are offering 

Squab.We are waiting 

Squander. ... We can 

Squeak. . We can duplicate 

Squint.We can furnish as wanted 




















































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


39 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC.—Continued. 

Stadium.We can furnish in time named 

Stag.We can furnish in time named about 

Stagger.We cannot 

Stagnant.We cannot accept your draft 

Stale.We do 

Stamina.Wevdo not 

Stamp . .We expect to 

Staple.We expect to make shipment 

Starch.We have 

Starve.We have chartered 

Station.We have closed 

Steam.We have engaged freight 

Stern.We have made 

Stigma.We have not 

Stint ..We have paid 

Stockade.We have received 

Stoop.We have sent you 

Stork.We have shipped 

Strain.We have sold 

Stranger... We have shipped to-day 

Streak. We have sold to-day 

Strife.We have sold to-day on cars 

Strike.We intend to 

Stripe. .We must 

Stroke.We must decline to take order 

Stump.We must depend on you for 

Style. .We must have 

Sublime. .We must have an immediate reply by letter 

Subside.We must have an immediate reply by telegraph 

Suburb.We must have privilege of 

Sucker.We must rely on you to furnish 

Suffer.We send you by express 

Sugar.We send you by mail 

Sulky.We shall want 

Sulphur.We want 

Summer.We want cars for order 

Summons.We will 

Sunburn.We will accept 

Sunshine.We will accept if 

Supper.We will advise later 

Support.We will commence delivery 

Suppress. .We will commence sawing 

Supreme.We will commence shipping 

Surge.We will deliver 

Surmise.We will do all we can 

Surname. .We will do our best 

Surprise.We will do our best to ship by 

Surrender.. . .. .. .We will do our best to ship by steamer of 

Surround.We will draw on you for 

Survey.We will duplicate 

Survive.We will duplicate last order 

Suspect.We will furnish 

Suspend .We will furnish and deliver 

Sustain.We will furnish at price named 

Swage .•. We will furnish in time named 

Swallow. We will pay 




























































40 ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC.—Continued. 

Swamp.We will ship 

Swathe.We will ship order 

Swear.We will ship on steamer to sail 

Sweater.We will take 

Sweep..We will not 

Sweeten.We would advise 

Swell. What we want is 

Swift.When cargo will be ready 

Swine.Will accept 

Switch....Will accept for 

Swivel.Will answer as soon as possible 

Swoon.Will arrive at 

Sword. .Will arrive in 

Swore.Will be ready to commence loading 

Sylvan. Will be sawn, ready for shipment 

Symbol..Will change delivery to - 

Sympathy.Will commence shipping 

Symptom.Will cost 

Syringe..Will cost us 

Tabaret.Will furnish from 

Tablet.". . .Will get answer from mills by 

Tabor..Will go 

Tabular.Will hold this offer good for 

Tacit.Will leave to-day for 

Tack . ..Will report about 

Tactics.We will report to 

Taction.Will represent us 

Taffy.Will take 

Tagger.Will telegraph instructions 

Tail..Will telegraph later about 

Tailor.Will telegraph later to-day 

Taint.Will telegraph you 

Talent .Will write fully 

Talker.Will not 

Tallow.Will not accept 

Tally..Will not go 

Tamarin.Will not pay 

Tambour.Will not pay more than 

Tamper.Will not sail until 

Tandem.Will not take 

Tangent.With bills of lading attached 

Tangle.With documents attached 

Tannate.. -. .. .Withdraw offer 

Tantrum.Withdraw order 

Tape.Withdraw our bid on 

Target.With our order 

Tarnish. .Without delay 

Tartan. .. .Without endorsement 

Tartary.Without further instructions 

Taste.Without interest 

Tattler.With privilege of 

Taunt.With the understanding that 

Taxer..With your order 

Teacher.Write full particulars 

Tease.. You are 

Temper.You can 





























































ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


4 i 


INSTRUCTIONS, ETC.—Continued. 

Templar.You can have 

Tenacity .You have 

Tendon.You may 

Tenent . .You may agree to 

Tennis.You may close 

Tension.You may close order 

Terminus.You may close order provided 

Terrier...You may draw on us 

Tertian . . .You may draw on us for 

Tester.You may fill the 

Testify.You may sell 

Textile .. You may sell at 

Texture. .You may sell at best price obtainable 

Thatch.You may ship 

Thaw.You may ship by sail 

Theater.You may ship by steamer 

Theme.You must 

Theoric.You must be in 

Thermal..You must clear vessel before 

Thimble .You must do better 

Thinker.You must guarantee 

Thirst. . You must not 

Thistle.You must not pay 

Thorax.You must secure 

Thrash.You must ship 

Threat.Your draft on 

Throat.Your draft on us 

Throne.Your instructions will have prompt attention 

Thumb.Your letter came too late 

Thunder. Your letter for 

Tiger. Your letter of 

Tingle.Your market 

Tipple.Your offer accepted 

Tissue.Your offer declined 

Titular.Your price is too high 

Toddy. . .Your price is too low 

Toilet.Your red telegram of 

Tonic.Your red telegram of last night 

Tontine.Your telegram of 

Topic. Your telegram of to-day 

Torment.Your telegram received 








































42 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


SPECIALS. 

Torpedo. 

Torpid. 

Torrent. 

Torsel. 

Tortoise .. 

Torture. . 

Totter. 

Touch . 

Tough . 

Towel. 

Town.. . 

Tracker.. 

Tractive. . . . 

Trader. 

Traduce. 

Traffic. 

Tragic.. 

Trail. 

Traitor. 

Trammel. 

Trance.. 


Transit 



























ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


43 


RAILROAD COMPANIES. 

NAMES AND CAR INITIALS. 

(Also used in advising routes.) 

Cypher. 

NAME. 

INITIALS 

Vacant. 

Alabama Great Southern . 

A. G. S. R. R. 

Vaccine. 

Ann Arbor. 

A. A. R. R. 

Vachery. 

Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe . . . . -. .... 

A., T. & S. Ry. 

Vacuna. 

Atlanta & West Point. . 

A. & W. P. R. R. 

Vadantes. 

Atlanta, Birmingham & Atlantic. 

A., B. & A. R. R. 

Vagal. 

Atlantic Coast Line.. 

A. C. L. R. R. 

Vaginant. 

Atlantic, Valdosta & Western. 

A., V. & W. R. R. 

Vagenule. 

Baltimore & Ohio. . 

B. & O. R. R. 

Vague . 

Baltimore & Ohio South Western. 

B. & O. S. W. R. R. 

Vail. 

Birmingham Southern. ... 

B. S. R. R. 

Vain. 

Boston & Albany. 

B. & A. R. R. 

Valance. 

Boston & Maine. 

B. & M. R. R. 

Valency .... 

Brunswick & Birmingham. 

B. & B. R. R. 

Valeric. 

Canadian Pacific.. 

C. P. Ry. 

Valiant. 

Central of Georgia. 

C. of G. Ry. 

Validly. 

Central R. R. of New Jersey. 

C. R. R. of N. J. 

Valise . 

Central Vermont. . 

C. V. Ry. 

Valley. 

Charleston & Western Carolina. 

C. & W. C. Ry. 

Valor. 

Chesapeake & Ohio. . 

C. & 0 . Ry. 

Valvate 

Chicago & Alton . 

C. & A. Ry. 

Valved. 

Chicago & Eastern Illinois. 

C. & E. I. R. R. 

Vamose. 

Chicago & Northwestern. 

C. & N. Ry. 

Vamper. 

Chicago Burlington & Quincy. 

C.. B. & 0 . Ry. 

Vamure. 

Chicago Great Western . . 

C. G. W. Ry. 

Vanadic. 

Chicago, Indianapolis & Louisville. . ... 

C., I. & L. Ry. 


Chicago T/flkp Short* Toastern. . 

C L S & E. Rv. 


Chicacrn Milwaukee & St. Paul. 

C M. & vSt. P. Ry. 

VanHvl’P 

Chicago Peoria & St. Louis. 

C., P. & St. L. Ry. 

Vane. 

Chicago, Peoria & Western. .. 

C., P. & W. Ry. 

Vanfoss. 

Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific.. 

C., R. I. & P. Ry. 

Vanillin. 

Chicago, St. Paul, Minneapolis & Omaha. 

C., St. P., M. & 0 . Ry. 

Vanish. 

Chicago, Rock Island & Texas. 

C., R. I. & T. Ry. 

Vanner. 

Cincinnati, Hamilton & Dayton. 

C., H. & D. Ry. 

Vansire.. . 

Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St. Louis. 

C., C., C. & St. L. 


Cumberland Valiev. 

C V. R. R. 

Vapor. 

Delaware & Hudson. ... 

D. & H. Co. 

Vaporish. 

Delaware, Lackawana & Western. 

D , L. & W. R. R 


Del-rnit Son) hern . 

D S. R. R. 

Varec . 

Erie. 

E. R. R- 

Variate. 

Florida Central & Peninsula.. 

F. C. & P. Ry. 

Varier. 

Florida East Coast. . 

F. E. C. Ry. 



Georgia. 

Varisse. 

Georgia Southern & Florida.. . 

G. S. & F. Ry. 

Varnish 

Grand Trunk. 

G. T. Ry. 


Great Northern . 

G. N. Ry. 


Gulf & Ship Island.. 

G. & S.I. R. R- 



H. & St. J. R. R. 


Wnrlrinp - Valiev.. 

H. V. Ry. 



H. & T. C. R. R. 

Vault. 

Houston, East & West Texas . ..'. 

H. E. & W. T. Ry. 



































































































44 


ULMER’S YELLOW PINE CODE. 


Cypher 

NAME. 

INITIALS. 

Vaunt . 

Houston & Shreveport . 

H. & S. R. R. 

Vector... • .... 

Illinois Central .. 

I. C. R. R. 

Vedic.. 

Indiana, Illinois & Iowa.. . . 

I., I. & I. R. R. 

Vega. 

International & Great Northern. 

I. & G. N. R. R. 

Vegetal. 

Jacksonville & Southwestern. 

J. & Sw. R. R. 

Vegetous.. 

Kansas City Southern.. 

K. C. S. Ry. 

Vehicle. 

Lehigh Valley. 

L. V. R. R. 

Veinal. 

Long Island 

L. I. R. R. 

Vellet. . . . 

Louisiana & Arkansas. 

L. & A. Ry. 

Vellum. 

Louisville & Nashville. ... 

L. & N. R. R. 

Velutina . 

Maine Central. . 

M. C. R. R. 

Velvet. 

Michigan Central. . . . 

M. C. R. R. 

Venal. 

Mobile & Ohio. 

M. & 0 . R. R. 

Venation . 

Morgan’s Louisiana & Texas. 

M.’sL. & T. R. R. 

Vender . 

Nashville, Chattanooga & St. Louis. . . 

N., C. & St. L. 

Venerate. 

New Orleans &'Northwestern. 

N. & Nw. R. R. 

Venge . 

New York Central & Hudson River. ... 

N. Y. C. & H. R. 

Venial. 

New York, Chicago & St. Louis. . . 

N. Y., C. & St. L. 

Venison. 

New York, New Haven & Hartford. 

N. Y., N. H. & H. R. 

Venous. 

New York, Philadelphia & Norfolk.. 

N. Y., P. & N. R. R. 

Venter.... 

New York, Susquehanna & Western. - 

N. Y., S. & W. R. R. 

Ventose.. 

Norfolk & Southern. 

N. & Sou. R. R. 

Venture. 

Norfolk & Western. 

N. & W. R. R. 

Venus. 

Northern Alabama.. 

N. A. Ry. 

Veranda.. . 

Northern Pacific . . 

N. P Ry. 

Verbena. 

Oregon R. R. & Navigation Co. 

O. R. R. & N. Co. 

Verdant. 

Oregon Short Line. 

0 . S. L.R. R. 

Verdigris. 

Pennsylvania Lines West of Pittsburgh . 

P. L. W. of P. 

Verdure. 

Pennsylvania . . . . . 

P. R. R. 

Verger. 

Pere Marquette . . 

P. M. R. R. 




Verine. 

Philadelphia & Reading . 

P. & R. R R. 

Vermebus. 

Pittsburgh & Lake Erie. . 

P. & L. E. R. R. 

Verminate . . . 

Pittsburgh, Johnstown, Ebensburg & Eastern .... 

P., J , E. & E. R. R. 

Vernacle . , 

Pittsburgh, Shawmut & Northern . 

P., S. & N. R. R. 

Vernal. 

St. Joseph & Grand Island. 

St. J. & G. I. Ry. 

Vernier. 

St. Louis & Gulf. 

St. L. & G. Ry. 

Versant. 

St. Louis & San Francisco.• 

St. L. & San F. R. R. 

Versed. 

St. Louis, Memphis & Southeastern. 

St. L-, M. & Se. R. R. 

Version.. 

St. Louis Southwestern.. 

St. L. Sw. Ry. 

Vertebra. 

St. Louis, Trov & Eastern. 

St. L., T. & E. R. R. 

Vertex. 

San Antonio & Aransas Pass. 

S. A. & A. P. Ry. 

Verticle. . . . 

Seaboard Air Line.. . ... 

S. A. L. Ry. 

Vesicle. 

Shreveport & Red River Valley ... . 

S. & R. R. V. Ry.. 

Vestales. 

Southern... 

Sou. Ry 

Vestige. 

Texas & New Orleans. 

T. & N. O. R. R. 

Vesture. . 

Texas & Pacific. 

T. & P. Ry. - 

Viaduct. 

Toledo & Ohio Central. .... 

T. & O. C. Ry. 

Vibrant. 

Toledo, St. Louis & Western. 

T., St. L. & W. R. R. 

Vicar. 

Union Pacific . 

U. P. R. R. 

Vicinage.. 

Vandalia Line. . 

V. L. 

Victor. 

Wabash. 

W. R. R. 

Victual. 

Western Maryland. . 

W. M. R. R. 

Vigil. 

West Virginia Central & Pittsburgh. 

W. V., C. & P. Ry. 

Viking. 

Wisconsin Central. . 

W. C. Ry. 

Villain. 

Yazoo & Mississippi Valley R. R. 

Y. & M. V. R. R. 

Vincible. 

Yougiogheny Central. 

Y. C. Ry. 












































































































0 















LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



i i!!! i I 






iltiillliiiililliilll 
iiiiliiiiiii,tlillilllli 
liilllilllliiHlHiiiUI 


I ill iiiiiii iiiiiii I iiiiiiii"i init.i;;. 

ill! I iiiiiiiiliiil! iii! i 


ilii 

lint Jiliiii • •• 


jl ilijlUMU 

(annul 




!!!Siiil ii ii i ii! iisnssnsuimnnunii i c 

iiiiiiiiiiiiti'Hiiim. 




H.I.lii.li iiiiiii, uiiill i 




..umiiiii 

.iMiiiiiaiuiiijjiiiii ii if 

.ii;u«iiui»iiui am »jf j 


ii liiiiiii i iiiiiiii! in iiiiiiL 

iiiill iii iii! 1 iiiiiiii! iiiiii I iii $ 

■ilitti 




'iiinnliHiuiiiiiiiiii 

lllllllillliilil ii (I 
IHliiillili.iliiiiiii 


"liiisiiliiiiil 


■ 1 

liiiiiii!! !! 1 : 

umilili iiiiii I ... 

! [It | 

(liiiiiii I.Hi 


ifiliirtiiiiUtiliiiiii 

uamamuiima a 


Hi iiiiiiii 


ilididdUd 


,i| iiiiiiii H Biii 
ii i ill ii ill i' 1!!i 
II iiiiiiii!! i ii ii 


dlUiuiaaidii 

liii ((iiiiiiii 

numiaad 

amati. 

limn 

iiiiiiu 


Imuiiii ilia 


(iiinuimiiinii 

...mimifmmmiHJHf { , 

"««lli‘lili!il iliiliiill iliiilisiiiwiiiiliilji i. 
laiiililiiliilslliiialilll ii II liaaa 


nuiiiikii Inin mm 

liiiiiii" . 

inn 


aajnnmm 

in 


iiiihitium 

.UiiiUiiil 

liiiaaid 


in immiiii 

n liiidiJ 


[iiiiddidddi 

mnimnaar 

addanwn 


IlddddddliKdHHIjljjjjiJJlijJjf 


liiliiiiiiil iiiiliiiiiii! I!! iiliiiiiii 1 *" 


didiiiddiddiddddldH 

ii«i«i|I|iUut|Ut| I 
Hidimanum » a . 
idiiliiimmnn i (lj| 


dHtanmaaniji 


i»t.ii|ii(dmmln 
SiUiiiiii(|ti<ii( 


m Ilf 


ihmii.... 
Ul|l«<<<t|| 


dddilidt 

immitidd 


IlillllliiilliiiiUlillltHiiUi 


I t I i l I » l ... I 1 I » • * » 

i mil ii Mif hi 


■•'Hiiiiiii 


■m 


......uiiiiiiiiiii 

■Hiiiiiii iiiiiii 


„i^i]i^^ii ,, 

liiiiiii 




.iiiwiiiliiiiiiiiis 


i iiiiiiiiiii 


iitiiiiiiMfH; 

mnam a 


llldUdtU 

iiiaaam 


dtladiiia 
liidild 
id 


M iiiiii 


iiiiiiii!! 


ddddddd 
iiiiiiii Mild 
.iKiiiilidiii 
uanamda 


i(inj(jii|l. 

iiiiii iiiit; 


ii i 

d i iiltldtl 


!! ! ‘ i i , 


■■MB* 


ilIBBpifc 

■ 

***JJii diliillililiiddddiddddtdiddddddidlijddd 

itdidfdddHtiiddddiddiddiididliidiijdjJJjJJJJfJ 

iiiiniHiiUiddidddddimdtt!liM!Hiitdiiiill(id*iliiiiilli((ilti..t.. 




ddddddiiddd 


..did 

ddddddd 


ddiHijiidla 
; ; d! H d liidjd|.... 

WwMMI 


minna 

ddddijidl 


naandnnHnnn 

liiiijiiiiiiiiiiSiiiimiiSiiliiSiiSliiiiiiiiiiiiH!!!, 

iiiiii i iiiiiliiiiiiiiiimilliiiiiiiiliiiiiliiiir!;! ii'; 

'dd<iiii"dMUdidaddHddiididddddd''. 

ii^ii!!!i!ii!iiiiii,t!;,Hi,llljij‘;|ti!|iii!iU!J!,;;;;ii; 

danannandnaandddj 


jlildtiddididdidlllJMidliiidj } -f j 
iildlltdddindHaadnait<*.d'd aa • 
ilddi'.dddddiiddddddddddd.td.ud 
iddd!ddiddiddd , .‘.dtdddddidd , ; •. 
Iddtddididddddddd.didtdd'ddd 
a d ** * n i i il n d i d a i i a d a d n a H a n n n.. n a *. 
tiidjitiiiiidddtdiliit'dddddd.d.idddjdd.idd 


•ddilddid 
(id. 


iiiii |!|i Hiiiiii liilliliiiitiKitiiiniiiimi 

liiti lididldddddtddd.'dd.c.ddd.d.dMdi 

ii*!!* ; 1 


i ‘l"" , lil iiiffl 


ddidjidd'dittid.iidd.. 

• ididdddidddddd.t 


!i!!(i!i!ii 

'iiiiiii"! 

Ii 


i d. Ml dd.u 

iiddddHH 


d!d!{lddd 

..t.Hddiddditidifidi! 
d d i * 11 »• * i * * * t d d i 1111 i 


!idiit!dddddiddd(dd.d.dddtd 
unnddddd annnnnnindn.d 


iiiilliilliiiilliiiiiiiiH.ijiiit 

Iiiiliiiiiii!!! Iiiiii 


i, 

dtddddddd 

ddd.did 


didddd 
:ddiddd.t 
d.dd'.ddd'dd 


(dddiitiii 

djf did!dd 














































































































































































































































































































































